Kaliwa-Dam EIS PDF

NEW CENTENNIAL WATER SOURCE-
KALIWA DAM PROJECT

(NCWS-Kaliwa Dam)
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
STATEMENT (EIS)
(July 2019)
MAIN REPORT
Environmental Impact Statement of the Kaliwa Dam Project
KALIWA DAM PROJECT
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
STATEMENT (EIS)
Environmental Impact Statement: Kaliwa Dam Project
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................. 1

1.1.1. PROJECT FACT SHEET........................................................................................ 1
1.1.2. PROCESS DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................. 2
1.1.3. EIS TEAM ............................................................................................................... 2
1.1.4. EIS STUDY AREA .................................................................................................. 3
1.1.5. EIA METHODOLOGY............................................................................................. 3
1.1.6. SUMMARY OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION ............................................................. 5
1.1.7. EIA SUMMARY ...................................................................................................... 8
Summary of Alternatives .................................................................................................. 8
Summary of Key Impacts and Mitigating Measures ...................................................... 11
1.1.8. Project Location and Area .................................................................................... 20
1.1.9. Primary and Secondary Impact Areas .................................................................. 21
1.1.10. Project Rationale ............................................................................................... 26
1.1.11. Project Alternatives ........................................................................................... 26
1.1.12. Project Components .......................................................................................... 30
1.1.13. Technology Options .......................................................................................... 38
1.1.14. Project Size ....................................................................................................... 41
1.1.15. Development Plan, Description of Project Phases and Time Frames ............... 41
Pre-Construction Phase................................................................................................. 41
Construction Phase ....................................................................................................... 41
Operation Phase ............................................................................................................ 48
Demobilization/Decommissioning Phase ....................................................................... 48
Project Time Frame ....................................................................................................... 49
1.1.16. Manpower Requirements .................................................................................. 49
1.1.17. Indicative Project Investment Cost .................................................................... 50
2. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS ...................................................... 52
2.1.1. The Land .............................................................................................................. 52
2.1.2. Land Use and Classification ................................................................................. 52
2.1.3. Encroachment in Environmentally Critical Areas (ECAs) and other Land Tenures
54
2.1.4. Geology ................................................................................................................ 58
2.1.5. Pedology ............................................................................................................... 80
2.1.5. Terrestrial Biology ................................................................................................. 87
2.1.5.1. Terrestrial Flora ................................................................................................. 87
2.1.5.1.1. Objective of Flora Assessment ...................................................................... 87
2.1.5.1.2. Methodology................................................................................................... 88
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |i

Data Collection .............................................................................................................. 88

Plot establishment ......................................................................................................... 88
Vegetation survey .......................................................................................................... 88
Species Identification ..................................................................................................... 90
Floristic Diversity Measure ............................................................................................. 90
Conservation Assessment: Conservation Status and Endemism .................................. 92
2.1.5.1.3. Results and Discussion .................................................................................. 93
The Flora Sampling Site ................................................................................................ 93
Vegetation Type............................................................................................................. 96
Floristic Biodiversity ....................................................................................................... 99
Overall diversity ............................................................................................................. 99
Canopy layer diversity ................................................................................................. 100
Intermediate layer diversity .......................................................................................... 104
Understory layer diversity ............................................................................................ 107
Biodiversity Status ....................................................................................................... 110
Endemicity and Conservation Status ........................................................................... 111
2.1.5.2. Terrestrial Fauna ............................................................................................. 116
2.1.5.2.1. Objectives of the Study ................................................................................ 116
2.1.5.2.2. The Fauna Study Area ................................................................................. 116
2.1.5.2.3. Terrestrial Fauna Methodology .................................................................... 117
2.1.5.2.4. Results and Discussion ................................................................................ 123
Fauna Composition and Richness ............................................................................... 123
Birds............................................................................................................................. 123
Mammals ..................................................................................................................... 126
Amphibian and Reptiles ............................................................................................... 126
Distribution and Conservation Status .......................................................................... 126
Birds............................................................................................................................. 126
Mammals ..................................................................................................................... 127
Amphibian and Reptiles ............................................................................................... 128
Computed Biodiversity Indices .................................................................................... 130
Species Relative Frequency ........................................................................................ 130
Ecological and Economic Importance .......................................................................... 134
Threats......................................................................................................................... 134
2.1.6. Standing Tree Biomass and Carbon Stock Assessment .................................... 134
2.1.6.1. Methodology ............................................................................................... 135
Data Collection ............................................................................................................ 135
Data Analysis ............................................................................................................... 136
Biomass estimation ...................................................................................................... 136
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | ii

Carbon stock estimation .............................................................................................. 136

2.1.6.2. Results and Discussion............................................................................. 139
Plot-level biomass and carbon density ........................................................................ 139
Taxonomic-level biomass and carbon ......................................................................... 140
2.1.6. Summary of Impacts and Mitigating Measures for Land .................................... 141
2.1.7. The Water ........................................................................................................... 146
2.1.8. Hydrology ........................................................................................................... 146
2.1.9. Climate Change Scenarios ................................................................................. 152
2.1.10. Water Users .................................................................................................... 158
2.1.11. Oceanography ................................................................................................. 159
2.1.12. Ground Water Resources................................................................................ 159
2.1.13. Surface Water Quality ..................................................................................... 162
2.1.14. Freshwater Ecology......................................................................................... 172
2.1.15. Methodology .................................................................................................... 173
Sampling Site Selection ............................................................................................... 173
Sampling/Survey Strategies ........................................................................................ 174
Benthic Macroinvertebrates (Soft Bottom Community) Sampling and Analysis .......... 174
Zooplankton and Phytoplankton Sampling and Analysis ............................................. 174
Freshwater Fish Survey ............................................................................................... 175
Documentation and Identification of Freshwater Fishes and Other Invertebrates ....... 179
Data Processing and Analyses for Freshwater Ecology .............................................. 179
2.1.16. Results and Discussion ................................................................................... 180
Sampling Stations/Description of the Study Area ........................................................ 180
Phytoplankton Communities ........................................................................................ 180
Zooplankton Communities ........................................................................................... 187
Benthic Macroinvetebrates .......................................................................................... 192
Freshwater Fish and Invertebrate Assemblage ........................................................... 201
Species Distribution, Endemicity and Conservation Status ......................................... 201
Biodiversity Indices ...................................................................................................... 203
Ecological and Economic Importance .......................................................................... 203
2.1.17. Summary of Impacts and Mitigating Measures for Water ............................... 205
2.1.18. The Air ............................................................................................................. 210
2.1.19. Meteorology/Climatology ................................................................................. 210
2.1.20. Relative Humidity ............................................................................................ 210
2.1.21. Wind Speed ..................................................................................................... 210
2.1.22. Rainfall ............................................................................................................ 213
2.1.23. Cloud Cover .................................................................................................... 215
2.1.24. Cyclones.......................................................................................................... 216
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | iii

2.1.25. Greenhouse Gas Emissions ............................................................................ 217

2.1.26. Air Quality ........................................................................................................ 217
2.1.27. Sampling Equipment ....................................................................................... 220
2.1.28. Sampling Methodologies ................................................................................. 220
Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) Sampling ........................................................... 220
PM10 Sampling (Reference Method Appendix J to Part 50)......................................... 220
2.1.29. Absorption in liquids for gaseous pollutants .................................................... 221
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Sampling .............................................. 221
2.1.30. Results and Discussions ................................................................................. 221
2.1.31. Noise Quality ................................................................................................... 222
2.1.32. Sampling Equipment ....................................................................................... 222
2.1.33. Sampling Methodologies ................................................................................. 222
2.1.34. Results and Discussions ................................................................................. 222
2.1.35. Summary of Impacts and Mitigating Measures for Air and Noise ................... 224
2.1.36. The People ...................................................................................................... 227
2.1.37. Baseline Socio-Economic Condition ............................................................... 227
2.1.38. Geographical Location .................................................................................... 227
2.1.39. Demography .................................................................................................... 228
2.1.40. Growth Rate .................................................................................................... 231
2.1.41. Household and Household Size ...................................................................... 231
2.1.42. Access to Basic Services ................................................................................ 231
2.1.43. Cultural/Lifestyle (Indigenous Peoples) ........................................................... 235
2.1.44. Physical Cultural Resources ........................................................................... 236
2.1.45. Results of the Household Survey of Project Affected People ......................... 236
2.1.46. Indicative Resettlement Action Plan ................................................................ 252
2.1.47. Summary of Impacts and Mitigating Measures for the People ........................ 265
3. ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT .......................................................... 272
3.1. Methodology ....................................................................................................... 272
3.2. Tectonic Setting .................................................................................................. 272
3.3. Geology .............................................................................................................. 273
3.4. Kaliwa Dam Watershed ...................................................................................... 273
3.5. General Land Uses Downstream of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed ....................... 273
3.6. Hazards Assessment .......................................................................................... 275
3.7. Flood Risk Assessment via Dam Break Analysis ............................................... 276
3.8. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................... 277
3.9. Dam Break Parameters ...................................................................................... 277
3.10. Conclusion .......................................................................................................... 289
2.1.48. Flood Mitigation ............................................................................................... 289
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | iv

2.1.49. Appropriate Dam Design ................................................................................. 289

2.1.50. Dam Monitoring ............................................................................................... 289
2.1.51. Flood Forecasting and Warning System ......................................................... 290
2.1.52. Emergency Response Plan for Flood Hazards ............................................... 290
2.1.53. Relief/Rehabilitation ........................................................................................ 291
2.1.54. Damage Assessment ...................................................................................... 291
2.1.55. Rehabilitation/Reconstruction.......................................................................... 291
4. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN........................................................ 293
4.1. General ............................................................................................................... 293
4.2. Environmental Management Organization (Staffing With Roles and
Responsibilities) .............................................................................................................. 294
4.3. Potential Environmental Impacts of the Project .................................................. 295
4.3.1. Impacts on Land ................................................................................................. 295
4.3.1.1. Impacts on Land Use ...................................................................................... 295
4.3.1.2. Encroachment to ECA ..................................................................................... 295
4.3.1.3. Impact with Existing Land Tenure Issues ........................................................ 296
4.3.1.4. Loss/Deterioration of Current Vegetation Cover ............................................. 296
4.3.1.5. Loss of Habitat and Wildlife Species ............................................................... 296
4.3.1.6. Loss of Biomass and Carbon .......................................................................... 296
4.3.1.7. Terrain modification, Erosion and slope destabilization .................................. 296
4.3.1.8. Impairment of Visual Aesthetics (Submergence of Some Springs and Caves in
Daraitan) 297
4.3.1.9. Increased in Solid Wastes and waste disposal ............................................... 297
4.3.2. Impacts on Water Environment .......................................................................... 297
4.3.2.1. Reduction of water flow for downstream users ............................................... 297
4.3.2.2. Conflict with irrigation water requirement downstream .................................... 297
4.3.2.3. Deterioration of river water quality ................................................................... 297
4.3.2.4. Impacts on Fresh Water Ecology .................................................................... 297
4.3.3. Impacts on Air Quality ........................................................................................ 299
4.3.3.1. Increased Levels of Air Pollutants ................................................................... 299
4.3.3.2. Increased Noise and Traffic during Construction ............................................ 299
4.3.4. Impacts on Human Environment (People) .......................................................... 299
4.3.4.1. Impacts on Physical Cultural Resources of IPs ............................................... 299
4.3.4.2. Displacement of People .................................................................................. 299
4.3.4.3. Generation of Local Benefits from the Project ................................................. 300
4.3.4.4. In-Migration Proliferation of Informal Settlers .................................................. 300
4.3.4.5. Increased Business Opportunities and Associated Economic Activities ......... 301
4.3.4.6. Increased Revenue of LGUs ........................................................................... 301
MAIN EIS REPORT Page |v

4.3.4.7. Threat to Public Health and Safety.................................................................. 301

4.4. Environmental Protection and Mitigating Measures ........................................... 301
4.4.1. Land Impacts ...................................................................................................... 301
4.4.1.1. Impact on Land Use ........................................................................................ 302
4.4.1.2. Encroachment in the ECA ............................................................................... 302
4.4.1.3. Impact with Existing Land Tenure Issues ........................................................ 302
4.4.1.6. Loss of Biomass and Carbon .......................................................................... 303
4.4.1.7. Sedimentation/siltation control ........................................................................ 303
4.4.1.8. Waste Management ........................................................................................ 303
4.4.1.9. Mitigating Measures for submergence of springs and cave ............................ 304
4.4.2. Water Impacts .................................................................................................... 304
4.4.2.1. Reduction of water flow for downstream users ............................................... 304
4.4.2.2. Conflict with irrigation water requirement downstream .................................... 304
4.4.2.3. Deterioration of river water quality ................................................................... 305
4.4.2.4. Impacts on Fresh Water Ecology .................................................................... 305
4.4.2.5. Threat to Plankton Communities ..................................................................... 305
4.4.2.6. Threat to Benthic Communities ....................................................................... 305
4.4.3. Air Quality Impacts (Pollution and Elevated Noise) ............................................ 305
4.4.3.1. Air Pollution ..................................................................................................... 305
4.4.3.2. Elevated Noise ................................................................................................ 306
4.4.4. Impacts to People ............................................................................................... 306
4.4.4.1. Impacts on Physical Cultural Resources of IPs ............................................... 306
4.4.4.2. Displacement of People .................................................................................. 307
4.4.4.3. Generation of Local Benefits from the Project ................................................. 308
4.4.4.4. In-Migration Proliferation of Informal Settlers .................................................. 308
4.4.4.5. Threat to Public Health and Safety.................................................................. 308
4.4.5. Management and Other Mitigating Measures for Other General Impacts .......... 309
4.4.5.1. Control Measures for Water and Soil Pollution ............................................... 309
4.4.5.2. Control Measures for Soil Erosion and Rainstorm .......................................... 309
4.4.5.3. Control Measures for Wastes .......................................................................... 310
4.4.5.4. Control Measures for Hazardous Wastes ....................................................... 311
4.4.5.5. Traffic Management ........................................................................................ 311
4.4.5.6. Protection of Paleontological and Archaeological Sites .................................. 311
4.4.5.7. Construction Areas Restoration and Recovery ............................................... 311
4.4.6. Monitoring, Follow Up and Reporting ................................................................. 311
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | vi

4.4.7. Civilization Construction ..................................................................................... 312

4.4.7.1. Target of civilized construction ........................................................................ 312
4.4.7.2. Civilized construction plan ............................................................................... 312
4.4.7.3. Civilized construction execution measures ..................................................... 312
4.4.8. Impact Management Plan and Enhancement..................................................... 312
5. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (SDP) AND INFORMATION, EDUCATION AND
COMMUNICATION (IEC) ............................................................................................ 322
5.1. Social Development Plan and IEC Framework Implementation ......................... 322
5.2. The Social Development Program ...................................................................... 322
5.3. Resettlement Action Plan ................................................................................... 323
5.4. Information, Education and Communication Plan Framework............................ 330
6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN .......................................................... 334
6.1. Self-Monitoring Plan ........................................................................................... 334
6.2. Multi-Sectoral Monitoring Framework ................................................................. 340
6.3. Environmental Guarantee and Monitoring Fund Commitments.......................... 340
6.4. Project Commitments, Affirmations and Agreements ......................................... 341
7. EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND GENERIC GUIDELINES ................. 344
8. ABANDONMENT, DECOMMISSIONING AND REHABILITATION POLICY ..... 361
9. INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION .................................... 363
10. BIBLIOGRAPHY/REFERENCES ....................................................................... 366
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | vii

List of Figures
Figure 1 Vicinity and Accesibility Map ................................................................................... 23

Figure 2 Project Area Map .................................................................................................... 24
Figure 3 Project Impact Area Map (Air, Water, Noise and People) ...................................... 25
Figure 4 Project Layout (Dam Area) ..................................................................................... 32
Figure 5 Project Layout (Intake Area) ................................................................................... 33
Figure 6 Project layout (Oulet Area) ..................................................................................... 34
Figure 7 Project Land Use Map ............................................................................................ 35
Figure 8 Project Layout Showing the Submerged Area ........................................................ 36
Figure 9 Conveyance Tunnel Drilling Plan ............................................................................ 37
Figure 10 Dam Operation Protocol ....................................................................................... 40
Figure 11 Flow Chart for Key Works in NCWS-KDP ............................................................ 42
Figure 12 Project Component and Subcomponents ............................................................. 43
Figure 13 Flow Chart for Construction of Permanent Access Roads ................................... 44
Figure 14 Construction Flow Chart of Dam Work ................................................................. 45
Figure 15 Construction Methodology for Conveyance Tunnel .............................................. 46
Figure 16. Land cover within Kaliwa Dam Watershed. ....................................................... 53
Figure 17. ECA and other tenurials (AD, CBFM, NGP) within the project site ................... 57
Figure 18. Physiographic map of the Philippines showing the proposed Kaliwa Dam, tunnel
and pipeline routes................................................................................................................ 59
Figure 19. Major terrain units within the Environmental Study Area. .................................. 60
Figure 20. Slope map of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed. ........................................................ 62
Figure 21. Regional geologic map of the Environmental Study Area. ................................ 63
Figure 22. Major earthquake generators of Luzon. ............................................................ 66
Figure 23. Plot of magnitude 5 and greater earthquakes around the Kaliwa Dam Project . 68
Figure 24. Map of a) rock and b) medium soil .................................................................... 69
Figure 25. Geologic section through the Kaliwa Dam axis. ................................................ 70
Figure 26. Geologic section through the tunnel and pipeline route. ................................... 71
Figure 27. Location Map of caves and springs in Daraitan showing position with respect to
the Kaliwa Dam reservoir. ..................................................................................................... 74
Figure 28. Soil map of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed ............................................................ 82
Figure 29. Soil Erosion Susceptibility Map of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed. ........................ 85
Figure 30. Nested Quadrat Sampling Design for Vegetation Survey ................................. 88
Figure 31 Flora Sampling Plots – Wateshed Area ................................................................ 94
Figure 32 Flora Sampling Plots – Tunnel Area ..................................................................... 95
Figure 33. Map of the flora sampling plots across the watershed dam inundation ............. 95
Figure 34. Distribution of the 30-sampling sites per vegetation type (agroforestry, forest,
riparian and tributaries) and per samplin g location (Tunnel and Watershed area) .............. 97
Figure 35. Venn Diagram showing the number of species found in the Watershed area only
(green), in the tunnel area only (blue) and in both sampling location (blue green). .............. 99
Figure 36. Species richness (above) and abundance (bottom) in the canopy layer group
(trees > 10 cm DBH). Red vertical line separates watershed and tunnel plots. .................. 101
Figure 37. Venn Diagram showing the number of species in the canopy layer found in the
Watershed area only (green), in the tunnel area only (blue) and in both sampling location
(blue green)......................................................................................................................... 102
Figure 38. Species richness (above) and abundance (bottom) in the intermediate layer
group (trees >5 - <10 cm DBH). Red vertical line separates watershed and tunnel plots. . 104
Figure 39. Venn Diagram showing the number of species in the intermediate layer found in
the Watershed area only (green), in the tunnel area only (blue) and in both sampling location
(blue green)......................................................................................................................... 105
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | viii

Figure 40. Species richness (above) and %cover (bottom) in the understory layer group
(trees <5 cm DBH, grasses, herb). Red vertical line separates watershed and tunnel plots.
107
Figure 41. Venn Diagram showing the number of species in the understory layer found in
the Watershed area only (green), in the tunnel area only (blue) and in both sampling location
(blue green)......................................................................................................................... 108
Figure 42. Bar plots showing endemicity of species to either native (endemic, indigenous)
and non-native (exotic) species .......................................................................................... 112
Figure 43. Bar plots showing conservation status based from DAO 2017-11 (above) and
IUNC (below) category........................................................................................................ 114
Figure 44. Transect route for the fauna survey within the watershed area. ..................... 118
Figure 45. Transect route for fauna survey within the tunnel alignment. .......................... 119
Figure 46. Species family composition. ............................................................................ 124
Figure 47. Top 10 most abundant birds............................................................................ 125
Figure 48. Total species diversity. .................................................................................... 125
Figure 49. Total abundance of birds. ................................................................................ 125
Figure 50. Nested Quadrat Sampling Design for vegetation survey. ............................... 135
Figure 51. Map of the biomass and carbon sampling quadrats across the watershed dam
inundation 137
Figure 52. Map of the biomass and carbon sampling quadrats along the conveyance tunnel
(bottom). 138
Figure 53. Drainage Map of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed. ................................................ 147
Figure 54. Estimated flow duration curve of the Kaliwa River at the proposed dam site. . 148
Figure 55 Regional hydrogeological map ........................................................................... 150
Figure 56. Average monthly rainfall under existing condition and climate change scenario
for 2020 and 2050. .............................................................................................................. 153
Figure 57. Average monthly mean temperature under existing condition and climate
change scenario for 2020 and 2050. .................................................................................. 154
Figure 58. Average monthly potential evapotranspiration under existing condition and
climate change scenario for 2020 and 2050. ...................................................................... 154
Figure 59. Long-term water balance of Kaliwa Dam Watershed area under existing
conditions. 156
Figure 60. Long-term water balance of Kaliwa Dam Watershed area under 2020 climate
change scenario.................................................................................................................. 157
change scenario.................................................................................................................. 158
Figure 62 Groundwater Map of Kaliwa Watershed ............................................................. 161
Figure 63. Location map of surface water sampling stations. .......................................... 163
Figure 64. Freshwater ecology sampling sites. ................................................................... 181
Figure 65. Percent composition of major phytoplankton group identified in twelve stations
along the Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling. ................................................... 184
Figure 66. Total phytoplankton density and taxa richness in twelve stations along the
Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling. ................................................................... 187
Figure 67. Percent composition of major zooplankton groups identified in twelve stations
along the Kaliwa River During the March 2019 sampling. .................................................. 190
Figure 68. Total zooplankton density and taxa richness in twelve stations along the
Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling. ................................................................... 192
Figure 69. Percent composition of major macrobenthic group identified in twelve station
along the Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling. ................................................... 196
Figure 70. Total macrobenthos density and taxa richness in twelve station along the Kaliwa
River during the March 2019 sampling. .............................................................................. 200
Figure 71. Fish sampling in Kaliwa River. ..................................................................... 201
Figure 72. Observed bioturbation of Oreochromis niloticus. ............................................ 204
Figure 73. Climate map of the Philippines. ....................................................................... 211
Figure 74. Annual Wind Rose Diagram of Science Garden (30-Year Period) .................. 212
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | ix

Figure 75. Annual wind rose diagram of Infanta, Quezon (30-Year Period). .................... 212
Figure 76. Estimated monthly rainfall at Kaliwa Watershed Area. .................................... 214
Figure 77. Composite plot of estimated annual rainfall, cumulative annual rainfall and
monthly maximum, mean and minimum rainfall at Kaliwa Watershed Area. ...................... 215
Figure 78.Tropical Cyclones Data ....................................................................................... 216
Figure 79. Location of air and noise quality sampling stations for Kaliwa Dam Project. . 219
Figure 80. Composite map for dam break analysis. ......................................................... 274
Figure 81. HEC-RAS window of the Hydraulic Model Geometry. ..................................... 276
Figure 82. Probable maximum flood hydrographs of the Kaliwa River and the Kanan River.
277
Figure 83. Longitudinal profile of the Kaliwa + Agos River System: T = 0000H and 0745H.
279
280
281
Figure 86. Kaliwa Dam stage hydrograph showing dam break. ....................................... 282
Figure 87. Kaliwa Dam flow hydrograph showing dam break. ......................................... 282
Figure 88. Composite Kaliwa River Flow hydrograph showing flood wave attenuation. .. 283
Figure 89. Specific Kaliwa River stage hydrograph showing flood wave attenuation. ...... 284
Figure 90. Kaliwa-Kanan-Agos junction flow hydrograph showing flood wave attenuation.
285
Figure 91. Kaliwa-Kanan-Agos junction stage hydrograph showing flood wave attenuation.
286
Figure 92. Composite Agos River flow hydrograph showing flood wave attenuation. ...... 287
Figure 93. Specific Agos River stage hydrographs showing flood wave attenuation. ...... 288
Figure 94 Environmntal Management Flow Chart .............................................................. 294
Figure 95 Project Environmental Management Organizational Chart ................................. 294
Figure 96. Environmental setup........................................................................................ 363
Figure 97. General organizational setup of the MWSS. ................................................... 364
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |x

List of Tables
Table 1 Boundary Coordinates of the NCWS-KDP ............................................................... 20

Table 2 General Social Setting and Impact Area Categorization, Kaliwa Dam Project ........ 22
Table 3 Potential Water Sources for Metro Manila with Key Hazards and Impacts .............. 26
Table 4 Summary of the Long-Term Water Source Options ................................................. 28
Table 5. The Method Adopted in Different Portions of Conveyance Tunnel....................... 31
Table 6 Methods of Construction to be used for the Conveyance Tunnel ............................ 45
Table 7 Borrow Areas and Spoil Areas ................................................................................. 47
Table 8 Type of Waste and Management Measures ............................................................ 48
Table 9 Manpower per Project Phase ................................................................................... 50
Table 10. Major General Land Cover Classes within the KDP Watershed (2015) ............ 52
Table 11. Profile of the Ancestral Domain Lands Covered by the Project ........................ 55
Table 12 Sacred Sites of the IP Communities in Tanay and Gen. Nakar. ............................ 56
Table 13. Slope Classes Within the Kaliwa Dam Watershed ............................................ 58
Table 14. Stratigraphic Summary of the Environmental Study Area ................................. 64
Table 15. Major Seismic Events Around ESA for the Last 100 Years ............................... 65
Table 16. Cave Distribution and Features ......................................................................... 75
Table 17. Physical Description of Tinipak Cave ................................................................ 75
Table 18. Location and Features of Springs ..................................................................... 76
Table 19. Water Quality of Mainit Spring........................................................................... 77
Table 20. Erosion Susceptibility Based on Rainfall ........................................................... 80
Table 21. Rainfall and Temperature at Infanta, Quezon Station ....................................... 80
Table 22. Erosion Susceptibility based on Soil Properties ................................................ 81
Table 23. Erosion Susceptibility based on Vegetation and Crops Grown ......................... 83
Table 24. Erosion Susceptibility based on Slope .............................................................. 83
Table 25. Composite Erosion Susceptibility Decision Rule ............................................... 83
Table 26 Sampling Locations for Soil Quality ....................................................................... 86
Table 27 Soil Quality and Fertility for Kaliwa Watershed ...................................................... 87
Table 28. The Fernando Biodiversity Scale (1998) ........................................................... 92
Table 29. Geographical Coordinates, Location and Vegetation Type of the Sampling Sites
96
Table 30. Overall Plant Diversity and Diversity Across the Watershed Area and Along the
Tunnel Alignment. Biodiversity assessment was based from Fernando Biodiversity Scale
(1998) 100
Table 31. Top 5 Plant Families with the Highest Number of Genera and Species in the
Study Area. 100
Table 32. Top 10 Species in the Canopy Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV)
Recorded in 20 - 20 x 20 Meter Plots Across the Watershed Area. ................................... 103
Table 33. Top 10 Species in the Canopy Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV)
Recorded in 11 - 20 x 20 Meter Plots Along the Tunnel Alignment. ................................... 103
Table 34. Top 10 species in the intermediate layer with the highest Importance value (IV)
recorded from 20 - 5 x 5 meter nested plots across the Watershed area. .......................... 106
Table 35. Top 10 Species in the Intermediate Layer with the Highest Importance Value
(IV) Recorded from 20 - 5 x 5 Meter Nested Plots Across the Watershed Area. ................ 106
Table 36. Top 10 species in the Understory Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV)
Recorded from 20 - 1 x 1 Meter Nested Quadrats Across the Watershed Area. ................ 109
Table 37. Top 10 species in the Understory Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV)
Recorded from 11 - 1 x 1 Meter Nested Quadrats along the Tunnel Alignment. ................ 109
Table 38. Biodiversity Status of the 31 Plot Surveyed Assessed Based from Fernando
Biodiversity Scale (1998). Calculated Shannon Diversity H and Pielou’s Evenness J were
Based Combination Of Canopy, Intermediate and Understory Layer Vegetation. .............. 111
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xi

Table 39. Conservation Status of Plant Species Across the Watershed Area and Along the
Tunnel Alignment. Conservation Assessment was based from DAO 2017-11 and IUCN
Category. 115
Table 40. Description and Geographic Coordinates of the Transect Routes .................. 116
Table 41. List of Endemic Bird Species ........................................................................... 127
Table 42. Distribution and Conservation Status of Observed Mammalian Species ........ 128
Table 43. Distribution and Conservation Status of Observed Herpetofaunal Species .... 129
Table 44. Conservation Status of Observed Fauna Species (IUCN Red List 2019) ....... 129
Table 45. Computed Biodiversity Index of Each Sampled Sites ..................................... 130
Table 46. Species Abundance and Distribution .............................................................. 131
Table 47. Aboveground Biomass and Carbon Density (tons/ha) in each of the Sampling
Sites Across the Watershed Area and Along the Tunnel Alignment. .................................. 139
Table 48. Families with the highest allocation of biomass and carbon density ............... 141
Table 49. Tree species with the highest allocation of biomass and carbon density ........ 141
Table 50. Change in Water Surface Due to the Kaliwa Dam .......................................... 151
Table 51 Estimated Variation in Monthly Rainfall at Kaliwa Dam Watershed due to Climate
Change ............................................................................................................................... 153
Table 52 Groundwater Resources in Kaliwa Watershed .................................................... 160
Table 53. Summary of Surface Water Sampling Sites, Coordinates, Date and Time of
Samplings 162
Table 54. Kaliwa River at Downstream at Queborosa Surface Water Sampling (Secondary
Data) S1 164
Table 55. Kaliwa River at Daraitan (Confluence of Kaliwa River and Alas-asin Stream)
Surface Water Sampling (Secondary Data) S2 .................................................................. 166
Table 56. Kaliwa River at Nilingdingan, Bagbagin Surface Water Sampling (Secondary
Data) S3 168
Table 57. Kaliwa River at Conveyance Tunnel Inlet Surface Water Sampling (Primary
Data) S4 170
Table 58. The Fernando Biodiversity Scale (1998) ......................................................... 180
Table 59. List of Sampling Stations for Freshwater Ecology (Fish Survey) with their
Corresponding Location and River Elevation Sampled. ..................................................... 182
Table 60. Phytoplankton Composition, Diversity, Distribution and abundance (cells/m3) in
Twelve Stations Along the Kaliwa River the During the March 2019 Sampling .................. 185
Table 61. Zooplankton Composition, Diversity, Distribution and Abundance (ind/ m3) in
Twelve Station Along the Kaliwa River During the March 2019 Sampling. ......................... 191
Table 62. Macrobenthos Composition, Diversity, Distribution and Abundance in Twelve
Stations Along the Kaliwa River During the March 2019 Sampling. ................................... 197
Table 63. List of Identified Fishes in Kaliwa River ........................................................... 202
Table 64. Computation for Diversity Indices .................................................................... 203
Table 65. Construction Equipment Emission Factors ..................................................... 217
Table 66. Summary of Air Sampling Sites, Coordinates ................................................. 218
Table 67. Ambient Air Monitoring Equipment Specifications ........................................... 220
Table 68. Ambient Air Sampling Results ......................................................................... 221
Table 69. Summary of Noise Sampling Sites .................................................................. 222
Table 70. Noise Sampling Results .................................................................................. 222
Table 71 Photo Documentation of the Air and Noise Sampling .......................................... 224
Table 72. Project Development Area .............................................................................. 228
Table 73. Population by Age Group ................................................................................ 230
Table 74. Population Growth from 2010 to 2015 ............................................................. 231
Table 75. Household and Household Size in the Municipalities Affected by the Project 231
Table 76. Distribution of Literate Population, Male and Female ...................................... 232
Table 77. Available Public Facilities in the Affected Barangays ...................................... 233
Table 78. Mortality and Livebirth Rates (per Province) ................................................... 234
Table 79. Top 10 Leading causes of Morbidity in the Province of Rizal and Quezon (2015)
............................................................................................................................................ 234
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xii

Table 80. Top 10 Leading causes of Mortality in the Province of Rizal and Quezon (2015)
............................................................................................................................................ 235
Table 81. Profile of the Ancestral Domain Lands Covered by the Project ...................... 235
Table 82. Sacred Sites of the Indigenous Peoples Communities in Tanay and General
Nakar 236
Table 83. Tenurial Classification ......................................................................................... 237
Table 84. Household size ................................................................................................... 237
Table 85. Place of Origin .................................................................................................... 238
Table 87. Relation to Household Head ............................................................................... 238
Table 88. Gender of Household Member ............................................................................ 239
Table 89. Age of Household Members ............................................................................... 239
Table 91. Educational Attainment ....................................................................................... 240
Table 92. Type of House..................................................................................................... 241
Table 93. Other Structures.................................................................................................. 241
Table 94. Trees/Plants ........................................................................................................ 241
Table 95. Cash Crops ......................................................................................................... 242
Table 96. Animal/Poultry ..................................................................................................... 242
Table 97. Use of Structure .................................................................................................. 243
Table 98. Housing Materials ............................................................................................... 243
Table 99. Size of Dwelling .................................................................................................. 243
Table 100. Garbage Disposal ............................................................................................. 244
Table 101. Toilet Facilities .................................................................................................. 244
Table 102. Number of Basic Appliances Owned ................................................................ 244
Table 103. Other Appliances Owned .................................................................................. 245
Table 104. Respondents with Cellular Phones ................................................................... 245
Table 105. Vehicle Owned .................................................................................................. 245
Table 106. Type of Vices .................................................................................................... 246
Table 107. Income .............................................................................................................. 246
Table 108. Expenditures ..................................................................................................... 247
Table 109. Occupation ........................................................................................................ 247
Table 110. Fixed Income and Mode of Payment and Type and Status of Employment ..... 248
Table 111. Mode of Payment .............................................................................................. 248
Table 112. Employment ...................................................................................................... 248
Table 113. Status of Employment ....................................................................................... 249
Table 114. Other Skills Learned ......................................................................................... 249
Table 115. Awareness of the Project .................................................................................. 250
Table 116. Awareness on what about this Project .............................................................. 250
Table 117. Positive and Negative Outcome in the Community ........................................... 250
Table 118. Positive and Negative Impact in the Family ...................................................... 250
Table 119. Suggestions ...................................................................................................... 251
Table 120. Issues and Concerns ........................................................................................ 251
Table 121. Location for Relocation ..................................................................................... 252
Table 122. Relocation Features .......................................................................................... 252
Table 123. Required Facilities in the Relocation Site ......................................................... 252
Table 124 Framework for Community Participation Process in Relocation ........................ 262
Table 125 5-Year List of Tropical Cyclones which entered Philippine Area of Responsibility
(PAR) .................................................................................................................................. 275
Table 126. Peak Ground Acceleration of Faults near Kaliwa Dam ................................... 289
Table 127. Impact Management Plan and Enhancement Measures ................................ 313
Table 128. Social Development Plan (SDP) /Framework ................................................. 327
Table 129. IEC Plan/Framework ....................................................................................... 331
Table 130. Environmental Monitoring Plan with Environmental Quality Performance Levels
(EQPL) 336
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xiii

Table 131. MMT Team Composition ................................................................................. 340
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xiv

List of Plates
Plate 1. Reconnaissance geological mapping investigation at the Proposed Kaliwa Dam 1
and 2 78
Plate 2. Plot establishment and vegetation survey. Panels showing site access either by foot
(trekking) or through wooden boat; plot establishment; tree measurement; estimating
percentage cover inside 1 x 1 m quadrat; and collecting voucher specimen for identification
89
Plate 3. Drying, sorting and identification of voucher specimen. ....................................... 90
Plate 4. Vegetation in the study representing agroforest, forest, riparian and tributary
ecosystem. Two last photos showed water level along the riparian area during the rainy
season, with signs reaching higher than the tree defoliation line. ......................................... 98
Plate 5. Representative species for exotic (Achyranthes aspera), indigenous (Lepisanthes
fruticosa) and endemic species (Psychotria gitingensis). ................................................... 113
Plate 6. Aggregates of settlements and agricultural ecosystems. ................................... 120
Plate 7. Combination of Forest and fresh water ecosystem. ........................................... 120
Plate 8. Agricultural ecosystem. .......................................................................................... 121
Plate 9. Riparian ecosystem ............................................................................................... 121
Plate 10. Shrubland ecosystem. ..................................................................................... 122
Plate 11. Grassland ecosystem. ..................................................................................... 122
Plate 12. Above photos are representative of used traps (pale traps, cage trap and mist
net) during the survey. ........................................................................................................ 123
Plate 13. Freshwater Ecology Sampling (Zooplankton, Phytoplankton and Benthic Fauna).
175
Plate 14. Using backpack low-voltage electro-fishing gear as one of the methods for fish
catch. 176
Plate 15. Using speargun as one of the methods for fish catch. .................................... 177
Plate 16. Top- using gill net; Below-bamboo traps used in fish sampling. ..................... 178
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xv

Acronyms and Abbreviations
AASHTO : American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

AO : Administrative Order
APHA : American Public Health Association
ASTI : Academy of Science and Technology Institute
AWWA : American Water Works Association
BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BWC : Bureau of Working Conditions
CCC : Climate Change Commission
CENRO : Community Environment and Natural Resources Office
CLUP : Comprehensive Land Use Plan
CPDC : City Planning and Development Coordinator
CPDO : City Planning and Development Office
CRO : Community Relations Officer
DA : Department of Agriculture
DBM : Department of Budget and Management
DENR : Department of Environment and Natural Resources
DED : Detailed Engineering Design
DEO : District Engineering Office
DGCS : Design Guidelines, Criteria and Standards
DILG : Department of the Interior and Local Government
DND : Department of National Defense
DO : Department Order
DO : Dissolved Oxygen
DOH : Department of Health
DOLE : Department of Labor and Employment
DOST : Department of Science and Technology
DOTR : Department of Transportation
DPWH : Department of Public Works and Highways
DRM : Disaster Risk Management
DRRMC : Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Council
ECC : Environmental Compliance Certificate
EMB : Environmental Management Bureau
HSP : Health and Safety Plan
IEC : Information and Education Campaign
IEE : Initial Environmental Examination
IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature
KDP : Kaliwa Dam Project
LGU : Local G Unit
LWUA : Local Water Utilities Administration
MGB : Mines and Geosciences Bureau
MWSS : Metropolitan Waterworks and Sewerage System
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xvi

Acronyms and Abbreviations
MPDO : Municipal Planning and Development Office

NAAQGV : National Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values
NAMRIA : National Mapping and Resource Information Authority
NCWS : New Centennial Water Source
NEDA : National Economic Development Authority
NGP : National Greening Program
NPCC : National Pollution Control Commission
NWRB : National Water Resources Board
ODA : Official Development Assistance
OCD : Office of Civil Defense
OSHS : Occupational Safety and Health Standards
PAGASA : Philippines Atmospheric Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration
PAPs : Project Affected Persons
PCA : Philippine Coconut Authority
PCO : Pollution Control Officer
PD : Presidential Decree
PHIVOLCS : Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology
PENRO : Provincial Environment and Natural Resources Office
PM10 : Particulate Matter at 10 microns (µ)
PNRC : Philippine National Red Cross
PPE : Personal Protective Equipment
SDP : Social Development Plan
RAP : Resettlement Action Plan
ROW : Right of Way
TSP : Total Suspended Particulate Matter
TSS : Total Suspended Solids
UPMO : Unified Project Management Office
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xvii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1.1. PROJECT FACT SHEET
Project Name : New Centennial Water Source – Kaliwa Dam Project (NCWS-
KDP)
Description : Design and construction of a 60-meters high dam and a 27.70

kilometer raw water conveyance tunnel
Objective : Redundancy of water source and augmentation of water supply

to meet increasing demand
Benefits : Additional water supply of 600 million liters per day (600 MLD)
Location : Barangay Pagsangahan, General Nakar and Barangay

Magsaysay, Infanta, both in Quezon Province
Approvals : * NEDA Board approval on 29 May 2014

* NEDA Board approval on 27 June 2017 on the change of
project financing from PPP to ODA
Cost Estimate : Php 12.2 Billion
Funding Source : Official Development Assistance (ODA) – China Loan
Proposed : 2019 – 2024 (5 years)

Construction
Schedule
Project : Metropolitan Waterworks and Sewerage System (MWSS)

Proponent
Address : 489 Katipunan Road, Balara, Quezon City, Philippines
Authorized : PDDG Reynaldo V. Velasco (Ret.), Administrator

Representative
Contact Details : Telephone number: +632 922 3757, 922 2969

Fax number: +632 921 2887
Website: www.mwss.gov.ph
Email address: info@mwss.gov.ph
EIA Preparer : JV EIA Team
The Kaliwa Dam Project (KDP) of the New Centennial Water Source (NCWS) of the MWSS
is being pursued under the Official Development Assistance (ODA) – China Loan scheme of
the national government to provide redundancy of water source and augmentation of water
supply in order to meet the increasing demand in Metro Manila and neighboring vicinities
(Cavite and Rizal).
The KDP will provide for the construction of a concrete gravity dam along the Kaliwa River
with a dam height of 60+ meters referred to a riverbed elevation of 108 meters. It will cover a
reservoir surface area of 291 hectares with a gross reservoir volume of 57 million m3 at full
supply level. It will also entail the construction of the following:
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |1

 A spillway at the right bank of Kaliwa River at elevation: 160+ meters

 Diversion Tunnel: Two (2) at left abutment area of proposed dam
 Conveyance Tunnel: Length is 27.7 kilometers starting at invert level 120+ meters and
ends at a level of 95+ meters with a tunnel diameter of four (4) meters.
The maximum required flow is 2,400 MLD or 27.78 m3/sec.
1.1.2. PROCESS DOCUMENTATION
The environmental impact assessment was undertaken based on the Procedural Manual for
DENR Administrative Order No. 30 Series of 2003 (DAO 03-30) for the proposed project. The
resulting study was documented in the form of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)
Report. Minimum required by DENR-EMB for the issuance of an Environmental Compliance
Certificate (ECC) will be a detailed EIS. The EIS as outlined in the revised procedural manual
was used as basis in the conduct of this study.
The result of the EIS shall be used by the proponent as a tool in the formulation of appropriate
environmental management plan for the proposed project.
1.1.3. EIS TEAM
The EIA Team is composed of multi-disciplinary specialists with expertise in the conduct of
Environmental Impact Assessment, EIS and other environmental studies. The following are
the team composition.
Consultant Specialization
Noel M. Ortigas Team Leader
Carolyn DP. Barrias Environmental Specialist
Benigno V. Resurreccion Environmental Specialist
Verda I. Saw Sociologist
Erlinda Isla RAP Specialist
Bonifacio Pasion Terrestrial Flora Specialist/Biomass Expert
Abelardo Angadol Jr. Terrestrial Fauna Specialist
Ricardo Capule Air and Noise Quality Specialist
Leandro R. Agudo Geologist
Franklin S. Morales Hydrologist
Robert R. Pabiling Freshwater Specialist
EIS STUDY SCHEDULE
The team was assigned to conduct the EIS study from February 2019 to April 2019. Public
Consultations with Municipalities and Barangay Scopings were held on March 2019 and April
2019.
Ocular inspection of the area to determine the exact location of the project site, to establish
the primary and secondary impact areas, the existing land uses, the receiving body of water,
ecological characteristics, geophysical feature, etc.
Both primary and secondary were collected and used in the environmental examination and
assessment of impacts of the project. Different methods were used in gathering primary and
secondary data:
 Meeting with the proponent and extensive discussion on the description of the project

 Technical Scoping and Public Consultations

 Gathering and review of secondary data from proponent, private and concern government
offices.
 Actual site investigation, focus group discussion and consultative meetings
 Mapping using GPS, compass, topographic and google maps
 Actual flora and fauna survey
 Actual investigation of socio-economic profile and gathering and review of secondary data
1.1.4. EIS STUDY AREA
The scope of the study focuses on the probable adverse impact that may occur during the
operation phase of the project on water, air, soil, health, people and the environment in
general. The impact prediction is based on similar, past actual eventuality and perceptions
based on the present physical condition of the environment.
An environmental study area (ESA) was delineated corresponding to the Direct Impact Area
(DIA) and the Secondary Impact Area (SIA).
The DIA corresponds to the dam/reservoir structure sites including the conveyance tunnel
route alignment. They include Barangay Magsaysay of the municipality of Infanta, Barangay
Pagsangahan of the municipality of General Nakar, all in Quezon province; Barangays
Daraitan, Cayumbang, San Andres, Sampaloc in Tanay, Rizal; and Barangay Buhanginin
Teresa, Rizal.
The SIA corresponds to the watershed of Kaliwa River below the proposed Laiban Dam which
will provide inflow to the reservoir. The SIA also includes the valley section of Kaliwa River
from the outlet of the diversion tunnel to the mouth of the Agos River in Infanta, Quezon. The
downstream areas may be predisposed to flooding and disaster risks from potential dam
breakage.
The Regional Impact Area (RIA) generally covers Metro Manila including Rizal and Cavite,
which are the potential beneficiaries of water distribution and the provinces of Quezon and
Rizal where the spill-over of the project may be felt.
1.1.5. EIA METHODOLOGY
Scoping with DENR is usually done to define the range of actions, alternatives, and impacts
that are to be examined. The presented outline prepared by DENR in the Revised Procedural
Manual for DAO 03-30 was used as basis to determine the actual scope of this study. Table
below presents the different components and methodologies of the project.
Location
Scope and Method of Data Method of
Study Module and Size of
Coverage Gathering Assessment
Study Area
Socioeconomics  Demographic  Key informant  Direct Quantitative and
profiles interviews / focus impact qualitative
 Regional/local group discussions area analysis of
economy  Socioeconomic  Secondary secondary data
 Livelihood survey (SES) impact and information
 Employment  Informal area gathered from
 Income levels consultations  Regional consultations and
 IP, culture and  Secondary data impact interviews;
lifestyles  Perception survey area process
 Social services  Unstructured group evaluation;
and infrastructure interviews analysis of SES

Location
Study Area
 Social  Site observations and perception
organizations survey results;
 Social benefits anthropological
 Social issues/ observations
concerns
Air/Noise Quality  Air quality (SPM,  Air and noise  Damsite, Laboratory
SO2, NO2) sampling; secondary location of analysis of air
 Background meteorological data treatment samples and
meteorology facilities comparison with
 Noise levels DENR air quality
standards; noise
level readings
and interpretation;
analysis of area
sources of
emissions
Soils, Land Use  Vegetation and  Site reconnaissance  Direct Landsat imagery
and Watershed land use  Review of secondary Impact interpretation;
Management  Soil profile and data Area mapping of soil
their properties  Auger borings and units, land use,
 Slope dug pits vegetation, slope
 Erosion  Soil sampling and erosion;
susceptibility  Informal interviews analysis of soil
 Agriculture sampling results;
 Kaliwa Dam analysis of
watershed existing
agricultural
practices;
determination of
extent of erosion
susceptibility
Water Quality  Physico-chemical  river water quality  Kaliwa Laboratory
parameters of sampling (TSS/TDS, River analysis of water
surface waters– DO, BOD, coliform, samples;
Class A/DAO pesticides, nitrate, comparison of
2016-08 phosphate, sulfate) results with river
 Beneficial water water quality
uses standards for
beneficial water
uses in the areas
Terrestrial  Species  Informal interviews  Direct Species
Vegetation and composition and  Ethnobiological Impact composition vis-à-
Wildlife biodiversity survey Area vis species
assessment  Transect walks diversity,
 Profiling of  Secondary data endemism and
vegetation and  General field conservation
wildlife observations status for wildlife;
 Characteriza-tion  Species inventory Establishing the
of various degree of
ecosystem types disturbance and
species
abundance for
vegetation
Risk  Risks associated  Secondary data  Direct Analysis of
Assessment with the  Field observations Impact secondary data
construction and Area and vis-à-vis

Location
Study Area
operation of the  Review of geology Secondary proposed
Kaliwa Dam and and hydrology Impact structures and
Reservoir modules Area geological profile
 of the area;
mapping
interpretation
Geology and  Regional and local  Regional mapping,  Environme Analysis of
Hazards geology  Field observations ntal study primary and
 Geologic hazards and actual field area; secondary data;
 Geomorpholo-gy traverses regional identification of
 Lithology  Secondary data geological hazards;
 Seismicity setting assessment of
 Engineering the engineering
geology geology of the
structure sites
Hydrology  Climate/rainfall  Secondary data  Direct Water balance
patterns (long-  Ocular inspection Impact analysis using the
term)  Flow measurements Area and NHRC Watershed
 River discharge SIA Hydrologic Model;
 Flood flow analysis flood analysis
 Water balance utilizing USACE
HEC-RAS model
Aquatic Ecology  Plankton  Key informant  Direct Quantitative and
 Macrobenthos interviews Impact qualitative
 Species  Fish collection and Area analysis of data
composition and identification gathered from
ecological status  Plankton/macro- sampling/
 Fishery and other invertebrate collection and
aquatic resources sampling interviews;
 Secondary data determination of
important
species; analysis
of project
implications on
aquatic life
1.1.6. SUMMARY OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
Apparently, majority of the affected people were aware of the Kaliwa project for quite
sometimes, but their knowledge of the project is tied up with the Laiban Dam project originally
planned in the area and the present issue they have in the Umiray Project. However, when
given the right information about the project and provide them with regular venue to raise their
issues and concerns, their acceptance of the project will not be difficult to obtain.
The results of the focus group discussions and individual interviews of the affected people and
the chieftains revealed that their opposition to the project is centered on losing their homes
and livelihood opportunities. They have resigned themselves that the government has the right
to take over their lands, but they also expect to be justly compensated for their vegetation
which has become their source of income and daily food consumption. Although there are a
few hard-core oppositionists including some politicians using the issue as their campaign
slogan, majority are still willing to listen and open for negotiation.
The issues and concerns raised during the public scoping meetings and focus group
discussion on the Kaliwa Dam Project are summarized as follows:

From the IP stakeholders (on compensatory mechanisms to affected families):

 Loss of sacred burial sites, fishing and hunting grounds for IPs which have significant
cultural value to them and as sources of their livelihood. There is fear that there will be
nothing left for the future generation of IPs for life and survival.
 IP customary laws and NCIP guidelines pertinent to consultations prior to studies and
FPIC should be respected and not bypassed by MWSS. Also related to this is the issue
on transparency and right to be informed of the status of the project including the result
of the EIA; consultation should not only be at the start but up to the end.
 Before embarking on the Kaliwa Dam Project, MWSS should first settle its obligations
to the people of General Nakar (mostly IPs) on the Umiray Transbasin Project to show
its sincerity in fulfilling its commitment to the people in the area; disappointment on
MWSS had been raised because of alleged non-payment of compensation of affected
families in said project.
 Benefits that should accrue to the IPs and other affected persons should be clearly laid
out within a given time frame and should include compensatory schemes in form of
education, livelihood, relocation and others. This should be fulfilled to show that MWSS
is sincere and take them seriously.
From water users/watershed stakeholders in the SIA (on water use conflicts and watershed
management):
 Why not explore and/or harness other alternative sources of water like the existing
Wawa Dam or why not tap other options outside of the planned NCWSP as the solution
to the problem of Metro Manila.
 Issue of compromising the water security of Infanta. It also needs water for irrigation
and domestic use not just Metro Manila. Infanta taps ground water for its domestic
water needs. If the dam pushes through, the supply of water from Agos River could be
affected and could in turn affect groundwater availability over time. Indications of
decreasing water availability are now being experienced.
 Irrigation system in Infanta, where General Nakar source its rice and the rice basket of
Quezon province, could be affected and could also affect the planned irrigation system
in Nakar (which would irrigate some 500 ha of agricultural land).
 How much water would be left to the SIA if the project is implemented
 The long-term thrust for water security is watershed management not construction of
dams.
 The good side of the project is it can arrest or combat illegal activities in the forest
especially logging. The massive flooding experienced in 2004 is a result of the
destruction of the watershed as there were no dams yet at that time.
 Construction of dam will not solve the logging problem, deprivation of water for the
people of Infanta is the issue of which compensatory measures should be laid out to
determine what benefits would accrue to the locals in exchange for what they will lose.
 Issue of sustainability of the project given watershed condition and various water use
allocation.
From downstream communities in the SIA (on potential risks):
 Perceived high risk involved compared to whatever benefits that would be given.
Infanta, which is a catch basin and a flood-hazard zone area, is much concerned about
possible releases of water during typhoon events and dam break as it will compromise
people’s lives and properties including livelihood.

 The project could strengthen and/or build-up the capacity of Infanta for disaster risk
preparedness and management.
 Since this is a national project, the question is whether it will be pursued if there is
strong opposition from the affected communities.
The issues/concerns generated in the scoping were further reinforced, distilled and
particularized during the series of FGD/KI sessions with different stakeholder groups. The
same forum was also used to gather additional concerns and explore options and ideas from
the stakeholders on how to address them.
The results of the barangay consultations in the DIA as they apply to the Kaliwa Dam are
summarized as follows:
a) Resettlement
 Compensation and entitlements for affected families

 Assurance of home lots and farm lots for eligible families with appropriate tenurial
security
 100% full payment of compensation for lost assets, prior to transfer/relocation
 Assurance of livelihood opportunities for men and women at the relocation site (i.e.,
farming, livestock raising)
 Educational assistance/scholarship programs for students
b) Gender Concerns
 Ensure livelihood opportunities for women (i.e., farming, handicrafts-making, etc.)

 Ensure access to water for domestic use (i.e., laundry, dish washing, cooking, house
cleaning, backyard gardening, etc.)
 Impact on the role of women in farming activities
c) Indigenous Peoples’ concerns
 Compensation for lost assets

 Access to land and water/river resources to continue their means of livelihood (i.e.,
fishing and farming) and other socio-cultural activities should be assured at the
relocation site
 Majority of the IPs are not used to settling together with the lowland residents, and this
should be considered in the resettlement plan, if any
 CADT has recently been awarded; the FPIC process should be respected and adhered
to
 Explore possible watershed co-management arrangement with IPs, which most likely
would affect and change their farming practices (i.e., slash and burn method or kaingin)
 Prioritization of IPs and affected residents in the employment opportunities of the
project
 Benefit-sharing between MWSS and IPs
 IP representatives should have active participation in the project
d) Environmental impacts
 Exploring possible co-management arrangements with the affected barangays,

especially with peoples’ organizations engaged in watershed management
 Implications on DENR’s national greening program in the area

e) Environmental concerns
 There are a number of potential eco-tourism sites within the area (i.e., falls, caves)
 The initial partnerships forged with the private sectors will be affected
f) Benefit-sharing
 Benefit-sharing arrangement between MWSS and the affected barangays
g) Legal
 Complex land ownership arrangements (i.e., ‘rights’ arrangement through Barangay

Certification, possibly covered under ancestral domain land or timberland or Kaliwa
Watershed reserve, and an overlap of two or three proclamations)
1.1.7. EIA SUMMARY
Summary of Alternatives
Two options were further considered for the Kaliwa Dam: a temporary dam or a permanent
dam. The temporary dam option was considered as an initial development prior to the
proposed Agos Dam, which would eventually lead to the submergence of the low dam. The
permanent dam option however would play a long-term role in the stream diversion on the
Kaliwa River. The latter was opted, and its development is mutually exclusive of the Agos
Dam.
Several alternative options for dam configurations were determined for the Laiban and Kaliwa
Dams, in tandem or stand alone. After careful consideration and discussion with MWSS the
Laiban and Kaliwa Dam (FSL 160m) configuration was selected as this configuration has the
following advantages:
 No flooding of Daraitan due to a designed Full Supply Level (FSL) of 160 m

 Kaliwa Dam sufficiently high to minimize risk of significant impact of sedimentation on
the reservoir capacity
 Potential to provide more drinking water (circa 2,400 MLD) than if only the Laiban dam
would be built (circa 1,800 MLD)
 Allowing for an installed power generation capacity at Laiban Dam of 50 MW or more
which is based on generation during peak demand hours and optimizing the power
production revenues
Of the above alternatives, the Kaliwa River through the Kaliwa Dam is the most promising. It
was observed that the development of the Kaliwa Dam is more viable and manageable and
can immediately address the projected short-term water supply deficit of Metro Manila in the
near future. Priority was thus given to the development of the Kaliwa Dam solely for water
supply purposes.
Alternative dam height and dam design options were likewise evaluated for the Kaliwa Dam
that would maximize supply output but would entail the least habitat disruption and
resettlement. A concrete gravity dam with dam height at 63+ meters referred to a riverbed
elevation of 108 meters was found to be the most economically and environmentally viable
yielding a gross volume of 57 million m3 at full supply level or a maximum flow of 2,400 MLD
or 27.78 m3/sec.

Summary of Baseline Characterization, Key Environmental Impacts and Management

and Monitoring Plan
Ecosystem Integrated Key Findings/Conclusions Environmental Quality Status
Land Regionally, the proposed Kaliwa is located within Geomorphologic processes

the Southern Sierra Madre sub-province of the indicate erosion occurring along
Eastern Physiographic Province and on the exposed areas of higher
eastern edge of the Southwest Luzon Highlands. elevation; scouring along stream
and riverbanks and mass
The Island of Luzon where the Kaliwa is to be movements involving mainly
sited occupies the northern section of the residual and colluvial materials
Philippine mobile belt and would thus be which mantle the slopes. Local
potentially affected by major earthquake slides were noted upstream of
generators, particularly the Philippine Fault the proposed damsite. The
Zone. Kaliwa Delta and the main
channel of Kaliwa River are
 The sites of the proposed engineering regularly subjected to flooding of
structures are susceptible in varying degrees varying degrees and to siltation.
to the natural processes of erosion, siltation,
mass movement, flooding and seismic related Vegetation is largely
hazards. Earthquakes could bring about characteristic of an
ground shaking that could affect the stability agroecosystem landscape
of the dam and tunnels. However, they are not dominated by cultivated
susceptible to ground shaking. agricultural crops with remnants
 Four soil types were identified, which are of natural forests along the steep
residual in character mainly derived from the slopes of the river. Vegetation
weathering of underlying igneous and and wildlife reflect the current
sedimentary rocks. They have varying state of watershed
degrees of erosion susceptibility with most of disturbance/deterioration but still
those areas under kaingin and mixed exhibit high plant diversity
shrubs/grasses on shallow soils and above especially along the riparian
>18% slope exhibiting high susceptibility to zone. Present wildlife generally
erosion. concurs with the present habitat
 Result of the flora and fauna study revealed type.
that overall, the studied area within Kaliwa
watershed and along the conveyance tunnel
have considerable flora and fauna
biodiversity. However, plot-level biodiversity
was relatively low, which can be due to open
ecosystems mostly covered in the study.
Despite this, there are number of key
important species recorded. Relative to the
presented result of terrestrial flora and fauna
survey, it is necessary to consider during the
detailed planning design of the project the
inclusion of the recommended mitigating
measures to minimize project impacts to flora
and fauna and in the surrounding
environment. Further, this information could
also assist in the conduct of further studies on
how we could effectively and sustainably
manage and/or improve the ecosystems in
the project area.
 The Kaliwa watershed supports a variety of
wildlife, most of which are common

resident/native and endemic species closely

associated with an agricultural area with
forest remnants. Species diversity of birds
range from moderate to high with 11
noteworthy species identified based on
endemicity and conservation status.
 The watershed area of the Kaliwa covers
around 9,318.3 hectares within the
municipalities of Tanay, Rizal and General
Nakar, Quezon. The downstream SIA
corresponds to the barangays of General
Nakar along the confluence of Kaliwa and
Kanan rivers on to the Agos river which
meanders through the entire stretch of Infanta
up to the coastal areas along the Pacific
Ocean.
 Portions of the project area lies within the
ancestral domain (AD) of the Dumagat-
Remontado IPs covered by two Certificate of
Ancestral Domain Title (CADT) proclamations
and thus governed by the IPRA law (RA
8371). Encompassed by the ADs are the
Kaliwa Watershed and its river systems with
several identified sacred sites where they
source their drinking water, lead the sick to be
healed, conduct baptismal rites and rituals
and bury their dead
Water Long-term monthly and annual climatic water The estimated minimum flow is
balance computations confirm that the area has equivalent to 124 MLD, which
a positive net rainfall or water surplus during the means that the minimum
whole year. The 80% dependable flow is environmental flow of 80 MLD is
equivalent to about 800MLD. exceeded all the time under
existing stream flow conditions.
The water quality sampling in 4 selected river
stations representing the dry season condition Water quality in general
for physico-chemical parameters show that all conforms to class A waters but
are within the Class A standards. DO levels are presence of coliform bacteria
high while BOD levels in all stations are low indicates that pathogenic
indicating a well aerated and unpolluted river microorganisms might pose a
waters. Bacteriological analysis, however, health risk, especially if water is
showed that total and fecal coliform levels in the to be used for human
midstream and downstream stations did not consumption.
conform to the standards for Class A waters.
These suggest that the river is being used by Aquatic flora and fauna reflective
some households for sewage disposal and/or of good water quality and
animal feces noting the presence of a small suitability for survival of aquatic
community in the area and domestic animals. life.
Air Results of air quality for all parameters Air quality within DENR
measured at six (6) sites are compared with standards except for SO2 at
National Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values ASS5; noise level exceeded the
(NAAQGV) of Republic Act 8749 or known as limit for residential areas along
Philippine Clean Air Act. All parameters tested the sampling sites due to sound
are within the allowable limits except for the SO2 system, constant vehicle traffic at
(µg/Ncm) at ASS5. the road nearby, dogs, roosters,
MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | 10

videoke and from residential

area.
People The host LGUs of the Kaliwa Dam are mostly There are several families that
categorized as first class in terms of income but would be likely affected by the
still retain a large proportion of rural areas with project. These families are typical
economic base anchored mainly on agriculture of rural poor communities
and fishery. The DIA is more rural, largely subsisting on agriculture (largely
inaccessible and sparsely populated. The PSA kaingin farming) and gathering of
2015 Census reflects the household monthly forest products for livelihood and
income. A significant majority (53%) have a income. Except for a nearby
monthly income of Php 5,000 and below. elementary school, their remote
Following the Region IV-A poverty statistics location limits their access to
figures, the annual per capita poverty threshold basic social services, which can
was estimated at P 9,063.75, a month for a be reached mainly by foot, horse
family of five, or Php60.43 per day per person or via the river.
which means that a family with an average of five
(5) members should have a monthly income of
P4,000 to meet basic food and non-food basic
needs. A monthly income below Php 4,000 per
household is already considered living below the
poverty threshold. It was estimated that about
45% of the affected households in Gen. Nakar is
considered poor while Magsaysay, Infanta
posted an annual income of each household
ranging from P5,000.00 to P10,000.00.
Portions of the project area lies within the

ancestral domain (AD) of the Dumagat-
Remontado IPs covered by two Certificate of
Ancestral Domain Title (CADT) proclamations
and thus governed by the IPRA law (RA 8371).
Summary of Key Impacts and Mitigating Measures
It has been determined that most of the negative impacts will be during construction phase In
terms of environmental impacts, the main components that need to be managed are:
compensation and relocation of displace residence and structures, dust and noise
suppression, traffic management. Positive Impacts is expected during Operation Phase.
Project Environmental
Phase/Envtl Component/Degree Mitigation/Enhancement Measure
Aspect of Impact
The Land/Water
Terrain modification,  Formulation, implementation and strict monitoring of
soil displacement, materials mgt.
and erosion (+S)  Scheduling of earthworks, whenever possible during the dry
Pre- season
Construction/  Identification of appropriate sites for placement of excavated
Construction materials
 Possible use of excavated materials as part of foundation of
structures where design allows
 Immediate revegetation of exposed areas not allocated for
engineering structures

Aspect of Impact
 Use of silt ponds or traps around work areas; monitoring
 Excavated materials can be reused by the LGUs in other
construction projects upon their request
Impacts on Land  Close coordination with LGU for land use planning
Use  Strict adherence to the zoning in the area
 Immediately Restore the adjacent areas temporarily use
Encroachment to  Ensure compatibility of management plan to the existing
ECA management plans under proclamations

Impairment of visual  Diclose with the Community
aesthetics  Provide alternative livelihood for those livelihood ddepends on
tinipak cave
Slope destabilization  Conduct extensive geologic and geotechnical studies of

(MS) structure sites
 Slope stability analysis inputted into design
 Deployment of experienced engineering geologist or
geotechnical engineer at site
 Use of appropriate slope stability measures such as rock
bolts, shotcreting, etc.
Mobilization of  Laying the road networks on areas without forest cover or
construction areas with minimal forest cover
equipment and  Identification and marking of ecologically/ economically
workers which will important species
require vegetation
clearing to facilitate  If feasible, avoid cutting ecologically important species
movement. identified in the area, potential mother trees for these species
shall be located and seeds/propagules shall be collected, to
Trampling of serve as genetic source for these important species
understorey  Avoidance of unnecessary clearing
vegetation  Localized movement of equipment and personnel
Clearing of  Vegetation to be cleared should be properly delineated to
vegetation growing avoid unnecessary clearing
in the proposed
access road
Increase in noise  Scheduling of earthmoving and construction activities during
level, generation of daytime
suspended  Sprinkling of water stockpiles of excavated and construction
particulates and materials
gaseous emissions
(MS)  Proper materials handling; installation of mufflers for vehicles
 Provision of protective gear for workers; monitoring
Deterioration of river  Proper materials handling; monitoring
water quality (MS)  Strict enforcement of solid and liquid management at the
construction site
Increase in solid  Strict enforcement of solid and liquid management at the
waste generation construction site
(MS)  Provision of waste bins, regular waste collection and
disposal to a sanitary landfill
 Reuse of construction debris which meets foundation
requirements

Aspect of Impact
 Orientation of construction workers on proper waste
management
Permanent loss,  Identification and marking of ecologically/ economically
disturbance to important species
existing vegetation  Collection of seeds/propagules of important species for
(MS) propagation in other areas
 Delineation of areas for vegetation removal and earthmoving
 Immediate progressive rehabilitation using appropriate
species at cleared areas not designated for engineering
structures
 Inclusion of project site in the MWSS Million Tree Challenge
Program
Death, disturbance  Restoration/rehabilitation of areas at higher elevations
and displacement of  Delineation of areas for vegetation removal and earthmoving
wildlife species;
destruction or
damage to habitat
(MS)
Disturbance of  Erosion control of excavated materials and stockpiles
aquatic habitat death  Monitoring; provision of passageways through the structures
or temporary for migratory species
displacement of
species (MS)
Loss of Biomass and  implementing a forest restoration plan
Carbon
Increase in ambient  In order to minimize the abovementioned pollution and
noise level harms, control measures may be taken in action:

 Equipment and machinery in good quality will be
purchased and operated, as well as full maintenance,
to ensure fuel fully combusted for standard emission.
 Under the instruction of the Employer’s delegated
representative, flammable wastes, solid garbage, office
and maintenance wastes that need to have combustion
treatment will be burned at approved time and place.
 Watering may be needed for keeping moist to minimize
the powders in excavation areas.
 Transportation vehicles with sideboards will be covered
by waterproof tarpaulin when transporting in bulk.
 All access roads at construction areas will be kept clean
and being watered to minimize the dusts when vehicles
pass.
 Much disposal areas will be equipped with watering
systems so as to minimize the raise dusts. Watering is
also needed when it’s windy and gusty.
 Workmen will wear dustproof masks where dusts are
more likely to generate.
 Dusts reducing system will be installed in areas where
dusts and smokes are more likely to generate such as

Aspect of Impact
gravel crushing plants, sieving plants and cement filling
plants.
 Regular dusts and powders investigation will be carried
out to ensure standard emission is reached as per the
laws and regulations of the Philippines Government.
Increase in ambient  In order to minimize disturbs and hazard of local
noise level residents and workmen, control measures will be taken
implemented:

 Relatively fixed locations such as compressor room,
framework fabrication plants, concrete batching plants
and gravel processing plants will choose to be far away
from inhabitants. Noise insulating shelters will be
installed to insulate noises from mixers, concrete
pumps, electric saws and large compressors. If
necessary, sound walls are necessary where
construction takes place in residential areas. Noise
refresh rooms will be installed for workmen in these
areas.
 Mufflered or lower noised equipment and machinery
will be used as much as possible.
 Strict timing will be set when construction takes place
nearby inhabitants, no later than 22.00pm and no
earlier than 6.00am. Necessary negotiation with local
people will be made where construction demands 24
hours shift. Control measures against noise will be
carried out as per government laws and regulations.
 When blasting, amicable communication with local
residents is a must. Security will warn unrelated
persons to avoid hazard of loud explosion.
 Daily exposure of one single workman will be controlled
under the noise louder than 80 decibels. Workmen in
noisy areas will wear ear plugs.
 Contractors shall be required to ensure that
construction equipment and vehicles are in a good
state of maintenance. Workers are required to wear
Personal Protective Equipment such as earplugs or
earmuff during activities that have impact on noise like
drillings.
The People
Loss of land/farm  Continuing IEC/consultations to update status of RAP and
area, properties, negotiate with remaining AF/IPs on relocation, valuation and
crops and community compensation based on RAP review.
facilities including  Secure FPIC for IP-specific RAP concerns
traditional access to
these areas and  Active and full coordination with the National Commission on
attendant dislocation Indigenous Peoples (NCIP)
and loss of income

Aspect of Impact
due to ROW  Finalize RAP incorporating refinements based on
acquisition (MS) agreements with remaining group (who still have
reservations on the compensatory measures proposed)
Increase in  Ensure that benefits of employment will accrue to affected
employment groups
opportunities and  Consider also other qualified community members, where
benefit sharing (+MS) appropriate to spread the benefits to the community
 Contractors to orient workers on desirable working
relationships especially if there is migrant labor
Increase in livelihood  MWSS to adopt policy requiring as much as possible
and business sourcing or purchase of construction supply requirements
opportunities (+MS) from locally available sources within Tanay, General Nakar
and Infanta or the province
 Food requirements of migrant workers/staff to be supplied
locally
Potential health,  Temporary housing facilities for contractors provided with
sanitation and safety adequate water and sanitation facilities
problems (NS)  Contractors to implement proper solid waste management in
the work site, workers will be oriented to observe proper
hygiene and sanitation practices and provided with
appropriate protection gears while working
 Construction areas to be enclosed as necessary and
provided with appropriate signage to avoid accidents from
curious residents and workers
Loss of Navigational A temporary mooring facility for the rafts and bangkas to be
Access (MS) installed in the vicinity of the upstream cofferdam. An access
road from this point to Sitio Queborosa shall be provided
Operation The Land
Submergence of Improvement of access/maintenance of remaining caves and
some springs and springs
caves in Daraitan
(MS)
Decrease of flooding Dam will lessen the amount of flood waters that can reach the
of downstream areas downstream area
(+MS)
Disruption of Provision of structures that will allow upstream and downstream
migration pattern of movement of migratory aquatic species
aquatic organisms
(MS)
Habitat loss and  Restoration/rehabilitation of areas at higher elevations
fragmentation (MS)  MOA executed with General Nakar for watershed
management. For Infanta, same MOA will be executed
Large-scale clearing  Progressive rehabilitation methods must be done to ensure
of vegetations that that no large tracts of land will be devoid of vegetation to
are present within the minimize microclimate change in the locale
construction areas  Conserve as much forests areas within the project site which
is not be intended for development, this could serve as
Removal of biological corridor and refuge area for the wildlife to be
photosynthesizing displaced
plants will affect CO2
sequestration  Immediate progressive rehabilitation using appropriate
causing some degree species, using the non-traditional planting method i.e. A-
of effect on the forestation
microclimate

Aspect of Impact
Altered movements
and dispersal of
wildlife, and invasion
of non-native and
degraded habitat-
associated species
The Water
Water use conflict  Formulate water allocation policy to be implemented during
temporary drought period under the strict supervision of the
National Water Resources Board (NWRB) and coordination
with the National Irrigation Administration (NIA)
 Establish hydrologic monitoring network consisting of rainfall
and river gauges and streamflow discharges at the Kaliwa
Dam watershed area
 Watershed management program
Loss of food source  Establish permanent mooring facility for bangkas at a safe
and navigational distance from the dam and spillway. Construct an all-weather
access from Daraitan road from this point to Sitio Queborosa to complete the
to Sitio Queborosa Daraitan-Queborosa linkage
(MS)  Put in place navigational safety features and regulations in
the vicinity of the diversion tunnel, dam and spillway
 Provide alternative fishing livelihood outside of the reservoir
area
Increased Water Implement RAP properly and formulate benefit sharing
Supply for Metro schemes for the host LGUs so that the benefit will not only
Manila, Cavite and accrue to Metro Manila and environs but also to the impacts
Rizal (+S) LGUs and communities; and improve credibility of MWSS thru
effective communication plan coupled with sustained actions to
demonstrate sincerity and commitment to fulfill its obligations to
generate goodwill and social acceptability; monitor RAP
The People
Increased Sharing of benefits from employment between affected and
employment non-affected groups
opportunities (+S)
Increased revenues Use revenue generated from project to improve social services
for LGUs (+S) and infrastructures in the DIA
Increased migration  Concerned LGUs (barangay and municipal/city) to regulate
and population (MS) encroachment in watershed areas (forestland) through
proper zoning and enforcement in conjunction with the PA
Management Plan
 LGUs to adequately plan/provide for social services and
infrastructures including health services, waste management
and facilities and road network

Summary of Compliance Monitoring

Project Phase Parameter Location Frequency Responsibility Cost (PhP)
Pre-Construction/Construction Phase
> Right of way The Land

acquisition Contractor's Material Handling/ Site Construction sites Before construction MWSS/Contractor Part of MWSS
> Site surveys, design Protection Program especially for dam, tunnels, supervision cost
> Excavation works spillway
> Foundation works Slope profile and signs of instability Abutments of Kaliwa Dam, 2x a week during Construction Part of CC Cost
> Grading and tunnel portals, spillway area construction Contractor
compaction River water quality-DO, pH, TSS, Dam site and at least 100 m Monthly MMT P250,000.00/year
> Vegetation TDS, BOD, conductivity, total and upstream and downstream
clearing/cutting fecal coliform of dam site area
Freshwater Biota Monitoring – Dam site and at least 100 m At least semi- MWSS P250,000.00/year
Plankton, Macroinvertebrates and upstream and downstream annually (wet and
Fish – Species Composition and of dam site area dry season)
abundances
On site materials handling Structure sites 2x a week MWSS/MMT Part of CC Cost
Tree cutting/removal of vegetation Kaliwa Dam, tunnel intake Monthly during civil DENR/MMT P100,000.00
and outlet, spillway area works phase
The People
RAP implementation Kaliwa Dam and reservoir Before relocation MMT P100,000.00
Local employment DIA-wide focused on Quarterly MWSS/MMT P50,000.00
downstream areas
Operation and Maintenance Phase
> Dam operation The Land

> Treatment facility Dam stability monitoring parameters Kaliwa Dam, spillway area Daily MWSS/Dam Part of O & M cost
operation and instrumentation: operator
 Alignment (Total station, GPS,
laser)
 Rotation (Inclinometer, tilt meter)
 Differential movement (Strain
gage, extensometer, tilt meter)
 Water pressure (Piezometer,
pressure gauge, observation well)

Project Phase Parameter Location Frequency Responsibility Cost (PhP)

 Stress and strain (Total pressure
cell, strain meter)
 Internal temperature
(Thermocouple, thermistor)
 Seepage quantity (Weir, flume,
flow meter, calibrated container)
 Seepage quality (Turbidity meter)
 Anchor load retention (Load cell,
jack and pressure gage)
 Earthquake response (Strong
motion accelerometer)
River water quality - pH, DO, BOD, Reservoir area Monthly MWSS/Dam P250,000.00/year
TSS/TDS, Total/fecal coliform, NPK operator
and pesticides, heavy metal
Area reforested/covered and % of Kaliwa Dam area Annually DENR/MMT Part of
survival Watershed
Management
Program
The People
RAP implementation Kaliwa Dam and spillway A year after MMT Part of RAP
area, reservoir area relocation and monitoring cost
compensation

Section 1
PROJECT DESCRIPTION

PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.1.8. Project Location and Area
The NCWS-KDP is approximately 53 aerial km east of Manila and located in the barangays of
Magsaysay in Infanta and Pagsangahan in General Nakar, province of Quezon and in
barangay Daraitan, Tanay, Rizal. The area is bounded by the following coordinates (Table 1):
Table 1 Boundary Coordinates of the NCWS-KDP

Corner Latitude Longitude
1 14°32’4.35”N 121°21’0.5”E
2 14°41’33”N 121°21’0.5”E
3 14°41’33”N 121°28’43.15”E
4 14°32’4.35”N 121°28’43.15”E
The main access to the dam location is through the Manila-Infanta Road. Access to the
damsite itself is via a 7-km trail from Sitio Little Baguio in Barangay Magsaysay, Infanta in the
south to Barangay Queborosa or a 9-km hike along the Kaliwa riverbanks via Daraitan going
downstream to Sitio Queborosa. The proposed locations of the water treatment facilities in
Antipolo and Teresa are respectively 29 and 27 aerial kilometers southeast of Manila.
The damsite can also be reached from Daraitan, Tanay by hiking 9 kilometers along the
riverbanks and channel of Kaliwa River downstream to Sitio Queborosa.The sites for the
treatment facilities can be reached either from the Manila - Infanta Road in the north or through
Manila East Road in the south. There is an ongoing construction of access road to the damsite
undertaken by DPWH between the Marikina-Infanta Road (Marcos Highway). Access to tunnel
portals and inlet/outlet will be undertaken taking into consideration the requirement that heavy
equipment has to be transported over this road. The road will comprise at least two lanes with
a combined width of 10m and comply with the DPWH National Design Standards and Safety
Guidelines on road in the Philippines. The road is to be suitable for light vehicles with 2WD –
front wheel drive – as well as heavy trucks. The Figure 1 shows the vicinity and accessibility
of the project area.
The project will entail the construction of a dam across the Kaliwa River in Sitio Queborosa with
a surface reservoir area of 113 ha and a gross reservoir volume of 57 million m3 that could
impound some 2,400 MLD of water to be transported by gravity via a 27-km long tunnel.
The project size falls under the classification of major dam infrastructure categorized as an
Environmentally Critical Project (ECP) requiring an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). It is
also located in an Environmentally Critical Area (ECA), the Kaliwa Dam watershed being partly
covered by Proclamation No. 573 (1969) as the Kaliwa Watershed Forest Reserve (KWFR). At
the same time, it is within the National Integrated Protected Area System (NIPAS) having been
proclaimed as National Park and Wildlife Sanctuary and Game Refuge Reservation by virtue of
Proclamation No. 1636 in 1977. Moreover, a more recent proclamation is the Certificate of
Ancestral Domain Title (CADT) awarded to the Dumagat-Remontado IPs, a part of which lies
inside the the KDP watershed.

1.1.9. Primary and Secondary Impact Areas
Figure 2 shows the project area map delineated to spatially situate the extent of on-site and
off-site impacts due to the project. Delineation of impact area for air, land, water and people
were based on DAO 2017-15. The direct impact area (DIA) corresponds to the dam structures
sites comprising the barangays of Magsaysay in Infanta, Pagsangahan in General Nakar and
Daraitan in Tanay, Rizal. Further, it covers the conveyance/tunnel route alignment cutting
across the barangays of Cayumbay, San Andres and Sampaloc in Tanay, Rizal.
The Direct Impact Area (DIA) or Primary Impact Zone (PIZ) corresponds to areas that would
be directly affected by the dam and reservoir structures including intake, spillway and diversion
aqueducts as discussed below (see also Figure 3).
 The dam structure would be located within the portion of Kaliwa River bounded to the
right by Barangay Magsaysay of the municipality of Infanta and to the left by Barangay
Pagsangahan of the municipality of General Nakar, all in Quezon province. The dam
would be specifically located along SitioQueborosa in barangay Magsaysay, Infanta1
at the right abutment and barangay Pagsangahan in the left abutment. The overflow
spillway will be sited at the right bank abutment. The diversion tunnel would be
constructed through the left bank rock abutments to divert river water discharges from
the Kaliwa River during construction.
 The reservoir area will inundate that portion of the river and riparian areas of Barangay
Magsaysay and Pagsangahan up to the fringes of Barangay Daraitan in Tanay, Rizal.
 The water conveyance structure will include a 27.7 km long underground tunnel that
will emanate from the Kaliwa Dam to Teresa, Rizal.
The secondary impact area (SIA) corresponds to the watershed of Kaliwa River below the
proposed Laiban Dam which would provide inflow to the reservoir. It also includes the valley
section of Kaliwa River from the outlet of the diversion tunnel to the mouth of Agos River along
Infanta, Quezon. These downstream areas are pre-disposed to disaster risks from potential
dam breakage and dam water releases during flood events.
The regional impact area (RIA) generally covers Metro Manila including Rizal and Cavite,
which are the potential beneficiaries of water distribution from the NCWP, and the provinces
of Quezon and Rizal where the spill-over of the project may be felt.
Table 2 shows the general social setting and the location of structures in Kaliwa Dam Project.
1
Based on NSO data

Table 2 General Social Setting and Impact Area Categorization, Kaliwa Dam Project
Impact Area
Province/Municipality Location of Project Structures
Category*
A RIZAL
1. Tanay
>Daraitan Fringes of reservoir area to occupy DIA
portion of Tinipak
>Cayumbay, San Andres, Water conveyance facility/tunneling DIA
Sampaloc area
>So. Pantay, Buhangin Dalig, Conveyance tunnel (outlet) DIA
Teresa, Sampaloc
>Watershed area part of the Protected Area under PD SIA
1636 and CADT
B QUEZON
1. General Nakar
>Pagsangahan Dam and reservoir area; diversion DIA
tunnel
>Watershed area Part of the Protected Area under PD SIA
1636 and CADT
>Town proper Flooding/disaster risk area SIA
2. Infanta
>Magsaysay Dam and reservoir area; spillway and DIA
intake area
>Watershed area part of the Protected Area under PD SIA
1636
>Town proper Flooding/disaster risk area SIA
* DIA refers to the direct impact area and SIA to secondary impact area

Figure 1 Vicinity and Accesibility Map

Figure 2 Project Area Map

Figure 3 Project Impact Area Map (Air, Water, Noise and People)

1.1.10. Project Rationale
The NCWS-KDP was born out of the necessity to ensure an uninterrupted water supply in
Metro Manila. It was conceptualized to address the concern of possible water supply deficit in
Metro Manila by the year 2020. Currently, MWSS is relying on the supply form Angat Dam
which supplies 95% of its service areas. The NCWS-KDP is among the projects prioritized by
the Department of Finance (DOF) and the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA)
for funding under the China Bilateral Loan Agreement that the National Government Agencies
(NGAs) are currently negotiating. The Project is one of the flagship initiatives of the
Government under the “Build, Build, Build” Program.
1.1.11. Project Alternatives
The Angat Dam is the only major source of water supply for Metro Manila thus far. With
increasing water demand, the development of a new major source of water has become
inevitable. Several water source development studies commissioned by the MWSS evaluated
various alternatives which included tapping the Kaliwa, Kanan and Marikina rivers, among
others. Table 3 provides a summary of nine (9) potential water sources for Metro Manila as
identified in the 1979 Manila Water Supply III Feasibility Study Report.
Table 3 Potential Water Sources for Metro Manila with Key Hazards and Impacts
Cost
Remarks and Earliest
Estimated of
Date of
Source Yield Water Hazards Key Impacts
Commissioning in
(MLD) (PhP /
Year
m3)
Relocation
of relatively
Relatively few
Most economic source households
Kaliwa River 1,909 0.69 distant from
(1987) from
active faults
spillway
area
Relocation
of
communities
at from the
Proximate to resulting
Dam is socially Marikina reservoir
Marikina River 1,280 0.82 area;
unacceptable (1987) Fault, ground
shaking heightened
fear of
flooding
from dam
break
Relocation
of
Development possible communities
Proximate to at from the
Kanan River 3,170 0.94 only as second stage
Infanta Fault resulting
to Kaliwa (1994)
reservoir
area
Construction will Disruption of
Ground water supply
disrupt supplies of
shaking, and
Umiray River 777 0.76 water and electricity
proximate to electricity
from Angat; other
Umiray Fault from Angat
major sources will
MAIN EIS REPORT Page | 26

Cost
Remarks and Earliest
Estimated of
Date of
Source Yield Water Hazards Key Impacts
Commissioning in
(MLD) (PhP /
Year
m3)
have to be
implemented first
(1994)
West side
Implementation of Lake wide
traversed by
pollution control pollution
Laguna de Bay Marikina
2,592 0.98 measures required control of
(Entire Lake) Fault, entire
before exploitation for Laguna de
rim flood
water supply (2000) Bay
prone
Ecological
Relatively and lake
Laguna de Bay Requires 9.5 km dike
1,728 1.04 distant from circulation
(Eastern Part) in the Bay (1992)
active faults impact
High
Cost is highly sensitive Relatively investment
Pampanga River 2,592 1.08 to cost of energy for distant from and
pumping (1986) active faults maintenance
cost
Ecological
Not recommended impact to
Taal Lake 864 0.95 owing to hazards of Active volcano active
volcanic activity (1986) volcano
Calamba- Recommended for Groundwater
Over level
Santa Rosa 190 0.69 local supply only
extraction lowering
Groundwater (1983)
Lower Marikina Recommended for Groundwater
Well field level
Valley 130 0.73 local supply only
flood prone lowering
Groundwater (1983)
Of the potential water sources, the Kaliwa River was rated as the most economical source,
which can be immediately developed while the Kanan River is a more long-term option that
can be considered once the Kaliwa River has been developed. The Marikina River, on the
other hand, is deemed unacceptable because of the proximity of the dam site to the active
Marikina fault and the potential risk to the densely populated areas of Metro Manila in the event
of dam failure. Moreover, it would involve displacement of families and agro-industrial farms
occupying the upstream section of the proposed dam, which will have to be relocated to ensure
acceptable water quality in the reservoir.
The distance of the Kaliwa Dam site from active earthquake generators has made it less
susceptible to ground rupture. Based on the regional assessment of the Mines and
Geosciences Bureau (MGB), the mountainous terrain where the proposed engineering
structure sites will be constructed has a high susceptibility to landslides. A closer assessment
indicated that the selected sites for the dam, spillway and tunnels are underlain by competent
foundation materials with visually stable slopes. Accordingly, earthquake-induced landslides
are not likely to occur. Geotechnical investigation must be conducted to quantify this
assessment. There are no volcanoes within the region which can potentially affect the structure
sites via eruption or lahar flows. Being located inland, the project area is not vulnerable to
storm surges and tsunamis. Both hazards take place in coastal areas during typhoons and
after major seismic events, respectively.

The Wawa Dam, located in the upper reaches of the Marikina River Basin, was also examined.
This option will entail the re-development of an existing dam on the Wawa River. The major
issues associated with the Wawa Dam proposal are the significant risks to raw water quality
within the watershed area of the existing dam because of the presence of a piggery farm and
dumpsite. Although these facilities have in the past been earmarked for relocation, the residual
levels of contamination from these sites will need to be mitigated and carefully monitored to
safeguard raw water quality from this source.
Of the above potential options, the Kaliwa and Kanan River Basins have been found to have
well-defined development potentials for water supply. The long-term options evaluated under
the 2003 Water Resources Study for Metro Manila considered the following dam options
summarized in Table 4.
Table 4 Summary of the Long-Term Water Source Options

Reservoir Water Level (EL. Exploitable Water
Development Scheme M)
FSL MOL MLD M3/s
Laiban Dam 270 237 1,830 21.2
Kanan No.2 Dam 310 278 3,310 38.3
225 3,770 43.6
Agos Dam 159 133 5,210 60.2
Kaliwa Dam - - 550 6.4
Kanan River Basin
Kanan River is one of the two major flow contributors to Agos River, the other tributary being
Kaliwa River. It derives its water from the Sierra Madre Mountain Range which stretches to a
length of 60 kilometers on the south-south-west direction until it merges with the Kaliwa River
to flow as Agos River.
The development of the Kanan River Basin is, however, deemed a second stage development
linked to the Kaliwa basin reservoir. The project is estimated to yield 36.7m3/s for water supply
and power generation.
The Kanan No. 2 Dam Project involves a 170-meter-high concrete gravity dam and spillway
sited on the Kanan River about 10 kilometers upstream of its conjunction with the Kaliwa River.
The proposed dam will have an effective reservoir storage volume of 255 MCM (dependent on
mode of operation) supplied by a watershed area of 289 sq. km.
From an upstream intake on the reservoir, raw water will be conveyed to the Kaliwa River
Basin via a proposed Transbasin Tunnel Project. Inflow to the Kaliwa River Basin would be
either collected at the proposed Laiban Dam or diverted at the proposed Kaliwa Dam for supply
to Metro Manila.
Various options exist for power generation from the Kanan No.2 Dam involving either local
generation at the dam or remote generation at a location along the proposed conveyance
waterways, towards Manila.
This project is viable as a “second stage” development only, as yield exported from the source
via a transbasin tunnel requires another dam to be in place on the Kaliwa River for integration
into the Metro Manila supply scheme.
Water rights for a further 3,200 MLD from the Kanan River was granted in 1981 to augment
the proposed Laiban Dam development.
Agos River Basin

The Agos River Basin is the main river where Kaliwa and Kanan rivers and their tributaries
merge. The river drains to the Polilio Strait and Lamon Bay, in the east towards Pacific Ocean
at Infanta and General Nakar, Quezon.
At the start of the power crisis in the 1970s, the Agos River was earmarked for power
development by the National Power Corporation (NAPOCOR) because of its large power
potential. However, the present power situation and the growing need for water in Metro Manila
now suggest a different development scheme for the Agos River.
The Agos River Multipurpose Development Project is now being studied to augment the water
sources for Metro Manila as well as provide power through hydropower generation, irrigation
water, and flood mitigation.
Studies undertaken in the 1990s did not consider the Agos River project as a practical solution
then since the construction of tunnels using a tunnel-boring machine would be costly as there
were only few applications for such equipment and its breakdown would delay the immediate
supply of water for Metro Manila. However, with the advances in technology, the development
of the Agos River is now being considered as an option to meet future water demand.
Of the above alternatives, the Kaliwa River through the Kaliwa Dam are the most promising. It
was observed that the development of the Kaliwa Dam is more viable and manageable and
can immediately address the projected short-term water supply deficit of Metro Manila in the
near future. Priority was thus given to the development of the Kaliwa Dam solely for water
supply purposes.
Alternative dam height and dam design options were likewise evaluated for the Kaliwa Dam
that would maximize supply output but would entail the least habitat disruption and
resettlement. A concrete gravity dam with dam height at 63+ meters referred to a riverbed
elevation of 108 meters was found to be the most economically and environmentally viable
yielding a gross volume of 57 million m3 at full supply level or a maximum flow of 2,400 MLD
or 27.78 m3/sec.
The configuration of the Kaliwa Dam and related facilities has been analyzed in several studies
the past couple of decades.
Two options were further considered for the Kaliwa Dam - a temporary dam or a permanent
dam. The temporary dam option was considered as an initial development prior to the
proposed Agos Dam, which would eventually lead to the submergence of the low dam. The
permanent dam option however would play a long-term role in the stream diversion on the
Kaliwa River. The latter was opted, and its development is mutually exclusive of the Agos Dam.
Based on the initial review of the available data, it was revealed that the feasibility if the Kaliwa
Dam as proposed by JICA (2003) would largely depend on the amount of sediment that would
be trapped behind the dam and in the watershed during its operational lifetime, even when
designed as a temporary structure.
If trapped sediment would fill most of the reservoir’s storage capacity, the remaining part
becomes too small to buffer the amount of water that is required to supply Metro Manila with
sufficient certainty during the relatively dry periods in summer. Another major concern
regarding the option of a temporary Kaliwa Dam concerned the risk of dam failure. It is highly
uncertain whether the projected downstream protection, comprising of ‘cribs filled with rocks’,
is sufficient to prevent erosion and eventually dam failure of this relatively low temporary dam.

Several alternative options for dam configurations were determined for the Kaliwa Dam. After
careful consideration and discussion with MWSS, the Kaliwa Dam configuration was selected
based on the following advantages:
 No flooding of Daraitan due to a designed Full Supply Level (FSL) of 160 meters
 Kaliwa Dam sufficiently high to minimize risk of significant impact of sedimentation on
the reservoir capacity
 Potential to augment (600 MLD) a possible water supply deficit in Metro Manila and
neighboring vicinities (Rizal and Cavite) by the year 2020
Based on the hydrological data from various studies, it was assessed and concluded that the
Kaliwa Dam can deliver the 600 MLD with sufficient reliability. Clearly, it is observed that dam
can address the possible water supply deficit in Metro Manila in the year 2020. The design of
the dam and conveyance structures was completed based on the basis of the new design
configuration and hydrologic assumptions.
Various types of dams were taken into consideration in the design of the Kaliwa Dam. These
include concrete gravity dam and central-core rock-fill dam with either an asphalt core or a clay
core to secure water tightness. Also, a roller compacted concrete (RCC) type of dam was
considered. Each of these dam types has its specific characteristics, both advantages and
disadvantages. However, based on the conditions at the proposed site of the Kaliwa Dam, the
concrete gravity dam type has been selected due to the abundance of rock in the project site
that can be used as a construction material.
1.1.12. Project Components
The Kaliwa Dam Project will have the following features:
 Kaliwa Dam Height: 63m + referred to a riverbed elevation of 108 meters

 Proposed Dam Type: Concrete faced rock fill dam
 Reservoir Volume: Gross volume of 57 million m3 at a full supply level (FSL) of 160 m+
 Minimum Operating Level: 135m+
 Reservoir Surface Area: 113 has.
 Spillway elevation: 160 m+
 Location of Spillway: Right bank of Kaliwa River
 Diversion Tunnel: Two (2) at left abutment area of proposed dam
 Conveyance Tunnel Features: Length is 27.7 kilometers; Thetunnel will start at invert
level +120 meters and ends at a level of +95 meters.
 Conveyance Tunnel Diameter: 4 meters
 Maximum Required Flow: 2,400 Million Liters per Day (MLD) or 27.78 m3/sec
 Location of Spillway: Right bank of Kaliwa River
 Location of Diversion Tunnel: Left abutment area
Kaliwa Dam will contain a reservoir with a gross volume of 57 Mm3 at a Full Supply Level
(FSL) of 160 m+. The minimum operating level (MOL) is 135 m+. Considering the narrow
valley, the best location for a spillway is the right abutment where the gradient of the slope is
least. In the flanks of the valley, hard rock has been encountered at depths of 3 to 5 m. In
terms of land use in the proposed reservoir, it is an open forest, grassland and
brush/shrubland. The conditions for construction of a spillway at the Kaliwa Dam site are not
favorable for a spillway with a crest elevation around 160 m+. The right bank abutment is
slightly more favorable to construct a free overflow spillway with a crest elevation of 160 m+
and crest lengths of 35 to 70 m at a location where the slope of the abutment is less steep.
This spillway will be capable to pass the (PMF) outflow of Laiban Dam spillway supplemented

by the extreme runoff of the intermediate catchment. Figure 8 shows the submerge area and
the project facilities.
During construction of Kaliwa Dam the discharges of Kaliwa River will have to be diverted.
Considering the relatively narrow river bed and the height of the dam, a diversion cannot be
effected in the river channel itself. The solution will be the construction of one or two diversion
tunnels through the rock abutments. The left abutment offers the best conditions because of
the steeper slopes that will allow construction of the tunnel entrance with less excavation.
With a reservoir storage capacity of 57 Mm3 and an average inflow of about 1,000 Mm3/year,
it is estimated that about 80% of the total sediment influx will settle in the Kaliwa Dam reservoir.
Without a Laiban Dam to intercept most of the sediment, the Kaliwa Dam reservoir could face
severe sedimentation that, within 10 to 20 years, could affect its water supply function. With a
catchment that exceeds the Laiban catchment with 33% under average conditions the
reservoir could catch about 300,000 m3 of sediments per year. In case of increased erosion
due to human activities or due to extreme rainfall, the worst-case scenario could develop which
would mean an influx of up to 1.5 Mm3/year which would completely fill the Kaliwa reservoir
in less than 40 years. Although this case is rather unlikely to happen, even with the average
influx of sediment, the dead storage would quickly fill up and start causing problems in dry
years when all capacity would be needed. Climate change could contribute to an increase of
erosion of the Laiban catchment. It is therefore not recommended to build Kaliwa Dam without
the Laiban Dam.
The project has 22.136km tunnel comprising of 5.5km non-TBM tunnel and 16.4km TBM
tunnel for diverting the water. Three adits will be adopted to facilitate the tunneling. The three
adits are (1#) 676m long connecting the main tunnel at H3+500, (2#) 1.047km long connecting
the main tunnel at H15+976.7 and (3#) 320m long connecting the main tunnel at H21+924.1
respectively. A double shield TBM will be deployed to break-in at H21+924.1 from outlet
location and drill through towards inlet location. After drilling for 5.95km at the 2# construction
adit, the TBM will drill another 11.33km to H5+500 and part of main tunnel to be excavated by
traditional method (Figure 9). The different sections are summarised below.
Table 5. The Method Adopted in Different Portions of Conveyance Tunnel.

Tunnel Chainages
Length Description
Ref. From To
Tunnel 1 H22+135.88 H21+924.1 212m Drill & Blast
Tunnel 2 H21+924.1 H15+976.7 5.95km TBM bored tunnel
Tunnel 3 H15+976.7 H5+500 10.33km TBM bored tunnel
Tunnel 4 H5+500 H3+500 2km Drill & Blast
Roadheader bored
Tunnel 5 H3+500 H0+000 3.5 km tunnel
Roadheader bored
Adit 1 3+500 675.3m tunnel
Adit 2 15+976.7 1.047km Drill & Blast
Adit 3 21+924.1 320m Drill & Blast
The energy requirements during operation will be provided by a small diesel power plant (0.15
to 0.3 MW). The access road for construction originating from the Infanta road shall be
developed as the main access to the dam and spillway area. The same road shall be linked
to the road leading to the intake section of the tunnel. Cell sites shall be established for
communication purposes. As a backup, satellite phones shall be acquired for key operations
personnel.

Figure 4 Project Layout (Dam Area)

Figure 5 Project Layout (Intake Area)

Figure 6 Project layout (Oulet Area)

Figure 7 Project Land Use Map

Figure 8 Project Layout Showing the Submerged Area

Figure 9 Conveyance Tunnel Drilling Plan

The drinking water requirement of operations personnel shall be sourced mainly from the
outside. A single well provided with the appropriate pump shall be drilled to provide the rest of
the domestic water needs.
The construction contractors will be required to provide temporary housing for their workers,
with provision for adequate water and toilet facilities. Waste bins would be provided in strategic
points of the construction area and regular waste collection and disposal to a sanitary landfill
to be designated by the LGU shall be undertaken. Clearing and excavations works should be
planned, whenever possible, during the drier months of the year. Temporary erosion ponds or
silt traps should be provided around the work areas. Excavated materials must be placed on
appropriate dumpsites or spoils area and not near the structure sites and provided with
adequate containment. Workers will be oriented to strictly observe proper hygiene and
sanitation practices in the construction site.
Once constructed, the dam will be equipped with a flood warning system supported by a
network of telemetered rainfall gathering stations at the upper watershed and river flow
stations immediately upstream of General Nakar and Infanta for its releases during storm
events. This will be done in coordination with the LGU’s Disaster and Risk Reduction
Management and linkage with the Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical
Services Administration (PAGASA).
1.1.13. Technology Options
Technology Description and Performance Specification
The proposed water supply system will entail the construction of the following engineering
structures: (1) Rock fill dam across Kaliwa River, (2) Spillway, (3) Diversion tunnel, (4) an
upstream and downstream coffer dam, and (5) 27-kilometer-long diversion conveyance
tunnel.
The technology for dam construction has long been established. A rockfill dam has been
chosen to take advantage of the locally available rock materials as part of the embankment
and to provide a safety measure for possible ground shaking through the use of a clay core.
Aside from serving as flexible foundation material, the clay core will serve to reduce the risk
of seepage through the embankment. The materials to be used for embankment shall pass
the required engineering standards. The slope of the embankment shall be so designed to
retain stability under various scenarios of ground shaking, material properties, hydrologic and
geologic conditions.
All dams are provided with the means of releasing additional water during storm events to
prevent overtopping. In the case of Kaliwa Dam, the spillway shall be located adjacent to the
right abutment. The stability requirements applied to the embankment shall also be used for
the spillway.The diversion tunnel, which will be located near the left abutment, will facilitate
the conveyance of water away from the main channel of Kaliwa River, during construction.The
coffer dams will facilitate the diversion of the water from the work areas during construction
and allow the placement of the foundation materials.The conveyance tunnel will facilitate the
diversion of the impounded water from the reservoir to the point of tapping by the water
treatment plants. Movement of water through the tunnel shall be through gravity. The tunnels
(conveyance and diversion) shall be constructed using a tunnel boring machine. Appropriate
support system and lining shall be provided to ensure the stability of these artificial water
conveyance structures. Figure 10 shows the dam operation protocol during operations.

Operation and Maintenance
Power during construction shall come from a diesel plant with a capacityof 0.5 to 1.5 MW.
Drinking water shall be brought in from the outside. Water use during construction will be for
the workers and construction requirement such as for concreting and water for equipment.
Assuming a maximum of 1000 workers at any one time and a daily per capita consumption of
100 liters per capita per day (lcpd), the daily domestic use amounts to 0.1 MLD or 100 m3/day.
Daily construction and equipment water requirement may be about 5 to 10 times this volume
with the maximum at 1 MLD or 1000 m3/day. The 80% dependable flow was estimated at
9.27m3/sec or 800 MLD. This means that the water use is less than 0.15% of the dependable
flow. Hence, the water use during the construction phase will only reduce the flow of the
Kaliwa riververy minimally and will essentially have negligible effect on the domestic use or
any other uses in the downstream.
Waste Management System
Different types of waste materials will be generated during construction. This will include
construction debris such as steel cables, concrete slags, broken hollow blocks, excess or
scrap materials from the supply stock, sand and gravel, nails, packaging material like empty
cement bags, cardboard boxes, among others. Oil and grease from heavy equipment may
also contaminate the soils in the area if these are not disposed properly. Construction workers
will also generate domestic waste.
Improperly managed waste could accumulate into unsightly piles which could become small
dumpsites. Dumpsites will serve as breeding grounds for pests and other vectors and lead to
sanitation problems. Leachate from these dumps could move towards the river and lead to
local decline in water quality.
MWSS will require its contractors to implement a waste management program, which will
include regular collection and disposal of wastes to an engineered facility to be designated by
the LGU. This would include the following:
 Provision of waste bins in various strategic points within the construction area.
 Regular waste collection.
 Conduct of a thorough orientation of workers on proper waste management practices.
 Regular hauling of construction debris to the designated disposal area to prevent their
accumulation on-site resulting to negative effects on the landscape.
 Conduct of equipment/vehicle cleanup and maintenance in only one designated area
at least 200 meters from the work areas and waterways. Spent and used oil should
be collected and placed in sealed containers and disposed of properly to prevent
draining into waterways or sold to used oil recyclers/buyers.
 Care must be observed in the operation of heavy equipment for transporting, hauling
and excavated materials from one area to another so as to avoid spills into the rivers
or nearby waterways.

Figure 10 Dam Operation Protocol

1.1.14. Project Size
Total volume of water to be impounded : 57.3 Million cubic meters

Capacity and type of dam structure : Concrete faced rockfill dam
Total project area to be inundated : 2.91 Km2
1.1.15. Development Plan, Description of Project Phases and Time Frames
Pre-Construction Phase
1. Facilitate the acquisition of the following pre-implementation permits:

a. Environmental Compliance Certificate
b. Certificate of Precondition, after the conduct of Free and Prior Informed
Consent (FPIC) and signing of Memorandum of Agreement with affected IP
Organization/s.
2. Conduct of Design Kick-off Conference to discuss design submittal, evaluation and
approval process.
3. Preparation of Detailed Engineering Design (DED) of the Project. The DED shall cover
all the required design engineering drawings that will be used in the implementation
and construction of the project. The DED shall include but is not limited to:
a. Analysis and Design Calculations
i. Civil Works, Seismic, Structural, Geotechnical, Hydraulics,
Electromechanical, Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA),
among others, shall be supported by technical calculations and
computer simulation results.
b. Brochures, Catalogues and Technical Specifications
c. Material and Equipment
d. Electro-mechanical Equipment
e. Measurement and Control Apparatus
f. Test Results
4. Preparation of the Following Development Plans:
a. IP Development Plan
b. Resettlement Action Plan
c. Social and Gender Plan
5. Right-of-Way Acquisition Activities
Construction Phase
Each area shall undergo the following general activities relative to each respective scope of
work:
1. Preparation Works
2. Mobilization
3. Clearing and earthworks for the preparation of construction works, stripping, grubbing
4. Construction of the temporary yard and facilities (workers’ camp, field offices, facilities
yard)
5. Provision of power, water and sanitary facilities
6. Mobilization of major construction equipment and tools
7. Established main site logistics and transport requirements

8. Delivery of construction materials
The working flow chart of key component is shown in the diagram below.
Flow Chart for Key Works in NCWS‐KDP
NTCC Completion Of The
Legend：Key Path 1：
Work
Key Path 2：
Construction TBM Tests on

TBM TBM
Mobilization Assembly Completion
Manufacturing Transportation
And Debug
TBM Tunneling
Construction TBM Tunneling TBM Repair
Access Road For （21+924~15+97
Road From （15+976~5+500） And Transfer
1# Adit 6）
Dam To Intake
TBM Disassembly Tunnel Grouting,Tunnel
Excavation And And Transport Out Finishing Adit Sealing
Support For 1# Adit Of Tunnel （21+924~5+500）
Tunnel Inlet
Tunnel Concrete Lining For Concrete Metal Structure

Construction For And Electrical
Excavation（0+000 Tunnel（0+000~3+
Intake Tower Equipment
~3+500） 500） Structure Installation
Figure 11 Flow Chart for Key Works in NCWS-KDP

The components of the project and their subcomponents are illustrated in the figure below.
1.NEW CENTENNIAL WATER SOURCE-

KALIWA DAM PROJECT
1.1 KALIWA DAM 1.2 CONVEYANCE SYSTEM
1.2.1
1.1.1 1.1.2 1.2.2
Intake
Dam body Spillway Tunnel
Structure
1.1.3 1.2.3 1.2.4

1.1.4
Low-level Outlet- Access
Reservoir
Outlet Structure Roads
1.1.5
1.1.6 1.2.5
Access
Camp Site Camp Site
Road
Figure 12 Project Component and Subcomponents
Construction Methodology of Permanent Access Road
In this project, there are 2 access roads, the total length is about 4.2km, and they are:
1. Permanent road on the right bank of dam is about 3km in length.

2. From Lake Bariza farm, Pantay village to diversion tunnel, the total length is 1.2km.
The new access road consist of two lanes, from the bottom up, there are graded gravel base
(thickness: 100mm), cement stabilized gravel base (thickness: 200mm） and cement
concrete surface (thickness: 250mm), the subgrade width is 10.0m, road width is 7m. Figure
13 presents the flow chart for construction of permanent access roads.

Figure 13 Flow Chart for Construction of Permanent Access Roads
Construction Method of Kaliwa Dam
The dam construction is divided into 2 phases. After the construction of access road and the
temporary facilities are completed, the earth and rock excavation and the diversion open
channel of the dam abutment above water are excavated. During dry season, at the 1st stage,
the right bank diversion channel is functioning, and the first stage of the earth rock cofferdam

is used to protect the left bank foundation pit, the construction diversion bottom hole, the
concrete longitudinal cofferdam and the left bank gravity dam (Under EL 128m). In the 2nd
phase, the up and down stream earth and rock cofferdam and concrete cofferdam are used
to protect the foundation pit of the right bank and divert the flow by bottom hole in the left bank,
and the construct the right bank dam section to the EL128m after the construction of the right
bank section in the second dry season, then proceed with the remaining dam concrete and
the sluice.
The construction process scheme for the dam is detailed below:
Construction Flow Chart for Dam Work
Right/Left Dam Concreting Under
Road, Temporary Left Bank
NTCC Addendum EL128 At Left Side
Facilities Foundation Pit
Excavation Dam
Concreting Under Connecting Joint
Concreting Above Right Foundation
EL128 At Right Side Dam For Both Right
EL128 For Dam Pit Excavation
Dam & Left Bank
Metal Structure &
Diversion Bottom Completion Of The
Mechanics Tests on Completion
Hole Block Off Work
Installation
Figure 14 Construction Flow Chart of Dam Work
Construction Method for Conveyance Tunnel
The project has 22.136km tunnel comprising of 5.5km non-TBM tunnel and 16.4km TBM
tunnel for diverting the water. Three adits will be adopted to facilitate the tunneling. The three
adits are (1#) 676m long connecting the main tunnel at H3+500, (2#) 1.047km long connecting
the main tunnel at H15+976.7 and (3#) 320m long connecting the main tunnel at H21+924.1
respectively. A double shield TBM will be deployed to break-in at H21+924.1 from outlet
location and drill through towards inlet location. After drilling for 5.95km at the 2# construction
adit, the TBM will drill another 11.33km to H5+500 and part of main tunnel to be excavated by
traditional method. The different sections are summarised below Table 6.
Table 6 Methods of Construction to be used for the Conveyance Tunnel
Tunnel Chainages
Length Description
Ref. From To
Tunnel 1 H22+135.88 H21+924.1 212m Drill & Blast
Tunnel 2 H21+924.1 H15+976.7 5.95km TBM bored tunnel
Tunnel 3 H15+976.7 H5+500 10.33km TBM bored tunnel
Tunnel 4 H5+500 H3+500 2km Drill & Blast
Tunnel 5 H3+500 H0+000 3.5 km Roadheader bored tunnel
Adit 1 3+500 675.3m Roadheader bored tunnel
Adit 2 15+976.7 1.047km Drill & Blast
Adit 3 21+924.1 320m Drill & Blast

Figure 15 Construction Methodology for Conveyance Tunnel

Borrow Areas and Spoils Area
Base on site topographic condition and combine with feasibility study documents, we
propose to layout one (1) quarry, one (1) borrow pit, three (3) riverbed material area, four
(4) transit material area, and seven (7) spoil areas. Table 7 shows the details of each area
needed by the project construction phase.
Table 7 Borrow Areas and Spoil Areas
Area
NO. Item Description Purpose Remarks
（ha）
At the right bank For filling of dam, and Available About
1 1# Quarry 9.9
downstream 1.2km. slope protection. 400000m³
The location is 3km
To supply the
distance from
concrete aggregate
conveyance tunnel outlet.
2 2# Quarry 6 and rubble for the
Coordinate
conveyance tunnel
is :X=1614253.4,
outlet area
Y=311635.0
For cofferdam,and
At left bank downstream Available about
3 1# Borrow area 1.7 clay filling in front
0.8km 50000m³
dam
Riverbed material For the aggregate of
At dam downstream Available
4 4.5 concrete, and dam
area A、B、C 0.5km~1.2km about200000m³
filling
The storage
To storage the capacity is
1# Transit material At dam right bank
5 2.6 material excavarted about
area downstream 1km
from dam 200000m³stone
material
To store the usefull
Located at 400m away material from the 2# Transit
2# Transit material
6 from the 1# construction 1 conveyance tunnel material area
area
adit inlet excavation as the
concrete aggregate.
The storage
To storage useless
capacity for
3# Transit material At 0.4km from the excavated material
7 0.06 useless
area conveyance tunnel outlet from the conveyance
material is
tunnel excavation.
about 1500m³
Located at 1km
As the spoil area of
8 1# spoil area downstream dam left 3 1# spoil area
dam left bank
bank
Located 1.6km
9 2# spoil area downstream dam right 6.6 2# spoil area
dam right bank
bank
Located 1.0km upstream
10 3# spoil area 3 dam right bank and 3# spoil area
dam right bank
the access road
As the spoil area for
Located at 1.1km of the
11 4# spoil area 1.5 the intake permanent 4# spoil area
permanent road of intake
road
The spoil area for The capacity is
At the intake of the
12 5# Spoil area 2 conveyance tunnel about
conveyance tunnel
excavation location. 150000m³

Area
NO. Item Description Purpose Remarks
（ha）
The spoil area for
At the entrance of 1# The capacity is
13 6# Spoil area 1.5 conveyance tunnel
construction adit. about 60000m³
excavation location.
The spoil area for
At the entrance of 2# The capacity is
14 7# Spoil area 0.6 conveyance tunnel
construction adit. about 40000m³
Location is not
The spoil area for
confirm(within 5km from need disposal
15 8# Spoil area 5 conveyance tunnel
the outlet of conveyance 350000m³
tunnel)
Total 48.96
Operation Phase
Operations phase will include the following:
1. To convey the raw water from the Kaliwa River Watershed (initially 600 MLD, with a
full capacity of 2400 MLD) to the designated off–take point in the Municipality of
Teresa, Province of Rizal, for treatment by the MWSS Concessionaire.
2. Operation and maintenance of the dam, spillway, reservoir and conveyance tunnel
3. Dam and watershed monitoring
During this phase generation of waste is expected. Table 8 shows the type and built-in
measures.
Table 8 Type of Waste and Management Measures
Type of waste Management measures

Domestic Wastewater Provision for Portalet (portable toilet)
Solid waste Practice 3R (Reduce Reuse and recycle
Carton, wood, steel, bottle sent to recyclers
Used oil and batteries Sent to Treatment Storage and Disposal facility
Air emission Periodic maintenance of equipment and vehicle
Dust Regular sprinklers
Demobilization/Decommissioning Phase
Demobilization/Decommissioning phase pertains to activities that will be undertaken

immediately after the completion of the project. The Contractor/MWSS must ensure that the
following decommissioning/demobilization activities are complied with.
1. Complete closure and restoration of all temporary construction facilities and structures
such as bunkhouses, field offices, facilities yard etc.
2. Complete dismantling of portable sanitation facilities such as portalets provided in the
construction sites;
3. All construction sites are cleared of residual solid and domestic wastes generated from
temporary sanitation facilities;
4. All disconnected / disrupted basic social service facilities such as water and power
supplies, and communication lines are fully restored to normal functions;
5. Affected public structures are reconstructed/restored; and
6. All construction sites are cleared of residual construction spoils and debris

Project Time Frame
According to the bidding documents, the total project duration of New Centennial Water
Source -Kaliwa Dam Project (NCWS-KDP) is 60 months, where, 6 months is the design
duration; 54 months is the construction duration.
In the construction progress schedule of this the project, it presumes that the project is
commenced on February 1, 2019 and completed on July 31, 2023. The total construction
duration is 54 months. In the event that the commencement date in the Notice to Commence
Construction (NTCC) issued by the Owner is changed, the schedule of the various working
items shall be changed accordingly, the total duration remains the same.
1.1.16. Manpower Requirements
The project will require a manpower complement ranging from 1,500 to 2,000 personnel which
will be deployed in various stages of construction. This will include project managers,
supervisors, contractors, sub-contractors, consultants, engineers and support personnel. The
expertise will cover the entire field of engineering, geology, finance, environment and project
management.
During the construction period, the project will generate numerous employment opportunities
for the local residents. Specifically, the project is anticipated to hire workers for most of the
duration of the construction phase. These job opportunities will include both skilled and
unskilled labor.
Although construction-related employment is temporary, it will bring about a positive impact in

the area where a large pool of underemployed manpower or seasonal workers is readily
available and highly anticipating this opportunity. However, the local manpower available may
have to compete with each other and with other possible migrant labor that may possess
similar or even better skills needed for the construction activities.
Among the local residents, competition for employment between the affected and non-affected
families of the project could bring about conflict and social tension. Households whose families
will be affected by the ROW are to be given priority for hiring as per RAP. On the other hand,
those who will not be directly benefited, especially those interested residents in the DIA and
SIA, are also expecting a share in the benefits of the project, which could be provided, among
others, by employment.
Moreover, favoring many migrant workers over the locals in hiring could further create social
tensions in the area, which could in turn lead to peace and order problems. This is especially
more so since the local residents are already highly anticipating the employment opportunities
in the project. In addition, having many migrant workers will mean additional population
creating additional burden to the limited social infrastructures of the area. There is also the
common practice of some migrant workers to bring along with them their families to the site
with makeshift houses built at the periphery of the construction sites. This could lead to health
and sanitation problems and eventually even squatting problems.
In order to avoid the above and institute measures to ensure that the benefits of employment
will accrue to the locality and most specially to affected families, MWSS should adopt a system
for screening and hiring of labor force, which its private sector partner and contractors should
follow.
Local hiring is a sensitive matter that should be carefully handled to ensure that the benefits
of employment are more equitably shared among the affected and non-affected groups. There

may be local residents who are more qualified but fall outside the prioritization policy. This
should likewise be considered, where appropriate, to spread the benefits to the community
and avoid possible conflict and social tension that might lead to peace and order problems.
Table 9 summarizes the manpower requirement of the Kaliwa per project phase. The
breakdown of the manpower is included in the annexes.
Table 9 Manpower per Project Phase

Manpower Women* Ip's*
Stage Total
Expat Locals % No. % No.
Pre-Construction &
10 50 60 30% 18 20% 12
DED
Construction Stage 130 1260 1390 25% 348 40% 556
O&M 24 24 25% 6 25% 6
Watershed
30 30 25% 8 60% 18
Management
*Percentage of total
1.1.17. Indicative Project Investment Cost
The proposed NCWS-KDP project will have an estimated cost of PhP 12.2 billion.

Section 2
BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS AND ANALYSIS OF
KEY ENVIRONMENTAL
ASPECTS

2. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
Determinations of environmental conditions were undertaken through extensive research.

Furthermore, ocular inspections of the project site as well as its immediate vicinity and
contiguous area/community were undertaken to determine any possible impact.
2.1.1. The Land
2.1.2. Land Use and Classification
The land sector component of the project generally corresponds to the Kaliwa Dam Watershed
(KDW) falls within the area defined by the geographical coordinates 14°36'48.26"N latitude
121°28'28.46"E longitude (WGS 84) (Figure 16). It is estimated to cover an area of about 37,
174 hectares.
The major classes in terms of coverage include open forest, closed forest, brush/shrubsland,
grassland, perennial crop, built up area and inland water. These classes are likewise
represented within the KDP watershed in proportions shown in Table 10.
Table 10. Major General Land Cover Classes within the KDP Watershed (2015)
% Kaliwa Dam
Land Cover Area (has)
Watershed
Closed Forest 9,015 24.25
Open Forest 7,205 19.38
Grassland 2,089 5.62
Brush/Shrubsland 16,353 43.99
Perrenial Crop 1,467 3.95
Built-up Area 400 1.08
Inland Water 391 1.05
Total 37,174 100
As in the enclosing municipalities, the predominant classes are the brushland/shrubsland

(45.99%) closed forest (24.25%) and open forest (19.38%). The proposed project will result in
the permanent and local modification of the land cover and landuse of the small areas to be
occupied by the structure sites. Adjacent areas which will be affected will be restored to its
original cover or use through revegetation.
DRAFT MAIN EIS Page | 52

Figure 16. Land cover within Kaliwa Dam Watershed.

Forest exists in the watershed of Makidata Creek in the northern part; in Mount Daraitan; and
the watershed of Matilatidag and Mamamala creeks in the southeastern part of the major
watershed. Patches of forest also exist in the watershed of Sabatunasasin and Sampaloc
rivers in the southwestern part (Figure 6). It occupies the very steep slopes and ravines of the
watersheds. The forest tree species are: Narra, Lauan, Ipil-ipil, Yakal, Kamagong, Molave,
Malamanga, Hamindan, Malaruhat, Balete, Trema and Bamboo.
Coconut plantations exist in the watershed of Mamamala creek; and on a slope in the curve
of Kaliwa River north of Daraitan Barangay proper.
Mixed grasses, shrubs and patches of upland crops/kaingin are scattered in the entire
watershed, particularly in Barangay Sampaloc and Barangay Daraitan area. Also, a big unit
exists in between Mount Daraitan and Cablao Creek. Upland crops that are being planted are:
Corn, Upland rice, Cassava, Camote, Gabi and Pineapple.
Grassland exists in the watersheds of Sampaloc and Mamamala River/Creek. It also exists in
the watershed of Cablao Creek. Grass species are Cogon and Talahib with Hagonoy.
Kaingin exists in patches in the southern part of Mount Daraitan, and watersheds of Caytap,
Sucaic, and Ligundiman creeks. Upland crops being planted are Corn, Upland rice, Cassava
and etc.
Built-up areas are the Barangay/Sitiopropers, such as Sampaloc, Daraitan, and Alas-asin
Sitio/Barangay proper.
Portions of the area near the lower section of the watershed previousy classified as open
forest have been modified by kaingin activities into shrublands, upland cropland, grasslands
and coconut areas. Woodlands of the uppermost section and central section of the watershed
are now builtup areas.
2.1.3. Encroachment in Environmentally Critical Areas (ECAs) and other Land

Tenures
The proposed Kaliwa Dam and appurtenances is an environmentally critical project (ECP)
located in environmentally critical areas (Figure 17). The Kaliwa Dam features a design
capacity of 57 MCM and the inundation of 113 hectares inside the REINA Natural Park and
Wildlife Sanctuary under Presidential Proclamation No. 1636.
Even without the project, kaingin activities continue to take place which resulted in the
progressive decline in forest area and increase in grassland, cropland, shrubland and built up
areas.
The proposed project will only occupy portions of the watershed which are coincident with the
proposed engineering and support stuctures and facilities.
Administratively, the KDW falls within the jurisdiction municipalities of Tanay, Rizal and
General Nakar, Quezon. It is partially covered by the existing Kaliwa Watershed Forest
Reserve (KWFR) which is one of the components of National Integrated Protected Areas
System (NIPAS). KWFR was proclaimed by virtue of Proclamation No. 573 dated June 26,
1969. Recently the Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title (CADT) of the Dumagats was
approved covering about 23,000 has part of which is inside the KDW.
The area to be occupied by the reservoir (113 hectares) falls inside the REINA Natural Park
and Wildlife Sanctuary under Presidential Proclamation No. 1636.

Overlapping proclamations characterize the KD watershed, which tend to create confusion in

terms of jurisdictional responsibility, management and utilization especially as they are not
clearly delineated on the ground. It is partly covered by Proclamation No 573 (1969) declaring
the Kaliwa Watershed Forest Reserve (KWFR). At the same time, it is within the National
Integrated Protected Area System having been proclaimed as National Park and Wildlife
Sanctuary and Game Refuge Reservation by virtue of Proclamation No. 1636 in 1977.
Moreover, a more recent proclamation is the Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title (CADT)
awarded to the Dumagat-Remontado IPs, a part of which lies inside the KD watershed.
As earlier indicated, the project area lies within the ancestral domain of the Dumagat-
Remontado IPs.Two Certificate of Ancestral Domain Titles (CADTs) have been promulgated
as shown in Table 11.
Table 11. Profile of the Ancestral Domain Lands Covered by the Project
Survey Total Area Total
IP Group Location CADT No.
No. (has.) Population
Dumagat Gen. Nakar, R04-NAK- ADs- 163,641.4611 Gen. Nakar =
and Quezon 1208-097 0404- 3,437
Remontados (and Dingalan, 0016-Gni Dingalan = 581
Aurora)
Dumagat Tanay, Rizal (and R04-TAN- ADS- 24,664.0069 6,060
and portion of Santiago, 0709-130 0405-
Remontados Laguna) 0017-Gni
AD= Ancestral Domain, CADT= Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title
Source: Ancestral Domain Sustainable Development and Protection Plan (ADSDDP) of the
Dumagat/Remontado Indigenous People of Tanay, Rizal, 2010-2020.
The Tanay Dumagat/Remontado Ancestral Domain (AD) forms part of the Sierra Madre
mountain range along the eastern side of Luzon. It covers ten (10) rural upland barangays of
Tanay, with an area of about 24,664 hectares, namely (1) Sta. Ines, (2) Tinucan, (3) San
Andres, (4) Sto. Nino, (5) Laiban, (6) Daraitan, (7) Mamuyao, (8) Cayabu, (9) Cuyambay, and
(10) Sampaloc (Figure 17). The AD is within the Kaliwa River Watershed Basin, bounded by
Lanatin River, which separates Tanay from Quezon province, in the northeast of Laiban, Sto.
Nino, Mamuyao, and Sta. Ines; Real, Quezon on the east of Daraitan; Sitio Tuluan, Daang
Sampiro, Daang Buliran, and Nagpatong ng Bato, and Sampaloc from Sta. Maria, Laguna on
the southeast; Sapang Biti and Maalas-alas, Ulong Tubig, Binalagbaga and Mt. Susong
Dalaga on the southwest; Antipolo and Mt. Amaya on the northwest. At the same time,
Proclamation No. 573 was issued in 1969 declaring the northeastern part of Tanay as the
Kaliwa Watershed Forest Reserve. The proclamation effectively covers seven (7) out of ten
(10) upland barangays of the AD lands. The general topography in the area is mountainous,
ranging from 0 to 45 degrees in slope, with the highest elevation at 1,469 meters above sea
level at Mt. Irid.
The Gen. Nakar Dumagat/Remontado AD has a total claimed area of about 163,641 hectares,
covering barangays Lumutan, Pangsangajan, Magsaysay, and parts of Dingalan, Aurora.
Encompassed by the ADs is the Kaliwa Watershed, which is fed by two river systems, the
Lenatin and Limutan Rivers. The total length of the river network in the watershed is 353
kilometers, of which, Lenatin on the west covers a total of 168 kilometers, while Limutan River
on the north covers 184 kilometers. The Kaliwa River encircles Barangay Daraitan along its
west-south-east boundaries and stretches to 55 kilometers long towards the Agos River.The
Dumagat/Remontado IPs have identified a number of sacred sites that may be affected by the
project (Table 12). Majority of them are spring water sources where they source their drinking
water, lead their sick to be healed, and conduct their baptismal rites.

Table 12 Sacred Sites of the IP Communities in Tanay and Gen. Nakar.

Barangay Sacred sites
1 Daraitan, Tanay, Rizal Tinipak Falls
Tinipak Caves
Mamara - Sacred burial grounds
2 Lumutan, Gen. Nakar, Quezon Murak - Spring source
Sari - Spring source
Kaharigan - Spring source
3 Pagsangajan and Magsaysay, Gen. Nakar, Tinipak Spring - Spring water source
Quezon Makidata - Sacred burial site near Queborosa
Sitio Yukyuk - Sacred grounds for rituals
Source: Interviews and group discussion with the IP Leaders of Tanay and Gen. Nakar, Quezon

Figure 17. ECA and other tenurials (AD, CBFM, NGP) within the project site

2.1.4. Geology
2.1.3.1. Geomorphology
Regionally, the Environmentally Study Area (ESA) is located within the Southern Sierra Madre
sub province of the Eastern Physiographic Province and on the eastern edge of the Southwest
Luzon Highlands Philippines (Figure 12). Within the project area, four (4) major terrain units
have been identified at a mapping scale of 1:50,000. These are the Mountainous Terrain,
Karst Terrain, the Kaliwa River Delta and the Flat to Undulating Terrain (Figure 18).
Mountainous Terrain
The mountainous terrain corresponds to the watershed of the Kaliwa River and eastward
towards the point where the said waterway begins to meander in Infanta, Quezon. Elevation
ranges from 100 to 700 meters within the immediate vicinity of the dam and reservoir area
65with a corresponding slope exceeding 50%. Elevation along the conveyance line ranges
from 100 to 600 meters. The terrain has been deeply dissected by a trellis like network of
streams, which flow in the general southeast and northeast direction towards the main channel
of Kaliwa River. This dissection imparted a hilly to rugged aspect on the watershed. The main
valley of Kaliwa River exhibits a U-shaped asymmetrical profile from Daraitan and eastward
towards Infanta.
The proposed dam spans the U-shaped section of Kaliwa River at Sitio Queborosa. This valley
profile limited the extent of the reservoir to a narrow strip along the Kaliwa River. The proposed
spillway, diversion tunnel and the conveyance tunnel are likewise located within the
Mountainous Terrain.
Landslides in the Mountainous Terrain are of generally limited occurrence and when present
involves mainly the overburden.
Kaliwa River Delta
This terrain corresponds to the flat, triangular area whose apex starts from 12 kilometers east
of the junction between the Kaliwa and Kanan River and extends to the coastal area of Infanta.
It is characterized by the meandering channel of Kaliwa River and its abandoned channels.
Due to its low elevation and alluvial character, this terrain is vulnerable to flooding.
Flat to Undulating Terrain
This terrain is characterized by slopes ranging from 0 to 18% (level to rolling) within the
immediate vicinity of the pipeline routes and fall within the elevation range from 50 to 100
meters above sea level. The outlet of the conveyance tunnel pipeline route is located within
this terrain unit. This terrain generally exhibits stable slopes (Table 13).
Table 13. Slope Classes Within the Kaliwa Dam Watershed

Slope Class % Area Covered (hectares)
Level to Nearly Level 0-3 57.92
Gently Sloping to Undulating 3-8 418.32
Undulating to Rolling 8-18 1,773.66
Rolling to Moderately Steep 18-30 3,504.36
Steep 30-50 939.33
Very Steep >50 2,996.22

Source: Geology and Mineral Resources of the Philippines, Volume One, Geology, 1982
Figure 18. Physiographic map of the Philippines showing the proposed Kaliwa Dam, tunnel and pipeline routes

Figure 19. Major terrain units within the Environmental Study Area.

Karst Area
This terrain unit is located within the Mountainous Terrain and occupies the north to south strip
at Daraitan Area underlain by limestone. Elevation varies from 120 to 719 meters within the
immediate vicinity of Mt. Daraitan and the western limit of the reservoir. It is characterized by
internal drainage within the fractures and cavities of the limestone deposit. The springs at
Daraitan correspond to the solution cavities through which groundwater from the limestone
mass issue. The westernmost edge of the reservoir will submerge part of the Karst Terrain.
The predominance of the mountainous terrain translated to the prevalence of slopes falling
under Steep and Very Steep classes which collectively cover 3,935.55 hectares (Figure 20).
In terms of elevation, the rim of the watershed generally corresponds to the elevation range of
300 to more than 1,000 meters. The highest elevations were observed at the northern tip of
the watershed. The central section of the watershed and the slopes bounding the main
channel of the Kaliwa River correspond to the elevations lower than 300 meters.
The construction of the dam and the spillway will lead to the alteration of both the left and right
abutments which correspond to a part of the mountainous terrain.
The reservoir will submerge the valley section of the Kaliwa River from the dam to the edge of
the Karst area in Daraitan.
2.1.3.2. Regional Geology and Structures
The ESA and the rest of the southern Sierra Madre Area is underlain by an overlapping
sequence of Cretaceous to Paleogene sedimentary and volcanic sequence which is
unconformably capped by an Oligocene – Miocene limestone formation in the center and by
Pleistocene lava flows and pyroclastic to the south (Figure 21). Table 14 shows the
stratigraphic succession of these rocks as mapped by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau
(MGB) including the general lithologic descriptions and their distribution within the project area
The main project engineering structures like the dam, spillway, diversion tunnel and intake of
the conveyance tunnel will be founded or driven through the Maybanggain Formation. The
conveyance tunnel is inferred cut through the Maybanggain Formation, Kinabuan Formation
and will daylight through the Guadalupe Formation. The reservoir will submerge the
Maybanggain Formation and part of the Binangonan Formation which underlie the main valley
of the Kaliwa River.

Figure 20. Slope map of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed.

Figure 21. Regional geologic map of the Environmental Study Area.

Table 14. Stratigraphic Summary of the Environmental Study Area

Rock
Age General Lithology Distribution
Formation
Holocene Alluvium Unconsolidated aggregate of Main channel of Kaliwa River and
gravels, boulders, sands, silts Kaliwa River Delta
and clays
Pleistocene Guadalupe Gently dipping layers of tuff, Nearly level to gently sloping
Formation agglomerate, pyroclastic flows western part of ESA, underlies the
and tuffaceous sedimentary conveyance tunnel outlet and water
rocks pipelines
Late Oligocene Binangonan Limestone with solution cavitiesKarst terrain, western edge of
to Early Miocene Formation and caves Kaliwa Dam reservoir
Middle Maybangain Folded, indurated volcanic and Central mountainous part of ESA,
Paleocene to Formation sedimentary sequence includes the Kaliwa Dam, spillway,
Middle Eocene diversion tunnel, water conveyance
intake, bulk of reservoir area
Late Cretaceous Kinabuan Indurated folded sequence of Western mountainous edge of
to Early Formation sandstone, shale, siltstone and ESA, traversed by the conveyance
Paleocene limestone tunnel
Source: EIS of Kaliwa Dam Project and Geology and Mineral Resources of the Philippines, Volume
One, Geology, 2004
The ESA is characterized by north - northwest trending structures reflective of the regional
trend within Southern Sierra Madre. The nearest major active geological structure is the
Philippine Fault whose segment in Infanta is located about 15 kilometers east of the Kaliwa
Dam.
Local faults of northwest orientation were noted to traverse the proposed alignment of the
conveyance tunnel. The Binangonan limestone formation is fault bounded at its eastern edge.
The Maybanggain formation is generally massive. Where bedded, the sedimentary have
layers have easterly to northeast orientations with moderate to steep dips to the south and
southeast.
2.1.3.3. Tectonics and Seismicity
The Philippines is situated in a tectonically active region near the boundary between the
Philippine Sea Plate and the southeastern edge of the Eurasian Plate. The active zone of
deformation between these two (2) plates is referred to as the Philippine Mobile Belt (Gervasio,
1966). It is characterized by a system of subduction zones, collision zones and marginal sea
basin openings (Geology of the Philippines, 2002). The island of Luzon where the Kaliwa Dam
Project is to be located occupies the northern section of the Philippine Mobile Belt.
Figure 22 shows the major earthquake generators of Luzon which can potentially affect the
ESA. These include the Philippine Trench, the Philippine Fault Zone, the West Marikina Valley
Fault and Manila Trench.
The Philippine Trench corresponds to the physiographic manifestation of the subduction of

the Philippine Sea Plate beneath the eastern Philippine Arc (Geology of the Philippines, 2002;
Cardwell and others, 1980; Fitch, 1970; Hamburger and others, 1983). The trace of the trench
is about 175 kilometers northeast of the Kaliwa Dam.
The Philippine Fault is a left lateral fault which cuts through the Philippine Mobile Belt from
Luzon though the Visayas to Mindanao over a length of more than 1,200 kilometers.
PHIVOLCS attributed the occurrence of earthquakes in Northern Luzon (1990, M 7.7) to the

movement along segment of the Philippine Fault in Digdig, Nueva Ecija. The projected trace
of the fault in Luzon is approximately 15 kilometers east of the Kaliwa Dam.
The West Marikina Valley Fault is a right lateral geological structure which traverses a distance
of about 135 kilometers from Bulacan in the north to as far south as Tagaytay area. The
northern trace of this fault is about 21 kilometers west of the Treatment facilities and 40
kilometers west of the Kaliwa Dam.
The Manila Trench is a broad arcuate geological structure located west of the island of Luzon
and spans the length from 13° north to 22° north latitude. It corresponds to the physiographic
expression of the subduction of the oceanic crust of the West Philippines Sea beneath the
Luzon Arc. This earthquake generator is located.
Figure 23 shows the plot of earthquakes with magnitude’s greater than 5 within a 300-
kilometer radius of the Kaliwa Dam. The clusters of earthquakes are found to the north in
Nueva Ecija, offshore to the northeast and in Mindoro to the southwest. Table 15 lists the
major seismic events around the vicinity of Kaliwa Dam from 1915 to 2012. The strongest
recorded quake within 123 kilometers northwest from Kaliwa Dam corresponds to a Magnitude
7.8 event, which was recorded on July 16, 1990.
Table 15. Major Seismic Events Around ESA for the Last 100 Years
Distance
Directio
from
Mo n from
Year Day Hour Min Sec North East Depth Ml Mb Ms Kaliwa
nth Kaliwa
Dam
Dam
(km)
1990 7 16 7 26 34.6 15.68 121.17 25 6.5 7.8 123 NW
1968 8 1 20 19 21.5 16.30 122.10 31 5.9 7.3 200 NE
1970 4 7 5 34 6.2 15.78 121.71 40 6.5 7.3 133 NE
1980 3 31 12 41 47.1 16.04 121.88 50 5.1 6.3 165 NE
1987 6 18 10 1 7.3 17.29 121.38 43 4.9 5.5 6.0 300 NW
1993 10 30 8 30 33.3 15.44 121.73 8 5.1 96.2 NE
Source: Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology

Figure 22. Major earthquake generators of Luzon.

2.1.3.4. Geology of the Dam Area
The dam area comprises altered volcanic flows, pillow basalts, agglomerates with some
intercalations of finer pyro-clastics associated with cherty layers. The rocks are formed in a
period of intrusive volcanic activity, during the Cretaceous to Ecocene period, acting on older
clastic (sedimentary) rocks.
The 'intrusive volcanic rock suite', generally exhibits a fine-grained matrix, has a dark grey to
dark green color and shows a partly amygdaloidal to vesicular rock texture. At other places,
however, the rock is very hard and comprises sub-angular to angular cobble-sized rock
fragments, which are tightly cemented by the cooling magmatic flow in which they were
originally captured.
The volcanic rock mass is further characterized by the presence of fractures in lesser and
moderate degree, which are filled by calcite, quartz and possibly zeolite minerals. Interbedded
in the basalt flows，'graded rock layers' are encountered of a dark gray to greenish speckle
to crystalline color. These layers comprise shale, siltstone and sandstone. The layered
structure and mineralogy of the rocks encountered, suggest that the rocks were formed by a
reworking and re-deposition of older materials, which still are from a volcanic origin. The
siltstone layers show stains of a greenish crystalline groundmass (when altered). The shales
exhibit a light brown color, are brittle and are sometimes coated with iron oxide minerals.
The foundation treatment type of Kaliwa dam mainly includes the consolidation grouting, the
curtain grouting, drilling drainage hole and the anchor cable etc.
2.1.3.5. Hazards
The ESA including the sites of the proposed engineering structures are susceptible in varying
degrees to the natural processes of erosion, siltation, mass movement, flooding and seismic
related hazards.
Geomorphologic processes within the Mountainous Terrain include the usual process of
erosion along exposed areas at higher elevations, scouring along the stream and riverbanks
and mass movements involving mainly the residual and colluvial materials which mantle the
slopes. Scouring and bank erosion are not significant due to the nearly continuous exposures
of bedrock in most of the tributary channels traversing this terrain unit. Local slides were noted
upstream of the proposed dam site. Runoff is generally prevalent due to the general
imperviousness of the indurated sedimentary rocks.
The Karst Terrain may be occasionally subjected to local rock falls involving the loosened
limestone fragments. Otherwise, this terrain is subject to a slow dissolution process, which
can generate cavities.

Source: Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology
Figure 23. Plot of magnitude 5 and greater earthquakes around the Kaliwa Dam
Project
The Flat to Undulating Terrain is less susceptible to erosion and mass movements compared
to the Mountainous Terrain.
The Kaliwa Delta and the main channel of Kaliwa River are regularly subjected to flooding of
varying degrees and to siltation.
Earthquakes that can be generated by the major geological and tectonic structures in the
region could bring about ground shaking which could affect the stability of proposed dam,
tunnels and treatment facilities. A study conducted by Thenhaus, Hanson and Algermissen of
the United States Geological Survey and the Philippine Institute of Volcanology and
Seismology (1995) estimated peak ground horizontal accelerations that have a 10%
probability of being exceeded in 50 years for rock conditions and medium soil conditions in
the Philippines (Figure 24). The results indicate peak ground accelerations of 0.22 g and 0.4
g for rocks making up dam site/tunnels and the treatment facilities, respectively.
The major engineering structures of the project are not susceptible to ground rupture due to
their significant distance from the active Philippine Fault and the active Marikina Fault.

Figure 24. Map of a) rock and b) medium soil
2.1.3.6. Engineering Geology of Proposed Structure Sites
Proposed Kaliwa Dam and Reservoir
The proposed dam is located 280 meters upstream of the confluence of the main channel of
Kaliwa River and Queborosa Creek within the Mountainous Terrain. It will span the
asymmetrical, U-shaped valley of Kaliwa River which has a width of about 25 meters at an
approximate riverbed elevation of 100 meters (Figure 25).
The proposed reservoir will occupy an area of about 291 hectares when filled up to elevation
160 meters. Owing to the steep U-shaped valley section, the reservoir will assume a linear
narrow configuration which will extend upstream to the edge of the Karst Terrain.
The filling up of the reservoir could bring about local magnitude earthquakes for a short period
of time due to the adjustment of the underlying rocks to the load imposed by the impounded
water. This will not affect the stability of the engineering structures.

Figure 25. Geologic section through the Kaliwa Dam axis.
Unconsolidated alluvial deposits corresponding to the unconsolidated aggregate of sand,

gravel and boulders of volcanic and sedimentary origin fill up the Valley of Kaliwa River to an
unknown depth. Visually, these materials are loose and have presumptive high permeability.
The alluvial deposits are not suitable as dam foundation and must be removed during
construction.
The dam will be founded on fresh, indurated inter-beds of conglomerate, sandstone and
siltstone and lava flows belonging to the Maybanggain Formation. The observed bedding dips
moderately to the east – southeast. The rock mass is traversed by tight joints oriented along
the east – west with very steep to vertical dips. Overall, the rocks at the dam site appear to be
watertight although this initial assessment needs to be validated through drilling and conduct
of in-situ permeability tests. The steep valley slopes which form part of the abutment will
visually appear as stable. Construction activities like blasting and movement of heavy
equipment could bring about local slope failures. This assessment though needs to be
confirmed during the next stage of project development though geotechnical investigation
which will facilitate the gathering and quantitative assessment of foundation conditions and
the formulation of the appropriate protection measures.
The Maybanggain Formation essentially form nearly, fresh, indurated an occasionally massive
and continuous outcrops from the dam axis up to its boundary with the Binangonan Formation
to the west. These characteristics indicate the overall water tightness of the reservoir. The
slopes bounding the reservoir area are generally stable and the few identified slides are of
small scale (< 20 m3 of loose materials) and involve mainly the overburden.
The section of the reservoir underlain by the Binangonan Formation is characterized by the
presence of at least five (5) springs which are inferred to be fed by water passing through the
interconnected solution cavities.
Proposed Diversion Tunnel
The proposed diversion tunnel will be driven indurated sedimentary and volcanic sequence of
the Maybangain Formation which make up the ridge on the left bank of Kaliwa River. The

tunnel orientation is generally perpendicular to the observed bedding of the rock formation
which generally favors stability of the excavations that will be made during construction.
Overbreaks during tunnel construction, will be assessed by a site-based engineering geologist
for the proper institution of the required support system.
Proposed Spillway
The footprint of the spillway coincides with the alluvial terrace on the right bank of Kaliwa River.
These alluvial materials need to be removed during construction to facilitate the placement of
the engineering structure on the underlying Maybanggain Formation. Local slides which could
be generated by earthmoving will be mapped, assessed and adequately stabilized.
Proposed Conveyance Line
The proposed tunnel will be driven on the right bank of Kaliwa River which is made up of fresh,
indurated and visually competent outcrop of the Maybanggain Formation. The tunnel route will
successively pass through the Maybanggain Formation, Binangonan Formation, Kinabuan
Formation and Guadalupe Formation where is will daylight after 27 kilometers. Throughout its
planned route, the tunnel will pass under at least 12 stream crossings which can potential
convey water into the openings generated during construction. The tunnel route will also be
traversed by several north trending faults which may have fractured the rocks through which
the conveyance will be constructed and also serve as avenues for the entry of water into the
generated underground excavations. Information on the rock mass properties of the rock
formations through which the tunnel will be driven are not yet available and will be acquired
by proper geological and geotechnical investigations in the next phase of the project (Figure
26).
Figure 26. Geologic section through the tunnel and pipeline route.
Overbreaks during tunnel construction, will be assessed by a site-based engineering geologist

for the proper institution of the required support system.
Drainage
The streams draining towards the main channel of the Kaliwa River assume a broad trellis
pattern which is attributed to the structural control imparted by the faults and joint systems

which traverse the geologic formations. The main channel flows towards the Pacific Ocean in
a northeasterly direction. The meandering character of the channel within the mountainous
terrain is imparted by the resistance of the rocks to erosion and the direction imposed by the
geologic structures.
2.1.3.7. Sacred Sites Assessment
Tinipac Sacred Well/Rocks
The Tinipac Sacred Well/Rocks was considered as an important site along the Kaliwa River
for its healing properties. IPs with colds, fever and flu were believed to be healed when bathing
or drinking water from the Tinipac Well. IPs used to hold rituals thru dance during Holy Week.
It was believed that IPs leave cloths near the well which miraculously turn to clothes from the
deities. When the site was used for tourism (about 20 years ago), the IPs slowly stopped
coming for bathing. They (IPs) still believe that the Tinipac is still sacred regardless of its
diminished healing quality and, that the deities went farther up the mountains. To this day,
IPs still come to drink / fetch water when passing through the spring.
Signage at the Tinipac Sacred Well/Rocks
Notice to All
You are standing on our Sacred Ground of IP Dumagat/Remontado.
Please show utmost respect.
Bathing, washing laundry, wading, undue noise and other actions that
would disturb the sacredness of the Tinipac Rocks are strictly
prohibited.
Paaunawa sa Lahat
Kayo po ay nakatuntong sa Sagradong Lugar naming mga Katutubong
Dumagat/Remontado. Mangyari pong magpamalas ng ibayong
paggalang.
Mahigpit na ipinag babawal ang paliligo, paglalaba, pagtatampisaw,
malabis na pag iingay at iba pang gawaing makagagambala sa
kasagraduhan ng Tinipac na Bato.
 IP Chieftains and leaders suggest that due diligence be taken to ensure IPs can still
have access to the water which the Project agreed for distribution at IP communities
nearby and Resettlement Site.
Makidata/ Queborosa Burial Site
About 500-1000mts from the proposed Kaliwa dam is the Makidata/Queborosa sacred burial
grounds of IPs.
 The IPs initially refused to consider relocation. However, they were willing to
reconsider if proper care / rituals will be taken and relocate at higher grounds.
Mainit (Hot Spring)
The Mainit Sacred Hot Spring along Kaliwa River was being used to heal joint pains and tired
legs. Due to its healing properties, IPs come to fetch water, drink from it and bathe in its hot
spring, especially during Holy Week. Elderly IPs/ families stay for a week to hold rituals.
 The IPs sought compensation for the disturbance of their sacred grounds especially
those which they can no longer have access to upon construction.

2.1.3.8. Caves and Springs Assessment
This assessment corresponds to Section 11 and 122 of the Draft Final Report (DFR) on the
Reconnaissance Geological Mapping Investigation at the Proposed Kaliwa Dam, Municipality
of General Nakar, Quezon Province. The DFR corresponds to the previous FS Report of the
NCWS.
The caves and springs located at Daraitan at the western edge of the reservoir which will be
created with the construction of a dam across Kaliwa River (Figure 27).

Figure 27. Location Map of caves and springs in Daraitan showing position with respect to the Kaliwa Dam reservoir.

Caves
A total of 16 small and large natural opening mapped (Table 16). Most of these natural
openings lie within the right-river bank of the Kaliwa River near the Tinipak Hikers Camp and
the periphery of Mamara Creek. Both sites are within the Binangonan Limestone Formation.
In most cases, caver occur below the active river channel at elevation 120m resulting in the
disappearance of current river flow in some places and appearance in other areas. Large
channel opening could reach a few meters across to about 0.30 to 0.50 m in diameter. Few
large caves that have been “explores were now used as tourist spot for outdoor seeker and
nature lovers.
Table 16. Cave Distribution and Features
Elev Dimensio
Designati Coordinates Height*
Cave No. . n Remarks
on
Latitude Longitude (m) (HxW,m) (m)
Cave No.1 C-1 14° 36' 05.0" 121° 26' 28.9" 280 1.70x1.90 60
Cave No.2 C-2 14° 36' 06.0" 121° 26' 29.2" 256 3.30x2.00 60
Cave No.3 C-3 14° 36' 06.3" 121° 26' 29.7" 258 0.47x0.65 40
Cave No.4 C-4 14° 36' 06.2" 121° 26' 29.2" 280 1.20x1.20 3
Cave No.5 C-5 14° 36' 04.5" 121° 26' 31.7" 220 3.70x4.70 5
water river
Cave No.6 C-6 14° 36' 04.7" 121° 26' 34.6" 158 1.80x2.60 0 level
Cave No.7 C-7 14° 36' 04.4" 121° 26' 34.5" 160 2.70x4.30 5
widest
Cave No.8 C-8 14° 36' 09.1" 121° 26' 31.8" 182 5.00x5.00 80 opening
Cave No.9 C-9 14° 36' 59.6" 121° 26' 32.4" 176 0.80x0.55 80
longest
Cave No.10 C-10 14° 36' 00.8" 121° 26' 34.4" 198 3.20x5.00 90 channel
Cave No.11 C-11 14° 36' 05.7" 121° 26' 11.8" 175 1.20x0.30 5
Cave No.12 C-12 14° 36' 07.6" 121° 26' 02.4" 154 0.90x110 1
water river
Cave No.13 C-13 14° 36' 1.0" 121° 26' 18.7" 182 2.00x1.60 0 level
water river
Cave No.14 C-14 14° 35' 56.5" 121° 26' 19.3" 180 3.30x1.00 0 level
Cave No.15 C-15 14° 35' 31.1" 121° 26' 28.6" 230 1.90x1.80 20
water river
Cave No.16 C-16 14° 35' 23.3" 121° 26' 21.6" 275 0.8x0.5 0 level
* Height of caves above active river flow
The Tinipak Cave is one of the determined natural channel openings that were mapped along
the Kaliwa River, with the cave’s entrance found within 14°36’02.1” North Latitude and
121°26’33.7” East Longtitude. The Tinipak Cave (Table 17) is located around three (3)
kilometers from Barangay Daraitan, Tanay, Rizal along the embankment of the Kaliwa River
heading towards General Nakar, Quezon and having an elevation of 150 meters above sea
level. It is within the declared bounds of the National park, Wildlife Sanctuary and Game
Preserve set aside by PP No. 1636 dated 18 April 1977 – an initial component of the Republic
Act No. 7586, otherwise known as the National Integrated Protected Areas System (NIPAS)
Act of 1992. It has a water pool and subterranean stream of swiftly running but crystal-clear
water which flows down and disappear at the approaches of its entrance to join the adjacent
Kaliwa River. It was found that Barangay Daraitan is using the Tinipak Cave (130 meters
stretch of the cave’s passage) as an ecotourism spot.
Table 17. Physical Description of Tinipak Cave

Physical Features Measurement, m Remarks
Mouth/Entrance 4.48 (width) Access is vertical but there are rocks that could be
grasped in going up and down

Physical Features Measurement, m Remarks

Length 151 (approx.) Total assessed passage does not the full extent
Highest ceiling 13.94
Approximately 66 meters from entrance
height
Lowest ceiling height 3.23 Approximately 151 meters from entrance
Widest portion 10.86 Approximately 66 meters from entrance
Narrowest portion 4.48 At entrance
The dam schemes will bring about a certain destruction of cultural heritage and historical sites,
a change in lifestyle and limited access to ancestral domain and resources for the Indigenous
Cultural Communities/IPs. While the inundation pf pre-World War II foundation of an early
Dumagat house, the identified historical site at Tigbak, and the “Tinipak” and caves along the
Kaliwa River may be irreversible; these historical sites can be well documented for the future
Dumagat generations. The Dumagat burial grounds must be relocated to another site. (Water
Resources Development for MM, February 2003, Nippon Koei Co. Ltd. and NJS Consultancy).
Springs
Springs in the area can be classified under tabular, seepage and fracture type. Most
commonly, they form as a result of the network of solution channels that traverse the limestone
formation. These springs corresponds to natural openings where groundwater issues. Other
springs refer to surface manifestation of the link between a heated rock formation at depth
which cropped out due to a faults or structures. The discharges usually have elevated
temperatures and referred to as hot springs.
Springs are often classified by the volume of the water they discharge. The largest springs are
called “first-magnitude”, defied as springs that discharge water at a rate of at least 2,800 liters
of water per second (lps). While, “8 and 0-magnitude” refers to discharges of nearly 8 lps to
no flow (sites of past/historic flow).
About seven (7) small to large discharge springs were documented in Daraitan (Table 16).
80% of the springs occur along the northern bank of Kaliwa River near Tinipak camping site.
THe springs issue mainly from elevation 110-120 meters above mean sea level. Estimated
discharges range from 3rd-level magnitude (about 280 lps to 0-level magnitude which
disappears during dry periods. Disappear as the water sinks into the ground via the stream
bed. Among these springs, only Spring 6 exhibits perennial discharge.
Table 18. Location and Features of Springs

Desig Elev.
Spring Locatio Q* Litholog
n- Latitude Longitude (masl Remarks
Name n (lps) y
ation )
14° 36' 121° 26' Kaliwa limeston intermitten
Spring-1 S-1 162 0-1.50
25.1" 22.1" River e t
Spring-2 S-2 144 0-1.50
23.4" 26.7" River e t
Spring-3 S-3 148 0-3.0
23.1" 27.6" River e t
14° Kaliwa 5.0- limeston
Spring-4 S-4 121° 26' 34.9 136 perennial
36'16.3" River 15.0 e
14° 121° 26' Kaliwa limeston intermitten
Spring-5 S-5 142 0-5.0
36'13.5" 36.4" River e t
14° 121° 26' Mamara limeston
Spring-6 S-6 220 0-2.0 perennial
36'29.7" 28.0" Creek e
14° 121° 27' Kaliwa limeston
Spring-7 S-7 100 2.0-5.0 hot spring
36'55.3" 52,6" River e

* Estimated discharge in lps – liter per second
A hot spring was mapped near the vicinity of Kaliwa Dam which local residents commonly
referred as “Mainit Hot Spring”. This spring discharges lukewarm water estimated at 30°C to
45°C along a 0-15 meters length of terrace gravel deposit. JICA reported that water samples
from the spring shows generally clean and free of any obnoxious volcanic minerals (Table 19).
Table 19. Water Quality of Mainit Spring

MWSS-III Study, 1982 JICA
Item Units PNSDW
1978-1979 1981 2001
pH 6.5-8.5 8 8 8.5
Taste Unobjectionable - - bland
Color TCU 5 10 48 5
Odor Unobjectionable - - nil
Turbidity NTU - 10 34 4.2
Alkalinity, CaCo3 mg/l - 143 149 100
Bicarbonates, HCO3 mg/l - - - 80
Acidity mg/l - - - nil
Free Carbon Dioxide mg/l 300 107 175 nil
Hardness mg/l 250 4.4 3 116.5(T)/104(Ca)
Chloride mg/l - 42 - 87.4
Calcium mg/l 250 6 - 41.7
Sulfates mg/l 1 0.25 1.3 214.2
Iron mg/l - 0.15 - 0.05
Ammonia, NH3 mg/l - 0.9 - -
Oxygen Consumed mg/l - - - -
Magnesium mg/l 1 - - 3
Flouride mg/l - - - 0.381
P-Alkalinity mg/l - - - 10
Conductivity mg/l - - - 0.793
The hot spring is inferred to be related to an 8-km long NE-SW lineament in the area which
was identified by JICA through areal interpretation.

Plate 1. Reconnaissance geological mapping investigation at the Proposed Kaliwa

Dam 1 and 2


2.1.5. Pedology
2.1.4.1. Soil Classification
Four (4) soil types/soil mapping units were identified, characterized and mapped in the
watershed (Figure 28). The four soil types are the Antipolo clay; Antipolo clay loam; Antipolo
loam, shallow phase; and the Faraon clay. These soils are residual in character and were
derived from the weathering of the underlying igneous and sedimentary rocks.
Antipolo soil types developed from the weathering of igneous rocks probably of volcanic origin,
while the Faraon clay developed from the weathering of limestone rocks.
Antipolo clay occurs in the watershed of Sampaloc River in Sampaloc, Tanay, Rizal Province.
Antipolo clay loam occurs in the watershed of Sabanatusasin River, downstream of Sampaloc
River; in the watershed of Matilatidag River in the southeastern part of the major watershed;
and the headwater of the Makidata River in the northern part of the watershed. Antipolo loam,
shallow phase occurs on the very steep slopes of the banks of Kaliwa River from the
confluence of Matilatidag River and Kaliwa River to the proposed dam site. Also it occurs on
the very steep slopes of the watershed of Makidata River in General Nakar.
2.1.4.2. Soil Erosion Susceptibility of the Project Area
The four (4) contributing factors to erosion include rainfall, soil erodibility, vegetation/land use
and slope. To determine the extent of erosion susceptibility within the project area, three (3)
degrees of susceptibility are defined for each of the four contributing factors. These are
“slightly susceptible” “moderately susceptible” and “highly susceptible”.
Rainfall
For rainfall, the degree rating is shown in Table 20. Table 21 shows the rainfall data of Infanta,
Quezon from 1971 to 2000 for the watershed. Data shows that there are nine (9) wet months
(with more than 200 millimeters per month with December as the wettest month having 705.8
millimeters of rainfall. The remaining three (3) months are with moderate rainfall with March
having the least rainfall of 181.7 millimeters. Based on these rainfall data, the erosion
susceptibility rating for the whole watershed area is “high”.
Table 20. Erosion Susceptibility Based on Rainfall

Degree of Susceptibility Rainfall Type
Slightly Areas with 5 to 6 dry months and 3 to 4 wet months
Moderately Areas with 5 to 6 dry months and 5 to 6 wet months
Areas with 2 to 4 dry months and 5 to 6 wet months
Highly Areas with 5 to 6 dry months and 3 to 4 wet months with one or more months of
500mm or more rainfall per month
Areas with 5 to 6 dry months and 5 to 6 wet months with one or more months of
500mm or more rainfall per month
Table 21. Rainfall and Temperature at Infanta, Quezon Station

Month Rainfall (mm) Temp (°C)
Jan 330.8 24.7
Feb 231.1 25.1
Mar 181.7 26.1
Apr 189.8 27.6

Month Rainfall (mm) Temp (°C)

May 229.5 28.6
Jun 264.7 28.8
Jul 273.3 28.5
Aug 181.8 28.6
Sept 285.1 28.0
Oct 664.7 27.1
Nov 611.8 26.4
Dec 705.8 25.2
Annual 4150.1 27.1
Soil Properties
For soil types, the susceptibility score is shown in (Table 22). The criteria that were used are
the soil depth and clay-silt fraction. Antipolo clay, Antipolo clay loam and Faraon clay with
more than 100 centimeters soil depth and >60% clay-silt fraction are with “moderate
susceptibility to erosion”. Antipolo loam, shallow phase with less than 50cm depth and 0-100%
clay-silt fraction is with “high susceptibility to erosion”.
Table 22. Erosion Susceptibility based on Soil Properties

Degree of Susceptibility Soil Depth and Texture
Areas with 50 to 100 cm solum and 60 to 100%
clay-silt fraction
Slightly Areas with greater than 100 cm solum and 0 to 60
percent clay-silt fraction
Unclassified soils of the mountain
Areas with 50 to 100 cm solum and 0 to 60% clay-
silt fraction
Moderately
Areas with greater than 100 cm solum and 60 to
100% clay-silt fraction
Areas with less than 50 cm solum and 0 to 100%
Highly
clay-silt fraction
Note: Solum is made up of surface soil and subsoil. Clay-silt fraction is percent total of clay and silt
particles determined through mechanical analysis of topsoil.

Figure 28. Soil map of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed

Land Use/Vegetation
For land use/vegetation, the degree rating is shown in Table 23. As shown by land
use/vegetation map of the project area (Figure 23), there are seven (7) land use/vegetation
types identified in the project area. Based on Table 22, the areas with forest, coconut, orchard,
terraced rice and corn fields (in the built-up area are with “slight susceptibility to erosion”. The
grassland and mixed grasses, shrubs and patches of upland crops/kaingin are with “moderate
susceptibility to erosion”. The kaingin areas are with “high susceptibility to erosion”.
Table 23. Erosion Susceptibility based on Vegetation and Crops Grown

Degree of
Type of Crops/Ground Cover
Susceptibility
Areas grown to paddy rice
Slightly Areas permanently planted to coconut, mixed orchard, fruit trees, etc.
Areas covered with dense forest/shrubs, tall grasses and pine trees
Areas grown to sugar cane
Open grassland
Moderately Areas with thin growth of deciduous forest with scattered kaingin clearings
Areas, sloping planted to coconut or fruit trees intercropped with upland row
crops (corn, cassava, sweet potato, etc.)
Areas of diversified upland row crops – corn, cassava, upland rice, mungbean,
pineapple, etc.
Highly Areas planted to tobacco
Areas with thin growth of short grasses with patches of kaingin clearings;
Sparsely vegetated land; Bare area
Slope
As shown by the slope map and based on Table 24, 0-3% and 3-8% slopes are with “slight
susceptibility to erosion”. 8-18% is with “moderate susceptibility to erosion”. 18-30%, 30-50%
and >50% slopes are with “high susceptibility to erosion”.
Table 24. Erosion Susceptibility based on Slope

Degree of Susceptibility Slope Range
Slightly Areas with slope between 0 and 8%
Moderately Areas with slope between 8 and 18%
Highly Areas with slope greater than 18%
2.1.4.3. Final Erosion Susceptibility Rating
The four (4) erosion susceptibility ratings of each soil unit are aggregated to form the final
rating consistent with Table 25, which shows the decision rule on the composite or final erosion
susceptibility index. The Soil Erosion Susceptibility Map (Figures 29) display the result of
erosion susceptibility ratings.
Table 25. Composite Erosion Susceptibility Decision Rule
Individual Susceptibilities Final Degree of Erosion

(Rainfall – Land Use – Slope – Soil) Susceptibility
S–S–S–S Slightly
M–M–M–M Moderately
H–H–H–H Highly

Individual Susceptibilities Final Degree of Erosion

(Rainfall – Land Use – Slope – Soil) Susceptibility
H–M–H–H Highly
H–S–M–M Moderately
H–M–M–H Moderately
Note: S – slightly susceptible, M – moderately susceptible, H – highly susceptible
As shown by the Soil Erosion Susceptibility Maps, the forest and built-up area in the watershed
on Antipolo clay loam with slopes 0-3% and 3-8% are with “slight susceptibility to erosion”.
The forest on Antipolo clay, Antipolo clay loam, Antipolo loam, shallow phase and Faraon clay
with 8-18% and >18% slopes are with “moderate susceptibility to erosion”. The mixed grasses,
shrubs and patches of upland crops/kaingin; and grassland on Antipolo clay and Antipolo clay
loam with 0-8%, 8-18% and >18% slopes are with “moderate susceptibility to erosion”. Kaingin
on Antipolo clay loam; Antipolo loam, shallow phase; and Faraon clay with >18% slopes are
with “high susceptibility to erosion”. The mixed grasses, shrubs and patches of upland
crops/kaingin on Antipolo loam, shallow phase with >18% slopes is with “high susceptibility to
erosion”.

Figure 29. Soil Erosion Susceptibility Map of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed.

2.1.4.4. Soil Quality/Fertility
The sampling sites in Kaliwa Watershed area located in Brgy Pasangahan, General Nakar,
Quezon. This site was divided into three sampling plots (Table 26) namely; Makidata, Makarapo
and Rurugong. In Makidata and Makarapo sites, the plots are composed of high, middle and low
elevations. In Rurugong, only the top (ridge area) and the foot of the slope were sampled.
Table 26 Sampling Locations for Soil Quality
Sampling Locations Elevation Coodinates

N 14o38.590’
High – 316 masl
E 121o27.811’
N 14o38.555’
Makidata Middle – 252 masl
E 121o27.762’
N 14o38.564’
Low – 235 masl
E121o27.716’
N 14o38.052’
High – 286 masl
E121o27.311’
N 14o38.051’
Makarapo Middle – 256 masl
E 121o27.282’
N 14o38.036’
Low – 158 masl
E 121o27.210’
High Ridge Area
Rurugong Foot of the
Low
Slope
Source: Kaliwa Watershed Characterization Report, UPLB, 2018
According to the Kaliwa Watershed Characterization study being conducted by the University of
the Philippines Los Baños, the pH ranges of the soil in the watershed ranges from very acidic to
almost neutral (4.2 to 6.9). The highest average pH (pH 6.9) is observed in Makidata subsoil
sample from middle elevation plot. All other samples from this sampling plot contain pH ranging
from 5.2 to 5.6. The Makarapo site has acidic soil composition with a pH range of 4.2 to 5.0 and
a mean value of 4.6. On the other hand, Rurugong ridge soils are also characterized as acidic
soils with a pH range of 4.7 to 4.9. the foot slope has a pH of 5.7 to 5.8 which is slightly acidic.
The lithology units in the sampling sites from the Kaliwa Watershed is composed of sedimentary
sequences comprised of limestone, sandston, shales and conglomerate. The high pH observed
in the Makidata site might have been influenced by the limestone rocks units in the area. Soils
amendments are needed for the Makarapo site because of its low pH condition. Liming is
recommended if acid sensitive tree species will be planted in this area.
The soil fertility analysis using the soil test kit shows variable nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P)
contents for all the samples. Makidata high elevation soils have medium N content (60-120 kg
available N/ha) while the middle elevation subsoil contains high N (about 120 kg available N/ha).
The low elevation samples contain low (approximately 0-60 available N/ha) and medium N
content in the topsoil and subsoil, respectively. The Makidata P content in the high elevation plot
is low (about 0-13 ppm) while the middle and low elevation samples are composed of medium P
content (13-40 ppm). The potassium (K) content is sufficient in all Makidata samples. This is
composed of about 0.2 cmol (p supt)/kg/soil). For the Makarapo soil samples, all N and P content
are low. This corresponds to only 0-60 kg available N/ha and 0-13ppm. The potassium (K)
content in Makarapo is sufficient (about0.2cmol (p supt/kg soil). The Rurugong soils are also
composed of variable soil fertility status. The ridge area is composed of medium and low N
content ( 0-60 kg and 60-120 kg available N/ha). The P content are both low for the ridge area,
which only contain about 0-13 ppm. The foot slope samples are composed of both high and

medium N and P contents in the topsoil and subsoil, respectively. The potassium (K) content in
Rurugong soils are sufficient.
The % organic matter (OM) ranges from 1.73 to 9.18 for all the Kaliwa watershed samples. The
area with the highest %OM is the subsoil of the middle elecation sampling site. Makarapo has
the lowest % OM at 2.09% mean data while Makidata and Rurugong contain 5.93 and 4.09
average % OM. Consequently, the calculated % N and % OC are higher than that of the Umiray
Watershed samples (0.09 to 0.46 %N and 1.01 to 5.34 % OC). Table 27 shows the properties of
the soil samples.
Table 27 Soil Quality and Fertility for Kaliwa Watershed
%N
Soil
Sampling Elevation based
Depth N P K pH %OC &OM
Area Class on
(cm)
%OM
High 0 - 20 medium low sufficient 5.2 2.92 5.02 0.25
316 masl 20 - 50 medium low sufficient 5.2 2.28 3.92 0.20
Middle 0 - 20 medium medium sufficient 5.4 5.1 8.76 0.44
Makidata
252 masl 20 - 50 high medium sufficient 6.9 5.34 9.18 0.46
Low 0 - 20 low medium sufficient 5.6 1.78 3.07 0.15
235 masl 20 - 50 medium medium sufficient 5.3 3.26 5.61 0.28
High 0 - 20 low low sufficient 4.2 1.69 2.91 0.15
286 masl 20 - 50 low low sufficient 4.6 1.01 1.73 0.09
Middle 0 - 20 low low sufficient 4.6 1.04 1.78 0.09
Makarapo
Low 0 - 20 low low sufficient 4.9 1.39 2.39 0.12
Top Ridge 0 - 20 medium low sufficient 4.9 1.96 3.37 0.17
Rurugong
Foot 0 - 20 high high sufficient 5.8 3.03 5.22 0.26
220 masl 20 - 50 medium medium sufficient 5.7 3.12 5.36 0.27
2.1.5. Terrestrial Biology
2.1.5.1. Terrestrial Flora

2.1.5.1.1. Objective of Flora Assessment
Terrestrial floristic biodiversity assessment was conducted starting from the orientation in the
sampling stations, coordination with the authorities, preparation of instruments, and the field work
proper. The study on flora (vegetational) assessment focuses on the different areas of the
proposed project site to represent different ecosystem and vegetation cover of the project site.
The sampling sites are located within the selected areas along the dam, reservoir and the tunnel
alignment based on the appraisal of the existing vegetation cover of the project area.
The conduct of the survey within the project area aims to:
 Determine current flora and fauna composition and diversity;

 Compare species diversity, evenness and abundance of these areas in consideration
with the location, ecosystem type and other ecological factors relative to faunal
composition;

 Provide a baseline data for future monitoring to compare and identify possible change
in flora biodiversity.
2.1.5.1.2. Methodology
Data Collection
Plot establishment
Vegetation survey was conducted in the proposed Kaliwa Dam construction proper and along
the Tunnel Alignment from March 27 to April 7, 2019. Plot establishment focused on the patches
of forests which are mostly located along the river (riverbanks and connecting tributaries) draining
to the main Kaliwa River, and vegetation above the tunnel alignment. Sampling sites are
accessible by foot (trecking on hilly slopes of the riverbanks) and by wooden boat. A nested
quadrat sampling technique was used to assess and characterize the structure and species
composition of the different plant communities. This is the most applicable method for areas
where almost all of the major plant groups are present (see Figure 30). The sampling plots were
established by laying four - 20 meter horizontal tape, forming a 20 meter x 20 meter (400 m2)
plot. A 5-meter x 5-meter (25 m2) plot are then established inside the 400 m2 plot, hence called
a nested plot. Another 1-meter x 1 meter (1 m2) nested quadrat was established inside the 25 m2
plot.
Figure 30. Nested Quadrat Sampling Design for Vegetation Survey
Vegetation survey
For large woody plants (hereafter called “canopy layer”) whose diameter is equal or greater than
10 centimeter, measurements of diameter at breast-height (DBH), merchantable height (MH),
and total height (TH) were done inside the 20-meter x 20-meter plot. Diameter (DBH), MH and
TH were also measured for intermediate woody trees (poles and saplings DBH 5-10 cm DBH;
hereafter called “intermediate layer”) within the 5-meter x 5-meter nested plot. The percentage
cover of understory vegetation (woody trees < 5cm DBHm, grasses and other ground cover;
hereafter called “understory layer”) were estimated inside the 1-meter x 1-meter nested quadrat.
Plot establishment and vegetation are shown in Plate 2.

Plate 2. Plot establishment and vegetation survey. Panels showing site access either
by foot (trekking) or through wooden boat; plot establishment; tree measurement;
estimating percentage cover inside 1 x 1 m quadrat; and collecting voucher specimen
for identification

Species Identification
Sample specimens were identified by expert botanist in the field and in the laboratory. Voucher
samples were taken of each species that are difficult to identify in the field (see Plate 3). All
specimens collected during the survey period were dried and systematically processed at the
Philippine University Herbarium (PUH) at the Institute of Biology, College of Science,
University of the Philippines Diliman. Specimens are also compared with image database on
type materials of the Philippines for identification with the aid of relevant literature (Co’s Digital
Flora of the Philippines, Flora Malesiana, Enumeration of Philippine Flowering Plants, among
others).
Plate 3. Drying, sorting and identification of voucher specimen.
Biodiversity Analysis
Generated data after the field survey and species identification were consolidated to form a
species checklist indicating the common name, scientific name, family name and order of
identified plants.
Floristic Diversity Measure

Species Richness, Shannon diversity H’, Pielou’s evenness J and importance value (%IV)
were used to assess floristic biodiversity in the Kaliwa Watershed and along the Tunnel
Alignment.
Species Richness (Alpha diversity). Determined as the number of species found in the
study area. A site is more diverse when more species are found.
Diversity Indices. The Shannon-Wiener (H’) assumes that individuals are randomly sampled
from a large population and that all species are represented in the sample. It gives an estimate
of species richness and distribution. The Pielou’s Evenness (J’) measures inequality of
species distribution between sampling sites in the community. The Shannon-Wiener (H’) and
Pielou’s evenness (J’) index was used with the following formula:
Shannon-Wiener H’ = -∑pi ln (pi), where,

Diversity “H’”- represents the symbol for the amount of diversity in ecosystem
(species diversity)
“pi”- represents the proportion or relative abundance of each
individual species to the total (measured from 0 to 1)
“ln pi” - represents the natural logarithm of pi
Pielou’s Evenness J’ = H’/Hmax = H=H’/ln S, where,
“J” – represents the symbol for the species richness
“H’” – species diversity
“Hmax” – species maximum diversity
“S” – number of species in the community
Importance Value (%IV). Importance value (%IV) is the sum of relative density, relative
frequency and relative dominance. A high importance value (ranges between 0 and 300)
indicates that species is well represented in the stand because of some combination of a) a
large number of individuals of species compared with other species in the stand, or b) a
smaller number of individuals of species, but the trees are larger compared with others in the
stand. Species with the highest %IV is considered species with the highest contribution/impact
in the study area. The following formulas were used:
Basal Area (m2) = 0.7854 (DBH/100)2
Relative Dominance (%) = Ʃ basal area of species (m2) x 100

Plot area (m2)
Abundance = Number of individuals of any species

Area sample
Relative Abundance (%RA) = Density of a species x 100

Total density of all species
Frequency = Number of plots in which species occur

Total number of plots sampled
Relative Frequency (%RF) = Frequency of a species x 100

Total frequency of all species
Importance Value (%) = %RD + %RA + %RF
For each vegetation structure (canopy layer, intermediate layer, understory layer), diversity was
assessed following the Fernando Biodiversity Scale (refer to Table 28). The scale was based

from the Shannon-Wiener H’ index and Pielous Evenness J’ of each site. Diversity is higher when
H’ value is higher. Evenness (J) is the distribution of species in the community. The higher the
value of J, the more even the species will be in their distribution within the quadrat. An evenness
that is equal to 1 means all species are equally represented in the community. The Shannon
diversity index (H) is is commonly used to characterize species diversity in a community, where
it accounts both abundance and evenness of the species present.
Table 28. The Fernando Biodiversity Scale (1998)

Relative Shannon diversity (H’) Pielou’s (J’)
Values Index Evenness Index
Very High 3.5 and above 0.75-1.00
High 3.0 – 3.49 0.50-0.74
Moderate 2.5 – 2.99 0.25-0.49
Low 2.0 – 2.49 0.15-0.24
Very Low 1.9 and below 0.05-0.14
Conservation Assessment: Conservation Status and Endemism
Conservation status and endemism of flora species is determined with reference to the
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List of Threatened Species 2019 and
the local Red List adaptation known as the DENR-AO 2017-11 “Updated National List of
Threatened Philippine Plants and their Categories” were employed. This is to provide
scientifically based information on the status of the species and sub-species at a global level;
draw attention to the magnitude and importance of threatened biodiversity; influence national and
international policy and decision-making; and provide information to guide actions to conserve
biological diversity (Source: Convention on International Trade of Wild Flora and Fauna, Joint
Meeting of the Animals and Plants Committee, Shepherds town, USA., December 2000, retrieved
April 2019). The IUCN Red list is set upon precise criteria to evaluate the extinction of thousands
of species and sub-species. The aim of the Red List is to convey the urgency of conservation
issues to the public and policy-makers, as well as to help the international community to try to
reduce species extinction. In addition, the DENR AO 2017-11 was also used pursuant to Section
22 of Republic Act 9147, otherwise known as the Wildlife Conservation and Protection Act of
2001.
Conservation Categories and description are defined below:
Source: https://www.iucnredlist.org/
Critically Endangered (CR)

- A taxon is Critically Endangered when it is facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the
wild in the immediate future.
Endangered (EN)
- A taxon is Endangered when it is not Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of
extinction in the wild in the near future.

Vulnerable (VU)
- A taxon is Vulnerable when it is not Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high
risk of extinction in the wild in the near future.
Near threatened (NT)
- Taxa which do not qualify for Conservation Dependent, but which are close to qualifying for
Vulnerable.
Least Concern (LC)

- Taxa which do not qualify for Conservation Dependent or Near Threatened.
Other Threatened Species (OTS)

- refers to a species or subspecies that is not critically endangered, endangered nor vulnerable
but is under threat from adverse factors, such as over collection, throughout its range and is
likely to move to the vulnerable category in the near future.
Not Evaluated (NE)

- A taxon is Not Evaluated when it has not yet been assessed against the criteria.
2.1.5.1.3. Results and Discussion
The Flora Sampling Site
The flora survey was established in the Watershed Area (proposed 10-km Dam inundation site)
and along the Tunnel Area (proposed 27-km conveyance tunnel alignment). A total of 31 – nested
quadrat sampling plots were established across the study, of which 20 plots were established in
the watershed area and 11 plots were established in the tunnel alignment (see Figures 31 and
32, refer to Table 29 for the geographic coordinates).

Figure 31 Flora Sampling Plots – Wateshed Area

Figure 32 Flora Sampling Plots – Tunnel Area

Table 29. Geographical Coordinates, Location and Vegetation Type of the Sampling
Sites
Plot Location Vegetation Type Northing Easting
S01 Watershed Forest 14°36'18.53"N 121°26'54.53"E
S02 Watershed Agroforestry 14°35'56.07"N 121°26'58.30"E
S03 Watershed Agroforestry 14°35'50.93"N 121°27'3.11"E
S04 Watershed Riparian 14°35'41.46"N 121°27'7.59"E
S05 Watershed Tributary 14°35'44.25"N 121°27'21.50"E
S21 Tunnel alignment Agroforestry 14°35'2.37"N 121°14'49.50"E
S27 Tunnel alignment Forest 14°35'0.91"N 121°20'52.23"E
S29 Tunnel alignment Tributary 14°35'6.81"N 121°25'13.86"E
S31 Tunnel alignment Riparian 14°35'40.20"N 121°27'4.86"E
Vegetation Type
The sampling plots were established in four major vegetation types: agroforestry (10 plots),
forests (5 plots), tributaries (8 plots) and riparian (8 plots) (see Figure 35). Sampling plots
along the watershed inundation area are established mostly in riparian and tributaries in
combination of forest and agroforestry ecosystems. Sampling plots along the tunnel alignment
were mostly represented by agroforest ecosystems with only one sampling plot represented
for each forest, riparian and tributary ecosystem.
Different species are observed between different vegetation type (see Plate 4). The
agroforestry ecosystems are usually along lower and accessible slopes next to the river
networks, with vegetation dominated by common fruit tree crops such as cacao (Theobroma
cacao), kape (Coffea arabica), mangga (Mangifera indica) and lanzones (Lansium
domesticum) sparse with non-fruit trees such as ipil-ipil (Leucaena leucocephala), yemane

(Gmelina arborea), hauili (Ficus septica) and binunga (Macaranga tanarius). The forest
ecosystems were usually along upper slopes sitting in karst soil substrates with vegetation
such as white lauan (Shorea contorta), bagtikan (Parashorea malaanonan), saplungan
(Hopea plagata), malugai (Pometia pinnata) and Lasiococca (Lasiococca brevipes). Plots
along tributaries connects closely to the main river (Dam inundated area), with species such
as kulatingan (Pterospermum obliquum), tibig (Ficus nota), hagimit (Ficus minahassae), and
katmon (Dillenia philippinensis). Plots along riparian (riverbanks) are dominated by mimisan
(Syzygium mimicum), mangagos (Homonoia riparia), aunasin (Ardisia pyramidalis) and
Psychotria gitingensis.
Figure 34. Distribution of the 30-sampling sites per vegetation type (agroforestry,
forest, riparian and tributaries) and per samplin g location (Tunnel and Watershed area)

Plate 4. Vegetation in the study representing agroforest, forest, riparian and tributary
ecosystem. Two last photos showed water level along the riparian area during the rainy
season, with signs reaching higher than the tree defoliation line.


Floristic Biodiversity
Overall diversity
A total of 237 morpho-species from 186 genus and 69 families (refer list in Table 30) was
recorded in the study area. The watershed area has 177 species under 138 genus in 61 families
while the tunnel alignment have 117 species belonging to 103 genus and 47 families. Of this
number of species, 120 species are found only in the watershed sampling plots while 60 species
are found only in the tunnel sampling plots with 57 species found in both watershed and tunnel
sampling plots (Figure 36).
Figure 35. Venn Diagram showing the number of species found in the Watershed area
only (green), in the tunnel area only (blue) and in both sampling location (blue green).
Moraceae was found to be the most speciose family by having 18 (7.59%) species, followed by
Euphorbiaceae (17 species, 7.17%), Malvaceae (16 species, 6.75%), Fabaceae (15 species,
6.33%) and Meliaceae (14 species, 5.91%) (refer to Table 29). In terms of genera, the family
Fabaceae dominates having 15 (8.06%) genera recorded followed by Euphorbiaceae (13
genera, 6.99%), Malvaceae (13 genera, 6.99%), Meliaceae (9 genera, 4.84%), and Rubiaceae
(9 genera, 4.84%).
Overall biodiversity of the study area was assessed as very high following the Fernando
Biodiversity Scale, where diversity (H) are all higher than 4.00 and evenness (J) are all higher
than 0.80 (refer to Table 30).

Table 30. Overall Plant Diversity and Diversity Across the Watershed Area and Along the
Tunnel Alignment. Biodiversity assessment was based from Fernando Biodiversity Scale
(1998)
Shannon
No. of No. of No. of Pielou's Biodiversity
Location Diversity
Family Genera Species Evenness J Assessment
H’
Very high diversity
Overall 69 186 237 4.71 0.86
and evenness
Very high diversity
Watershed Area 61 138 177 4.42 0.85
and evenness
Tunnel Very high diversity
47 103 117 4.21 0.88
Alignment and evenness
Table 31. Top 5 Plant Families with the Highest Number of Genera and Species in the
Study Area.
No. of % Contribution No. of % Contribution
Family
Genera (Genera) Species (Species)
Moraceae - - 18 7.59%
Fabaceae 15 8.06% 15 6.33%
Euphorbiacea
13 6.99% 17 7.17%
e
Malvaceae 13 6.99% 16 6.75%
Meliaceae 9 4.84% 14 5.91%
Rubiaceae 9 4.84% - -
Canopy layer diversity
All trees with DBH > 10 cm was measured within the 20 x 20 meter plot and were categorized
under Canopy layer group. The survey recorded 124 canopy tree species from 439 canopy tree
stems, 92 species (295 stems) were recorded from the watershed area while 56 species (144
stems) were recorded along the tunnel alignment. The most species rich and abundant sampling
site was observed in Site 27 (22 species from 26 stems), Site 12 (18 species from 23 stems),
Sites 11 (14 species from 14 stems), 19 (14 species from 16 stems) and 20 (14 species from 18
stems) (see Figure 29). The less species rich study site was observed in Sites 4, 25 and 30 with
only four species, while the less abundant study site was observed in Site 30 (8 stems) and Sites
1, 25 and 29 (9 stems).

Figure 36. Species richness (above) and abundance (bottom) in the canopy layer group
(trees > 10 cm DBH). Red vertical line separates watershed and tunnel plots.
Of the 124 canopy tree species observed in the study area, 68 species were recorded only in
the watershed area, 23 species were recorded only along the tunnel alignment, and 24
species was recorded in both sampling location (Figure 37).
The canopy tree species with the highest importance value (IV) in the Watershed area was
mimisan (Syzygium mimicum) with IV = 42.63 followed by tibig (Ficus nota, IV = 16.77),
hagimit (Ficus minahassae, IV = 13.04), kulatingan (Pterospermum obliquum, IV = 11.05) and
bayok (Pterospermum diversifolium, IV = 10.04) (refer to list in Table 30). This species are
commonly found along tributaries and riverbanks in the watershed area, which can also be
found beyond the Dam inundated area.
Along the tunnel alignment, the most important species are common production species for
fruit and timber, these are mangga (Mangifera indica, IV = 55.23) tibig (Ficus nota, IV = 21.55),
binunga (Macaranga tanarius, IV = 16.59), narra (Pterocarpus indicus, IV = 13.96) and
yemane (Gmelina arborea, IV = 12.74) (refer to list in Table 31).

Figure 37. Venn Diagram showing the number of species in the canopy layer found in
the Watershed area only (green), in the tunnel area only (blue) and in both
sampling location (blue green).

Table 32. Top 10 Species in the Canopy Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV) Recorded in 20 - 20 x 20 Meter Plots Across
the Watershed Area.
Species Frequency Abundance Dominance %RF %RA %RD IV
Syzygium mimicum 0.55 58 951.3 5.47 19.66 17.49 42.63
Ficus nota 0.60 17 273.9 5.97 5.76 5.04 16.77
Ficus minahassae 0.40 14 234.4 3.98 4.75 4.31 13.04
Pterospermum obliquum 0.40 11 181.5 3.98 3.73 3.34 11.05
Pterospermum diversifolium 0.40 10 145.3 3.98 3.39 2.67 10.04
Ficus botryocarpa 0.30 10 155.3 2.99 3.39 2.86 9.23
Ficus septica 0.30 8 115.6 2.99 2.71 2.13 7.82
Mangifera indica 0.10 6 208.1 1.00 2.03 3.83 6.86
Planchonia spectabilis 0.20 6 131 1.99 2.03 2.41 6.43
Celtis philippinensis 0.20 4 128.7 1.99 1.36 2.37 5.71
Table 33. Top 10 Species in the Canopy Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV) Recorded in 11 - 20 x 20 Meter Plots Along the
Tunnel Alignment.
Mangifera indica 0.82 28 841.6 9.47 19.44 26.31 55.23
Ficus nota 0.64 12 187 7.37 8.33 5.85 21.55
Macaranga tanarius 0.45 10 140.3 5.26 6.94 4.39 16.59
Pterocarpus indicus 0.45 6 145 5.26 4.17 4.53 13.96
Gmelina arborea 0.27 5 195.3 3.16 3.47 6.11 12.74
Chrysophyllum cainito 0.27 5 165.7 3.16 3.47 5.18 11.81
Ficus septica 0.36 6 76 4.21 4.17 2.38 10.75
Syzygium cumini 0.36 4 84.2 4.21 2.78 2.63 9.62
Leucaena leucocephala 0.36 4 67 4.21 2.78 2.09 9.08

Intermediate layer diversity
All trees with > 5 to <10 cm DBH was measured within the 5 x 5 meter nested plot and were
categorized under intermediate layer group, where 89 species from 200 stems are recorded,
including 64 species (133 stems) recorded from plots across the watershed area and the 38
species (67 stems) along the tunnel alignment plots. The most species rich sampling site was
observed in Sites 12 and 27 (10 species each), Site 11 (8 species), and Sites 5, 17 and 29 (7
species each) while less species rich site was observed in Sites 2 and 14 (2 species each) and
Sites 28, 30 and 31 (3 species each) (see Figure 38). The most abundant were Sites 12 and 27
(11 stems each) followed by Sites 11 and 21 (9 stems each) and Sites 3, 5 and 29 (8 stems
each). Most of the these intermediate species are saplings of the canopy layer species.
Figure 38. Species richness (above) and abundance (bottom) in the intermediate layer
group (trees >5 - <10 cm DBH). Red vertical line separates watershed and tunnel plots.
Of the 89 intermediate tree species observed in the study area, 51 species were recorded
only in the watershed area, 25 species were recorded only along the tunnel alignment, and
13 species was recorded in both sampling location (Figure 39).
The most important species (IV) in the intermediate layer across the Watershed area was
mimisan (Syzygium mimicum) with IV = 41.10, kulatingan (Pterospermum obliquum, IV =
27.16), tibig (Ficus nota, IV = 16.81), mangagos (Homonoia riparia, IV = 10.04), and hagimit
(Ficus minahassae, IV = 13.04) (refer to list in Table 32).

Along the tunnel alignment, the most important species are hauili (Ficus septica, IV = 47.96),
kakauate (Gliricidium dulce, IV = 26.19), ipil-ipil (Leucaena leucocephala, IV = 17.87), tibig
(Ficus nota, IV = 16.82) and bayabas (Psidium guajava, IV = 14.53) (refer to list in Table 33).
Figure 39. Venn Diagram showing the number of species in the intermediate layer found
in the Watershed area only (green), in the tunnel area only (blue) and in both sampling
location (blue green).

Table 34. Top 10 species in the intermediate layer with the highest Importance value (IV) recorded from 20 - 5 x 5 meter nested plots
across the Watershed area.
Pterospermum obliquum 0.45 13 86.9 8.26 9.77 9.13 27.16
Ficus nota 0.30 8 50.4 5.50 6.02 5.29 16.81
Homonoia riparia 0.25 5 33.4 4.59 3.76 3.51 11.85
Ficus minahassae 0.20 5 36.4 3.67 3.76 3.82 11.25
Ficus botryocarpa 0.15 4 30.8 2.75 3.01 3.23 8.99
Lasiococca brevipes 0.10 3 23.2 1.83 2.26 2.44 6.53
Actinodaphne multiflora 0.10 2 18.9 1.83 1.50 1.98 5.32
Polyscias nodosa 0.10 2 18.5 1.83 1.50 1.94 5.28
Claoxylon albicans 0.10 2 18.3 1.83 1.50 1.92 5.26
Table 35. Top 10 Species in the Intermediate Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV) Recorded from 20 - 5 x 5 Meter Nested
Plots Across the Watershed Area.
Ficus septica 0.73 11 85.2 14.04 16.42 17.50 47.96
Gliricidia sepium 0.45 6 41.2 8.77 8.96 8.46 26.19
Leucaena leucocephala 0.27 4 32.3 5.26 5.97 6.64 17.87
Ficus nota 0.27 4 27.2 5.26 5.97 5.59 16.82
Psidium guajava 0.27 3 23.3 5.26 4.48 4.79 14.53
Macaranga tanarius 0.18 3 22.3 3.51 4.48 4.58 12.57
Melanolepis multiglandulosa 0.18 2 13.1 3.51 2.99 2.69 9.18
Cynometra ramiflora 0.09 2 15.6 1.75 2.99 3.20 7.94
Shorea contorta 0.09 2 15.4 1.75 2.99 3.16 7.90
Syzygium mimicum 0.09 2 14 1.75 2.99 2.88 7.62

Understory layer diversity
All trees with < 5 cm DBH, grasses and understory herbs was measured within the 1 x 1 meter
nested quadrat and were categorized under understory layer group. The number of understory
species in all 31 - 1 x 1 m quadrat was 108 species, including 81 species recorded from quadrats
across the watershed area and the 51 species recorded along the tunnel alignment plots. The
most species rich quadrat was recorded in Sites 12, 20 and 26 (10 species each) less species
rich quadrat was recorded in Sites 9, 15 and 17 (5 species each) (see Figure 39). The site with
highest understory herbaceous cover was observed in Site 2 (119 %cover) followed by Site 28
(107 %cover) and Sites 14 and 20 (94 % cover each).
Figure 40. Species richness (above) and %cover (bottom) in the understory layer group
(trees <5 cm DBH, grasses, herb). Red vertical line separates watershed and tunnel plots.
Of the 108 species in the understory layer, there are 57 species recorded only in the watershed
area, 27 species were recorded only along the tunnel alignment, and 24 species was recorded
in both sampling location (Figure 34).
The most important (IV) species among the 81 understory species identified in the Watershed
area were aunaisn (Ardisia pyramidalis, IV = 23.03), mangagos (Homonoia riparia, IV = 20.67),
bogus (Acalypha amentacea, IV = 15.41), mamasin (Syzygium mimicum, IV = 14.14), and
Psychotria gitingensis (IV = 9.59) (refer to list in Table 34).
In the tunnel alignment, the most important species are hagonoi (Chromolaena odorata, IV =
27.75), koronitas (Lantana camara, IV = 16.64), makahiya (Mimosa pudica, IV = 13.77),

bamban (Donax cannaeformis, IV = 13.31) and alikbangon (Commelina benghalensis, IV =

13.07) (refer to list in Table 35).
Figure 41. Venn Diagram showing the number of species in the understory layer found in
the Watershed area only (green), in the tunnel area only (blue) and in both sampling
location (blue green).

Table 36. Top 10 species in the Understory Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV) Recorded from 20 - 1 x 1 Meter Nested
Quadrats Across the Watershed Area.
Ardisia pyramidalis 0.50 10 150 6.71 6.71 9.61 23.03
Homonoia riparia 0.40 8 155 5.37 5.37 9.93 20.67
Acalypha amentacea 0.40 8 73 5.37 5.37 4.68 15.41
Syzygium mimicum 0.30 6 95 4.03 4.03 6.09 14.14
Psychotria gitingensis 0.25 5 45 3.36 3.36 2.88 9.59
Hemigraphis primulifolia 0.20 4 48 2.68 2.68 3.07 8.44
Themeda triandra 0.20 4 45 2.68 2.68 2.88 8.25
Cyclopeltis crenata 0.20 4 23 2.68 2.68 1.47 6.84
Sphaerostephanos hirsutus 0.15 3 41 2.01 2.01 2.63 6.65
Wendlandia luzoniensis 0.20 4 18 2.68 2.68 1.15 6.52
Table 37. Top 10 species in the Understory Layer with the Highest Importance Value (IV) Recorded from 11 - 1 x 1 Meter Nested
Quadrats along the Tunnel Alignment.
Chromolaena odorata 0.64 7 102 8.05 8.05 11.66 27.75
Lantana camara 0.45 5 45 5.75 5.75 5.14 16.64
Mimosa pudica 0.36 4 40 4.60 4.60 4.57 13.77
Donax cannaeformis 0.36 4 36 4.60 4.60 4.11 13.31
Commelina benghalensis 0.27 3 54 3.45 3.45 6.17 13.07
Imperata cylindrica 0.27 3 48 3.45 3.45 5.49 12.38
Acalypha amentacea 0.27 3 35 3.45 3.45 4.00 10.90
Ficus septica 0.27 3 34 3.45 3.45 3.89 10.78
Flemingia strobilefera 0.27 3 20 3.45 3.45 2.29 9.18
Clitoria racemosa 0.27 3 19 3.45 3.45 2.17 9.07

Biodiversity Status
Table 36 showed biodiversity status of each of the 31 surveyed plots across the watershed
area and along the tunnel alighment. The status of biodiversity was assessed based from
Fernando Biodiversity Scale (1998), using calculated diversity (Shannon H) and evenness
(Pielou’s J) of combined canopy layer, intermediate layer, and understory layer vegetation.
While overall (all plots combined) assessment showed very high diversity status (see Table
3), plot-level biodiversity status were more varied. Of the 31 sites, 9 were assessed as high
diversity sites (H = 3.00 – 3.49), 15 were assessed as having a moderate diverse sites (H =
2.50 – 2.99), 5 were assessed as low diversity sites (H = 2.00 – 2.49), and 2 sites were
assessed as low diversity sites (H < 1.99). Assessment based from Pielou’s evenness J
showed all sites have relative equally distributed within each sampling sites where J was
assessed as high and very high.
Very Low diversity sites was recorded in Site 4 (H = 1.67) and Site 14 (1.83), where both sites
are in riparian (riverbank ecosystem) within the Watershed area. The riparian ecosystem in
this study have low diversity due to the time-to-time inundation and strong water current during
the rainy season, where few species can thrive this condition such as mimisan (Syzygium
mimicum), mangagos (Homonoia riparia) and aunasin (Ardisia pyramidalis). The most diverse
site was recorded in Site 27 (H = 3.30) and Site 12 (H = 3.23). Both of these sites are in forest
ecosystems, where several stems of dipterocarp species (Shorea contorta, Parashorea
malaanonan and Hopea plagata) was recorded.

Table 38. Biodiversity Status of the 31 Plot Surveyed Assessed Based from
Fernando Biodiversity Scale (1998). Calculated Shannon Diversity H and Pielou’s
Evenness J were Based Combination Of Canopy, Intermediate and Understory Layer
Vegetation.
Shannon Pielou's
Site Location Habitat Biodiversity Status
Diversity H Evenness J
S01 Watershed Forest 2.73 0.75 H = Moderate; J = Very High
S02 Watershed Agroforestry 2.92 0.79 H = Moderate; J = Very High
S03 Watershed Agroforestry 2.67 0.90 H = Moderate; J = Very High
S04 Watershed Riparian 1.67 0.83 H = Very Low; J = Very High
S05 Watershed Tributary 3.04 0.81 H = High; J = Very High
S06 Watershed Tributary 2.76 0.81 H = Moderate; J = Very High
S07 Watershed Riparian 2.14 0.83 H = Low; J = Very High
S12 Watershed Forest 3.23 0.87 H = High; J = Very High
S14 Watershed Riparian 1.83 0.81 H = Very Low; J = Very High
S15 Watershed Riparian 2.39 0.72 H = Low; J = High
S18 Watershed Riparian 2.79 0.79 H = Moderate; J = Very High
S21 Tunnel Agroforestry 2.56 0.82 H = Moderate; J = Very High
S26 Tunnel Agroforestry 3.04 0.87 H = High; J = Very High
S27 Tunnel Forest 3.3 0.82 H = High; J = Very High
S29 Tunnel Tributary 3.13 0.82 H = High; J = Very High
S31 Tunnel Riparian 2.25 0.87 H = Low; J = Very High
Endemicity and Conservation Status
The geographical distribution of plant species has been very useful for assessing biodiversity
values of regions, countries, and islands. Species confined to a particular site should be given
particular conservation management strategies, as they are more vulnerable to disturbance
due to their narrow range. However, categorizing species as endemic is very much dependent
on availability of recent revisions, nomenclatural changes, and new evidences from various
disciplines used in systematics, among others.
Overall, there are 58 (25%) Philippine endemics (species that can only be found in the
Philippines) and 143 (60%) indigenous species (species that are growing in the Philippines
and outside the country) encountered in the study area (see Figure 43). The number of

indigenous and endemic species are higher in the Watershed (112 and 63 species,
respectively) than along the tunnel alignment (47 and 24 species, respectively). The number
of endemics recorded in this study is significantly lower compared to the country endemism
reported to be 60% based on Merrill’s Enumeration of Philippine Flowering Plants. The
reduction in percentage values can be attributed to the changes in nomenclature as well as
delineation of the geographical distribution of plants, which in turn reflects new appreciation of
evidences coming from various sources. In any case, the reported endemism for this study is
far below the reported plant endemism in the country. This is understandable since the study
areas are mostly marginal areas characterized by open canopy forest and agroforest
ecosystems.
Meanwhile, 38 are exotics species (species not origin from the country), where 30 exotics was
recorded along the tunnel alignment and 18 exotics was recorded across the watershed areas.
Most of these exotics are planted for production purposes such as yemane (Gmelina arborea),
manga (Mangifera indica), bayabas (Psidium guajava) and kape (Coffea arabica), while some
are growing in many disturbed habitats such as hagonoi (Chromolaena odorata), and natal
grass (Melinis repens) which are reported in some literatures as invasive or species that may
affect the growth of other species. Plate 5 represents exotic, indigenous and endemic species
encountered in the field.
Figure 42. Bar plots showing endemicity of species to either native (endemic,
indigenous) and non-native (exotic) species

Plate 5. Representative species for exotic (Achyranthes aspera), indigenous

(Lepisanthes fruticosa) and endemic species (Psychotria gitingensis).

The conservation status of species is based on the most recent recommendations of the
Philippine Plant Conservation Committee (PPCC) of the Protected Areas and Wildlife Bureau
(PAWB), DENR officially issued as DENR Administrative Order No. 2017-11 better known as
‘‘Updated National List of Threatened Philippine Plants and their Categories’. The listing of
protected species of CITES and threatened species of the IUCN red list were also used as
reference.
Sixty-seven species recorded from the area are listed under either the Philippine Red List
(DAO 2017-11) or the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (2019) (See Annex). Under DAO
2017-11 category, there is one critically endangered (CR) species found in the watershed area
(kalantas or Toona calantas) (see Figure 44, refer to list in Table 39). Thirteen species are
listed is vulnerable (VU), 10 species of which can be found in the watershed area and 6
species can be found along the tunnel alignment, while 8 species are listed as other
threatened species (OTS).
Under IUCN category, there are four species listed as CR encountered in the study, all of
which are premium timber species in the Dipterocarp family (Hopea plagata, Parashorea
malaanonan, Shorea contorta and Shorea polyperma). The superior hardwoods narra
(Pterocarpus indicus) as well as commonly cultivated kape (Coffea arabica) are listed as
endangered species. Thirteen species are listed as vulnerable (VU) species such as
kamagong (Diospyros blancoi), hamindang (Macaranga bicolor), and tanglin (Adenanthera

pavonina), 10 of which was found in the watershed area and 6 species along the tunnel
alignment.
Figure 43. Bar plots showing conservation status based from DAO 2017-11 (above)
and IUNC (below) category

Table 39. Conservation Status of Plant Species Across the Watershed Area and
Along the Tunnel Alignment. Conservation Assessment was based from DAO 2017-11
and IUCN Category.
Common name Scientific name Family DAO IUCN Tunnel Watershed
Gabing tigre Alocasia zebrina Araceae VU X

Limuran Calamus ornatus Arecaceae VU X X
Malaikmo Celtis luzonica Cannabaceae VU X
Sakat Terminalia nitens Combretaceae VU X
Malatapai Alangium longiflorum Cornaceae OTS VU X
Katmon Dillenia philippinensis Dilleniaceae VU X X
Palosapis Anisoptera thurifera Dipterocarpaceae VU X
Saplungan Hopea plagata Dipterocarpaceae VU CR X
Bagtikan Parashorea malaanonan Dipterocarpaceae CR X X
White lauan Shorea contorta Dipterocarpaceae VU CR X
Tanguile Shorea polysperma Dipterocarpaceae VU CR X
Kamagong Diospyros blancoi Ebenaceae VU VU X
Bolong eta Diospyros pilosanthera Ebenaceae VU X
Anang Diospyros pridleyi Ebenaceae VU X
Hamindang Macaranga bicolor Euphorbiaceae VU X
Takip asin Macaranga grandifolia Euphorbiaceae VU X
Tanglin Adenanthera intermedia Fabaceae OTS VU X X
Narra Pterocarpus indicus Fabaceae VU EN X X
Salaguisog Angiopteris palmiformis Marattiaceae OTS X
Malasaging Aglaia edulis Meliaceae OTS NT X
Bayanti Aglaia rimosa Meliaceae OTS NT X
Kangko Aphanamixis polystachya Meliaceae OTS X
Koordersiodendron
Amugis Meliaceae OTS X X
pinnatum
Kalantas Toona calantas Meliaceae CR X
Antipolo Artocarpus blancoi Moraceae VU X
Is-is Ficus ulmifolia Moraceae VU X X
Bakauan gubat Carallia brachiata Rhizophoraceae OTS X X
Kape Coffea arabica Rubiaceae EN X X
Malakape Psydrax dicoccus Rubiaceae VU X
Longan Dimocarpus longan Sapindaceae NT X
Litchi chinensis susp
Alupag Sapindaceae VU VU X
philippinensis
Haikan Camellia lanceolata Theaceae VU X
Tagbak Alpinia elegans Zingiberaceae VU X X
Legend: CR-Critically Endagered, EN-Endangered, VU-Vulnerable, NT-Near Threatened, OTS-Other
threatened species

2.1.5.2. Terrestrial Fauna

2.1.5.2.1. Objectives of the Study
The conduct of fauna survey within the immediate vicinity of the proposed dam construction
in the Kaliwa Watershed and along the conveyance tunnel alignment is to be able to evaluate
wildlife species composition of the area and determine if there is any significant impact of the
project to faunal community in different project phases. Specifically:
- To determine fauna diversity of the area covering the direct impact area (Dam
inundation area and conveyance tunnel), and
- Compare species diversity, evenness and abundance of these areas in
consideration with the location, ecosystem type and other ecological factors
relative to faunal composition
2.1.5.2.2. The Fauna Study Area
The assessed area covers the direct impact of the Project which include the proposed dam
site, reservoir and above ground the trans basin tunnel alignment. Sampling survey to
secondary impact area was also undertaken covering portions of the immediate watershed.
Several ecosystem types comprised the surveyed area which include aggregates of shrub
land, agro-ecosystem area planted with annual and perennial crops, secondary growth forest,
and settlement areas.
A total of 7 transect routes with a distance ranges from .4 kilometers to 3 kilometers long
traversing aggregates of ecosystems. Within the watershed area three (3) transect routes
was undertaken composed of 3 km, 3.2 km and 2.4km long routes. Another 4 shorter transect
routes was undertaken following the tunnel alignment with a distance of .4 km, .35 km, .5 km,
and .4 km, respectively. Summary of the survey areas and geographic coordinates of the
transect route is presented in Table 38 while Location map of the transect sites is shown in
Figures 45 and 46.
Table 40. Description and Geographic Coordinates of the Transect Routes

Geographic Coordinates (WGS
Sampling
Description/habitat 84) Remarks
Site #
Start End
The transect route
Amalgamation of agro- is along the river
14°35'56.61"N
ecosystem, freshwater 14°35'48.93"N bank with some
1 121°26'0.46"E
ecosystem, forest 121°27'23.82"E patches of
ecosystem settlements. About
3.5 km long.
Dominant crops
are perennial
14°36'7.24"N 14°36'21.59"N species-mango,
2 Agro-ecosystem
121°26'42.24"E 121°27'26.52"E coconut, lanzones
and rambutan.
About 2.1 km long.
Amalgamation of The transect route
Agro-ecosystem, 14°36'17.01"N 14°36'37.11"N is along the river
3
shrub land and 121°27'31.07"E 121°28'33.63"E bank. About 2.2 km
freshwater ecosystem long.
Aggregates of
14°34'56.62" N 14°34'53.50"N Patches of rain fed
4 agricultural and shrub
121°14'34.69"E 121°15'9.21"E paddy areas and
land ecosystem

Geographic Coordinates (WGS

Sampling
Description/habitat 84) Remarks
Site #
Start End
shrub land. About
1.5 km long.
Within the tunnel
14°35'17.85"N 14°35'11.49"N
5 Agro-ecosystem adit 2. About 1.5
121°17'31.07"E 121°18'15.66"E
km long.
Along the tunnel
Mixture of grass land 14°35'10.01"N 14°34'59.13"N
6 alignment. About
and agro-ecosystem 121°22'23.65"E 121°22'36.04"E
.5 km long.
Within the tunnel
14°35'38.55"N 14°35'28.62"N
7 Agro-ecosystem adit 1.
121°25'40.35"E 121°25'26.40"E
About .8 km long.
2.1.5.2.3. Terrestrial Fauna Methodology
Survey on fauna was undertaken on March 27-29 and April 6 to 7, 2019. Weather condition
during the survey is sunny. The survey covers the four groups of wildlife-vertebrates which
include the avi-fauna, mammals, amphibian and reptiles. Prior to the conduct of sampling,
general habitat assessment was undertaken to consider different ecosystems and topography
within the project area for the selection of areas for observation. The seven (7) observation
sites were identified based on its accessibility and influence relative to the perceived presence
of faunal species within the project area.
Transect survey was employed in the conduct of faunal assessment within the project area.
Species not encountered during the period of field assessment is generated through
ethnobiological interview with local informants to obtain other important information on the
presence of other wildlife species not encountered throughout the survey. Photo
documentation of observed wildlife was also undertaken for further species verification when
necessary.
Birds. All species observed within a radius of about 100 meters from the transect line was
recorded. Techniques employed during the survey include ocular and aural observation,
identification through wildlife calls, footprints and droppings, if any. All the bird species seen
and heard by the observer at the sampling site for approximately 30 minutes were recorded.
As much as possible, no double counting was made.
Reptiles and Amphibians. Active search for reptiles and amphibians was done
systematically within the sampling sites and in its immediate vicinity especially in areas with
the presence of suitable habitats like underneath of decaying logs, uprooted trees and
bamboos. For each species observed and heard, the name of the species, number of
individuals and the type of habitat where it was found were recorded. Double counting of the
individuals of the same species was definitely avoided. Photos of species encountered at the
sampling sites were also undertaken.
Mammals. For non-volant mammals such as rodents, cage traps (45 nigh traps) was
employed baited with grilled coconut meat added with peanut butter. Cage traps are laid on
strategic sites within the observation sites. Interview with local informants was also undertaken
to generate significant information relative to the presence/absence of mammal species in the
area. Observation during the dusk hour in some selected sites was also undertaken to observe
some volant (flying) mammals primarily bats in a selected site. Mist nets was employed to
selected areas using 5 units of mist nets with a dimension of 2 meters by 10 meters long, to
catch volant mammal species.

Figure 44. Transect route for the fauna survey within the watershed area.

Figure 45. Transect route for fauna survey within the tunnel alignment.

The Study Area
Plate 6. Aggregates of settlements and agricultural ecosystems.
Plate 7. Combination of Forest and fresh water ecosystem.

Plate 8. Agricultural ecosystem.
Plate 9. Riparian ecosystem

Plate 10. Shrubland ecosystem.
Plate 11. Grassland ecosystem.

Plate 12. Above photos are representative of used traps (pale traps, cage trap and
mist net) during the survey.
Biodiversity Assessment and Conservation Status
Assessment of faunal (wildlife) biodiversity and conservation status follows similar

measurement conducted for flora assessment. This include computation of species
richness, diversity (Shannon H), evenness (Pielou’s J), and Conservation status and
endemism with adjustment for fauna species with reference to the International Union for
Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List of Threatened Species 2019.
2.1.5.2.4. Results and Discussion
Fauna Composition and Richness
Birds
Recorded fauna species during the entire duration of survey are dominated by birds. A total
of 69 species of birds are recorded from the 7 observation sites with a total abundance of
742. Recorded bird species belongs to the 37 avi-fauna families dominated by Columbidae
and Culculidae, both with a total of 6 species representation (see Figure 47). In terms of
abundance, the Yellow Vented Bulbul (Pycnonotus goiavier) is the dominant species
followed by the Philippine Bulbul (Hypsipetes philippinus) and Chestnut Munia (Lonchura
atricapilla) which has a total abundance of 85, 56 and 46, respectively (see Figure 48).
Observation sites with the highest species diversity composition is site no. 1 with species
diversity totaling to 40, seconded by site 2 with 35, followed by site 3 with 33. Conversely,
sites 7 and 6 has the least species diversity of 19 and 11 respectively (see Figure 49). Local

abundance of birds in each observation sites showed that site no. 1 has the utmost
abundance of 218 followed by site no. 5 with a total abundance of 126. Conversely, site no.
6 has the least abundance of 24 individuals (see Figure 50). Most of the observed species
except for the Luzon Tarictic and Rufous Hornbill are noted to be common in lowland areas
an in wide range of habitats including agricultural areas, shrub lands, grass lands and in
settlement areas.
Recorded fauna species during the entire duration of survey are dominated by birds . A
total of 69 species of birds are recorded from the 7 observation sites with a total abundance
of 742. Recorded bird species belongs to the 37 avi-fauna families dominated by
Columbidae and Cuculidae, both with a total of 6 species representation (see Figure 47).
In terms of abundance, the Yellow Vented Bulbul (Pycnonotus goiavier) is the dominant
species followed by the Philippine Bulbul (Hypsipetes philippinus) and Chestnut Munia
(Lonchura atricapilla) which has a total abundance of 85, 56 and 46, respectively (see
Figure 48).
Observation sites with the highest species diversity composition is site no. 1 with species
diversity totaling to 40, seconded by site 2 with 35, followed by site 3 with 33. Conversely,
sites 7 and 6 has the least species diversity of 19 and 11 respectively (see Figure 49). Local
abundance of birds in each observation sites showed that site no. 1 has the utmost
abundance of 218 followed by site no. 5 with a total abundance of 126. Conversely, site no.
6 has the least abundance of 24 individuals (see Figure 50). Most of the observed species
except for the Luzon Tarictic and Rufous Hornbill are noted to be common in lowland areas
an in wide range of habitats including agricultural areas, shrub lands, grass lands and in
settlement areas.
Figure 46. Species family composition.

90
80 85
70 Site 7
60
56
50 Site 6
46
40
36 35 34 Site 5
30 31 27
20 18 18 Site 4
10
0 Site 3
Site 2
Site 1
Total
Figure 47. Top 10 most abundant birds.
45
40
40
35
35 33
30 27
25 21
19
20
15 11
10
5
0
Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Site 5 Site 6 Site 7
Figure 48. Total species diversity.
250
218
200
150
120 126
103
100
73 78
50
24
0
Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Site 5 Site 6 Site 7
Figure 49. Total abundance of birds.

Mammals
The total number of observed mammalian species in the area is 13. Out of the 13
mammalian species, five of which are volant mammals and the remaining eight are non-
volant. Non-volant mammals are those unable to fly like rodents and primates, while volant
mammals has the ability of flight like bats. The group of volant mammals is composed of
three Common short-nosed fruit bat (Cynopterus brachyotis), four Musky Fruit Bat
(Ptenochirus jagori), one Long-tongued Nectar Bat (Macroglossus minimus), and 22
Common Rousette Bat (Rousettus amplexicaudatus) which all belongs to the Pteropodidae
family. Meanwhile, there are 23 Philippine Pygmy Roundleaf Bat (Hipposideros pygmaeus)
under the Hipposideridae family is observed in one of the caves in So. Tinipak.
Moreover, the observed non-volant mammalian species include three Polynesian Rat
(Rattus exulans), three Philippine Tree Squirrel (Sundasciurus philippinensis), three Long-
Tailed Macaque (Philippine macaque), and one Asian Palm Civet (Paradoxurus
hermaphroditus). Notably, the Philippine Tree Squirrel is only observed in Site 4
characterized by the amalgamation of agricultural and shrub land ecosystem. The Long-
Tailed Macaque is also observed in Site 1 and 3, both along the river channel. Notably,
photo documented species is under captivity of one of the inhabitants in So. Tinipak Brgy
Pagsangahan General Nakar. These species are recorded within amalgamation of
agricultural and freshwater ecosystem such as in site nos. 1, 3, and 4. On the other hand,
other mammalian species discern from ethnobiological interview of locals includes a
Northern Luzon Giant Cloud Rat (Phloeomys pallidus) Wild Boar (Sus philippensis),
Philippine forest rat (Rattus everetti), and an Oriental House Rat (Rattus tanezumi). Based
on their accounts these species are infrequently observed within the watershed.
Amphibian and Reptiles
A total of 15 herpeto-faunal species (9 reptiles and 6 amphibians) are recorded in the area.
The observed reptile species includes one Gecko (Gecko gecko), four Skink (Eutropis
multifasciata), one Cobra (Naja philippinensis), one Philippine Brown Rat Snake (Elaphe
erythrura), one Spotted Green Tree Skink (Lamprolepis smaragdina), and one Cuming’s
Eared-skink (Otosaurus cumingi). Other reptiles such as the Water Monitor Lizard (Varanus
salvator), Python (Python reticulatus), and Green Snake (Opheodrys) are listed from
ethnobiological interview with the residents and guides in the project area.
Meanwhile, there are 6 amphibian species. Four of which are observed in Site 1 and 3
which includes one Malayan Freshwater Turtle (Cuora amboinensis), one Laguna del Bay
Frog (Pulchrana similis), one Common Tree Frog (Polypedates leucomystax), and 18 Giant
Marine Toad (Bufo marinus). Other amphibians such as a Chinese Soft-Shelled Turtle
(Pelodiscus sinensis) and Luzon-fanged frog (Limnonectes macrocephalus) are discerned
from ethnobiological interview with the residents and guides in the project area. The
abundance of the reptiles and amphibians are located along rim banks, forest, and shrub
ecosystems similar to the avi-fauna species.
Distribution and Conservation Status

Birds
The distribution status of the recorded bird species showed that 23 species or 33.33% are
endemic in the country, while the remaining 46 are native (refer to list in Table 41). Out of
the 23 endemic species, three (4.34%) are Philippine Luzon Endemic. Conservation status
of recorded species based on the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN)
(2019), are dominated by least concern in the category. Out of the 69 bird species, 66 are

under least concern category and the remaining three birds such as the Rufous Hornbill
(Buceros hydrocorax) is under the Vulnerable category, the Grey Hooded Sun Bird
(Aethopyga primigenia) is under Near Threatened category, and the Reddish Cuckoo Dove
(Macrophygia phasianella) is Not Evaluated in the IUCN category, however, this species
fall under the Other Threatened Species (OTS) in CITES category.
Mammals
The distribution status of the recorded mammalian species showed that 8 species (61.53%)
are endemic in the country, while the remaining 5 are native. Only one out of the 8 species
is endemic. Recorded endemic species are listed in Table 42 Conservation status of
recorded species based on the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN)
(2019), are dominated by least concern in the category. Out of the 13 mammalian species,
11 are under least concern category and the other mammals such as the Wild Pig (Sus
philippensis) is under the Vulnerable category, alongside the Long-Tailed Macaque
(Philippine macaque), which is under the Near Threatened category.
Table 41. List of Endemic Bird Species

Distribution Conservation
Common Name Scientific Name Family
Status Status
Malacocincla
Ashy-Headed Babbler Pellorneidae Pe LC
cinereiceps
Balicassiao Dicrusus balicassius Dicruridae Pe LC
Barred Rail Gallirallus torquatus Rallidae Pe LC
Black -Naped Oriole Oriolus chinensis Oriolidae Pe LC
Black Faced Coucal Centropus melanops Cuculidae Pe LC
Coleto Sarcops calvus Sturnidae Pe LC
Grey Hooded Sun Aethopyga
Nectariniidae Pe NT
Bird primigenia
Bolbopsittacus
Guiabero Psittacidae Pe LC
lunulatus
Penelopides
Luzon Tarictic Bucerotidae Le LC
manillae
Hypsipetes
Philippine Bulbul Pycnonotidae Pe LC
philippinus
Philippine Coucal Chalcophaps indica Cuculidae Pe LC
Philippine Trogon Harpactes ardens Trogonidae Pe LC
Pygmy Flower Pecker Dicaeum pygmaeum Dicaeidae Pe LC
Collocalia
Pygmy Swiftlet Apodidae Pe LC
troglodytes
Red Keeled
Dicaeum australe Dicaeidae Pe LC
Flowerpecker
Phaenicophaeus
Red-Crested Malkoha Cuculidae Le LC
superciliosus
Rufous Hornbill Buceros hydrocorax Bucerotidae Pe VU
Scale Feathered Phaenicophaeus
Cuculidae Le LC
Malkoha cumingi
Wattled Broad Bill Eurylaimus steerii Eurylaimidae Pe LC
Copsychus
White-Browed Shama Muscicapidae Pe LC
luzoniensis
White-eared Brown
Phapitreron leucotis Columbidae Pe LC
Dove

Status Status
White-breasted Amaurornis
Rallidae Pe LC
Waterhen phoenicurus
Yellow-Bellied Pachycephala
Pachycephalidae Pe LC
Whistler philippinensis
Legend: Pe-Philippine Endemic, N-Native, Le-Luzon Endemic; LC-Least Concerned, VU-
Vulnerable, NT- Near Threatened
Table 42. Distribution and Conservation Status of Observed Mammalian Species

Status Status
Long Tailed Macacque Philippine macaque Cercopithecidae Pe NT
Northern Luzon Giant
Phloeomys pallidus Muridae Le LC
cloud rat*
Polynesian Rat Rattus exulans Muridae N LC
Wild Pig* Rusa Sp. Cervidae Pe VU
Paradoxurus
Asian Palm Civet Viverridae N LC
hermaphroditus
Common short-nosed
Cynopterus brachyotis Pteropodidae Pe LC
fruit bat
Rousettus
Common Rousette Pteropodidae N LC
amplexicaudatus
Musky fruit bat Ptenochirus jagori Pteropodidae Pe LC
Philippine forest rat* Rattus everetti Muridae Pe LC
Long-tongued Nectar
Macroglossus minimus Pteropodidae N LC
Bat
Philippine Pygmy
Hipposideros pygmaeus Hipposideridae Pe LC
Roundleaf Bat
Oriental House Rat* Rattus tanezumi Muridae N LC
Sundasciurus
Philippine tree squirrel Sciuridae Pe LC
philippinensis
Legend: Pe-Philippine Endemic, N-Native, Le-Luzon Endemic; LC-Least Concerned, VU-

Vulnerable, NT- Near Threatened
Amphibian and Reptiles
The distribution status of the recorded herpeto-faunal species showed that five species or
33.33% are endemic in the country, while the remaining 10 are native (see list in Table 43).
Out of the five endemic species, two are Philippine Luzon Endemic, with two introduced
amphibians. Conservation status of recorded species based on the IUCN are dominated
by Not Evaluated in the category. Out of the 15 herpeto-faunal species, 7 are under Not
Evaluated category. Notably, the Python (Python reticulatus) is categorized as Not
Evaluated from the IUCN, however, it is also considered as Other Threatened Species, or
a species or subspecies that is not critically endangered, endangered nor vulnerable but is
under threat from adverse factors, such as over collection according to CITES category.
Meanwhile, three of them are under Least Concerned (Laguna del Bay Frog /Pulchrana
similis), Common Tree Frog (Polypedates leucomystax), Giant Marine Toad /Bufo
marinus); and two are Near Threatened -Cobra (Naja philippinensis) and Luzon-fanged
frog (Limnonectes macrocephalus). While the Malayan Fresh Water Turtle (Cuora
amboinensis), and Chinese Soft-Shelled Turtle (Pelodiscus sinensis) falls under the
Vulnerable category.

Significantly, the Water Monitor Lizard (Varanus sp.) falls under least concern in the IUCN
category, yet at the same time, it is categorized as Vulnerable under Appendix II of the
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Fauna and Flora which is not
Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of extinction in the wild in the
medium-term future. Table 44 shows the summary of fauna species and their conservation
status.
Table 43. Distribution and Conservation Status of Observed Herpetofaunal Species

Status Status
Reptiles
LC (IUCN
2015.2),
Water Monitor Lizard* Varanus salvator Varanidae N
Vu (CITES
app.2)
Gecko Gecko gecko Gekkonidae N NE
Skink Eutropis multifasciata Scincidae N NE
NE (IUCN), OTS
Python* Python reticulatus Pythonidae N
(CITES app.2)
Cobra Naja philippinensis Elapidae Pe NT
Philippine Brown Rat
Elaphe erythrura Colubridae Pe NE
Snake
Green Snake* Opheodrys Colubridae N NE
Spotted Green Tree Lamprolepis
Scincidae N NE
Skink smaragdina
Cuming's Eared-skink Otosaurus cumingi Scincidae Pe NE
Amphibian
Chinese soft-shelled
Pelodiscus sinensis Trionychidae In Vu
turtle*
Southeast Asian Box
Cuora amboinensis Geoemydidae N Vu
turtle
Laguna del Bay frog Pulchrana similis Ranidae Le LC
Limnonectes
Luzon fanged-frog* Dicroglossidae Le NT
macrocephalus
Polypedates Rhacophorida
Common Tree Frog N LC
leucomystax e
Giant marine toad Bufo marinus Bufonidae In LC
Legend: Pe-Philippine Endemic, N-Native, Le-Luzon Endemic, In-Introduced; LC-Least
Concerned, VU-Vulnerable, NT- Near Threatened, NE-Not Evaluated
Table 44. Conservation Status of Observed Fauna Species (IUCN Red List 2019)
Distribution Conservation Ave
Mammal/S Reptiles Amphibians Total
Status Status s
Nt 1 1 1 0 3
Vu 1 1 0 0 2
Philippine Endemic
Lc 18 5 0 0 23
Ne 0 0 2 0 2
Nt 0 0 0 1 1
Luzon Endemic
Lc 3 1 0 1 5
Vu 0 0 0 1 1
Introduced
Lc 0 0 0 1 1

Distribution Conservation Ave

Mammal/S Reptiles Amphibians Total
Status Status s
Vu 0 0 0 1 1
Native Lc 45 5 1 1 52
Ne 1 0 5 0 6
Total 69 13 9 6 97
Computed Biodiversity Indices
Biodiversity indices particularly Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index (H’) and Pielou’s

Evenness Index (J’) were computed for this survey using the bird sampling data. The overall
computed biodiversity index of the project site by getting the average biodiversity index of
the 7 sampling sites (refer to Table 45 has a computed value of 2.795 with species
evenness value of .873. Interpretation of these values using the Fernando’s Biodiversity
Scale (1998) showed that the area has moderate biodiversity with very high species
evenness.
Computed diversity richness of the 7 sampling sites reveals that site nos. 3 and 2 which
are located within agro-ecosystem, freshwater, shrub, and forest ecosystems have the
highest level of diversity scale of 3.213 and 3.21 which showed a high diversity richness
with a very high species evenness of 0.919 and 0.903, respectively. While site number 6
has low species diversity index value of 2.148, with very high species evenness of 0.896.
Notably, this site is located in the area characterized by a mixture of grass-land and agro-
ecosystems.
Table 45. Computed Biodiversity Index of Each Sampled Sites

Shannon-Wiener
Pielou’s Index (J) Fernando’s Biodiversity Scale
Site No. Biodiversity Index
Species Evenness (1998)
(H’)
High diversity with very high
Site 1 3.201 0.868
species evenness
Site 2 3.21 0.903
species evenness
Site 3 3.213 0.919
species evenness
Moderate diversity with very high
Site 4 2.786 0.915
species evenness
Moderate diversity with very high
Site 5 2.523 0.766
species evenness
Low diversity with very high
Site 6 2.148 0.896
species evenness
Low diversity with very high
Site 7 2.485 0.844
species evenness
Moderate diversity with very
2.795 0.873
high species evenness
Species Relative Frequency
In the 7 sampling sites within the proposed project area there are 69 bird species recorded
with a total abundance of 742 (refer list in Table 46). In terms of species distribution, the
Brown Shrike (Lanius cristatus) has the highest frequency of occurrence in the study area
with a computed Relative Frequency of 3.76% followed by Black Naped Oriole (Oriolus
chinensis) and Yellow Vented Bulbul (Pycnonotus goiavier) with Relative Frequency of
3.23%. While the Blue-Tailed Bee Eater (Merops philippinus), Glossy Swiftlet (Cinnyris

jugularis), Philippine Coucal (Chalcophaps indica), Pygmy Flower Pecker (Dicaeum

pygmaeum), Red Keeled Flower pecker (Dicaeum australe), White-eared Brown Dove
(Phapitreron leucotis) have the relative frequency of 2.69%.
Table 46. Species Abundance and Distribution

Conservatio
Scientific Total Freq
Species Name Family n Status Endemicity RF
Name Abundance .
(IUCN)
Ashy-Headed Malacocincla Pellorneidae Pe LC 3 2 1.08
Babbler cinereiceps
Balicassiao Dicrusus Dicruridae Pe LC 2 1 0.54
balicassius
Barred Rail Gallirallus Rallidae Pe LC 7 3 1.61
torquatus
Barn Swallow Hirundo Hirundinidae N LC 8 1 0.54
rustica
Black -Naped Oriolus Oriolidae Pe LC 12 6 3.23
Oriole chinensis
Black-Capped Halcyon pileata Alcedinidae N LC 2 1 0.54
King Fisher
Black-crowned Nycticorax Ardeidae N LC 1 1 0.54
Night-Heron nycticorax
Black Faced Centropus Cuculidae Pe LC 2 1 0.54
Coucal melanops
Blue Tailed Bee Merops Meropidae N LC 18 5 2.69
Eater philippinus
Brahminy Kite Haliastur inbus Accipitridae N LC 6 3 1.61
Brown Shrike Lanius cristatus Laniidae N LC 15 7 3.76

Cattle Egret bubulcus ibis Ardeidae N LC 13 4 2.15
Coleto Sarcops calvus Sturnidae Pe LC 6 2 1.08
Common Chalcopaps Columbidae N LC 4 4 2.15

Emerald-Dove indica
Common King Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae N LC 1 1 0.54
Fisher
Chestnut munia Lonchura Estrildidae N LC 46 1 0.54
atricapilla
Crested Accipiter Accipitridae N LC 3 2 1.08
Goshawk trivirgatus
Crested Spilornis Accipitridae N LC 5 2 1.08
Serpent-Eagle cheela
Drongo Cuckoo Surniculus Surniculus N LC 2 2 1.08
lugubris
Eurasian Tree Passer Passeridae N LC 34 4 2.15
Sparrow montanus
Glossy Swiftlet Collocalia Apodidae N LC 35 5 2.69
affinis

Conservatio
Name Abundance .
(IUCN)
Great Eared Lyncornis Caprimulgidae N LC 1 1 0.54
Nightjar macrotis
Greater Coucal Centripus Cuculidae N LC 3 2 1.08
sinensis
Grey Hooded Aethopyga Nectariniidae Pe NT 2 1 0.54
Sun Bird primigenia
Grey Wagtail Motacilla Motacillidae N LC 13 4 2.15
cinerea
Grey-Faced Butastur Accipitridae N LC 2 1 0.54
Buzzard indicus
Guiabero Bolbopsittacus Psittacidae Pe LC 14 3 1.61
lunulatus
Intermediate Egretta Ardeidae N LC 3 2 1.08
Egret intermedia
Large-Billed Corvus Corvidae N LC 36 4 2.15
Crow macrorhynchos
Lesser Coucal Centropus Cuculidae N LC 4 3 1.61
bengalensis
Little Heron Butorides Ardeidae N LC 1 1 0.54
striata
Long- Toed Stint Calidris Scolopacidae N LC 8 4 2.15
subminuta
Long-Tailed Lanius schach Laniidae N LC 5 4 2.15
Shrike
Luzon Tarictic Penelopides Bucerotidae Le LC 9 1 0.54
manillae
Olive-Backed Cinnyris Nectariniidae N LC 15 5 2.69
Sunbird jugularis
Olived-winged Pycnonotus Pycnonotidae N LC 10 2 1.08
Bulbul plumosus
Osprey Pandion Pandionidae N LC 1 1 0.54
haliaetus
Pacific Swallow Hirundo tahita Hirundinidae N LC 5 1 0.54
Philippine Bulbul Hypsipetes Pycnonotidae Pe LC 56 4 2.15
philippinus
Philippine Chalcophaps Cuculidae Pe LC 10 5 2.69
Coucal indica
Philippine Harpactes Trogonidae Pe LC 2 2 1.08
Trogon ardens
Pied Bushchat Saxicola Muscicapidae N LC 3 3 1.61
caprata
Pied Fantail Rhipidura Muscicapidae N LC 10 4 2.15
javanica
Pied Thriller Lalage nigra Campephagida N LC 5 3 1.61
e

Conservatio
Name Abundance .
(IUCN)
Pygmy Flower Dicaeum Dicaeidae Pe LC 27 5 2.69
Pecker pygmaeum
Pygmy Swiftlet Collocalia Apodidae Pe LC 10 2 1.08
troglodytes
Pygmy Wood Yungipicus Picidae N LC 4 2 1.08
Pecker nanus
Red Jungle Fowl Gallus gallus Phasianidae N LC 6 1 0.54
Red Keeled Dicaeum Dicaeidae Pe LC 18 5 2.69
Flowerpecker australe
Red Turtle-Dove Streptopelia Columbidae N LC 16 4 2.15
tranquebarica
Red-Crested Phaenicophae Cuculidae Le LC 5 2 1.08
Malkoha us
superciliosus
Reddish Cuckoo Macrophygia Columbidae N NE 6 3 1.61
Dove phasianella
Rufous Hornbill Buceros Bucerotidae Pe VU 6 1 0.54
hydrocorax
Scale Feathered Phaenicophae Cuculidae Le LC 1 1 0.54
Malkoha us cumingi
Spotted Butorides Turnicidae N LC 1 1 0.54
Buttonquail striatus
Spotted Dove Spilopelia Columbidae N LC 11 3 1.61
chinensis
Striated Megalurus Locustellidae N LC 6 3 1.61
GrassBird palustris
Tawny Grass Megalurus Sylviidae N LC 11 4 2.15
Bird timoriensis
Variable Dwarf Ceyx lepidus Alcedinidae N LC 1 1 0.54
King Fisher margarethae
Wattled Broad Eurylaimus Eurylaimidae Pe LC 1 1 0.54
Bill steerii
White Breasted Artamus Motacillidae N LC 12 3 1.61
Wood Swallow leucocrynchus
White-Browed Copsychus Muscicapidae Pe LC 1 1 0.54
Shama luzoniensis
White-Collared Halchyon Alcedinidae N LC 10 4 2.15
King Fisher chloris
White-eared Phapitreron Columbidae Pe LC 31 5 2.69
Brown Dove leucotis
White-throated Halcyon Alcedinidae N LC 16 2 1.08
King Fisher smyrnensis
White-breasted Amaurornis Rallidae Pe LC 1 1 0.54
Waterhen phoenicurus
Yellow Vented Pycnonotus Pycnonotidae N LC 85 6 3.23
Bulbul goiavier
Yellow-Bellied Pachycephala Pachycephalida Pe LC 3 2 1.08
Whistler philippinensis e
Zebra Dove Geopelia Columbidae N LC 10 4 2.15
striata
Total abundance 742 186 100

Conservatio
Name Abundance .
(IUCN)
No. of Species 69
Ecological and Economic Importance
Faunal species are good indicator of the existing environment of certain ecosystem or area.
They play a significant role in many aspects that includes enhancement of the ecological
balance and food chain cycle and other natural environmental processes. Most of fauna
species are also known as natural agents in seed dispersal and pollination which aid in the
transport of varieties of seeds in the environment. They also act as natural predators to some
pest in our agricultural crops. Aside from the wildlife’s significance in an ecosystem, they also
provide economic importance in various aspects. They are even valuable as source of food
and medicines. Commercially, some wildlife species are being utilized as trade pets as source
of income. They are also considered among of the aesthetic value of the ecosystem which
they are economically important for the tourism industry. Faunal species are also significant
in the field of science and research. Existence of varieties of fauna species are part of country’s
cultural asset.
Threats
Continuous loss of faunal habitats due to degradation of forest cover brought by land clearing,
conversion of remaining sites into settlements and other land uses. Though, faunal species
are mobile in nature this situation will force them to migrate in other areas to search for new
habitat. Migration of other wildlife to new territory/ies or ecosystem will pose threat to their
existence. They can be further exposed to hunting, persecution and trading. Continuous
destruction of faunal habitats and disturbance will threaten the remaining species population
and survival in the near future if not prevented. Thence, decrease of population to some
species in this area will be expected to happen while others may not significantly affect.
Wildlife offer a variety of commercial values and open several livelihood sources, utilization is
not regulated as to case of illegal poaching and hunting and over collection. Though
conservation actions are currently being made, illegal activities still continuously happen. The
scenario puts wildlife population at risk of being threatened and has the probability of getting
extinct if left unresolved.
2.1.6. Standing Tree Biomass and Carbon Stock Assessment
Forest plays a very significant role in the global carbon cycle as carbon sinks of the terrestrial
ecosystem. Biomass and carbon stock assessment is conducted to determine the
aboveground biomass and carbon stock at the Kaliwa Watershed particularly within the
proposed development sites of the project. The estimation of biomass is necessary for
monitoring and estimating the amount of carbon lost or emitted during project implementation,
identify impact and mitigating measures to minimize the project impacts.
This assessment aims to:
- Estimate the total biomass and carbon density in Kaliwa watershed and along the
conveyance tunnel;
- Determine which species have highest biomass and carbon;
- Provide a baseline estimate of biomass and carbon allocation for future monitoring.

2.1.6.1. Methodology
Data Collection
Standing tree biomass and carbon represents at least 95% of the total aboveground biomass
(AGB) and carbon in tropical forest (Lasco et al. 2004, Chave et al. 2014), hence, estimating
AGB and carbon based only on standing trees well represent aboveground biomass and
sequestered carbon in a certain area. Therefore, in this study, biomass and carbon
assessment was estimated based mainly on standing tree data.
A nested quadrat sampling technique was employed to measure trees in stratified locations
within the watershed area and along the tunnel alignment. All trees with a diameter (DBH) of
at least 10 cm (termed hereafter as canopy layer) was measured within a bigger quadrat (20
x 20 meter). Trees with diameter between 5 – 10 cm DBH (termed hereafter as intermediate
layer) was measured within a smaller quadrat (5 x 5 m) nested within the bigger quadrat (see
Figure 1). A total of 31 sampling quadrats was established for biomass and carbon estimation,
where 20 quadrats were established within the watershed area and 11 quadrats are
established along the tunnel alignment (see Figure 53 and 54).
Figure 50. Nested Quadrat Sampling Design for vegetation survey.

Data Analysis
Biomass estimation
Aboveground biomass (AGB) estimation of standing trees (canopy layer and intermediate
layer) was calculated using the general allometric equations based from pantropical models
developed by Chave et al. (2014) using the equation below:
AGB = 0.0673 * (WD * H * D2)0.976
where: D = Tree diameter (in cm)

H = Tree height (H in m), either a vector or a single value.
WD = Wood density (in g/cm3), either a vector or a single value. Wood
density data was access through the global wood density database
(http://datadryad.org//handle/10255/dryad.235).
The biomass per trees per plot was calculated in tons per hectare (tons/ha) basis using the
formula below:
Tree biomass = ∑Total biomass of all trees in a transect (tons) x 10,000m2

Area of the transect (m2) 1ha
A separate computation was adjusted per ha basis for canopy layer and intermediate layer.
Area of the transect for Canopy Layer and Intermediate Layer is 400 m2 and 25 m2,
respectively. Total AGB (per ha) for each site will be calculated using the formula below:
Total AGB (tons/ha) = Canopy layer AGB + Intermediate layer AGB
Carbon stock estimation
Tree carbon stock was computed by multiplying the aboveground biomass (AGB) of each
tree with the default carbon content of 45%, which is the average carbon content of wood
samples collected in forests from several locations in the Philippines (Lasco & Pulhin 2000).
Carbon stock = AGB * Carbon content
where: AGB = the aboveground biomass (tons/ha) of each tree (Canopy

layer trees > 10 cm DBH and intermediate layer trees >5 to <10 cm
DBH)
Carbon content = 0.45
A separate computation of carbon stock density was adjusted per ha basis for canopy layer
and intermediate layer trees. Total AGB (per ha) for each site will be calculated using the
formula below:
Total AGB carbon (tons/ha) = Canopy layer carbon + Intermediate layer carbon

Figure 51. Map of the biomass and carbon sampling quadrats across the watershed dam inundation

Figure 52. Map of the biomass and carbon sampling quadrats along the conveyance tunnel (bottom).

2.1.6.2. Results and Discussion
Plot-level biomass and carbon density
The estimated AGB in this study showed varied distribution of biomass allocation between
study sites (Table 45). The total AGB estimated from the watershed area was 1556.02 tons/ha
and the tunnel area have 1063.73 tons/ha. On the average, AGB from the tunnel alignment
(mean = 96.70 tons/ha) was higher than the watershed area (mean = 77.8 tons/ha) which can
be due to big tree sizes of plantation species in the agroforestry ecosystem, as well as the
encountered big trees in the dipterocarp forest (Site 27 = 276.49 tons/ha) along the tunnel
alignment.
Conversion of Tree AGB estimate to carbon stock density showed that the total carbon across
the study was 1178.89 tons/ha (mean = 38.03 tons/ha), where 700.21 tons/ha (mean = 35.01
tons/ha) came from the watershed area and 478.68 tons/ha (mean = 43.52 tons/ha) came
from the tunnel alignment plots. Most of the sites in this study have carbon density lower than
most study in the country, where carbon density observed are between 75-100 tons/ha (e.g.
Lasco and Pulhin 2003; Lasco et al. 2004). Only two sites are well within the average (Sites
12 and 27) which are both forest ecosystem with dipterocarps. Estimate from this study was
also lower compared carbon estimation by Brown and Lugo (1984) in Asian tropical forest
which is 98.73 tons/ha coming from close and logged forest. Carbon content are deeply related
with wood density, diameter and height of the tree. Hence, the finding in this study is not
surprising since most of the species observed are small diameter and light wooded trees (e.g.
Ficus spp.) thriving near wet habitat.
Table 47. Aboveground Biomass and Carbon Density (tons/ha) in each of the
Sampling Sites Across the Watershed Area and Along the Tunnel Alignment.
AGB Biomass (tons/ha) Carbon (tons/ha)
Quadrat Location
Canopy Intermediate Total Canopy Intermediate Total
S01 Watershed 7.63 15.97 23.59 3.43 7.19 10.62
S02 Watershed 110.57 23.44 134.01 49.76 10.55 60.30
S03 Watershed 28.94 31.90 60.84 13.02 14.36 27.38
S04 Watershed 24.39 13.86 38.24 10.97 6.24 17.21
S05 Watershed 22.96 29.04 51.99 10.33 13.07 23.40
S06 Watershed 23.52 24.49 48.00 10.58 11.02 21.60
S07 Watershed 20.02 22.43 42.45 9.01 10.09 19.10
S08 Watershed 49.68 40.52 90.20 22.36 18.23 40.59
S09 Watershed 18.76 31.46 50.22 8.44 14.16 22.60
S10 Watershed 25.86 27.60 53.46 11.64 12.42 24.06
S11 Watershed 71.01 19.17 90.18 31.95 8.63 40.58
S12 Watershed 178.74 56.96 235.70 80.43 25.63 106.06
S13 Watershed 38.49 63.95 102.43 17.32 28.78 46.09
S14 Watershed 48.84 29.51 78.35 21.98 13.28 35.26
S15 Watershed 27.07 43.75 70.82 12.18 19.69 31.87
S16 Watershed 23.62 31.72 55.34 10.63 14.27 24.90
S17 Watershed 44.54 25.62 70.16 20.04 11.53 31.57
S18 Watershed 27.77 24.97 52.73 12.50 11.23 23.73
S19 Watershed 93.52 43.54 137.05 42.08 19.59 61.67
S20 Watershed 25.52 44.71 70.24 11.49 20.12 31.61
S21 Tunnel 75.76 31.13 106.90 34.09 14.01 48.10
S22 Tunnel 90.18 33.08 123.26 40.58 14.89 55.47

AGB Biomass (tons/ha) Carbon (tons/ha)

Quadrat Location
Canopy Intermediate Total Canopy Intermediate Total
S23 Tunnel 45.52 16.77 62.29 20.48 7.55 28.03
S24 Tunnel 52.46 28.64 81.10 23.61 12.89 36.49
S25 Tunnel 44.99 24.24 69.23 20.25 10.91 31.16
S26 Tunnel 64.62 17.83 82.45 29.08 8.02 37.10
S27 Tunnel 225.73 50.75 276.49 101.58 22.84 124.42
S28 Tunnel 45.32 27.23 72.54 20.39 12.25 32.64
S29 Tunnel 41.09 28.38 69.48 18.49 12.77 31.27
S30 Tunnel 59.33 9.21 68.54 26.70 4.14 30.84
S31 Tunnel 23.28 28.17 51.45 10.48 12.68 23.15
Watershed Mean 45.57 32.23 77.80 20.51 14.50 35.01
Watershed Total 911.44 644.58 1556.02 410.15 290.06 700.21
Tunnel Mean 69.85 26.86 96.70 31.43 12.09 43.52
Tunnel Total 768.30 295.43 1063.73 345.74 132.94 478.68
GRAND MEAN 54.19 30.32 84.51 24.38 13.65 38.03
GRAND TOTAL 1679.74 940.01 2619.75 755.88 423.01 1178.89
Taxonomic-level biomass and carbon
Within taxonomic-level estimation showed specific tree species and families with the highest
biomass and carbon allocation across the study and between sampling location (Tunnel vs
Watershed). Across all the 31 quadrats and out of the 69 recorded plant Families, the family
Dipterocarpaceae have the highest biomass and carbon (328.80 and 147.96 tons/ha,
respectively) with 12.6% of the total allocation followed by family Anacardiaceae with 12.3%
(322.81 and 145.27 tons/ha), Myrtaceae with 11.6% (303.80 and 136.71 tons/ha) and
Moraceae with 9.6% of the total allocation (252.14 and 113.47 tons/ha) (refer list in Table 46).
Between sampling location, the families belonging Myrtaceae (232.14 and 104.46 tons/ha
(14.9%)) and Malvaceae (175.67 and 79.05 tons/ha (11.3%)), has the highest allocation in the
watershed area. Along the tunnel alignment, the family with the highest biomass and carbon
allocation are recorded from families Anacardiaceae (235.17 and 105.83 tons/ha (22.1%)) and
Dipterocarpaceae (197.80 and 89.01 tons/ha (18.6%)).
Among the 237 recorded species, the species with the highest biomass and carbon allocation
are computed for mangga (Mangifera indica) with 314.73 and 141.63 tons/ha (12%), mimisan
(Syzygium mimicum) with 260.08 and 117.04 tons/ha (9.9%) and bagtikan (Parashorea
malaanonan) with 165.67 and 73.55 tons/ha (6.3%) (refer list in Table 47). Mangifera indica
(235.17 and 105.83 tons/ha (22.1%)) has the highest biomass and carbon allocation out of
117 species along the tunnel alignment while Syzygium mimicum (232.14 and 104.46 tons/ha
(14.9%)) contains the highest estimate among 177 species in the watershed area.
Dipterocarps are species that can be found in a climax (old growth) forest, where they usually
dominate the canopy layer. Bagtikan (Parashorea malaanonan), white lauan (Shorea
contorta) and saplungan (Hopea plagata) are some species under this family, which was listed
with the highest biomass and carbon in the study area. The Anacardiaceae in the study area
is represented by manga (Mangifera indica), a common fruit-tree species planted in most
agroforest ecosystem. Myrtaceae and Moraceae family are recorded as third and fourth with
the highest biomass and carbon allocation, represented by smaller stems but abundant in the
study area in genus Syzygium Myrtaceae) and Ficus spps. (Moraceae)

Table 48. Families with the highest allocation of biomass and carbon density
Biomass (tons/ha) Carbon density (tons/ha)
Family
Tunnel Watershed Total Tunnel Watershed Total
Dipterocarpaceae 197.80 131.00 328.80 89.01 58.95 147.96
Anacardiaceae 235.17 87.64 322.81 105.83 39.44 145.27
Myrtaceae 71.65 232.14 303.80 32.24 104.46 136.71
Moraceae 95.57 156.57 252.14 43.01 70.46 113.47
Malvaceae 9.80 175.67 185.47 4.41 79.05 83.46
Fabaceae 129.42 55.17 184.58 58.24 24.82 83.06
Meliaceae 35.82 133.07 168.89 16.12 59.88 76.00
Euphorbiaceae 46.78 109.23 156.02 21.05 49.15 70.21
Cannabaceae - 95.41 95.41 - 42.93 42.93
Sapotaceae 63.13 10.13 73.26 28.41 4.56 32.97
Table 49. Tree species with the highest allocation of biomass and carbon density
Biomass (tons/ha) Carbon density (tons/ha)
Species
Tunnel Watershed Total Tunnel Watershed Total
Mangifera indica 235.17 79.56 314.73 105.83 35.80 141.63
Syzygium mimicum 27.94 232.14 260.08 12.57 104.46 117.04
Parashorea malaanonan 121.18 44.50 165.67 54.53 20.02 74.55
Hopea plagata - 85.44 85.44 - 38.45 38.45
Celtis philippinensis - 83.51 83.51 - 37.58 37.58
Pterospermum obliquum 2.79 76.61 79.40 1.26 34.48 35.73
Shorea contorta 72.29 - 72.29 32.53 - 32.53
Gmelina arborea 57.40 12.55 69.95 25.83 5.65 31.48
Ficus septica 50.27 12.63 62.90 22.62 5.68 28.30
Chrysophyllum cainito 62.23 - 62.23 28.00 - 28.00
2.1.6. Summary of Impacts and Mitigating Measures for Land
Key Environmental Project Phase Mitigating Measures

Impacts P C O A
Impacts on Land Use Land use alteration in the impounding area
is permanent as the concerned riparian
slopes will be inundated. Impacts to the
riparian vegetation will be properly
addressed by the measures specified in the
terrestrial ecology (planting and restoration
of vegetation cover) and implementation of
watershed management. MWSS will closely
coordinate with the LGU in terms of the land
use and watershed management planning.
For lands allocated for settlements and
farming, this will be coordinated and
consulted with the affected community
(covered by RAP).
Adjacent areas which will be affected will be

restored/rehabilitated to their original cover
or use through revegetation.


Impacts P C O A
Encroachment in the ECA The proponent will ensure that the project
management plan is compatible with the
management plan of the existing proclaimed
areas and ADSDPP (if there is any) of CADT
present in the area. In addition, proper
mitigating measures and waste disposal
plan will be strictly implemented so as not to
compromise the water quality and the
current multiple uses of the project area.
Impact with Existing Land No tenurial instrument issued by the

Tenure Issues government is covered by the project except
for the CADT which are under
proclamations. Measures will be
incorporated in the RAP in consultation with
the community.
Impairment of Visual Various stages of project development will

Aesthetics (Submergence inject new elements into the existing
of Some Springs and landscape and visual environment. During
Caves in Daraitan) the pre-construction and construction
phases, the operation of heavy equipment
for dredging and quarrying at the
impounding area has potential negative
impacts to the visual aesthetics on site. The
establishment of reservoir, moreover, will
result in permanent changes to the visual
landscape of the area.
The formation of a reservoir in the area is

deemed positive as it will enhance the
scenery. Moreover, the prime caves will not
be totally submerged. In conjunction with the
agreed mitigation with the IPs on the cultural
monuments, access to the remaining
springs and caves could be improved.
During low water levels in summer, the

springs and caves could potentially daylight
and still serve as tourist attraction not as
land-based features but as underwater
features. Its promotion could form part of the
IP livelihood enhancement program.
Increased in Solid Wastes a. Solid Waste Management

and Waste Disposal
Solid Waste Management Plan will be
established. Segregation will be done on daily
basis. Recycling, re-use and recovery will be
employed. Solid wastes that do not exhibit the
criteria and properties of a hazardous waste will
be picked up by local accredited haulers of the
municipality.


Impacts P C O A
b. Hazardous Wastes Management
Hazardous wastes such as used oil, busted

lamps, used batteries etc. shall be collected and
stored onsite in approved facilities according to
DENR standards. Hazardous wastes shall then
be removed from the site by approved DENR
accredited treatment and storage disposal (TSD)
facilities.
Loss/Deterioration of a. Mitigation of Loss of Ecologically

Current Vegetation Cover Important Species
Ecologically important species will be identified

and marked to minimize damage especially in
sites adjacent to proposed engineering
development. Seeds and propagules (wildlings)
of ecologically important species (noted to be in
large number during the inventory) will be
collected for use in the rehabilitation and/or
revegetation of damaged areas that will not be
occupied by the dam and other structures. The
same could be used for the watershed
management rehabilitation and protection.
b. Replacement of Trees Cut Due to Land

Clearing
Prior to project implementation, the proponent

will coordinate to the DENR and Philippine
Coconut Authority (PCA) to secure tree and
coconut cutting permits, respectively. To
compensate the loss of habitats, the proponent
will replace the number of trees removed/cut and
plant them in nearby areas or in accordance with
the advice of the DENR. Species that will be
used for the reforestation will be species
indigenous to the area and/or fruit-bearing trees
in the place that can attract wildlife species as
well as food source for the community.
Per DENR Memorandum Order No. 05 of

2012 mandated that "Uniform replacement
ratio for cut or relocated trees" item 2.2 "For
planted trees in private land and forest
lands... tree replacement shall be 1:50
while naturally growing trees in the same
area, including those affected by the project,
shall be 1:100 ratio in support of the National
Greening Program (NGP) and Climate
Change Initiatives of the Government".


Impacts P C O A
c. Strict Adherence to the Development
Plan of the Project Site Especially
During Land Clearing.
Land clearing will be strictly confined to the

designated sites only based on the
approved development plan. The
development activities will be limited within
the proposed project area. Areas to be
cleared will be delineated to avoid
unnecessary clearing. The “no hunting and
no collecting” policy will be strictly
implemented.
Likewise, gradual land clearing and removal

of vegetation will be implemented to provide
sufficient time for non-volant fauna species
to transfer in the nearby habitats.
Loss of Habitat and Wildlife a. Restoration of Wildlife Habitat

Species
Restoration/rehabilitation of areas at higher
elevations will be carried out to ensure that
alternative wildlife refuge will be available.
This should be done in conjunction with the
watershed rehabilitation strategy.
Annex 6 presents the Watershed

Management Framework for the Kaliwa
Watershed.
b. Prohibition of Wildlife Poaching/

Collection
The proponent will ensure that its

employees are prohibited/warned/ informed
not to engage in any mode of wildlife
collection and/or hunting for the
conservation and protection of remaining
wildlife species. Wildlife protection will be
promoted using innovative means such as
putting up of warning signages in strategic
areas for public information and warning.
c. Establishment of Natural Noise Buffer/

Natural Perimeter Along the Alignment
Using Landscape Species or Fruit-
Bearing Trees
To consider in the planning the

establishment of natural buffer perimeter
within the project alignment using landscape


Impacts P C O A
or fruit bearing trees. This method could help
provide a natural abode to some wildlife as
well as source of food, and improve the
ecological services of the entire road
network during the operation phase.
Loss of Biomass and Implementing a forest restoration plan or

Carbon carbon sink program in unaffected areas
within the watershed (i.e., along the tunnel
alignment, upper slope of the watershed). In
the restoration plan, species such as the
dominant dipterocarps are highly suggested
species for the restoration planting. Big
trees, known to sequester high amount of
carbon, will not be subjected for tree cutting
if possible. Additional study of mapping the
big trees (>50 cm diameter) across the
watershed is suggested, of which monitoring
increment and protection should be
implemented.
Terrain modification, Sedimentation/Siltation Control

Erosion and Slope
destabilization Proper phasing and/or scheduling of
earthmoving activities and proper stockpiling
of scrapped soils in the proposed project
development areas will be observed, away
from the bodies of water/river. Installation of
barrier nets, vegetative engineering
technology, silt traps or sedimentation basin
leading to water bodies will be implemented
to minimize siltation.
Erosion will be mitigated by requiring the

construction contractor to submit and
implement an appropriate materials
handling program that will be monitored
regularly by MWSS. As much as practicable,
earthmoving activities will be scheduled
during the drier months of the year.
Slope failure will be addressed through the

conduct of geological and geotechnical
investigations during the design stage.
A team of experienced engineering

geologist and geotechnical engineer will
monitor all earthmoving activities at the
structure sites.

2.1.7. The Water
2.1.8. Hydrology
The proposed Kaliwa Dam and its 57 Mm3 elongated reservoir is situated within the
municipalities of Gen. Nakar and Infanta in Quezon province and Tanay in Rizal province. The
dam axis is approximately 180 meters upstream of the confluence of Kaliwa River and
Queborosa Creek and roughly 16 kilometers upstream of the Kaliwa – Kanan junction and start
of the Agos River. It lies between 14º 31’ 30” and 14º 40’ 30” North Latitude and between 121º
20’30” and 121º 29’ 0” East Longitude. Figure 55 shows the drainage map of the Kaliwa Dam
Watershed.
The Kaliwa Dam watershed area is in the middle of the Sierra Madre mountain range. Because
of the mountainous terrain, the area has relatively thin humus - loam top soil. It is underlain by
limestone in the upstream part from Daraitan to the Tinipak old quarry area and by massive
and hard rocks (alternating shale and greywacke-sandstone) in the other portions down to the
dam area. Hence, groundwater storage mostly occurs in the limestone zone which is
manifested by the occurrence of springs in Tinipak. In the other portions, groundwater is
limited and exists in fractured zones and narrow alluvial terraces and excess rainfall mostly
becomes surface runoff. This condition perpetrates the occurrence of high flood peaks due to
long, intense rainfall and typhoon events. During long dry spells, streamflow may decrease
rapidly because of the limited base flow from the aquifers.

Figure 53. Drainage Map of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed.

Runoff in streamflow at the Kaliwa Dam site is the sum of the runoff from the Laiban watershed
and Kaliwa watershed. This is considered as the Kaliwa Dam total watershed area covering
approximately 276 km2.
The estimated runoff in the total watershed as estimated from the water balance analysis is
2278 mm which is equivalent to an average flow of 26.44 m3/sec. This is similar to the 26.01
m3/sec average flow in the 2012 NHRC study. The average flow is nearly 61% of MAR. The
maximum average monthly flow of 378 mm or 53.34 m3/sec occurs in November while the
minimum average monthly flow of 34 mm or 4.76 m3/sec occurs in April.
The estimated flow duration curve (FDC) at the Kaliwa Dam based on the NHRC study is
shown in Figure 56. The 80% dependable flow is 9.27 m3/sec runoff or about 800 MLD. Hence,
the minimum environmental flow required at this point is 0.93 m3/sec or 80 MLD. The
estimated minimum flow is 1.43 m3/sec or 124 MLD. The 50% dependable flow or the flow
that is equalled or exceeded half of a year is about 22 m3/sec. The average flow of 26m3/sec
has a dependability of about 45%.
Extreme flood events and drought
occurrences are experienced in the Kaliwa-
Kanan-Agos River system during La Niña
and El Niño, respectively. Based on the
Tanay Radar data, 2005 was a La Niña year
with the total 1-year rainfall 1.5x the annual
mean. On the other hand, annual rainfall in
1999 and 2000 were only 2/3 of the annual
mean and are therefore considered as El
Niño or drought years. The maximum
historical flood level in the vicinity of
Daraitan village was estimated at El. 177m
in the NCWS Feasibility Study2. High
rainfall in the watershed area during the
passage of typhoon events causes the
perennial flooding in the downstream area
from the confluence of the Kanan and Figure 54. Estimated flow duration curve of
Kaliwa Rivers down to the Gen. Nakar – the Kaliwa River at the proposed dam site.
Infanta flood plain and coastal area. Source: NHRC
According to the residents and NIA

personnel in Infanta and Gen. Nakar, the
most recent major disastrous flood event occurred in 2005. A 24-hour rainfall of 331.8 mm and
an antecedent 24-hour rainfall of 141 mm were recorded in September 2005 at the Tanay
Radar station. The flood reached a level of about 3 meters above the NIA intake structure
(about Elevation 40 m amsl) and destroyed or damaged most of the irrigation infrastructures.
Houses and farm lands were also damaged.
The 1:1000 yr-flood rainfall was used in the design of the Kaliwa Dam as stated in the NCWS
FS. This included an additional 8% flow to account for climate change. With a starting
reservoir water surface elevation (RWSE) of 160m, the simulated maximum RWSE is 168.8m.
The projected river water level at Daraitan village is much lower than 177m. Since the houses
at Daraitan village are situated above 177m, they will not be flooded when the Kaliwa Dam
has been constructed. In the Gen. Nakar-Infanta flood plain and coastal area, the discharge
at the Kaliwa-Kanan junction going to the Agos River will decrease by a miniscule 0.23% when
the Kaliwa Damis constructed because of the small reservoir storage and the water supply
2
Rebel Group Int’l, 2013

diversion of 6.95 m3/sec. Hence, perennial flooding in the flood plain and coastal area will
remain practically the same as the existing condition.
For the drought low flows, the FDC, as earlier mentioned, indicates that the minimum flow is
1.43 m3/sec. At this flow, the water supply diversion of 6.95 m3/sec is not possible. Only at
about 8 m3/sec (~83% dependable flow) and above can the 6.95m3/sec diversion be realized.
At 8 m3/sec Kaliwa River discharge, the flow downstream of the Kaliwa Dam until its
confluence with Kanan River will only be around 1 m3/sec while the flow at Agos River, with
the addition of the Kanan streamflow, will be nearly 12 m3/sec. This is still sufficient to provide
the irrigation water requirement of 2.25 m3/sec of the Agos River Irrigation System.
The regional hydrogeological map in Figure 57 below indicates that the Kaliwa watershed sits
on top of massive and hard rocks (alternating shale and greywacke-sandstone) with limited to
very limited groundwater storage. The aquifers in this area mostly occuring fractured zones
and narrow alluvial terraces.
River water levels at the Kaliwa and Agos River reaches were calculated under existing
conditions with no Kaliwa Dam and under future conditions with Kaliwa Dam at the design
1000-yr flood and at the 80% dependable flow of 9.27 m3/sec.The water levels at specific
sections are presented in the Table 45 below. For the 1000-yr flood, the water level in the
reservoir will increase by more than 26 meters from around 140m to 142m to the maximum
level of 168.8m. Downstream of the Kaliwa Dam and in the Agos River, the future water level
will only be very slightly lower (0.01m to 0.03m). This is because the 6.95 m3/sec water supply
diversion is only 0.23% of the peak flood discharge as earlier mentioned.
At the 9.27 m3/sec low flow, the water level will be similarly higher in the reservoir area because
of the storage. The operating water level will range from 135m to 160m hence the difference
will range from more than 1m up to more than 26m. In the Kaliwa River downstream of the
Kaliwa Dam, the water level decline will range from 0.15m to 0.79m with an average of 0.38m.
In the Agos River, because of the addition of the Kanan flow, the range in water decline is
lower from 0.06m to 0.20m with an average of 0.11m. The higher water level decline at the
low flow is expected because the water diversion of 6.95 m3/sec is nearly 75% of 9.27 m3/sec.
Hence, only around 2.3 m3/sec will flow in the Kaliwa River until the Kanan junction where the
flow will increase to around 15 m3/sec. It has to be noted that the 2.3 m3/sec is more than twice
the minimum environmental flow of 0.9 m3/sec.

Figure 55 Regional hydrogeological map

Table 50. Change in Water Surface Due to the Kaliwa Dam

1000-yr Flood Water Surface 80% Dependable Flow Water Surface
Minm Elevation,m Elevation,m
Water Surface Bed With With
Level, m Existing Existing
KALIWA Difference KALIWA Difference
Condition Condition
DAM DAM
Kaliwa 0 132.71 142.39 168.78 26.39 133.77 160.22 26.45

Kaliwa -425 131.99 139.68 168.77 29.09 132.65 160.22 27.57
Kaliwa -455 Kaliwa Dam Kaliwa Dam
Kaliwa -860 129.51 134.27 134.25 -0.02 129.82 129.67 -0.15
Kaliwa -1289 120.66 130.52 130.50 -0.02 121.43 121.07 -0.36
Kaliwa -2073 119.70 127.28 127.26 -0.02 120.08 119.90 -0.18
Kaliwa -2370 114.89 127.04 127.02 -0.02 115.61 115.31 -0.30
Kaliwa -2936 113.05 126.76 126.73 -0.03 114.27 113.76 -0.51
Kaliwa -3575 112.46 123.70 123.68 -0.02 113.75 113.23 -0.52
Kaliwa -4177 108.64 121.11 121.08 -0.03 109.66 109.22 -0.44
Kaliwa -4775 106.29 116.93 116.91 -0.02 107.82 107.30 -0.52
Kaliwa -5291 106.39 115.22 115.20 -0.02 106.84 106.61 -0.23
Kaliwa -6572 100.45 108.41 108.39 -0.02 101.09 100.78 -0.31
Kaliwa -7351 93.72 102.11 102.09 -0.02 94.30 94.03 -0.27
Kaliwa -7841 86.35 100.01 99.99 -0.02 88.44 87.65 -0.79
Kaliwa -8866 85.79 95.59 95.56 -0.03 86.58 86.24 -0.34
Kaliwa -9626 82.69 94.37 94.34 -0.03 83.79 83.23 -0.56
Kaliwa -10099 82.16 93.29 93.26 -0.03 83.70 83.14 -0.56
Kaliwa -11130 81.94 90.66 90.64 -0.02 82.61 82.29 -0.32
Kaliwa -11883 79.42 85.72 85.71 -0.01 80.01 79.77 -0.24
Kaliwa -12471 72.36 81.91 81.89 -0.02 73.00 72.72 -0.28
Kaliwa -13293 69.71 81.22 81.20 -0.02 70.89 70.39 -0.50
Kaliwa -13921 69.24 80.22 80.20 -0.02 70.52 70.02 -0.50
Kaliwa -14637 67.57 76.06 76.04 -0.02 68.15 67.88 -0.27
Kaliwa -15498 62.57 69.83 69.81 -0.02 63.54 63.15 -0.39
Kaliwa -16354 57.94 65.97 65.96 -0.01 58.47 58.24 -0.23
Agos 0 57.50 65.97 65.96 -0.01 57.95 57.86 -0.09
Agos -901 49.07 60.91 60.90 -0.01 50.51 50.31 -0.20
Agos -2072 47.56 55.16 55.15 -0.01 47.94 47.87 -0.07
Agos -2806 42.78 53.12 53.11 -0.01 43.42 43.32 -0.10
Agos -3796 41.56 49.22 49.21 -0.01 42.27 42.16 -0.11
Agos -5268 38.69 45.72 45.71 0.00 39.41 39.27 -0.14
Agos -6257 35.39 42.31 42.31 -0.01 35.84 35.77 -0.07
Agos -7298 30.30 39.72 39.71 0.00 31.34 31.21 -0.13

1000-yr Flood Water Surface 80% Dependable Flow Water Surface

Minm Elevation,m Elevation,m
Water Surface Bed With With
Level, m Existing Existing
KALIWA Difference KALIWA Difference
Condition Condition
DAM DAM
Agos -8243 28.77 37.01 37.01 -0.01 29.17 29.1 -0.07
Agos -9591 25.72 35.28 35.27 -0.01 26.50 26.38 -0.12
Agos -10682 23.00 30.87 30.86 -0.01 23.51 23.43 -0.08
Agos -11589 17.11 27.36 27.35 0.00 18.34 18.18 -0.16
Agos -12349 16.86 25.72 25.72 -0.01 17.32 17.26 -0.06
Agos -12885 15.45 25.54 25.53 -0.01 16.86 16.73 -0.13
Agos -14197 15.53 25.21 25.20 0.00 16.72 16.63 -0.09
Agos -15239 14.18 21.23 21.23 0.00 14.84 14.75 -0.09
Agos -15768 11.66 18.39 18.39 -0.01 12.10 12.02 -0.08
Agos -16494 8.72 16.82 16.81 0.00 9.62 9.5 -0.12
Agos -16846 8.66 15.78 15.78 -0.01 9.35 9.25 -0.10
Agos -17967 3.69 12.68 12.67 -0.02 4.41 4.31 -0.10
Agos -19177 2.07 12.56 12.54 -0.01 3.10 2.94 -0.16
Agos -20087 1.89 12.51 12.50 -0.01 2.95 2.78 -0.17
Agos -20767 1.88 12.44 12.43 -0.01 2.88 2.72 -0.16
2.1.9. Climate Change Scenarios
The climate change scenarios for the Philippines provided by PAGASA in February 2010
indicated that the province of Quezon will have a decrease in rainfall in the six-month period
from December to May and an increase in rainfall in the remaining six months. It will also
have a general increase in monthly mean temperature for the whole year. For the 2020 (2006
– 2035 period) scenario in which we are in now, the rainfall is projected to decrease by 6.5%
in Dec-Jan-Feb (DJF) and by 18.6% in Mar-Apr-May (MAM) and will increase by 2.9% in Jun-
Jul-Aug (JJA) and 5.2% in Sep-Oct-Nov (SON). The 2050 (2036 -2065) projections are +6.6%
in DJF, -20.6% in MAM, +6.5% in JJA and +0.9% in SON. Applying these quarterly percentile
changes on the estimated Kaliwa Dam watershed area rainfall, the projected 2020 and 2050
monthly rainfall is obtained as shown in Table 49 and plotted together with the present
condition in Figure 49. The estimated mean annual rainfall (MAR) at present is 3755mm. The
2020 projection has a MAR of 3692 mm. This is 63 mm or 1.8% lower than the present MAR.
The 2050 projection has a MAR of 3776 mm. This is 21 mm or 0.6% higher than the present
MAR. Basically, the MAR will remain the same with only minimal change although the quarterly
variations particularly in the MAM (relatively dry period) and JJA (southwest monsoon or
“habagat”) periods are slightly pronounced.
The annual mean temperature will generally rise by nearly 1 C in 2020 and by another 1C
by 2050. For 2020, the quarterly projected rise is 0.9C in DJF, 1.1C in MAM, 1.0C in JJA
and 0.9C in SON while for 2050, the quarterly projected rise is 1.8C in DJF, 2.1C in MAM,
2.0C in JJA and 1.8C in SON. Figure 50 shows the monthly variation of the mean
temperature for the three periods. The annual mean temperature is 27.1 C and the monthly
values ranges from 24.7 C to 28.8 C at present. The 2020 average annual mean temperature
is 28.0 C and the projected range of monthly values will be from 25.6 C to 29.8C. Finally,

in 2050, the annual average will increase to 29.0 C and the projected range of monthly values
will be from 26.5C to 30.8C.
Table 51 Estimated Variation in Monthly Rainfall at Kaliwa Dam Watershed due to

Climate Change
Month Present 2020 2050
January 192.2 179.7 204.8
February 165.1 154.3 176.0
March 153.1 124.6 121.6
April 149.5 121.7 118.7
May 256.8 209.0 203.9
June 264.8 272.5 282.0
July 418.0 430.2 445.2
August 356.9 367.2 380.1
September 356.4 375.0 359.6
600
500
400
RAINFALL DEPTH, millimeters
300
200
100
0
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
SEP
DEC
AUG
OCT
NOV
MONTH
Present 2020 2050
Figure 56. Average monthly rainfall under existing condition and climate change
scenario for 2020 and 2050.

35
30
25
Temperature, C
20
15
10
0
APR
DEC
JUL
MAY
SEP
NOV
JAN
FEB
MAR
JUN
AUG
OCT
MONTH
Present 2020 2050
Figure 57. Average monthly mean temperature under existing condition and climate
change scenario for 2020 and 2050.
The projected increase in mean temperature will also result in the increase in potential
evapotranspiration (PE). Figure 52 shows the comparative monthly values of PE. The annual
PE will increase to 1002 mm (+53mm or 5.6%) by 2020 and to 1053mm (+104mm or 10.9%)
by 2050.
140
120
100
Potential Evapotranspiration, millimeters
80
60
40
20
0
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
JUN
DEC
MAY
AUG
SEP
NOV
JUL
OCT
MONTH
Present 2020 2050
Figure 58. Average monthly potential evapotranspiration under existing condition and
climate change scenario for 2020 and 2050.

The projected increase in rainfall and potential evapotranspiration will affect the water balance
in the study area. The existing condition, 2020 and 2050 monthly water balance pictures are
shown in Figures 59, 60, and 61, respectively. The watershed water balance computation
under existing conditions shows that the area has a positive net rainfall or water surplus during
the whole year. The runoff of 2278mm or 2328 MLD constitutes about 61% of annual rainfall.
The annual RO volume amounts to 850 Millionm3. The groundwater recharge or GWR is 528
millimeters or about 14% of MAR. The GWR has an equivalent annual volume of 197 Million
m3.
The 2020 water balance has a runoff of 2,175mm or 58.9% of MAR and a groundwater
recharge of 515mm or 13.9% of MAR. The runoff (RO) will decrease by 102mm or 4.5% from
the present while the groundwater recharge (GWR) will decrease by 14mm or about 2.6%
from the present. The decrease in RO is equivalent to about 100 MLD or 38 Mm3/year. The
decrease in GWR has an equivalent volume of 14 MLD or 5 Mm3/year.
The 2050 water balance has a RO of 2,221mm and a GWR of 502mm. The runoff is only
lower by 56mm or about 2.5% from the present while the GWR will be lower by 26mm or nearly
5% from the present. The RO decline is equivalent to 58 MLD or 21 Mm3/year. The GWR
decline is equivalent to 27 MLD or 10 Mm3/year.
Based on the water balance analysis, in general, there is sufficient runoff on an annual basis
even up to 2050 with climate change. However, in the months of March and April, in particular,
the decline in runoff may lower the dependable flow at Kaliwa Dam. Because of this situation,
the NWRB, NIA and MWSS may formulate an emergency or temporary water allocation
agreement and water conservation measures may be instituted by both the MWSS and NIA
in their respective supply areas to minimize the deficit of competing water use requirements
in case of water shortage. If the Laiban Dam which has greater reservoir storage capacity is
constructed, then the water shortage may be minimized or avoided. During the JJA period,
there will be an average increase in runoff of about 5mm/month in 2020 and 11mm/month in
2050. This increase is considered minimal and will not aggravate flooding in the downstream
since it will be tempered by the reservoir storage.

EIA of the Kaliwa Low Dam

WATER BALANCE OF KLD TOTAL WATERSHED AREA
2
Catchment Area, km : 373
ACTUAL RUNOFF GW RECHARGE

MONTH RAINFALL [RF] EVPTRANSPN [AE]
[RO] [GWR]
JAN 192 63 101 29

FEB 165 71 82 12
MAR 153 96 46 11
APR 149 105 34 11
MAY 257 100 118 39
JUN 265 84 141 40
JUL 418 92 263 63
AUG 357 92 211 54
SEP 356 78 225 53
OCT 430 60 305 64
NOV 507 53 378 76
DEC 506 55 375 76
ANNUAL, mm 3755 949 2278 528
MLD 3838 970 2328 540
% of RF 25.3% 60.7% 14.1%
600
500
DEPTH, mm
400
300
200
100
0
FEB
AUG
DEC
MAR
MAY
JUN
OCT
NOV
JUL
APR
SEP
JAN
ACTUAL EVPTRANSPN [AE] RUNOFF [RO]
GW RECHARGE [GWR] RAINFALL [RF]
Figure 59. Long-term water balance of Kaliwa Dam Watershed area under existing
conditions.


2020 WATER BALANCE OF KLD TOTAL WATERSHED AREA
2

[RO] [GWR]
JAN 180 67 86 27
FEB 154 74 68 12
MAR 125 101 14 9
APR 122 110 12 0
MAY 209 105 73 31
JUN 272 88 143 41
JUL 430 97 269 65
AUG 367 97 215 55
SEP 375 82 237 56
OCT 452 64 320 68
NOV 534 57 396 80
DEC 473 60 342 71
ANNUAL, mm 3693 1003 2175 515
MLD 3774 1025 2223 526
Present +/- -63 53 -102 -14
600
500
DEPTH, mm
400
300
200
100
0
FEB
DEC
AUG
MAY
NOV
MAR
JUN
OCT
JUL
APR
SEP
JAN
change scenario.


2050 WATER BALANCE OF KLD TOTAL WATERSHED AREA
2

[RO] [GWR]
JAN 205 71 103 31

FEB 176 78 85 13
MAR 122 106 16 0
APR 119 115 4 0
MAY 204 109 80 15
JUN 282 92 148 42
JUL 445 101 277 67
AUG 380 102 222 57
SEP 360 85 220 54
OCT 434 68 300 65
NOV 512 61 374 77
DEC 539 65 393 81
ANNUAL, mm 3776 1053 2221 502
MLD 3859 1076 2270 513
Present +/- 21 104 -56 -26
600
500
DEPTH, mm
400
300
200
100
0
FEB
DEC
AUG
OCT
MAR
JUN
MAY
NOV
JUL
APR
SEP
JAN
change scenario.
2.1.10. Water Users
A major socioeconomic concern gathered from the various consultation activities pertains to
competing river water uses that could lead to potential water use conflicts between the project
and the numerous river water users upstream and downstream of the DIA. Two major

connected issues are involved. First is whether there is sufficient water available for the Kaliwa
Dam project and secondly, whether there will be adequate water to cater to both the project
and the already existing patterns of water uses of the communities upstream and the
downstream areas.
This concern was assessed from the hydrological standpoint (technical basis) and from the
community stakeholders’ perspectives (social basis).
The primary concern raised is the possible deprivation of existing water users in the reservoir
area and downstream of the dam project. Among these water users, which were identified
earlier, are the households which use the river water for domestic purposes (laundry, bathing,
cleaning), subsistence fishermen (both IPs and locals), irrigation systems in General Nakar
and Infanta, which pump or divert water directly from the rivers for irrigation and ground water
sources of Infanta. The fear is that the dam will result in declining water availability downstream
by restricting the flow of river water to the Agos River which drains directly into Infanta and a
major source of irrigation water downstream.
A check with the records of the National Water Resource Board (NWRB), the agency
mandated to allocate, and grant water permits for any water extraction whether surface or
ground water, showed that only MWSS was been granted with water permit for use of Kaliwa
River as water source. All other water permits granted by NWRB pertain to the Kanan and
Agos Rivers.
The MWSS was grabted Water Permit No. 5753 by NWRB in 1979 to draw water from the
Kaliwa River by diverting water with a volume of 23,000 lps.
The MWSS has requested NWRB’s “no objection” for the use of Water Permit No. 5753 for
the Kaliwa Dam Project, which was subsequently granted by the NWRB in its Board Meeting
on 13 July 2011. NWRB’s non-objection to the use of Water Permit No. 5753 for the Kaliwa
Dam Project was premised on the fact that the diversion point for the proposed project is on
the same water course, subject to the filing of the appropriate petition for amendment to reflect
the new diversion and/or application for new water permit to cover the KALIWA DAM.
Domestic water uses of the Kaliwa River are confined mainly to occasional bathing of residents
and horses along the river community in Sitio Queborosa. Water supply for drinking is sourced
from abundant springs in the DIA. With the Kaliwa DamALIWA DAM, there is no significant
disruption of domestic water uses as they are available from spring sources. In addition, the
nearby Queborosa creek can be used for bathing/cleaning and the downstream area after the
spillway.
2.1.11. Oceanography
The proposed project will be situated in a mountainous terrain which is significantly distant
from a marine body of water.
2.1.12. Ground Water Resources
According to the Kaliwa Watershed Characterization Report by UPLB, there are four
groundwater sources: 1) Local and less productive aquifers; 2) Fairly to less extensive and
productive aquifers with low to moderate potential recharge; 3) Rocks with limited potentital
and has low to moderate permeability; and 4) rocks without any known significant groundwater
and are largely untested (Figure 65). Based on the data provided by NWRB, the main source
of groundwater in Kaliwa Watershed are the rocks with limited potential and have low to
moderate permeability while the least are the rocks without any known significant groundwater
and are largely untested.

For the subwatersheds, Kaliwa01. Kaliwa04, Kaliwa05, and Kaliwa06 are largely dependent
on rocks with limited potential and has low to moderate permeability, while Kaliwa02 is largely
dependent on fairly to less extensive and productive and productive aquifers with low to
moderate potential recharge, and Kaliwa03 on local and less productive aquifers (Table 53).
Table 52 Groundwater Resources in Kaliwa Watershed

Area per Groundwater Resource
Fairly to less
extensive and Rocks without
Rocks with
Local and productive any known
limited
Subwatersheds less aquifers which significant Grand
potential, low
productive low to groundwater, Total
to moderate
aquifers moderate largely
permeability
potential untested
recharge
Kaliwa01
749.87 320.25 8,745.35 3,935.40 13,750.87
(Upper Kaliwa)
Kaliwa02
0.00 9,330.50 4,929.32 14,259.82
(Upper Kaliwa)
Kaliwa03
5,527.56 1,989.76 7,517.32
(Lower Kaliwa)
Kaliwa04
0.00 2,290.52 2,290.52
(Lower Kaliwa)
Kaliwa05
933.15 6,642.75 7,575.90
(Lower Kaliwa)
Kaliwa06
0.00 2,201.30 2,201.30
(Lower Kaliwa)
Kaliwa
7,210.58 9,650.75 26,799.00 3,935.40 47,595.73
Watershed

Figure 62 Groundwater Map of Kaliwa Watershed

2.1.13. Surface Water Quality
The water quality data were collected based on the monitoring data (latest available data as
of December 2018) of the MWSS and conducted sampling (June 2019) by CRL Laboratory.
The monitoring locations are situated within the project site which includes the informationin
the table below;
Table 53. Summary of Surface Water Sampling Sites, Coordinates, Date and Time
of Samplings
Station Date and Time of
Sampling Stations Coordinates
No. Samplings
Downstream at N14*36'48.5" / E
S1 December 10, 2018
Queborosa 121*28'33.2"
Confluence of Kaliwa
N 14*35'51.98" /
S2 River and Alas-Asin December 10, 2018
E 121*25'35,83"
Stream
Midstream of Kaliwa at N 14*36'9,7" / E
S3 December 10, 2018
Nilindigan 121'27'29.5"
Conveyance Tunnel N 14*35'41.38" /
S4 June 10, 2019
Inlet E 121'27'4.18"
2.2.1.1. Methodology
The approved test methods use by CRL are in accordance to DENR Administrative Order No.
93, Series of 1998 and DENR-EMB Memorandum Circular 2016-012. These methods are
based on Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater, 22nd Edition, American
Public Health Association/American Waterworks Association (APHA/AWWA).
2.2.1.2. Results and Discussions
Table 51-54 shows the results of physical and chemical analyses for surface water collected
from the latest secondary data on the monitoring of water quality by MWSS within the area.
The results were compared to the standards under PNSDW 2017 and DAO 2016-08.
Based on the results at Downstream at Queborosa and confluence of Kaliwa river and Alas-
asin stream, two parameters exceeded the standard of PNSDW 2017, the total coliform and
heterotrophic plate count (HPC), while one parameter exceeds all the standards under DAO
2016-06 WQG and GES for Class A waters and the PNSDW 2017.
For the surface water quality in Nilingdingan area, Total coliform exceeds bothe the standards
of DAO 2016-08 GES for Class A waters and PNSDW 2017. Results for fecal coliform
parameter exceeds all the regulatory standars while HPC exceeds the PNSDW 2017
standards.
Water quality results conducted in the inlet shows that fecal colifirm exceeds all the standards
given.
The rest of the parameters conform with the standards both the PNSDW 2017 and DAO 2016-
08.

Figure 63. Location map of surface water sampling stations.

Table 54. Kaliwa River at Downstream at Queborosa Surface Water Sampling (Secondary Data) S1
WATER QUALITY REGULATORY STANDARDS

CLASSIFICATION 10-Dec-18
PARAMETERS DAO 2016-08 WQG DAO 2016-08 GES PNSDW 2017 (Maximum
Class A waters Class A waters Allowable Level)
E. Coliform NS NS NS positive
Total coliform NS 3,000 1.1 920
MICROBIOLOGICAL
Thermotolerant Coliform (Fecal) 1.1 4 1.1 350
Heterotrophic plate count (HPC) NS NS 500 1800
pH 6.5-8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5-8.5 8.2
Color (True) 5 NS 5 5
Conductivity NS NS NS 212
no odor
Odor NS NS no odor observed
PHYSICAL observed
Taste NS NS no objectionable taste 0
Temperature 26-30 26.6-39 NS 27
Turbidity NS NS 5 0.7
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 5 NS NS 8
INORGANIC Alkalinity NS NS NS 102
INORGANIC Aluminum NS NS 0.2 0.04
Nitrate as NO3-N 7 14 50 <1.0
Nitrite as NO2 NS NS 3 <0.004
Dissolved Iron NS NS NS 0.02
Dissolved Manganese NS NS NS <0.003
Total hardness (as Calcium
NS NS 300 90
Carbonate)
Iron 1 5 1 0.03
Manganese 0.2 2 0.4 0.005
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) NS NS 600 126
Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 50 70 NS <2.5
Ammonia (NH3) as NH3-N 0.05 0.5 NS 0.02
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) NS NS NS 0.37
Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC) NS NS NS 0.39
Antimony NS NS 0.02 <0.008
Arsenic 0.01 0.02 0.01 <0.008
Barium 0.7 1.5 0.7 0.01
Boron 0.5 2 2 0.4

WATER QUALITY REGULATORY STANDARDS

CLASSIFICATION 10-Dec-18
PARAMETERS DAO 2016-08 WQG DAO 2016-08 GES PNSDW 2017 (Maximum
Bromide NS NS NS 0.1
Cadmium 0.003 0.006 0.003 <0.001
Calcium NS NS NS 26
Chloride 250 350 250 10
Chromium, Total NS NS 0.05 <0.005
Fluoride 1 2 1.5 <0.02
Lead 0.01 0.02 0.01 <0.005
Potassium NS NS NS 0.4
Mercury 0.001 0.002 0.001 <0.0002
Selenium 0.01 0.02 0.04 <0.01
Dissolved Aluminum NS NS NS 0.03
Dissolved Lead NS NS NS <0.005
Dissolved Cadmium NS NS NS <0.001
Dissolved Copper 0.02 0.04 NS <0.003
Hydrogen Sulfide (Total Sulfide)
NS NS 0.05 <0.02
H2S
Magnesium NS NS NS 5.8
Phosphates (PO4) 0.5 1 NS 0.02
Silicates (SiO2) NS NS NS 19
Sodium (Na) NS NS 200 15
Sulphate (SO4) 250 500 250 10
Oil and Grease 1 5 NS <0.41
ORGANIC
Biological Oxygen Demand
3 20 NS 2
(BOD5)
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) NS 60 NS 5.4
UV254 Absorbance NS NS NS 0.07
Surfactant as MBAS 0.2 2 NS <0.02
Notes: Source: MWSS Monitoring Data, December 2018; Tests

Exceeded PNSDW 2017 conducted by CRL Laboratories.
Exceeded GES and PNSDW
Exceeded all limits

Table 55. Kaliwa River at Daraitan (Confluence of Kaliwa River and Alas-asin Stream) Surface Water Sampling (Secondary Data) S2
REGULATORY STANDARDS 10-Dec-

CLASSIFICATION WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS
DAO 2016-08 WQG DAO 2016-08 GES PNSDW 2017 (Maximum 18
E. Coliform NS NS NS positive
MICROBIOLOGIC Total coliform NS 3,000 1.1 920
AL Thermotolerant Coliform (Fecal) 1.1 4 1.1 920
pH 6.5-8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5-8.5 8.1
Color (True) 5 NS 5 5
no odor
Odor NS NS no odor observed boserve
PHYSICAL
d
Temperature 26-30 26.6-39 NS 29.9
Turbidity NS NS 5 0.9
INORGANIC Aluminum NS NS 0.2 0.05
Total hardness (as Calcium
NS NS 300 90
Carbonate)
Iron 1 5 1 0.04
Manganese 0.2 2 0.4 0.005
Arsenic 0.01 0.02 0.01 <0.008
Barium 0.7 1.5 0.7 0.01


Boron 0.5 2 2 0.5
Cadmium 0.003 0.006 0.003 <0.001
Calcium NS NS NS 24
Chloride 250 350 250 9
Fluoride 1 2 1.5 <0.02
Lead 0.01 0.02 0.01 <0.005
<0.000
Mercury 0.001 0.002 0.001
2
Selenium 0.01 0.02 0.04 <0.01
Hydrogen Sulfide (Total Sulfide)
NS NS 0.05 <0.02
H2S
Sulphate (SO4) 250 500 250 10
ORGANIC Oil and Grease 1 5 NS 0.7
Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5) 3 20 NS 1
Notes:
Exceeded PNSDW 2017 Source: MWSS Monitoring Data, December 2018; Tests
Exceeded GES and PNSDW conducted by CRL Laboratories.
Exceeded all limits

Table 56. Kaliwa River at Nilingdingan, Bagbagin Surface Water Sampling (Secondary Data) S3

MICROBIOLOGICAL E. Coliform NS NS NS positive
Total coliform NS 3,000 1.1 3500
pH 6.5-8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5-8.5 7.7
PHYSICAL Color (True) 5 NS 5 5
no odor
Odor NS NS no odor observed
observed
Temperature 26-30 26.6-39 NS 24.5
Turbidity NS NS 5 1
Aluminum NS NS 0.2 0.03
Total hardness (as Calcium Carbonate) NS NS 300 96
Iron 1 5 1 0.02
Manganese 0.2 2 0.4 <0.003
Arsenic 0.01 0.02 0.01 <0.008


Barium 0.7 1.5 0.7 0.008
Boron 0.5 2 2 0.5
Cadmium 0.003 0.006 0.003 <0.001
Calcium NS NS NS 26
Chloride 250 350 250 11
Fluoride 1 2 1.5 <0.02
Lead 0.01 0.02 0.01 <0.005
Mercury 0.001 0.002 0.001 <0.0002
Selenium 0.01 0.02 0.04 <0.01
Hydrogen Sulfide (Total Sulfide) H2S NS NS 0.05 <0.02
Sulphate (SO4) 250 500 250 10
ORGANIC Oil and Grease 1 5 NS <0.41
Notes:
Exceeded PNSDW 2017
Exceeded GES and PNSDW Source: MWSS Monitoring Data, December 2018; Tests
Exceeded all limits conducted by CRL Laboratories.

Table 57. Kaliwa River at Conveyance Tunnel Inlet Surface Water Sampling (Primary Data) S4

MICROBIOLOGICAL E. Coliform NS NS NS positive
Total coliform NS 3,000 1.1 -
Heterotrophic plate count (HPC) NS NS 500 -
pH 6.5-8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5-8.5 7.1
PHYSICAL Color (True) 5 NS 5 5
no odor
Odor NS NS no odor observed observe
d
Temperature 26-30 26.6-39 NS 29.0
Turbidity NS NS 5 -
INORGANIC Alkalinity NS NS NS -
Aluminum NS NS 0.2 -
Nitrate as NO3-N 7 14 50 -
Nitrite as NO2 NS NS 3 -
Dissolved Iron NS NS NS -
Dissolved Manganese NS NS NS -
Total hardness (as Calcium Carbonate) NS NS 300 -
Iron 1 5 1 -
Manganese 0.2 2 0.4 -
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) NS NS NS -
Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC) NS NS NS -
Antimony NS NS 0.02 -
Arsenic 0.01 0.02 0.01 -
Barium 0.7 1.5 0.7 -


Boron 0.5 2 2 0.2
Bromide NS NS NS -
Cadmium 0.003 0.006 0.003 -
Calcium NS NS NS 25
Chloride 250 350 250 5.0
Fluoride 1 2 1.5 0.05
Lead 0.01 0.02 0.01 -
Potassium NS NS NS -
Mercury 0.001 0.002 0.001 -
Selenium 0.01 0.02 0.04 -
Dissolved Aluminum NS NS NS -
Dissolved Lead NS NS NS -
Dissolved Cadmium NS NS NS -
Dissolved Copper 0.02 0.04 NS -
Hydrogen Sulfide (Total Sulfide) H2S NS NS 0.05 -
Silicates (SiO2) NS NS NS -
Sodium (Na) NS NS 200 -
Sulphate (SO4) 250 500 250 10
ORGANIC Oil and Grease 1 5 NS -
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) NS 60 NS -
UV254 Absorbance NS NS NS -
Surfactant as MBAS 0.2 2 NS -
Notes:
Exceeded PNSDW 2017
Exceeded GES and PNSDW Source: MWSS Monitoring Data, December 2018; Tests
conducted by CRL Laboratories.
Exceeded all limits

2.1.14. Freshwater Ecology
Kaliwa River is a meandering, relatively deep and wide freshwater system stretching from Bgy.
Daraitan in Tanay, Rizal to Queborosa area in General Nakar, Quezon. Riparian areas of most
stations are primarily composed of natural forest and vegetation except at some portions
where banana and coconut trees are found interspersed with natural vegetation. The river lies
on alternating broad and steep valleys. Stations 1, 3 and 5 lie on broad valleys, while Stations
2, 4 and 6 on steep valleys. Instream sediment of majority of the sampling stations is
dominated by sand (mostly 60%-100), except at stations 3B where cobble comprised about
80% of the instream substrate. Irregular bedrocks were also observed in most stations. All
sampling stations have open canopies. Water flow at majority of the sampling stations is
moderate to fast, and the river has long rapids flowing over a large number of irregular rocks.
Kaliwa River primarily serves as navigational route or as passageway to transport locals as well
as products and materials to houses along banks. It also serves as a trekking area for tourists.
Kaliwa River is a minor fishing ground with minimal/insignificant fishing activity. Fish in the area
are mainly caught for domestic consumption. Some sections of the River are used for domestic
purposes, such as for bathing of locals and animals, and washing of clothes.
One sampling regime was chosen to allow comparison of biological parameters among sites.
This will be useful for future monitoring activities, once the development commences.
This aquatic ecology assessment focused on four functional aquatic groups – phytoplankton,
zooplankton benthic macrofauna and fishes and other fauna present in the four different
stations in the project site.
Phytoplankton are microscopic free-drifting organisms that play a key role in the primary
production and global nutrient cycles of the earth (Daniel 2001) by making up the main
producers in any given water body (Biddanda and Benner 1997).Phytoplankton communities
are among the first group of organisms that respond to environmental changes and therefore
their total abundance, composition and diversity are used as indicators of water quality
(Reynolds et al. 2002; Brettum and Andersen 2005).
Phytoplankton represents a diverse group of organisms that, as plants, capture the sun’s
energy, convert it into living tissue and thus support all life in water bodies. A wide variety of
phytoplankton species exists, some living as single cells and some as colonies. A knowledge
of the types of species occurring in the given water body is important to an understanding of
how these organisms are utilized in the system. Certain species, for instance, can be easily
consumed by zooplankton grazers to support higher life forms. Other species, indicative of
eutrophic conditions, are resistant to normal phytoplankton predators and may therefore be
more prone to enter the decomposition pathways which contribute to low dissolved oxygen
problems.
Zooplankton are one of the most important biotic components influencing all the functional
aspects of an aquatic ecosystem, such as food chains, food webs, energy flow and cycling of
matter (Supritam pal et al., 2015). Zooplankton inhabiting freshwater responds quickly to
environmental changes and hence their species indices fluctuate (Avinash 2014).
Zooplankton are initially the sole prey item for almost all fish larvae as they use up their yolk
sacs and switch to external feeding for nutrition. Fish species rely on the density and
distribution of zooplankton to coincide with first-feeding larvae for good survival of larvae,
which can otherwise starve. Natural factors (e.g. variations in currents) and man-made factors
(e.g. dams on rivers) can strongly affect zooplankton density and distribution, which can in
turn strongly affect the larval survival, and therefore breeding success and stock strength, of
fish species.

Because of plankton’s fundamental importance to the eutrophication process, limitation of their

growth, or production, is often one of the direct targets of management actions. These actions
are typically directed at reducing nutrient inputs as a means of limiting plankton growth. The
limitation of plankton growth is in turn expected to improve some of the impacts that result
from excessive growth. Thus, an assessment of water quality to guide and evaluate
management actions logically includes the measurement of plankton communities and their
growth rates.
Benthos includes familiar organisms such as clams and crabs, as well as less familiar forms,
including unsegmented worms, small crustaceans, and snails. A large portion of the living and
dead organic material in the water, including the plankton and plant material washed in from
the microwatersheds, settles to the sediment surface and decays. The variety and abundance
of organisms composing the benthic communities are likely to respond to improvement in
water and sediment quality resulting from pollution. Because many benthic organisms live for
1-2 years, changes in their populations are an integration of changes in environmental
conditions occurring over their life span. In addition, because benthic organisms are relatively
immobile, they complete their life cycle within the given water body and often within specific
regions. Thus, benthic responses to changes in water quality resulting from given activities
are likely to be area specific and thus more easily interpreted. Finally, as important
intermediate links in the food web, benthic responses to different activities are likely to be
representative of the responses of other living resources. The benthic organisms are,
therefore, potentially good indicators of the effectiveness of pollution and cleanup efforts.
Fishes are the major vertebrate group within freshwater ecosystems. Therefore, it follows that
appropriate environmental management and understanding of a catchment requires that fish
fauna within that ecosystem should be well understood before any undertaking, be it
conservation or development, take place.
There at least twenty (20) species of endemic non-commercial freshwater fishes known to
occur in Southern Luzon area. According to Gonzalez (2006) and Froese & Pauly (2007),
their possible sustainable use, socio-cultural and eco-tourism value to local communities are
yet to be fully utilized due to the fact that most of the researches done are focused primarily
on commercially-important fishes (Samonte, et al. 2004).
The study aimed at identifying freshwater species thriving in Kaliwa River, specifically in the
stretch which will be developed as part of the New Centennial Water Source under the
Metropolitan Waterworks and Sewerage System (MWSS).
2.1.15. Methodology
Sampling Site Selection
Sampling site selection was taken in to account the gathered secondary data. The study
made use of GPS technology, satellite imageries and Geographic Information System
(GIS) to determine total area to be surveyed and the general locations of sampling sites for
both aquatic flora and fauna. These stations were verified during reconnaissance and site
visit.
From the established twelve (12) sampling stations, this component took samples in the
upstream, dam site, midstream and downstream of the river to describe the fishes, benthic
organisms and plankton assemblage in the area. Sampling includes macroinvertebrates,
fish fauna and other aquatic floral assemblage inventory.

In sampling sites where water is deep and unsafe to wade into and where there is poor
access to the water edge, an Alpha sampler was used. Surber sampling and kick-netting
were carried out at wadable depths for the plankton and benthos sampling.
Field surveys were conducted on March 23-24, 2019 and March 30-31, 2019, respectively.
Primary data were gathered through direct observation and field sampling.
Phytoplankton and zooplankton suspended in water were collected by scooping method

and passed through or filtered using plankton net. Collected phyto- and zooplankton
samples were placed in resealable plastic sampling bottles and preserved with Lugol’s
solution or 5% formalin. Samples were brought to the laboratory for identification and
determination of the relative abundance of the plankton species present. Photomicrographs
of the most dominant organisms were also done for documentation purposes.
Sampling/Survey Strategies
Benthic Macroinvertebrates (Soft Bottom Community) Sampling and Analysis
The survey was intended to evaluate the benthic community in the area with respect to its
composition, density and relative abundance.
Replicate samples were obtained using a stream sampling method (kick-sampling). Benthic
samples were then placed in pre-labeled plastic containers. The grab samples for faunal
analysis were fixed immediately with 5% formalin and brought to the laboratory for
processing. In the laboratory, the samples were wet sieved using different openings. The
collected samples were further sorted and identified in the laboratory using a dissecting
microscope and readily available taxonomic keys.
Benthic macroinvertebrates in each sample were identified down to the lowest practicable
taxonomic level and enumerated as much as possible.
Zooplankton and Phytoplankton Sampling and Analysis
At each station, zooplankton samples were collected using a 60 µ plankton net and a sieve
with 20 µ mesh size for phytoplankton. Since majority of the stations were relatively shallow,
plankton sampling technique were standardized by employing scooping method of plankton
sampling. Sampling was done through filtration using pail and plankton net. Known volumes
of water samples were filtered or passed through the zooplankton net and sieve.
Phytoplankton samples were preserved with Lugol’s solution, while samples of zooplankton
were fixed with 5% formaldehyde immediately after collection. Prior to the analysis of
zooplankton, samples were further concentrated to 1ml and were all analysed. For
phytoplankton samples, a 1ml aliquot sub-sample was placed in a Sedgewick-Rafter cell
counter and was examined under a Zeiss Primo Star microscope.
For zooplankton samples, a 1ml sample was placed in a petri dish with grids and was
examined under a stereo-microscope. Phytoplankton organisms were identified to the
genus level whenever possible while zooplankton was identified based on major
zooplankton groups. Their abundance was quantified and expressed in cells/L (for
phytoplankton) and individuals/m3 (for zooplankton). Diversity, species richness and
evenness were computed using the Primer E software. Photomicrographs of the most
dominant organisms were also done for documentation purposes.

Plate 13 shows the actual sampling activities for phytoplankton, zooplankton and soft
bottom communities.
Freshwater Fish Survey
Prior to the actual sampling, a rapid reconnaissance survey was conducted to look for
sampling sites, with the assistance of local guides and in coordination with the barangay
officials. Using sites of the previous studies, five (5) stretches measuring 500m along the
Kaliwa River were identified starting from Barangay Daraitan and ending in Sitio
Queborosa, Brgy. Magsaysay, Infanta, Quezon.
Fish samples were collected using different active and passive methods. Active gears
include gill netting, speargun and backpack low-voltage electro-fishing gear, while the
passive gear is the bamboo fish traps. Each site was fished for one hour using each gear,
except for the bamboo traps which were retrieved after every 12hours or overnight. All
species caught regardless of collection method used were counted and initial identification
recorded. Most of the captured fish were released alive back into the water.
Plate 13. Freshwater Ecology Sampling (Zooplankton, Phytoplankton and Benthic

Fauna).
Key Informant Interviews (KIIs) was also conducted to identify other fish species that are
present in the project area which may not be captured during the sampling methods. The

identified key informants are the same people using the active gears during the sampling
activity.
Plates 14 to 16 show the actual sampling photos for freshwater fish survey/assessment.
Plate 14. Using backpack low-voltage electro-fishing gear as one of the

methods for fish catch.

Plate 15. Using speargun as one of the methods for fish catch.

Plate 16. Top- using gill net; Below-bamboo traps used in fish
sampling.

Documentation and Identification of Freshwater Fishes and Other Invertebrates
Fish species identification in the field was carried out using several fish identification
materials including books and field guides (Herre 1953; Conlu 1986; Vidthayanon 2007).
These were the re-validated using the webpage of FishBase.org. The taxonomic
nomenclature presented on the said webpage was also used. Finally, the identified species
are then cross-checked with the IUCN Red List to determine their conservation status and
distribution.
Data Processing and Analyses for Freshwater Ecology
Ecological condition indicators were computed for each sampling station using the formulas
below.
Dominance
The dominant species for each site were determined based on the importance value (IV).
The IV is the sum of the relative density, relative frequency, and relative dominance. These
were computed using the following formula:
Density = Total number of individuals counted for a given species

Total area sampled
Relative density = Total number of individuals of a given species x 100
Total number of individuals of all species
Dominance = Total area covered by a given species
Total area sampled
Relative dominance = Total coverage of a species x 100
Total coverage of all species
Frequency = Number of plots where a given species occurs x 100
Total number of plots in the site
Relative frequency = Frequency of a given species x 100
Total frequency of all species
Importance Value = Relative density + Relative dominance + Relative frequency
Species Diversity and Abundance
On the other hand, species diversity indices were computed using the following formula:
Shannon-Weiner diversity index (H’)
H’ = -pi ln pi
where pi, the proportional abundance of the ith species = (ni/N)
Evenness (J) of the species was calculated using the formula:

J = H’/ln S
where S, number of species in a stand
Pielou’s = J = H/Hmax = -[∑(pi)(ln pi)]/lnS, where,

Evenness
“J” – represents the symbol for the species richness
“H’” – species diversity
“Hmax” – species maximum diversity
“S” – number of species in the community
The interpretation of the values obtained using the above formulas were based on the
Fernando Biodiversity Scale, 1998 shown in the table below.

Table 58. The Fernando Biodiversity Scale (1998)

Shannon Biodiversity Index Pielou (J’) Evenness
Relative Values
(H’) Index
Very High 3.5 and above 0.75-1.00
High 3.0 – 3.49 0.50-0.74
Moderate 2.5 – 2.99 0.25-0.49
Low 2.0 – 2.49 0.15-0.24
Very Low 1.9 and below 0.05-0.14
2.1.16. Results and Discussion
The freshwater ecology component shall describe the following:

 Freshwater zooplankton population
 Freshwater flora (algae and aquatic flora)
 Benthic organisms (Soft-bottom community) in the area
 Freshwater fish and invertebrate assemblage
Sampling Stations/Description of the Study Area
The sampling program is based on the areas covered by the map presented as Figure 64.
The geographic coordinates of each of the stations were taken using Garmin Venture HC etrex
with the position format of hours-minutes-seconds (hdddomm’ss.s). Table 56 shows the
coordinates and descriptions of the freshwater ecology stations.
The study area, specifically the Kaliwa River, falls within declared areas undergoing NIPAS
process to be classified as protected landscape. These declared areas are Presidential
Proclamation No. 573 and Presidential Proclamation No. 1636. Using the previous studies
conducted, there were five areas identified starting from Barangay Daraitan and ending in Sitio
Queborosa, Brgy. Magsaysay, Infanta, Quezon.
Phytoplankton Communities
The term ‘‘plankton’’ refers to those microscopic aquatic forms having little or no resistance to
currents and living free-floating and suspended in natural waters. Planktonic plants,
‘‘phytoplankton,’’ and planktonic animals, ‘‘zooplankton,’’ are covered in this report. The
phytoplankton (microscopic algae) occurs as unicellular, colonial, or filamentous forms.
Plankton, particularly phytoplankton, long have been used as indicators of water quality. Some
species flourish in highly eutrophic waters while others are very sensitive to organic and/or
chemical wastes. Some species develop noxious blooms, sometimes creating offensive tastes
and odors or anoxic or toxic conditions resulting in animal deaths or human illness. The
species assemblage of phytoplankton and zooplankton also may be useful in assessing water
quality. Because of their short life cycles, plankters respond quickly to environmental changes,
and hence their standing crop and species composition are more likely to indicate the quality
of the water mass in which they are found.
As part of component to assess to biotic community of Kaliwa river which extends from Brgy.
Daraitan, Tanay Rizal to Queborosa, Brgy Magsaysay, Infanta Quezon where the proposed
Dam will be conducted, plankton sampling was conducted in twelve stations which covers
different water elevations of the Kaliwa River last March 2019. Stations Ph1–Ph4 are located
at the upstream station, station Ph5–Ph8 are taken from the midstream area while stations
Ph9–Ph12 are located at the downstream stations.

Figure 64. Freshwater ecology sampling sites.

Table 59. List of Sampling Stations for Freshwater Ecology (Fish Survey) with their
Corresponding Location and River Elevation Sampled.
GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION
SITE REMARKS
Latitude Longitude
1 (start) 14°35'50.34"N 121°25'50.33"E Area is shallow and rocky.
1 (end) 14°35'59.82"N 121°26'0.25"E Current runs fast before coming
still to waist-deep waters.
Riparian area are cogonal with
occasional houses
2 (end) 14°35'42.29"N 121°27'6.14"E Current runs fast before coming
Riparian area are cogonal with
occasional houses
3 (start) 14°36'20.22"N 121°27'28.62"E Area is gorge-type, with mostly
3 (end) 14°36'13.82"N 121°27'41.87"E deep waters. Riparian area are
rocky to secondary forests.
4 (start) 14°36'55.60"N 121°28'9.08"E Area is shallow and algae are in
4 (end) 14°36'50.60"N 121°28'24.54"E bloom. Current runs
moderately fast. Riparian area
are near plantations and
secondary forests
5(end) 14°36'45.39"N 121°28'39.20"E Current runs fast before coming
Riparian is near settlements
and secondary forests.
Table 59 shows the detailed species composition, abundance (cells/m3), distribution, diversity
and relative abundance of phytoplankton identified over the twelve sampling stations. A total
of 34 phytoplankton taxa were identified belonging to diatoms (19), green algae (7),
cyanobacteria (5), and dinoflagellates (3). Overall, diatoms were the most dominant group
accounting for 51.7% of the total phytoplankton community. This was followed by green algae
constituting for 47.8% while cyanobacteria and dinoflagellates were almost negligible with
0.41% and 0.14% respectively. Among the diatoms, the pennate diatom Synedra spp. was
the most abundant accounting for 17.2% of the total phytoplankton abundance. Green algae
were mostly represented by Spirogyra spp. accounting for the bulk of the group with 47%.
Cyanobacteria were comprised of five taxa with Nostoc spp. as the most abundant taxa
(0.32%). Figure 65 shows the percentage composition of major phytoplankton groups in each
sampling stations.
In the upstream stations covering four sampling sites (Ph1-Ph4), diatoms were the most
dominant group accounting for 66%-96% of the total phytoplankton count (Figure 65). In this
elevation, station Ph3 recorded the highest total abundance with 656,610 cells/m3 and the
most taxa rich site with 20. The pennate diatoms Fragilaria and Synedra were the most
abundant taxa in the upstream area with maximum cell density of 241,333 cells/m3 in station
Ph2 and 234,667 cells/m3station Ph3. The lowest phytoplankton density was quantified in
stations Ph4 with 176,500 cells/m3. Both stations PH3 and PH4 recorded the lowest number
of taxa in the upstream stations with 14 each.

Green algae Cyanobacteria
Dinoflagellate 3% Green algae 0%
2% 33%
Diatoms
Dinoflagellate 66%
1%
PH1 Diatoms
95%
PH2
Green algae Cyanobacteria Green algae

3% 0% 15%
Dinoflagellate
0%
Dinoflagellate
0%
Diatoms
PH3 Diatoms
97%
PH4 85%
Green algae Cyanobacteria Green algae Cyanobacteria

3% 1% Dinoflagellate 3% 1%
0%
PH5 Diatoms
96%
PH6 Diatoms
96%
Cyanobacteria Cyanobacteria
1% 1%
Green algae
56% Diatoms Green algae
43% 52%
Diatoms
47%
PH7 PH8

Diatoms Cyanobacteria
13% 0%
Diatoms
30%
Green algae
70%
Green algae
87% PH10
PH9
Green algae
1%
PH11 Diatoms
99% PH12
Figure 65. Percent composition of major phytoplankton group identified in twelve

stations along the Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling.
In the midstream area covering four sampling sites (Ph5-Ph8), diatoms dominated in two
stations (Ph5 and Ph6) while green algae dominated in the other two stations (Ph7 and Ph8).
The transition in the dominant phytoplankton group is indicative of different physico-chemical
conditions that favors the dominance of each group. Station Ph5 recorded the highest total
abundance with 571,389 cells/m3 while stations Ph6 and Ph8 had most number of taxa
identified with 16. The lowest phytoplankton abundance was recorded in station Ph7 with
250,302 cells/m3 while the lowest number of taxa was recorded in stations Ph5 and Ph7 with
14. Stations Ph5 and Ph6 were dominated by a pennate diatom Synedra while station Ph7
and Ph8 were dominated by a filamentous green algae Spirogyra. The potentially harmful
cyanobacterium Oscillatoria was recorded in stations Ph6 and Ph7 at very low cell density
(1,200 and 633 cells/m3).
In the downstream area covering four sampling stations (Ph9-Ph12), green algae dominated
the phytoplankton community in most stations with relative abundance ranging from 70-92%
except in station ZP11 where diatom still dominated the phytoplankton community with 99%.
Station Ph12 recorded the highest total phytoplankton abundance with 1,332,467 cells/m3. It
also harbors the highest number of taxa recorded with 20. The lowest phytoplankton
abundance was recorded in station Ph7 indicative of low nutrient waters in this area.

Table 60. Phytoplankton Composition, Diversity, Distribution and abundance (cells/m3) in Twelve Stations Along the Kaliwa River the
During the March 2019 Sampling
Upstream Midstream Downstream Grand Rel.
TAXA
FW PH 1 FW PH 2 FW PH 3 FW PH 4 FW PH 5 FW PH 6 FW PH 7 FW PH 8 FW PH 9 FW PH 10 FW PH 11 FW PH 12 Total Abund.
Cyanobacteria 333 1,600 5,000 2,400 1,900 8,000 383 5,133 24,750 0.410
Arthospira 333 333 0.006
Merismopedia 1,267 733 2,000 0.033
Microcystis 733 733 0.012
Nostoc 1,600 5,000 1,200 8,000 383 3,300 19,483 0.323
Oscillatoria 1,200 633 367 2,200 0.036
Diatoms 218,443 375,524 633,410 149,000 546,389 265,200 106,717 242,000 24,000 351,133 110,133 98,267 3,120,215 51.671
Aulacoseira 900 417 383 1,700 0.028
Climacosphenia 267 267 0.004
Eunotia 267 500 367 1,133 0.019
Fragillaria 11,667 234,667 84,000 213,333 119,600 44,967 93,200 8,000 254,533 34,533 31,900 1,130,400 18.719
Gomphonema 8,700 89,524 94,476 6,500 102,778 18,400 6,650 6,000 2,683 1,400 733 337,844 5.595
Melosira 667 1,000 3,483 28,400 7,667 14,300 55,517 0.919
Navicula 1,800 2,333 5,067 6,000 2,500 2,800 11,400 16,000 2,667 16,483 6,533 6,967 80,550 1.334
Nitzschia 1,500 23,333 52,000 6,500 121,296 13,200 9,183 21,600 3,667 10,733 28,000 13,567 304,580 5.044
Odontella 300 267 567 0.009
Pinnularia 600 1,000 1,600 500 833 3,200 3,483 13,200 2,000 1,917 467 1,100 29,900 0.495
Planktoniella 300 300 0.005
Pleurosigma 600 400 800 333 2,133 0.035
Stauroneis 1,500 667 4,533 2,500 6,250 4,000 633 1,200 3,733 5,500 30,517 0.505
Surirella 600 533 1,500 417 1,200 1,600 1,000 1,150 733 8,733 0.145
Synedra 185,143 241,333 234,667 25,000 98,148 102,000 19,317 29,200 6,333 46,000 35,467 15,767 1,038,374 17.195

Upstream Midstream Downstream Grand Rel.

TAXA
FW PH 1 FW PH 2 FW PH 3 FW PH 4 FW PH 5 FW PH 6 FW PH 7 FW PH 8 FW PH 9 FW PH 10 FW PH 11 FW PH 12 Total Abund.
Thalasionema 8,400 667 9,067 0.150
Bacillaria 6,900 4,333 2,400 417 400 633 15,083 0.250
Coscinodiscus 1,200 267 1,467 0.024
Epithemia 2,400 15,000 6,967 30,800 9,583 7,333 72,083 1.194
Dinoflagellate 4,200 2,333 800 500 400 8,233 0.136
Ceratium 3,000 1,667 533 500 5,700 0.094
Glenodinium 300 300 0.005
Peridinium 900 667 267 400 2,233 0.037
Green algae 7,200 189,000 20,800 27,000 20,000 9,200 141,686 268,000 157,524 814,583 1,400 1,229,067 2,885,460 47.783
Closterium 2,800 2,800 0.046
Cosmarium 300 1,000 2,133 1,000 1,250 1,600 5,067 7,600 1,333 1,917 933 2,200 26,333 0.436
Oocystis 267 400 367 1,033 0.017
Pediastrum 467 467 0.008
Scenedesmus 1,333 1,600 1,467 4,400 0.073
Spirogyra 6,900 186,667 18,400 26,000 16,667 7,200 136,619 256,000 156,190 812,667 1,224,667 2,847,976 47.162
Ulothrix 2,083 367 2,450 0.041
Grand Total 229,843 567,190 656,610 176,500 571,389 277,200 250,302 518,000 181,524 1,166,100 111,533 1,332,467 6,038,658 100
Richness 19 16 20 14 14 16 14 16 9 13 9 20
Evenness (J') 0.32 0.50 0.50 0.64 0.60 0.52 0.59 0.63 0.30 0.36 0.68 0.15
Diversity (H') 0.94 1.38 1.51 1.69 1.58 1.45 1.56 1.75 0.65 0.93 1.50 0.46

Figure 66. Total phytoplankton density and taxa richness in twelve stations along the
Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling.
Overall, the mean cell density of 503,211 cells/ m3 was recorded in all sampling stations with
station Ph12 having the highest recorded density of 1,332,467 cells/ m3 (Figure 66). The index
of evenness was not so variable among most stations (0.5-0.68) except for station Ph1, Ph9,
Ph10 and Ph12 with computed values of <0.05 indicative of a taxon dominating the
phytoplankton community as shown in Table 53. Species diversity was generally low (<2) with
stations Ph8 having the highest computed value (1.75) and station Ph12 with the lowest (0.46).
Similar to species evenness, species diversity was also very low in these four stations (<1).
Generally, plankton abundance was a typical of an algal composition and abundances (such
as the occurrence of Fragilaria and Surirella) observed in the study site are typical of clean,
eutrophic, shallow and fast-flowing streams. The high abundance of Spirogyra is indicative of
good water quality since this taxon is a common inhabitant of clean, eutrophic waters
(Bellinger and Sigee, 2010). The pollution tolerant taxon observed in this survey was
Oscillatoria. Blooms of these genera can block canals and clog filters especially in water
treatment facility. Oscillatoria which was recorded in three stations (Ph6, 7 and Ph12) is also
considered s potentially harmful microalgae as some species are known to cyanotoxins
hazardous to terrestrial mammals (WHO, 1999). Although cell density was very low to cause
problem, regular sampling is recommended to monitor the level of this taxa.
Zooplankton Communities
Zooplankton are one of the most important biotic components influencing all the functional
aspects of an aquatic ecosystem, such as food chains, food webs, energy flow and cycling of
matter (Supritam pal et al.,2015). Zooplankton inhabiting freshwater responds quickly to
environmental changes and hence their species indices fluctuate (Avinash 2014).
Table 58 shows the species composition, distribution, diversity and abundance (ind/m3) of
zooplankton taxa that were identified over the twelve sampling stations. A total of 16

zooplankton taxa consisting of rotifer, copepod, polychaete trocophore, tardigrade,

anisopteran larvae, midges larvae and unidentified eggs was identified. Among the rotifers,
the taxa belonging to order Ploima was the most abundant accounting for 34% of the total
zooplankton abundance. Also, rotifers belonging to order Ploimida also contributed to
significant relative abundance constituting for 13%. Rotifers play an important role connecting
microbial loop to the classic food web, whereby the dissolve organic carbon is taken up by the
bacteria that are consumed by the rotifers which in turn are consumed by higher trophic levels.
The larval mayfly contributed the high relative abundance accounting for almost 18% of the
total zooplankton density. Ecologically, these dominant groups serve as important links in
marine food webs, serving as major grazers of phytoplankton, as components of the microbial
loop, and as prey for ichthyoplankton and other larger pelagic carnivores (Turner 2004). Figure
59 showed the percentage composition of major zooplankton groups in each freshwater
bodies sampled.
In the upstream stations covering four sampling sites (ZP1-ZP4), rotifers were generally the
most dominant group accounting for 33%-62% of the total zooplankton count except for station
ZP4 where mayfly larvae recorded the highest relative abundance with 44% (Figure 67). In
this elevation, station ZP4 recorded the highest total abundance with 6,900 ind/m3but the most
taxa rich sites were recorded in stations ZP2 and ZP3 with 9. The lowest zooplankton density
was quantified in stations ZP1 with 2,933 ind/m3 and the most depauperate station was also
found in this station with 5.
In the midstream area covering four sampling sites (ZP5-ZP8), rotifers still were the most
dominant groups in this elevation except in station ZP8 where relative abundance were equally
represented by copepods, rotifers, tardigrade, mayfly larvae and unidentified egg. Station ZP5
recorded the highest total abundance with 5,600 ind/m3 while stations ZP5 and ZP8 had most
number of taxa identified with 5. The lowest zooplankton abundance was recorded in station
ZP7 with 1,000 ind/m3 while the lowest number of taxa was recorded in stations Ph7 with 3.
In the downstream area covering four sampling stations (ZP9-ZP12), rotifers generally
dominated the zooplankton community except in station ZP9 which was dominated by mayfly
larvae. Station ZP10 recorded the highest total zooplankton abundance with 9,450 ind/m3. It
also harbors the highest number of phytoplankton taxa recorded with 10. The lowest
phytoplankton abundance was recorded in station ZP9 while the taxa poor station was
recorded in station ZP12 with 3.

Midge worm Polychaete Copepod

13% Copepod trophocore nauplius
nauplius Mayfly Larvae 9% 18%
25% 9%
Chaoboridae Tardigrade
9% 9%
Bivalve veliger
9%
Rotifer
ZP1 62% ZP2 Rotifer
37%
Egg Midge worm Egg

Chaoboridae
5% Bivalve veliger Arachnid 6%
Chaoboridae 5% 6% Mayfly Larvae
21% larvae
5% 44%
Polychaete 6%
trophocore
Tardigrade
11%
5%
Mayfly Larvae
16%
Rotifer Rotifer
37% 33%
ZP3 ZP4
Bivalve veliger Egg Chaoboridae

7% 14% 13%
Mayfly Larvae
14% Mayfly Larvae
37%
Rotifer
50%
ZP5 Rotifer
65%
ZP6
Copepod
Mayfly Larvae calanoid
20% 20%
Egg
33%
Egg Rotifer
20% 20%
Rotifer
67%
ZP7 ZP8 Tardigrade

20%

Copepod Egg Mayfly Larvae

5% 5% Chaoboridae
Chaoboridae nauplius 19%
23% 5%
Mayfly Larvae
39% Bivalve veliger
4%
Egg
15%
ZP9 Rotifer ZP10 Rotifer

23% 62%
Mayfly Larvae Chaoboridae Mayfly Larvae

13% 12% 13%
Copepod
nauplius
13%
Rotifer Rotifer
ZP11 62% ZP12 87%
Figure 67. Percent composition of major zooplankton groups identified in twelve

stations along the Kaliwa River During the March 2019 sampling.
Generally, the mean zooplankton abundance in all sampling stations was 4,913 ind/m3 (Figure
68) The highest density was obtained at Station ZP10 in the downstream station of the Kaliwa
river while the lowest density of 1000 ind/m3 was obtained in station ZP7 located in the
midstream area. These differences in abundance could be due to the hydrographic features
of the different water bodies and amount of nutrient enrichment coming from agricultural,
plantations and residential areas. The index of evenness was not so variable among station
with values ranging from 0.78–1.00. In terms of richness, station ZP2 and ZP3 had the highest
number of zooplankton taxa with 9 while the most depauperate station was observed in ZP7
and ZP12 with 3 taxa. In terms of diversity, the computed vales in almost all stations were
relatively low (<2) with the highest computed value of 2.06 in Station ZP3 in the upstream
station. The lowest diversity (0.83) was computed in station ZP12 in the downstream area of
the Kaliwa River. The overall assessment of the zooplankton community is poor as indicative
by low abundance and richness. However, this is a common feature of fast-flowing freshwater
systems. There was no endemic taxon identified and most of the taxa were commonly present
in aquatic ecosystem.

Table 61. Zooplankton Composition, Diversity, Distribution and Abundance (ind/ m3) in Twelve Station Along the Kaliwa River During
the March 2019 Sampling.
TAXA Upstream Midstream Downstream Grand Rel.

ZP1 ZP2 ZP3 ZP4 ZP5 ZP6 ZP7 ZP8 ZP9 ZP10 ZP11 ZP12 Total Abund.
Adult forms 1,833 1,667 2,217 2,683 3,600 1,600 667 1,300 1,250 5,850 4,000 5,133 31,367 53.21
Bdelloid rotifera 367 450 817 1.39
Copepod calanoid 433 433 0.74
Hexarthridae rotifera 317 317 0.54
Ploima rotifera 733 1,000 950 1,533 3,200 800 333 433 833 4,050 2,400 4,033 20,300 34.44
Ploimida rotifera 733 333 950 383 400 800 333 1,350 1,600 1,100 7,983 13.54
Rotifera sp2 (Brachionidae) 383 417 800 1.36
Tardigrade 333 383 433 1,150 1.95
Larval forms 1,100 2,333 3,800 4,217 2,000 1,600 333 867 4,167 3,600 2,400 733 27,150 46.06
Anisopteran larvae 333 333 0.57
Arachnid (spider) larvae 383 383 0.65
Bivalve veliger 333 1,267 400 450 2,450 4.16
Chaoboridae 333 317 383 400 1,250 1,800 800 5,283 8.96
Copepod nauplius 733 667 450 800 2,650 4.50
Egg 317 383 800 333 433 833 450 3,550 6.02
Mayfly Larvae 333 950 3,067 800 1,200 433 2,083 450 800 733 10,850 18.41
midge worm 367 317 683 1.16
Polychaete trophocore 333 633 967 1.64
Grand Total 2,933 4,000 6,017 6,900 5,600 3,200 1,000 2,167 5,417 9,450 6,400 5,867 58,950 100
Richness 5 9 9 8 5 4 3 5 5 8 5 3
Evenness (J') 0.97 0.95 0.94 0.80 0.78 0.95 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.93 0.76
Diversity (H') 1.56 2.09 2.06 1.66 1.25 1.32 1.10 1.61 1.48 1.68 1.49 0.83


Figure 68. Total zooplankton density and taxa richness in twelve stations along the
Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling.
Benthic Macroinvetebrates
Benthic fauna (also known as "benthos") are small animals living among stones, logs,
sediments and aquatic plants on the bottom of streams, rivers and lakes. They are large
enough to see with the naked eye (macro) and have no backbone (invertebrate). These
organisms contribute immensely to the functioning of the aquatic ecosystem.Communities of
macrobenthos provide many ecosystem services that help to maintain good water and
sediment quality. Filter feeders remove particles from the water column, which may result in
enhanced water clarity. Given the importance of light in shallow aquatic ecosystems, filter
feeding may improve shallow water habitat for submerged aquatic plants and benthic
microalgae. Accordingly, the changes in benthic species composition and abundances could
aid as an alarm system and even allow the quantification of environmental alterations
(Hutchinson, 1993).
Table 62 shows the detailed species composition, abundance, distribution and relative
abundance of macrobenthos taxa identified over the twelve sampling stations. A total 249
individuals belonging to 24 families were identified in twelve sampling stations in Kaliwa river
where the proposed damwill be constructed. The macrobenthos recorded in this survey was
represented by three major phyla i.e Arthropoda, Mollusca, and Chordata (Figure 69, Table
62). The phylum Arthropoda was the most abundant group accounting for 57% of the total
macrobenthic community, followed by Mollusca with 38% and Chordata with 5%. Arthropods
were the most family rich phyla during this survey with 18, followed by mollusks with 5 and
chordates with 1. Among the arthropods, Family Chironomidae belonging to Chiromonidae
were the most abundant with 14% relative abundance. Among the mollusks, family Thiaridae
mostly represented this group with 34%. For chordates, only family Gobbidae constituting for

3% relative abundance was observed. Figure 61 shows the percentage composition of major
macrobenthic groups in each samplingstations.
In the upstream stations covering four sampling sites (BN1-BN4), the gastropod belonging to
Family Thiaridae was the most dominant in most stations accounting for 49%-96% of the total
macrobenthos count, except for station BN1 where Family Gobiidae was the most abundant
with 57% (Figure 69). In this elevation, station BN4 recorded the highest total count with 57
individuals and the most taxa rich site with 13 (Figure 62). The gastropods, Melanoides sp.
and Tarebiagranifera, were both the most abundant taxa in the upstream area with 17
individuals in station BN2 and 26 individuals in station BN4.The lowest macrobenthos
abundance was quantified from sediments collected in BN3 with 9 individuals while station
BN2 was the most depauperate station with only 4 taxa identified.
In the midstream area covering four sampling sites (BN5-BN8), four different microbenthic
faunal families dominated in every sampling station (Figure 69). In station BN5, the gastropod
belonging to family Thiaridaewas the most dominant accounting for 49%. In particular, the
genus Tarebiagranifera (Thiaridae) recorded a total of 8 individuals in this station (Figure 69).
In station BN6, the insect belonging to family Leptophlebiidae was the most dominant
accounting for 48%. A mayfly identified as Paraleptophlebia sp. (Leptophlebiidae) recorded a
total of 14 individuals in this station.In station BN7, the insect belonging to the family
chiromonidae was the most abundant constituting for 50%. A midge larva identified as
Chiromonous sp. recorded a total of 6 individuals in this station. In station BN8, the fish
belonging to family Gobiidae was the most dominant with 60%. Station BN6 recorded
thehighest total recorded abundance with 29 individuals and the most taxa rich with 10. The
lowest macrobenthos abundance and the most depauperate station were recorded in station
BN8 with 5 individuals and 3 taxa. Station BN.
In the downstream area covering four sampling stations (BN9-BN10), the family Naucidae
dominated in stations BN10 (50%) and BN12 (40), the family chiromonidae dominated in
station BN9 (44%) while the family thiaridae dominated in the station BN11 (43%) (Figure 69).
Station BN9 recorded the highest total abundance and most taxa rich 45 individuals and It
also harbors the highest number of taxa recorded with 14. The high macrobenthos abundance
in station BN9 was due to the numerous count of a midge larvae Chiromonous sp. with 17
individuals (Figure 62). The lowest macrobenthos abundance was recorded in station BN12.
In this assessment, the gastropods particularly those belonging to family Thiaridae are among
the most abundant macrobenthos observed. Specifically, the gastropod Tarebia sp. recorded
a total of 55 individuals and accounted for 22% relative abundance, which is the highest
among all the macrobenthos recorded in this survey. In terms of conservation status, Tarebia
garnifera is categorized as“least concern” according to the IUCN red list of threatened species
indicating that that no conservation action is needed.
Ecologically, it has a very adaptable in various environmental conditions with species is

commonly found in rivers (including tidal areas, and lakes, and a wide variety of anthropogenic
habitats including pools, and canals (Brandt 1974). Among the arthropods, the chironomids,
also known as “non-biting midges” was generally the most abundant as pointed out earlier.
They are one of the important groups of insects worldwide in freshwater, aquatic ecosystems
with very wide distribution. They are important as indicator organisms, i.e., the presence,
absence, or quantities of various species in a body of water can indicate whether pollutants
are present (Armitage 1995). Its high count in station BN9 indicate an area with some source
of pollutant but this needs to be validated by nutrient data.
The insects belonging to order Ephemeroptera (Family Baetidae, Family Caenidae, and
Family Leptophlebiidae) or commonly known as mayflies are a major component of
invertebrate drift in running waters (Brittain and Eikeland, 1988). They are rather particular in

their choice of habitat, and in their tolerance of environmental conditions, such as the
temperature and chemistry of water. Because of their specific habitat requirements, mayfly
species are often studied by aquatic ecologists as indicators of water quality, for example, in
studies of pollution.They are generally found in areas which are well-oxygenated and pollution-
free, hence are indicators of good water quality (Barbour et al., 1999). Their high counts in
mostly midstream stations (BN5-BN8) are indicative of good water quality in these water
elevations. The overall assessment of the macrobenthos community in this survey is good as
indicated high the presence of pollution sensitive taxa particularly in the midstream station.

Family Family BN1 Family

BN2
Caenidae Ephemerellidae
7% Hydroptilidae
7%
4%
Family
Baetidae
7%
Family
Thiaridae Family
7% Gobiidae
57%
Family
Chironomidae
15% Family
Thiaridae
96%
Family BN3 Family Physidae

Family Family BN4 Family
4% Psephenidae Family
Philopotamidae Viviparidae
Heptageniidae 4% 2% 2% Noteridae
Family 11% Family 2%
Parathelphusid Sphaeriidae
ae 3%
11% Family
Family Thiaridae
Baetidae 49%
5%
Family
Thiaridae
Family 56%
Aphelocheiriida Family
e Chironomidae
22% 13%
Family
Caenidae
16%
Family Family
Dytiscydae Hydroptilidae Family BN5 Family
Family
BN6
4% 4% Tipulidae Family
Simuliidae Nemouridae
4% Noteridae
4% Family 7% 3%
Caenidae
Family 7%
Neritidae
Family Family
4%
Heptageniidae Leptophlebiidae
14% 48%
Family
Psephenidae
8% Family
Thiaridae
Family 60%
Caenidae
12%
Family
Baetidae
21%
Family Family BN7 BN8

Caenidae Gobiidae
7% 7%
Family
Family Sphaeriidae
Ceratopogonidae 40%
14%
Family
Chironomidae
Family
50%
Gobiidae
60%
Family
Thiaridae
22%

BN9 BN10
Family
Other families Chironomidae
16% 17%
Family
Psephenidae Family
7% Chironomidae
44%
Family
Family
Naucoridae
Leptophlebiida
50%
e
Family
9%
Nemouridae
Family 33%
Caenidae Family
12% Thiaridae
12%
Family
BN11 BN12
Naucoridae Family
14% Chironomidae
20%
Family
Family Family
Naucoridae
Caenidae Thiaridae
40%
14% 43%
Family
Baetidae
20%
Family Family
Chironomidae Thiaridae
29% 20%
Figure 69. Percent composition of major macrobenthic group identified in twelve

station along the Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling.

Table 62. Macrobenthos Composition, Diversity, Distribution and Abundance in Twelve Stations Along the Kaliwa River During the
March 2019 Sampling.
GRAN
Upstream Downstream Downstream Rel.
D
Freshwater Benthhos Taxa
BN BN BN BN BN BN BN BN BN BN1 BN1 BN1
TOTAL Abund.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
Phylum Mollusca 71.89
Class Bivalvia
Family Sphaeriidae
Sphaerium sp. 2 1 3 1.20
Pisidium sp. 2 2 0.80
Class Gastropoda
Family Thiaridae 34.14
Thiara sp.
Melanoides sp. 1 17 1 7 3 1 30 12.05
Tarebiagranifera 8 5 26 8 3 5 55 22.09
Family Physidae
Physella sp. 2 2 0.80
Family Viviparidae
Bellamya sp. 1 1 0.40
Family Neritidae
Neritina sp. 1 1 0.40
Phylum Arthropoda 57.43
Subclass Crustacea
Class Malacostraca 9 9 3.61
Order Decapoda
Family
Parathelphusidae
Parathelphusa sp. 1 1 0.40

GRAN
D
TOTAL Abund.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
Class Insecta
Order Ephemeroptera
Family Baetidae
Baetis sp. 1 3 6 1 1 12 4.82
Family Caenidae
Caenis sp. 1 9 3 2 1 5 1 22 8.84
Family Leptophlebiidae
Paraleptophlebia sp. 14 4 18 7.23
Family Ephemerellidae 1 1 0.40
Family Heptageniidae
Heptagenia sp. 1 4 1 6 2.41
Order Plecoptera
Family Nemouridae
Nemoura sp. 2 2 4 1.61
Order Odonata
Family Libellulidae
Libellula sp.
Order Coleoptera
Family Dytiscydae
Dytiscus sp. 1 1 2 0.80
Family Psephenidae
Psephenus sp. 1 2 3 6 2.41
Family Noteridae
Noterus sp. 1 1 2 4 1.61
Order Trichoptera

GRAN
D
TOTAL Abund.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
Family Hydroptilidae 1 1 2 0.80
Family Philopotamidae
Philopotamus sp. 2 2 4 1.61
Order Hemiptera
Family Aphelocheiriidae
Aphelocheirus sp. 2 2 0.80
Family Naucoridae
Ilyocoris sp. 3 1 2 6 2.41
Order Diptera
Family Chironomidae
Chironomous sp. 2 7 6 17 1 2 1 36 14.46
Tenypus sp. 1 2 3 1.20
Family Ceratopogonidae
Ceratopogonid 2 1 3 1.20
Family Simuliidae
Simulium sp. 1 1 0.40
Family Tipulidae
Tipula sp. 1 1 0.40
Phylum Chordata 4.82
Class Actinopterygii
Order Perciformes
Family Gobiidae
Gobies sp. 8 1 3 12 4.82
TOTAL COUNT 14 26 9 55 25 29 14 5 45 6 16 5 249 100
RICHNESS 7 4 5 13 10 7 7 3 14 4 5 5

Figure 70. Total macrobenthos density and taxa richness in twelve station along the Kaliwa River during the March 2019 sampling.

Freshwater Fish and Invertebrate Assemblage
Species Distribution, Endemicity and Conservation Status
A total of 222 individuals were collected from the five sampling sites. The distribution and
list of identififed species can be seen in Figure 71 and Table 63, respectively. Among the
sampling sites, Sampling Site No. 2 yielded the most number of species with 72 individuals,
while Sampling Site No. 5 is the least with only 21 species. The dominant family is Gobiidae
with 4 species, while Zenarchopteridae and Anguillidae are the other families represented
by more than one species.
Seventeen (17) species from eleven (11) families were identified during the conduct of the
study. Of these species, eleven (11) are native, four (4) are introduced, while two (2) were
identified as endemic species in the Philippines. The endemic species are the freshwater
halfbeaks, Nomorhamphus vivipara and Nomorhamphus pectoralis. These halfbeaks feed
extensively on small insects, either in aquatic larvae form or as flying insects which have
fallen onto the water. Nomorhamphus sp. are important predators on insects such as
mosquitoes, so play a role in controlling mosquito-borne diseases like dengue and malaria.
However, Nomorhamphus sp. is too small to have value as food, but its form and
appearance are valued as aquarium fish instead.
Kaliwa River Fish Sampling
6% 11%
2% 2%
11%
1%
27%
14%
1% 2%
0% 1%
5%
1%3% 1% 12%
Anguilla australis Anguilla marmorata Awaous grammepomus Belobranchus belobranchus

Channa striata Clarias batrachus Cyprinus carpio Eleotris fusca
Mesopristes cancellatus Nomorhamphus pectoralis Nomorhamphus vivipara Oreochromis niloticus
Planiliza subviridis Poecilia sphenops Rhinogobius giurinus Sicyopterus cynocephalus
Sicyopterus longifilis
Figure 71. Fish sampling in Kaliwa River.
Based from the International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources
(IUCN) Red List, there are no vulnerable, threatened, or endangered species collected,
except for Cyprinus carpio. The native wild populations of Cyprinus carpio are considered
Vulnerable to extinction by the IUCN. However, it should also be noted that Cyprinus carpio
has been domesticated and introduced into environments worldwide, and is often
considered a destructive invasive species, being included in the list of the world's worst
invasive species. Other conservation status of fish sampled was identified as; three species
are listed as Data-Deficient while four species are listed as having no evaluation pertaining
to their conservation status.

Table 63. List of Identified Fishes in Kaliwa River

SCIENTIFIC COMMON IUCN
FAMILY LOCAL NAME OCCURRENCE IMPORTANCE
NAME NAME STATUS
Anguillidae Anguilla australis Short-finned Palos/Igat Native Food Not
eel evaluated
Anguillidae Anguilla marmorata Giant Palos/Igat Native Food Least
mottled eel concern
Channidae Channa striata Striped Dalag Introduced Food Least
snakehead concern
Cichlidae Oreochromis Nile Tilapia Tilapya Introduced Food Least
niloticus concern
Clariidae Clarias batrachus Walking Hito Introduced Food Least
catfish concern
Cyprinidae Cyprinus carpio Common Karpa Native Food Vulnerable
carp
Eleotridae Eleotris fusca Brown Batingulo; Native Food Least
spinecheek Balingsaugan concern
gudgeon
Eleotridae Belobranchus Throat-spine Mamuntok Native Food Data
belobranchus gudgeon Deficient
Gobiidae Awaous Scribbled Biya; Bakyu Native Food Least
grammepomus goby concern
Gobiidae Sicyopterus Threadfin Balitad Native Food Data
longifilis goby Deficient
Gobiidae Sicyopterus Cleft lipped Samar Native Food Data
cynocephalus goby Deficient
Gobiidae Rhinogobius Barcheek Biya; Bulig Native Food Not
giurinus goby evaluated
Mugilidae Planiliza subviridis Greenback Banak Native Food Not
mullet evaluated
Poeciliidae Poecilia sphenops Wild molly Butete Introduced Aquarium fish Least
concern
Terapontida Mesopristes Tapiroid Megik Native Food Not
e cancellatus grunter evaluated
Zenarchopte Nomorhamphus Halfbeak Kansusuwit; Endemic Aquarium fish Least
ridae vivipara Siwa-siwa concern
Zenarchopte Nomorhamphus Halfbeak Kansusuwit Endemic Aquarium fish Least
ridae pectoralis concern
Aside from the collected specimens, the Key Informant Interview (KII) identified other
freshwater species that can be found in the river but was not collected using the sampling
methods employed. The informants were shown photographs based from the field guides
to verify their information. Accordingly the species identified are as follows:
 Three-spot gourami Trichopodus trichopterus

 Climbing Perch Anabas testudineus
 Belly pipefish Hippichthys sp.
 Guppy Poecilia sp.
 Swordtail Xiphophorus sp.

Other invertebrates identified during the collection include the following:
 Freshwater prawn (Ulang) Macrobrachium rosenbergii

 Asian shore crab (Talangka) Hemigrapsus sanguineus
 Golden apple snail (Kuhol) Pomacea canaliculata
 Snail (Susong pilipit) Thiara sp.
 Freshwater oyster (Tulya) Corbicula manilensis
Biodiversity Indices
The results of the study indicated low species richness with only 17 species recorded in the
surveyed area (as seen in Table 64). The computed Shannon-Weiner Biodiversity Index of
2.27 shows a low level of biodiversity, reflecting the previous statement. The results
obtained could be attributed to the frequent fishing activities in the area, as acknowledged
by the key informants interviewed during the survey. Prior to the conduct of the study, it
was learned that the barangay fiesta was just held recently and people fished the river
rather extensively. Furthermore, use of poison as a means of fishing is also been revealed
during the interview which could also attribute to the low species richness of the area.
The species evenness value of 0.80 signified low level of evenness in the area. This may
be attributed to a very low presence of settlements along the riverbanks which yield low
disturbance to the stretch of the river. Furthermore, fishes are mobile and at times
migratory; this is can contribute to species evenness in the surveyed site.
Table 64. Computation for Diversity Indices
No. of
Rel. Fre Relative
Com. Name Sci. Name Size plots IV
Abund q. Freq.
sighted
Short-finned eel Anguilla australis 2 0.90 2 0.4 3.57 2.24

Giant mottled eel Anguilla marmorata 31 13.96 5 1 8.93 11.45
Scribbled goby Awaous grammepomus 4 1.80 3 0.6 5.36 3.58
Throat-spine gudgeon Belobranchus 22 9.91 5 1 8.93 9.42
belobranchus
Striped snakehead Channa striata 3 1.35 2 0.4 3.57 2.46
Walking catfish Clarias batrachus 6 2.70 5 1 8.93 5.82
Common carp Cyprinus carpio 2 0.90 2 0.4 3.57 2.24
Brown spinecheek Eleotris fusca 10 4.50 4 0.8 7.14 5.82
gudgeon
Tapiroid grunter Mesopristes cancellatus 3 1.35 2 0.4 3.57 2.46
Halfbeak Nomorhamphus pectoralis 1 0.45 1 0.2 1.79 1.12
Halfbeak Nomorhamphus vivipara 2 0.90 1 0.2 1.79 1.34
Nile Tilapia Oreochromis niloticus 60 27.03 5 1 8.93 17.98
Greenback mullet Planiliza subviridis 4 1.80 3 0.6 5.36 3.58
Wild molly Poecilia sphenops 13 5.86 3 0.6 5.36 5.61
Barcheek goby Rhinogobius giurinus 30 13.51 5 1 8.93 11.22
Cleft lipped goby Sicyopterus cynocephalus 5 2.25 3 0.6 5.36 3.80
Threadfin goby Sicyopterus longifilis 24 10.81 5 1 8.93 9.87
Ecological and Economic Importance

Fishes are an integral part of the ecosystem as

they play significant roles in maintaining
ecological balance including food chain and
other natural environmental processes. Fishes
influence the temporal availability of nutrients
and the potential for algal blooms in nutrient-rich
lakes, since they mineralize nitrogen and
phosphorus through excretion and defecation,
thereby making these nutrients available for
primary production. Studies reveal that fish
communities can also regulate the carbon-fixing
capacity of nutrient-rich lakes, and thus,
indirectly mediate the flux of carbon between a Figure 72. Observed bioturbation of
lake and the atmosphere. Through bioturbation Oreochromis niloticus.
(the physical disturbance of sediment
associated with foraging or burrowing activities by consumers), fishes are known to modify
the structure of bottom conditions in rivers and lakes. This was observed in some portion
of the study area, as seen in Figure 72. There is also considerable evidence for the
importance of fish as “mobile links" between ecosystems at short distances, relating to their
daily migrating between feeding and resting areas. Fishes a lso act as bio-indicators by
display an array of biotic responses, such as changes in growth, distribution and abundance
related to water pollution, critical habitat degradation, eutrophication, organic enrichment,
chemical toxicity, thermal changes and food availability and thus, should be key elements
of ecosystem monitoring programs.
Aside from their value in the ecosystem, fishes also provide economic importance in various
aspects. Fish provide food and a livelihood for millions of the world’s poorest people, and
also contribute to the overall economic well-being by means of export commodity trade,
tourism and recreation. Fish are used in management to mitigate vector-borne diseases
like schistosomiasis and malaria. Commercially, fishes are being utilized as trade pets.
Freshwater fishes have also been significant in inspiring art, literature and society in many
countries for centuries. People linked to river fisheries through culture, tradition and
economics incorporate these fisheries as dominant components of their human identities
(Brown et al., 1996; Jackson, 1991). Likewise, they provide abundant opportunities in the
field of science and research.
However, as fishes offer a variety of commercial values and open several livelihood
sources, its utilization are not being regulated as to the case of over-collection and
destructive fishing methods. In addition to this, rapid urbanization is severely affecting river
systems throughout the world. These scenarios put their population at risk of being
threatened and have the probability of getting extinct if left unresolved.
While a newly-constructed dam disrupts the river ecosystem, it also creates a new
environment. As it a dam alters the waterways, it also affect the habitat and nesting
grounds of terrestrial flora and fauna. Dams submerge the habitat of rare plants and
hunting grounds of birds, reptiles and other mammals.
As rivers and its tributaries are altered by the dam construction, fishery resources are
affected due to changes in river flow, deterioration of water quality, water temperature
changes, loss of spawning grounds and barriers to fish migration.
Changes in freshwater flow and quality will also alter species distribution and breeding
patterns of fish species. These factors also increase the likelihood of creating conditions
where disease-transmitting insects and other invertebrates (e.g. snails) may proliferate. To

mitigate these effects, it is strongly recommended that the dam maintain regular and
adequate flows downstream to minimize disruptions to the flow which is vital to maintaining
oxygen levels, water temperature and lessen sedimentation loads. Fish passes may be
constructed to allow the migration of fishes up and down the rivers.
Another impact of establishing dams on fish fauna and to wildlife as a whole is the loss of
habitat resulting from excavation, construction and other associated developments in the
project area. These may result in the disruption of behavioral patterns of aquatic fauna,
including waterfowls, amphibians and reptiles especially during the construction stages of
the project. It is therefore recommended that standards and guidelines for constructions of
reservoir should be stringently implemented. Moreover, proper disposal of wastes
(excavation and solid wastes) should be strictly followed to prevent more sedimentation of
the waters.
Although most of the impacts of dams are on the perceived as negative, it also offers the
possibility of enhanced aquatic habitats which also present opportunities for augmenting
livelihood of nearby communities (thru pisciculture and aquaculture) while creating new
favourable habitats for waterfowls (both for residents and migrating species), amphibians
and reptiles. As the boundary of the dam will be demarcated and guarded, the efforts of
the government in protecting wildlife will also be augmented. These opportunities open
options of creating bird sanctuaries and wildlife parks around the dam. The creation of
such areas as compensation areas or habitat enhancement outside or around the project
area is a useful mitigation measure to offset other detrimental habitat changes in the area.
2.1.17. Summary of Impacts and Mitigating Measures for Water

Impacts P C O A
Reduction of Water Flow Water use during the construction will be for
for Downstream Users the workers and construction requirements
such as for concreting and water for
equipment. Assuming a maximum of 1,000
workers at any one time and a daily per
capita consumption of 100 liters per capita
per day (lcpd), the daily domestic use
amounts to 0.1 MLD or 100 m3/day. Daily
construction and equipment water
requirement may be about 5 to 10 times this
volume with the maximum at 1 MLD or 1000
m3/day. The 80% dependable flow was
estimated at 9.27m3/sec or 800 MLD. This
means that the water use is less than 0.15%
of the dependable flow. Hence, the water
use during the construction phase will only
reduce the flow very minimally and will
essentially have negligible effect on the
domestic use or any other uses in the
downstream. Hence, the impact is
considered insignificant.
Conflict With Downstream The KDP as a stand-alone water source will

Irrigation Water initially divert 600 MLD (6.95 m3/sec) for
Requirement water supply to Metro Manila. The NIA has
a water rights grant of 2.25 m3/sec for the


Impacts P C O A
Agos River Irrigation System. At this
location, the catchment area of the Agos
River is around 870 km2. This includes the
Kanan River Watershed, the watershed
downstream of KDP and the lower
catchment after the confluence of the Kanan
and Kaliwa Rivers. Conservatively assuming
that the rainfall in the whole watershed is the
same as that of the KDP watershed area, the
flow duration curve (FDC) at the Agos RIS
intake is estimated by area ratio from the
KLD FDC (as shown in Figure 47 of the
EIS). The total water requirement of the two
users is 9.2 m3/sec. Adding an
environmental flow of 2.2 m3/sec (10% of the
80% dependable flow of 22 m3/sec based on
the estimated FDC), the minimum flow
requirement at the NIA diversion point is
11.4 m3/sec. This is equaled or exceeded
by about 92% of the time as indicated in the
FDC. Hence, the probability of a lesser flow
occurring is 8% in one year or about 30
days. However, the following has to be
noted:
 The estimated FDC is for no reservoir

storage. If the KDP has been constructed,
water stored in the reservoir may be
released to satisfy the irrigation water
requirement of the Agos RIS, if necessary.
 Irrigation water requirement varies from

land soaking to crop growth and
harvesting. Normally, during the driest
period in March and April (the 30 days
when the lesser flow is likely to occur) is
the harvesting period and the irrigation
water requirement is minimal and after
harvest, no water is required for 30 to 45
days until the time for land soaking and
land preparation begins. Hence, the
conflict between domestic water use and
irrigation may be minimal or may not occur
at all.
 The Kanan Watershed is generally

considered to receive a higher rainfall than
the Kaliwa Watershed because it is on the
eastern side. This is seen in the Infanta
mean annual rainfall of more than 4,000
mm in the east side of the watershed
compared to Tanay mean annual rainfall


Impacts P C O A
of nearly 2,800 mm on the west side.
Hence, the FDC is expected to be higher
than the conservative FDC estimate. That
being the case, the water requirements for
water supply and irrigation may be
satisfied nearly all the time.
Hence, there will be minimal water use

conflict between the KDP dam requirement
and irrigation requirement at Agos RIS to
have an impact on the beneficial water uses
downstream.
Depletion of Groundwater Fears have been expressed by the Infanta

Supply Sources of Infanta stakeholders that the KDP will compromise
the availability of ground water sources for
their water district. The KDP watershed
area, however, is totally different and
detached from the catchment of the
groundwater supply sources of Infanta,
particularly the Infanta Water District. The
direct recharge area of the Infanta
groundwater aquifers is more than 20km to
the east-northeast of the KDP watershed
area. Hence, the reservoir operations -
water diversion and water storage - at the
KDP will have no effect on the groundwater
supply source of Infanta.
Even as the impact of KDP on water uses

downstream is not significant, if there is a
drought and river water is limited, it is stated
in the Philippine Water Code that domestic
water supply has a higher priority over
irrigation. Also, during such a case, the
NWRB, NIA and MWSS may formulate an
emergency or temporary water allocation
agreement. In addition, water conservation
measures may be instituted by both the
MWSS and NIA in their respective command
supply areas to minimize the deficit of
competing water use requirements. Planting
of high-value crops which have low water
requirement instead of rice during the “less
wet” period (February to April) in some
suitable areas will also eliminate or mitigate
the water use conflict.
Deterioration of river water The deterioration in water quality could

quality reduce the beneficial uses of river
particularly for domestic purposes. This
impact may be significant if not addressed


Impacts P C O A
properly but will be short-term in occurrence
during the period of construction.
Solid waste and sewage generated within

the work area should be properly managed.
Fuel and oil storage areas should be located
well away from any watercourse. There
must be provision for adequate temporary
sanitary facilities in construction campsites
with proper drainage and sewage system to
prevent leaching of untreated sewage or
wash water into the groundwater and
surface water.
Regular monitoring of water quality should

be undertaken during the construction
phase to determine the extent of changes
and adequacy of control measures.
Impacts on Fresh Water To mitigate the identified negative effects, it

Ecology is strongly recommended that the dam
maintain regular and adequate flows
downstream to minimize disruptions to the
flow which is vital to maintaining oxygen
levels, water temperature and lessen
sedimentation loads. Fish passes may be
constructed to allow the migration of fishes
up and down the rivers.
Standards and guidelines for construction of

reservoirs will be stringently implemented.
Moreover, proper disposal of wastes (excavation
and solid wastes) should be strictly followed to
prevent more sedimentation of the waters.
Although most of the impacts of dams are

perceived as negative, there is a possibility of
enhanced aquatic habitats which also present
opportunities for augmenting livelihood of nearby
communities (thru pisciculture and aquaculture)
while creating new favorable habitats for
waterfowls (both for residents and migrating
species), amphibians and reptiles. As the
boundary of the dam will be demarcated and
guarded, the efforts of the government in
protecting wildlife will also be augmented. These
opportunities open options of creating bird
sanctuaries and wildlife parks around the dam.
The creation of such areas as compensation
areas or habitat enhancement outside or around
the project area is a useful mitigation measure to
offset other detrimental habitat changes in the
area.


Impacts P C O A
Threats to Plankton It is recommended to prevent/minimize
Communities obstruction of sediments and debris during
the construction into the river that could
promote stagnation of water flow which
could potentially result to algal blooms.
Threat to Benthic Silt fence which will act as sieves and filter
Communities for sediment particles will be installed at
specific areas to minimize potential impacts
of the construction phase.
As part of the monitoring program,

freshwater monitoring will be conducted
congruently within the freshwater quality
stations. This ensures correlation of results
of the biotic cover with that of the abiotic and
physico-chemical parameters.

2.1.18. The Air
2.1.19. Meteorology/Climatology
Based on the Modified Coronas Climate Classification System, the Kaliwa watershed area
generally lies under a Type III climate as indicated in the Climate Map of the Philippines shown
in Figure 65. This climate type where the dry and wet seasons are not very different is typical
in the central part of Luzon at the western portion of the Sierra Madre mountain range. The
relatively “less wet” period occurs from January to April while the rest of the year is generally
“more wet”.
The Kaliwa watershed area is more exposed to the northeast monsoons or “amihan” as
compared to the southeast monsoons or “habagat” as it is closer to the eastern coastline or
Pacific side. Hence, more intense and slightly higher rainfall occurs during the “amihan” period.
Another important climatic condition is the passage of typhoons in the southern Luzon general
area. The probability of typhoons passing through this latitude zone is considered “frequent”
at 16% based on PAGASA typhoon monitoring. This means that about 3 to 4 typhoons directly
pass through this corridor every year.
Climatologic parameters such as mean air temperature, relative humidity and wind speed and
direction are observed at the PAGASA Synoptic Station in the Infanta poblacion and Science
Garden station. The station is about 22 kilometers and about 50 kilometers straight line
distance for the Infanta and Science Garden stations, respectively. Hence, the station
parameters can be considered indicative although the values are expected to vary only slightly
at the site.
2.1.20. Relative Humidity
The relative humidity recorded for the Science Garden station ranges from 67% to 84% with
annual mean relative humidity of 78%. During the months of March to May, the mean monthly
relative humidity ranged from 67 to 72% while on June to February ranged from 73 to 84%.
For Infanta station, the annual mean relative humidity is 84% with monthly average RH ranges
from 80% to 87%. The Infanta station recorded RH ranges from 80% to 87% which is evenly
distributed throughout the whole year.
Based on climatological normals data, the Infanta station is more humid compared with
Science Garden station with annual RH mean difference of about 6%.
The relative humidity for the Infanta station is high (>80%) throughout the year characteristic
of the tropical region. The mean annual relative humidity is 84%. The mean monthly relative
humidity is lowest in between April to September at 80% to 82% and rises to 85% to 87% from
October until March during the northeast monsoon period.
2.1.21. Wind Speed
Climatological normals in Quezon City meteorological station show that the prevailing wind
directions are: N from October to January, NE for the Month of February, SE from March to
April, S for the month of May and SW from June to September. The mean monthly wind
speeds range from 1 to 2 m/s with an annual average of 1 m/s.

Figure 73. Climate map of the Philippines.

Annual wind rose chart showing the patterns of wind speed and direction observed in the
PAGASA’s climatological synoptic station in Science Garden, Quezon City and Infanta,
Quezon station are shown in Figure 74 and Figure 75, respectively.
For the Infanta station, the average monthly wind speed varies from 1 meter/second (April to
September) to 3 meters/second (December).The general wind direction is northerly which is
experienced ten months of the year. Southerly, wind direction is experienced in July and
August during the southwest monsoon period.
Figure 74. Annual Wind Rose Diagram of Science Garden (30-Year Period)
Figure 75. Annual wind rose diagram of Infanta, Quezon (30-Year Period).

2.1.22. Rainfall
The mean monthly rainfall depths of Quezon City range from 14.6 mm to 504.2 mm. The
wettest month is August (more than 500 mm monthly rainfall) while the driest month is
February with 14.6 mm monthly rainfall. The mean annual rainfall is 2574.4 mm. The mean
annual number of rainy days is 153. From January to December, the mean number of rainy
days ranged from 3 to 23 per month. In the wettest period of August, the mean number of
rainy days in a month is 23.
For the Infanta Quezon station, the maximum rainfall occurring between October to December
with rainfall ranges from 594.9 to 675.8 mm monthly mean. The Infanta station shows no dry
month with minimum rainfall of 192.3 mm and maximum monthly mean of 675.8 mm. The
annual mean rainfall is 4105.1 mm. For the number of rainy days, February to September
recorded monthly mean of 14 to 19 days and from October to January with 24 to 26 days. The
annual mean rainy days for Infanta station is 236 days. The Infanta station has higher number
of rainy days compared with Science Garden station of 153 days.
For the record, the highest amount of rainfall recorded at Science Garden was on September
26, 2009 at 455.0 mm while at Infanta station the highest rainfall amount was on October 29,
1988 at 339.0 mm.
The monthly rainfall in the Kaliwa watershed area was estimated by the inverse distance
squared method using the monthly rainfall data from the 2 PAGASA stations. A composite
plot of the annual rainfall, cumulative annual rainfall and mean monthly rainfall in Figure 76
and 77 shows the annual fluctuation and seasonal variation of the rainfall.
The estimated MAR is lowest in 1997 at 2961 millimeters which is less than the annual mean
by around 21%. This year was considered as an El Niño year by PAGASA. This was observed
at the Infanta station where the annual rainfall was nearly 40% lower than normal but the effect
was less in the other two stations which are situated at higher elevations. The highest annual
rainfall estimates are 4636 millimeters in 2005 and 2578 millimeters in 1999 which were 23%
and 22%, respectively, above normal. These are considered as La Niña years with the former
pronouncedly manifested in the Infanta and Pakil records and the latter in the Tanay data.
The mean monthly values of the rainfall estimates vary from a low of 150 millimeters (April) to
a high of 507 millimeters (November). This indicates that there is generally sufficient monthly
rainfall throughout the year. The rainfall during the southwest monsoon period from June to
September accounts for 37% of MAR (1396 mm) while the northeast monsoon period from
October to January contributes 44% of MAR (1635 mm). The other four months still provides
a good amount of rainfall of 19% of MAR (715mm).

Est. Monthly Rainfall in mm

Station no. - 0
Station name- Kaliwa Low Dam Infanta Quezon
Latitude - 14º 37' 10" N Elevation - 110.0 m
Longitude - 121º 26' 46" E Operating agency - n/a
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual
1996 256.9 216.7 139.0 349.0 264.2 320.5 695.5 209.1 282.0 432.7 730.7 469.5 4365.8
1997 171.9 233.0 100.9 75.8 264.4 116.0 445.4 387.5 303.5 252.3 275.7 334.6 2961.0
1998 165.1 66.8 137.1 105.6 269.1 332.2 581.4 354.0 345.7 626.1 574.6 1020.5 4578.1
1999 427.7 255.8 373.7 274.1 356.3 222.2 287.3 452.7 272.4 354.0 586.3 396.4 4258.9
2000 123.3 224.4 189.1 98.6 177.5 302.5 220.5 314.6 280.4 602.6 495.5 610.9 3639.7
2001 186.4 201.0 178.4 104.9 193.5 304.4 257.1 385.8 292.7 383.9 243.3 474.7 3206.2
2002 156.6 133.4 85.2 78.1 129.7 169.5 526.7 226.8 331.2 343.8 639.7 397.8 3218.5
2003 138.9 93.4 117.0 84.9 288.6 194.4 280.3 529.5 311.2 284.7 413.0 284.3 3020.3
2004 180.3 165.9 64.6 85.6 371.4 245.8 342.5 331.7 351.9 429.4 705.0 394.4 3668.6
2005 114.4 60.2 146.2 238.2 252.8 440.6 543.6 377.1 793.5 588.2 408.0 673.0 4636.0
Period of record: 1996 - 2005
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual
n 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Mean 192.2 165.1 153.1 149.5 256.8 264.8 418.0 356.9 356.4 429.8 507.2 505.6 3755.3
Max. 427.7 255.8 373.7 349.0 371.4 440.6 695.5 529.5 793.5 626.1 730.7 1020.5 4636.0
Min. 114.4 60.2 64.6 75.8 129.7 116.0 220.5 209.1 272.4 252.3 243.3 284.3 2961.0
StDv 91.8 72.4 86.7 99.1 75.1 94.2 162.8 95.7 156.0 133.9 169.8 216.2 655.0
1200
1000
De pth, m m
800
600
400
200
0
MAY
JAN
FEB
MAR
JUN
JUL
APR
DEC
OCT
NOV
SEP
AUG
Maxm Minm Mean
Figure 76. Estimated monthly rainfall at Kaliwa Watershed Area.

Monthly Rainfall in mm
Station no. - 0
Station name - Kaliwa Low Dam Infanta Quezon
Latitude - 14º 37' 10" N Elevation - 110 m. amsl
Longitude - 21º 26' 46 E Operating agency - n/a
Annual rainfall, 1996 - 2005 Cumulative annual rainfall
5000 50000
4500 45000
4000 40000
3500
RAINFALL DEPTH, m m
35000
Cum ulative Depth, mm

3000 30000
2500 25000
2000
20000
1500
15000
1000
10000
500
5000
0
0
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
0 5 10 15
Annual 5-Yr MA Mean Yearly Increment
Mean, maximum and minimum rainfall depths 1996 - 2005
1200
1000
800
Depth, m m
600
400
200
0
JAN
FEB
MAR
JUN
MAY
JUL
APR
DEC
NOV
OCT
SEP
AUG
Maxm Minm Mean
Figure 77. Composite plot of estimated annual rainfall, cumulative annual rainfall and
monthly maximum, mean and minimum rainfall at Kaliwa Watershed Area.
2.1.23. Cloud Cover
Cloudiness is the amount of cloud present in the sky, which is expressed in terms of oktas, an
oktas being the function used in denoting cloud amount and is equal to one-eighth of the whole
sky. Cloud index is a parallel indicator of the rainfall amounts recorded in the municipality.
The annual mean cloud cover for Infanta station is 6 okta with monthly mean ranges from 5 to
7 oktas while for Science Garden station the annual mean cloud cover is 5 okta with monthly
mean ranges from 4 to 7 oktas.

2.1.24. Cyclones
Typhoons and tropical storms with their higher wind speeds that visit the country do affect
provinces of Quezon, Rizal and Metro Manila, bringing with them natural hazards like flooding,
landslides, erosion and siltation. Somehow, the Province of Rizal and Metro Manila are
shielded from the otherwise devastating force of typhoons by the Sierra Madre Mountains to
the east. In addition, an average of two typhoons does not make it to the land but cause
damage. The cyclones originate in the region of Marianas and Caroline Islands in Pacific
Ocean. Their movements follow westerly of northwesterly course over the country and deposit
substantial amount of rainfall. About 47% of typhoons are associated with the cyclones.
Based on PAGASA-DOST data, more tropical cyclone (TCs) are entering the Philippine Area
of Responsibility (PAR) than anywhere else in the world. With the average of 20 TCs in this
region per year, with about 8 or 9 of them crossing the Philippines. The peak of the typhoon
season is July through October, when nearly 70% of al typhoon develop (see Figure below).
Typhoons fall from Luzon contributes to rains going into the watersheds of Kaliwa River
correspondingly increase the flow of the said river.
Figure 78.Tropical Cyclones Data

2.1.25. Greenhouse Gas Emissions
The removal of carbon dioxide (CO2) from the atmosphere by plant absorbs as they grow and
store some carbon throughout its lifetime. The storage of carbon in plants is called biological
greenhouse gas sequestration. Since biological GHG sequestration takes CO2 from the
atmosphere, it is commonly called greenhouse gas sink.
The greenhouse gas assessment of the project is addressed in construction emissions and
operational emissions phase. The construction phase will represent a significant contribution
of the GHG emissions due to the use of fuel-based construction equipment on site. The use
of construction equipment such as excavators, concrete mixers, bulldozers, dump trucks,
graders, crushers and loaders will contribute to the fuel related emissions throughout the
construction period. A 1MW generator will be used during construction period (it is about 3
units of generator of 500hp rated horsepower).
A list of construction equipment detailing the type and quantity is used as source to estimate
the GHG emissions (Table 65). The emission calculations are based on a number of factors
including running time throughout the construction period, the equipment horsepower and
associated emission factors. The equipment type such as make and model is unknown.
Operating hour is assumed at 8 hrs/day in two shifts for three construction years.
Table 65. Construction Equipment Emission Factors
Emission
Equipment Numbe Rated Operating Factors* Total Total
Type r Horsepower Hours
(g CO2e (kg CO2e) (tonne
/hp-hr) CO2e)
Dump
30 400 17520 112 23,546,880 23,546.88
Trucks
Excavators 10 400 17520 225 15,768,000 15,768.00
Bulldozers 5 400 17520 481 16,854,240 16,854.24
Loaders 5 400 17520 443 15,522,720 15,522.72
Grader 5 213 17520 292 5,448,370 5,448.37
Generators 3 500 17520 481 12,640,680 12,640.68
Crusher 2 500 17520 481 8,427,120 8,427.12
Concrete 5 350 17520 481 14,747,460 14,747.46

Mixer
Total (tonne 112,955.4
CO2e) 7
*Emission factors are based on a study undertaken by Oklahoma State University, 2010
2.1.26. Air Quality
Air Samples were collected on May 21-26, 2019. Table 66 shows the sampling coordinates,
dates and the description of the sampling station. Weather condition at the time of sampling
was sunny to cloudy with slight rain showers. Twenty-four (24) hours measurement were
sampled for Total Suspended Particulates, PM10, Nitrogen Dioxide and Sulfur Dioxide.

Table 66. Summary of Air Sampling Sites, Coordinates
Coordinates
Station
No. Longitude Latitude Description
Dam Site Field Offices, Internal
ASS-1 121°28'28.63"E 14°36'46.85"N Access
Roads
ASS-2 121°27'6.10"E 14°35'43.04"N Inlet
ASS-3 121°25'37.95"E 14°35'50.61"N Daraitan Near Community Area
ASS-4 121°25'13.33"E 14°35'0.67"N ADIT 1 access road
ASS-5 121°14'35.71"E 14°35'9.89"N Pantay - Buhangin Road
ASS-6 121°15'9.11"E 14°34'52.70"N Outlet (Near School)

Figure 79. Location of air and noise quality sampling stations for Kaliwa Dam Project.

2.1.27. Sampling Equipment
There were three (3) major types of ambient air equipment used as described in Table 67.
Table 67. Ambient Air Monitoring Equipment Specifications

Equipment Testing
Brand/Model
Name/Description Capabilities
High Volume Sampler Tisch Environmental /5170 TSP
Dual Channel Dust Sampler Instrumex PM10
Personal Sampler SKC NO2, SO2
Anemometer Testo Wind speed
*TSP – Total Suspended Particulate Matter; PM10 – Particulate Matter at 10µ; NO2
– Nitrogen Dioxide; SO2 – Sulfur Dioxide
The high volume sampler is equipped with all weather shelter timer and flowchart meter and
is powered by electricity through external power sources. The Personal Sampler is equipped
with flow meter powered by external/internal power sources and a low flow controller. It is
attached to parallel tubing with two (2) pieces of midget impingers. For SO2, the bubbler has
a straight orifice nozzle while for NO2 the bubbler has a fritted nozzle. While for the
anemometer and it has a range of 0.4m/s - 20m/s (2.8km/hr - 108km/hr) with 0.1m/s resolution
and is calibrated against standards that are traceable to National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST).
2.1.28. Sampling Methodologies
The ambient air quality measurement conducted by CRL Calabarquez Corporation was
performed at an elevation of at least two (2) meters above the ground level and sampling was
strategically stationed within the project site. After sampling was conducted for each station,
the gas samples were carefully recovered in the sampling bottles and preserved at low
temperature and were immediately submitted to the laboratory for analysis.
2.1.28.1.1. Filtration method by high-volume sampler
Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) Sampling
Principle of Sampling. Ambient air was drawn through a glass fiber filter over a period of time.
The filter paper containing the sample was weighed hence the final weight of the sample over
that of the standard volume of air sampled gave the concentration of TSP.
PM10 Sampling (Reference Method Appendix J to Part 50)
Principle of Sampling. Ambient air was drawn at a constant flow rate into a specially shaped
inlet where the suspended particulate matter is inertially separated into one or more size
fractions within PM10 size range. The particles were collected in a glass fiber filter and
determined by measuring gravimetrically. The filter paper containing the sample was weighed
hence the final weight of the sample over that of the standard volume of air sampled gave the
concentration of PM10.

2.1.29. Absorption in liquids for gaseous pollutants
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Sampling
Principle of Sampling. A known volume of air (0.4L/min for NO2, 0.5L/min for SO2) was
sampled with a wet-chemical system where a constant air sample passes through a suitable
reagent (absorbing reagent) that was reactive to the specific pollutant desired. As the air
sample passes through the bubbler rack, the air diffuses forming air bubbles and slowly reacts
to the chemical reagent forming a complex ion. The personal sampler was calibrated with
NIST traceable digital calibrator to assure its accuracy. The samples were then analyzed
using prescribed and approved methods.
2.1.30. Results and Discussions
Results of air quality for all parameters measured at six (6) sites are compared with the DAO
2013-13 or National Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values (NAAQGV) of Republic Act 8749 or
known as Philippine Clean Air Act. All parameters tested are within the allowable limits except
for the SO2 (µg/Ncm) at ASS5. Table 65 presents the results of air quality in six (6) sampling
sites for Kaliwa Dam Project.
Table 68. Ambient Air Sampling Results

TSP NO2
Station No. PM10 (µg/Ncm) SO2 (µg/Ncm)
(µg/Ncm) (µg/Ncm)
ASS1 15 2.1 1 ND
ASS2 33.3 13.7 1,8 ND
ASS3 36.7 18.6 1.7 2.4
ASS4 43 25.8 0.8 1.3
ASS5 41.8 26.3 7.7 181
ASS6 53 16.4 1.8 13.3
NAAQGV 230 150 150 180
REMARKS PASSED PASSED PASSED ASS5
EXCEEDED
NAAQGV =National Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values
TSP, PM10, NO2, SO2 = Corrected to 25°C, 760mmHg ^RA 8749 (Philippine Clean
Air Act of 1999)
ND = Not Detected of Below the Method Detection Limit for SO2 = 0.50µg

2.1.31. Noise Quality
2.1.32. Sampling Equipment
A digital sound level meter was used in the noise measurement activity conducted by CRL
Calabarquez Corporation. The sound level meter used was Lutron that meets the IEC 61672
standard, class 1. The equipment has A frequency weighting and fast time weighting with a
measurement range of 30 dB to 130 dB and resolution of 0.1 dB. Table 69 presents the
sampling coordinates, date and time of noise sampling.
Table 69. Summary of Noise Sampling Sites

Station Coordinates
No. Longitude Latitude Description
Dam Site Field Offices, Internal
NSS-1 121°28'27.32"E 14°36'40.85"N Access
Roads
NSS-2 121°27'9.04"E 14°35'45.74"N Inlet
NSS-3 121°25'37.63"E 14°35'53.08"N Daraitan Near Community Area
NSS-4 121°25'11.97"E 14°34'58.96"N ADIT 1 access road
NSS-5 121°14'32.20"E 14°35'6.65"N Pantay - Buhangin Road
NSS-6 121°15'9.12"E 14°34'53.81"N Outlet (Near School)
2.1.33. Sampling Methodologies
The noise measurements were conducted at six (6) stations. The lowest and highest noise
levels monitored were manually recorded. The multiple sounds reading each station was
recorded and summarized by getting its logarithmic average. The result of this gave the
equivalent noise level (Leq).
2.1.34. Results and Discussions
Table 67 present the results of noise level monitoring conducted from the six (6) stations at
the location identified in Table 70. The results of each station are summarized by getting the
lowest (Min) and highest (Max) readings and by computing the equivalent continuous noise
level in its logarithmic form (LAeq) for each time period. The results are compared with the
DENR Ambient Noise Quality Standards Sec. 78 Chapter IV, Article 1 of National Pollution
Control Commission (NPCC) Rules and Regulations, 1978 standard limits for Class A
Residential category. Details on per hour result of noise sampling is attached in the annexes.
Table 70. Noise Sampling Results
Morning Daytime Evening Nighttime

(0500H- (0900H- (1800H- (2200H- Remarks
00900H) 1800H) 2200H) 0500H)
DENR Standard
Maximum
Allowable
60 65 60 55
Noise Level,
Class A, dB
(A)***


(0500H- (0900H- (1800H- (2200H- Remarks
00900H) 1800H) 2200H) 0500H)
Nighttime exceeds the

allowable noise limit.
Noise came from current of the
river, birds and from
insects. Noise sources at
NSS1 56.22 59.54 59.12 58.90
nighttime current of the river,
birds and insects. There was
heavy rain with lightning
and thunder from 1400H to
1530H
NSS2
Only Evening time does not
exceed the allowable noise
limit.
69.97 71.64 55.79 58.31 Noise came from current of the
river, birds, insects,
thunderstorm, rainfall and gust
of wind
NSS3
Morning and Daytime
exceeds the allowable noise
limit.
Noise came from sound system
63.38 70.38 60.98 54.52 during daytime,
constant vehicle traffic at the
road nearby, dogs,
roosters, videoke and from
residential area.
NSS4 Morning time exceeds the

allowable noise limit.
Noise came from animals,
roosters, pigs, dogs, passing
64.50 64.94 58.98 61.24
vehicles, playing basketball,
residents nearby and from
crickets during evening time
and daytime
NSS5
Only Evening time does not
exceed the allowable noise
limit.
Noise came from roosters,
77.13 76.44 70.01 65.54 chickens, dogs and from
passing vehicles. Noise
sources during evening time
were insects, birds and from
frogs.


(0500H- (0900H- (1800H- (2200H- Remarks
00900H) 1800H) 2200H) 0500H)
NSS6
Noise came from roosters,
chickens, dogs and from
passing vehicles. Noise
66.81 56.84 61.01 56.20
sources during evening time
were insects, birds and from
frogs.
Table 71 Photo Documentation of the Air and Noise Sampling
2.1.35. Summary of Impacts and Mitigating Measures for Air and Noise
Impacts P C O A
Degradation of Air Quality To minimize the pollution and harms, the
following control measures may be taken in
action:
a. Equipment and machinery in good

quality or condition will be purchased


Impacts P C O A
and operated, as well as full
maintenance to ensure fully combusted
fuel for standard emission.
b. Under the instruction of the employer’s
delegated representative, flammable
wastes, solid garbage, office and
maintenance wastes that need to have
combustion treatment will be burned at
approved time and place.
c. Watering may be needed for keeping
moist to minimize the powders/dusts in
excavation areas.
d. Transportation vehicles with sideboards
will be covered by waterproof tarpaulin
when transporting in bulk.
e. All access roads at construction areas
will be kept clean and being watered to
minimize the dusts when vehicles pass.
f. Much disposal areas will be equipped
with watering systems so as to minimize
the raise dusts. Watering is also needed
when it’s windy and gusty.
g. Workmen will wear dustproof masks
where dusts are more likely to generate.
h. Dusts reducing system will be installed
in areas where dusts and smokes are
more likely to generate such as gravel
crushing plants, sieving plants and
cement filling plants.
i. Regular dusts and powders
investigation will be carried out to
ensure standard emission is reached as
per the laws and regulations of the
Philippines Government.
Increase in ambient noise To minimize disturbances and hazards to local
level residents and workmen, the following control
measures will be taken implemented:
a. Relatively fixed locations such as

compressor room, framework
fabrication plants, concrete batching
plants and gravel processing plants will
choose to be far away from inhabitants.
Noise insulating shelters will be installed
to insulate noises from mixers, concrete
pumps, electric saws and large
compressors. If necessary, sound walls
are necessary where construction takes
place in residential areas. Noise refresh
rooms will be installed for workmen in
these areas.
b. Mufflered or noise-reduced equipment
and machineries will be used as much
as possible.
c. Strict timing will be set when


Impacts P C O A
construction takes place nearby
inhabitants, no later than 22.00pm and
no earlier than 6.00am. Necessary
negotiation with local people will be
made where construction demands 24
hours shift. Control measures against
noise will be carried out as per
government laws and regulations.
d. When blasting, amicable
communication with local residents is a
must. Security will warn unrelated
persons to avoid hazard of loud
explosion.
e. Daily exposure of one single workman
will be controlled under the noise louder
than 80 decibels. Workmen in noisy
areas will wear ear plugs.
f. Contractors shall be required to ensure
that construction equipment and
vehicles are in a good state of
maintenance. Workers are required to
wear Personal Protective Equipment
such as earplugs or earmuff during
activities that have impact on noise like
drillings.

2.1.36. The People
This section covers the People component of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for
the Kaliwa Dam Project- New Centennial Water Source Project located in the municipalities
of General Nakar of Quezon, Infanta of Quezon, and Tanay of Rizal. The study aims to
establish the baseline socio-economic conditions of the communities within the project area
and to assess how the implementation of the proposed Project will affect the people. This will
also present the general perception of the community towards the project implementation.
The study aims to: a) describe baseline social condition on the impact areas; and b) identify
positive and adverse impacts of the proposed project on the social aspect and mitigating
measures based on the identified impacts.
2.1.37. Baseline Socio-Economic Condition
2.1.38. Geographical Location
Gen. Nakar, Quezon
General Nakar is a first class municipality in Quezon, composed of 19 barangays, with

a total population of 29,705 based on PSA 2015 census data. General Nakar posted
is bounded by Dingalan (Aurora) in the north, Real and Infanta in the south, Rodriguez,
Antipolo City, Tanay (Rizal), Doña Remedios Trinidad, Bulacan, and
Norzagaray (Bulacan) in the west, and Lamon Bay in the eastern side. It lies
geographically between 1210 8’ and 1210 42’ east longitudes, and 140 45’ and 150
20’ north latitudes.
Infanta, Quezon
The municipality of Infanta is a first class municipality, has 36 barangays and situated
on the northern part of the province of Quezon, Philippines. According to the 2015
census, it has a population of 69,079. It is bounded on the north and northwest by
General Nakar, on the east and southeast by Polillo Strait and Lamon Bay, on the
south by Real and on the west by the provinces of Rizal and Laguna. The global
position of Infanta is latitude 14°44'33"N and longitude 121°38'58" and it is located 144
kilometers (89 mi) northeast of Manila, and 136 kilometers (85 mi) north of Lucena
City.
Tanay, Rizal
Tanay is a first class municipality since 1996. It is composed of 19 barangays with a

total population of 117,830. It lies at the foot of the Sierra Madre Mountain with bearings
of 14 degrees, 30 minutes North Latitude and 121 degrees, 17 minutes East Longitude.
It is 57 Kilometers away from the City of Manila, bounded on the north by the towns of
Antipolo, Baras, Teresa and Montalban, Rizal, on the East by General Nakar, Quezon
Province, on the South by Sta. Maria, Laguna and Pililla, Rizal and on the West by
Laguna de Bay (ref. www.tanay.gov.ph).
Teresa, Rizal
Municipality of Teresa, (Tagalog: Bayan ng Teresa), is a 2nd class municipality in the

province of Rizal, Philippines. According to the 2015 census, it has a population of
57,755 people. It is situated in the slopes of the Sierra Madre Mountains and is
landlocked on four corners by Antipolo City on the north, Angono on the west, Tanay,
on the east, and Morong, on the south. Teresa is primarily known for the nearby

mountain resorts, Villa Sampaguita Resort and Real Cove Resort (Formerly Sunrise
Resort, Sunset Resort, and Terra Villa Resort). Contrary to some articles, Teresa is
actually a valley surrounded by mountains. The town center is located almost at the
center of the valley. In an aerial view of Teresa, one would notice the previously vast
expanse of agricultural land bordered by marble-rich mountains.
The town is passed by motorists bounded for the more inland towns of Morong, Baras,
Tanay, Pililla, and Laguna and Quezon provinces.
2.1.39. Demography
Population
The project development will cover the following areas:
Table 72. Project Development Area

Province/Municipality Location of Project Structures
A. RIZAL
1. Tanay
>Daraitan Fringes of reservoir area to occupy portion of
Tinipak
>Cuyambay, San Andres, Water conveyance facility/tunneling area
Sampaloc
2. Teresa
Sitio Pantay Buhangin Dalig Water conveyance structure
(Sitio Pantay Buhangin)
B. QUEZON
1. General Nakar
>Pagsangahan Dam and reservoir area; diversion tunnel
2. Infanta
>Magsaysay Dam and reservoir area; spillway and intake area
a. Barangay Pagsangahan, General Nakar, Province of Quezon
Brgy. Pagsangahan has 2,120 population per PSA 2015 Census. This represents
7.14% of the total population of General Nakar. Pagsangahan is situated at
approximately 14.6570, 121.4621 in the island of Luzon. Elevation at these coordinates
is estimated at 341.4 meters or 1,120.1 feet above mean sea level.
Pagsangahan is a long narrow barangay along the west side of the Kanan River.
Access to this barangay is through an access road from Poblacion of Gen. Nakar or
through a banca ride along Kaliwa river from Brgy. Daraitan. Navigation becomes
difficult during summer months when the river water level is low; thereby hampering the
mobility of residents. There are no roads except for foot trails that link some of the sitios.
An uneven area distribution among the 19 Barangays in General Nakar exists, with
Pagsangahan accounting for close to 37% of the total land area of the municipality.
General Nakar is the largest municipality in the province of Quezon, and one of the
biggest in the country, but about 40% of its vast areas is reserved. About 42% belongs
to the national park; while 18% belongs to the Dumagat Ancestral Domain.
b. Brgy Magsaysay, Infanta, Province of Quezon

Brgy. Magsaysay has 2,853 population per PSA 2015 Census. This represents 4.13%
of the total population of Infanta. Magsaysay is situated at approximately 14.6977,
121.5990, in the island of Luzon. Elevation at these coordinates is estimated at 96.3
meters or 315.9 feet above mean sea level.
The barangay is accessible through an all-weather road that connects the entire stretch
of the barangay settlement area with the provincial highway. Regular jeepney service
is available to and from the poblacion of Infanta. It can be reached from Daraitan by
foot for two to three hours; or from Barangay Santiago, Sta. Maria, Laguna for three
hours. The major agricultural crops are fruit trees such as citrus, mango, guyabano,
coconut, as well as vegetables and root crops.
c. Brgy Daraitan, Tanay, Province of Rizal
Brgy. Daraitan has 4,682 population per PSA 2015 Census. This represents 3.97% of
the total population of Tanay. Daraitan is situated at approximately 14.6008, 121.3766,
in the island of Luzon. Elevation at these coordinates is estimated at 370.4 meters or
1,215.2 feet above mean sea level.
Barangay Daraitan is at the northeast, about 29 kms from the Tanay town proper. The
area is also claimed by General Nakar, Quezon. Trails along the Kaliwa River make
Daraitan the best access to and from Sitio Cablao, General Nakar and Sitio Queborosa,
Magsaysay, Infanta. Majority of residents of Daraitan barangay proper belong to the
middle income class, as evidenced by predominantly concrete houses in the area. They
own at least a 400 sq.m. residential land, plus farm lots granted under the
Comprehensive Agrarian Reform Program.
d. Brgy. Cuyambay, Tanay, Province of Rizal
Cuyambay is a barangay in the municipality of Tanay, in the province of Rizal.

Cuyambay is situated at approximately 14.5877, 121.3101, in the island of Luzon.
Elevation at these coordinates is estimated at 268.7 meters or 881.6 feet above mean
sea level.
Its population as determined by the 2015 Census was 2,899. This represented 2.46%
of the total population of Tanay. According to the 2015 Census, the age group with the
highest population in Cuyambay is 10 to 14, with 388 individuals. Conversely, the age
group with the lowest population is 80 and over, with 5 individuals.
e. Brgy San Andres, Tanay, Province of Rizal
San Andres is a barangay in the municipality of Tanay, in the province of Rizal. San
Andres is situated at approximately 14.5666, 121.3728, in the island of Luzon. Elevation
at these coordinates is estimated at 504.3 meters or 1,654.5 feet above mean sea level.
highest population in San Andres is 5 to 9, with 190 individuals. Conversely, the age
group with the lowest population is 70 to 74, with 6 individuals.
f. Brgy Sampaloc, Tanay, Province of Rizal

Sampaloc is a barangay in the municipality of Tanay, in the province of Rizal. Sampaloc

is situated at approximately 14.5715, 121.4254, in the island of Luzon. Elevation at
these coordinates is estimated at 489.6 meters or 1,606.3 feet above mean sea level.
highest population in Sampaloc is 15 to 19, with 3,567 individuals. Conversely, the age
group with the lowest population is 80 and over, with 187 individuals.
g. Brgy Dalig, Teresa, Province of Rizal

Dalig is a barangay in the municipality of Teresa, in the province of Rizal. Dalig is
situated at approximately 14.5639, 121.2086, in the island of Luzon. Elevation at these
coordinates is estimated at 54.4 meters or 178.5 feet above mean sea level.
of the total population of Teresa. According to the 2015 Census, the age group with the
highest population in Dalig is 5 to 9, with 1,357 individuals. Conversely, the age group
with the lowest population is 80 and over, with 45 individuals.
In terms of population of age group (per municipality), based on the PSA 2015 Census,
shown below (Table 69), in Tanay, Rizal, the age group with highest population was
age 5-9 years old with 13,440 population, while in Teresa, Rizal, the highest is age
group 15-19 with 6,099 population. Project are in Quezon, Infanta recorded the highest
population of 7,748 in the age group of 10-14 while in General Nakar, highest age group
population is 5 to 9 years old with population of 3, 580. In contrast, the age groups with
the lowest population were between 75 to 79 years old, and over 80 with 26-year-old
individuals for all the municipalities.
Table 73. Population by Age Group

2015 Population
Age group
Tanay, Rizal Teresa, Rizal Infanta, Quezon Gen. Nakar, Quezon
Under 1 2,832 1,164 1,454 728

1 to 4 10,997 4,865 6,052 2,944
5 to 9 13,440 5,945 7,663 3,580
10 to 14 12,741 5,826 7,748 3,401
15 to 19 12,479 6,099 6,915 3,280
20 to 24 11,275 5,301 5,803 2,936
25 to 29 9,283 4,594 5,036 2,336
30 to 34 8,343 4,396 4,665 1,905
35 to 39 8,088 4,369 4,540 1,750
40 to 44 6,373 3,898 4,032 1,509
45 to 49 5,758 3,400 3,848 1,400
50 to 54 4,794 2,617 3,193 1,195
55 to 59 3,826 1,970 2,763 1,037
60 to 64 3,093 1,320 2,060 739
65 to 69 1,950 859 1,357 398
70 to 74 1,148 541 826 244
75 to 79 756 326 591 160
80 and over 654 265 533 163
Total 117,830 57,755 69,079 29,705
Source: PSA 2015 Census

2.1.40. Growth Rate
Comparing the 2010 and 2015 census data (Table 70), Brgy. San Andres, Tanay Rizal has
the highest recorded in 2010 with growth rate of 30.6% while the lowest in 2010 is Brgy.
Daraitan, Tanay Rizal with 1.62 % growth rate. In 2015, the highest recorded in the project
area is Brgy. Pagsangahan with 5.78 growth rate while the lowest is Brgy. Magsaysay, Infanta
Quezon. Table below shows the growth rate of the covered barangays.
Table 74. Population Growth from 2010 to 2015

Province Municipality Barangay Census Population Growth
date rate (%)
Quezon Infanta Magsaysay 2010 2,768 9.39
Province General 2015 2,853 0.58
Nakar Pagsangahan 2010 1,578 3.57
2015 2,120 5.78
Rizal Tanay Daraitan 2010 4,103 1.62
2015 4,682 2.54
Cuyambay 2010 2,442 2.78
2015 2,899 3.32
San Andres 2010 1,063 30.6
2015 1,405 5.45
Sampalok 2010 23,483 1.10
2015 30,341 5.0
Teresa Dalig 2010 9,501 2.07
2015 12,365 5.14
philatlas.com
2.1.41. Household and Household Size
From Table 75, in terms of household number per municipality, the highest records is the
municipality of Tanay, Rizal with 25,836 household population. Household size of the four (4)
municipalities are in 4 while the highest household head are male.
Table 75. Household and Household Size in the Municipalities Affected by the Project
Household Number
Female Household
Province Municipality Male Headed
Headed Total Size
Households
Households
Quezon Infanta
Province 13,491 2,958 16,449 4.2
General Nakar 5,822 629 6,451 4.6
Rizal Tanay 19,859 5,977 25,836 4.5
Teresa 11,290 2,167 13,457 4.3
Source: Philippine Statistics Authority, 2015
2.1.42. Access to Basic Services
2.1.42.1. Educational Attainment
Based on the PSA 2015 Census, students went to Daraitan, Infanta and General Nakar to
study. Data below, shows that education maintained its importance among Teresa, Tanay,
Infanta and General Nakar families. Table 76 presents the literacy data where the age 15-19
has the highest number.

Table 76. Distribution of Literate Population, Male and Female

Age General Nakar Infanta Tanay Teresa
Range Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female
Total 11,497 10,431 26,881 26,647 124,990 126,629 22,565 22,579
10 – 14 1,762 1,603 3,916 3,793 15,688 14,980 2,994 2,818
15 – 19 1,655 1,585 3,419 3,429 16,143 15,748 3,047 3,007
20 – 24 1,499 1,384 2,890 2,856 15,563 15,557 2,642 2,556
25 – 29 1,199 1,086 2,487 2,499 13,788 13,711 2,244 2,231
30 – 34 1,002 856 2,327 2,306 12,526 12,713 2,140 2,159
35 – 39 911 790 2,293 2,227 11,844 11,482 2,095 2,196
40 – 44 795 682 2,090 1,928 10,273 10,211 1,963 1,857
45 – 49 719 633 1,987 1,846 8,787 8,932 1,699 1,663
50 – 54 628 530 1,624 1,553 6,948 7,111 1,346 1,245
55 – 59 524 478 1,467 1,283 5,283 5,659 978 979
60 – 64 393 312 982 1,067 3,805 4,274 641 665
65 < 410 492 1,399 1,860 4,342 6,251 776 1,203
2.1.42.2. Income and Employment
The PSA 2015 Census reflect the household monthly income. A significant majority (53%)
have a monthly income of Php 5,000 and below. Following the Region IV-A poverty statistics
figures, the annual per capita poverty threshold was estimated at P 9,063.75, a month for a
family of five, or Php60.43 per day per person which means that a family with an average of
five (5) members should have a monthly income of P4,000 to meet basic food and non-food
basic needs. A monthly income below Php 4,000 per household is already considered living
below the poverty threshold. It was estimated that about 45% of the affected households in
Gen. Nakar is considered poor while Magsaysay, Infanta posted an annual income of each
household ranging from P5,000.00 to P10,000.00.
Daraitan’s monthly income of households range from P4,000.00 to P20,000.00; while the
average monthly expenditure was from P2,000.00 to P5,000.00. About 80% of the population
depends on agriculture as the source of livelihood; while the rest depend on occasional and
regular employment. Farm lots range on the average from 2 to 5 hectares, consistent with the
CARP program of DAR. Major agricultural products include citrus and mango. In Tanay, citrus
has the highest production yield, about 71,300 MT, most of which is produced in Daraitan.
Minor agricultural products include vegetables, root crops and palay, normally grown in kaingin
areas. Few households were engaged in charcoal making. Others were into cattle and swine
raising while women accept sewing, laundry and weeding tasks.
Daraitan is host to three of the major tourist spots in Tanay for ecotourism development:
Daraitan Church Ruins, the Tinipak1 and Daraitan Caves, and the Daraitan River, a place of
worship for the Dumagats and Remontados. Brgy. Pagsangahan of Gen. Nakar also claims
Tinipac as part of their area. Tourist arrivals peak during summer months which provide
income to Daraitan and Pagsangahan residents.
2.1.42.3. Public/Community Facilities
Based on the focus group discussions and KII with barangay leaders and residents conducted
in March 23, 2019 and April 09-10, 2019, the following were public/community facilities
available in the affected barangays (Table 77).

Table 77. Available Public Facilities in the Affected Barangays

Barangay Available Public Facilities
Daraitan, Tanay 1 barangay hall
3 covered courts with stage
Elementary school buildings at So. Manggahan and Daraitan Proper
1 High school
4 day care centers
1 health center
5 community churches
1 Cemetery
A string of huts for tourists along the Kaliwa River
Sitio Pantay Elementary School

Buhangin, Dalig High School
Teresa Churches
Camps
Resort
Pagsangahan, 1 barangay hall

Gen. Nakar 1 covered court
2 community chapels
solar power
Tinipac cave
Magsaysay, 1 barangay hall
Infanta 1 covered court
Brgy. Daraitan and Brgy. Pagsangahan are competing for the Tinipac spring, cave and other
tourist spots. Barangays Pagsangahan and Magsaysay have limited facilities. Due to long foot
trails, Magsaysay and Pagsangahan have less access to health services. A midwife visits
these barangays once a month. Magsaysay has no electricity, and residents rely on spring for
water sources. Pagsangahan was being serviced by private operators with solar power and
rely on spring for water resources.
In Brgy. Daraitan there were two health centers staffed by a nurse and midwife at least once
a week; a primary and a secondary school; road network accessible to big trucks or four-wheel
drive vehicles through a six km rough road; transportation services were available with
jeepneys plying thrice daily; water supply was managed by the Barangay LGU; and electricity
supplied by three private operators. Public facilities are available in barangay Dalig except in
Sitio Pantay Buhangin which is quiet far from the centro of Brgy. Dalig.
It is therefore necessary to provide / improve basic community services including, but not
limited to the following: roads, electricity, water system, multi-purpose hall, sports center;
public market; agricultural support e.g. planting materials, distribution system and operation;
health and social welfare services which include maintenance of barangay health center and
daycare center; and services related to general hygiene and sanitation, beautification, and
solid waste management.
The Project environment and social measures component is crucial and in place before the
actual start of construction to address potential conflicts arising from competing interests and
demands. Hence, the organization and capacity development of ESM component to be on
board in parallel with the FPIC processes.

2.1.42.4. Public Health
Based on the Philippine Statistics (2015), mortality rates in Rizal and Quezon Province have
decreasing and increasing trends. The highest in Rizal Province was in 2015 while in Quezon
Province was in 2013. Livebirth rates in Rizal Province is within the rates of 5 in 2013 and
2014 while there is no data recorded in 2015. In Quezon Province, the highest morbidity rates
were in 2015 with the rate of 6.0 per 1,000 population. Comparing the infant, fetal and maternal
deaths, infant deaths has the highest ratio per 1,000 livebirths from the year 2013, 2014, and
2015.
Table 78. Mortality and Livebirth Rates (per Province)
Province Year Livebirths Total Deaths Infant Deaths Fetal Rates Maternal
Deaths
No. Rate* No. Rate* No Rate** No Ratio** No Rate**
Rizal 2015 39,690 18.8 11,095 501 151 39
2014 38,984 18.4 10,750 5.1 583 15.0 161 4.1 35 0.9
2013 37,942 18.6 10,146 5.0 515 13.6 189 5.0 43 1.1
Quezon 2015 30,672 17.5 10,522 6.0 452 14.7 113 3.7 51 1.7
2014 32,143 17.3 10,888 5.9 473 14.7 147 4.6 18 0.6
2013 33,148 18.6 10,146 5.0 515 13.6 189 5.0 43 1.1
*per 1000 population
**per 1000 livebirths
Source: Philippine Health Statistics 2015
Based on eFHSIS - Department of Health - Regional Office 4A-CALABARZON, the following are
the 10 leading causes of morbidity and morbidity in the province of Rizal and Quezon.
Table 79. Top 10 Leading causes of Morbidity in the Province of Rizal and Quezon (2015)
Number of Rate / 100,000
Causes of Morbidity
Cases Pop.
Rizal Province
1. Acute upper respiratory infections (J00-J06) 59,685 2,060.55

2. Other acute lower respiratory infection (J20-J22) 32,348 1,116.77
3. Symptoms and signs involving the circulatory
and respiratory system (R00-R09) 8,365 393.69
4. General symptoms and signs (R50-R64) 7,527 354.25
5. Influenza and pneumonia (J00-J18) 6,832 321.54
6. Bacterial, viral and other infectious
agents (B95-B98) 6,782 319.19
7. Hypertensive diseases (I10-I15) 6,499 305.87
8. Other disease of urinary system (N30-N39) 5,828 274.29
9. Injuries to unspecified part of the trunk, limb
or body region (T08-T14) 4,779 224.92
10. Chronic lower respiratory infection (J40-J47) 4,387 206.47
Quezon Province
1. Acute upper respiratory infections (J00-J06) 49,787 2,343.17
2. Symptoms and signs involving the circulatory
and respiratory system (R00-R09) 26,372 1,241.17
3. General symptoms and signs (R50-R64) 23,644 1,112.78
4. Hypertensive diseases (I10-I15) 13,875 653.01
5. Influenza and pneumonia (J00-J18) 12,233 575.73
6. Other acute lower respiratory infection (J20-J22) 10,322 485.79
7. Other disease of urinary system (N30-N39) 7,814 367.76
8. Chronic lower respiratory infection (J40-J47) 5,386 253.49
9. Urticana and erythema (L50-L54) 5,075 238.85

10. Bacterial, viral and other infectious

agents (B95-B98) 5,071 238.66
Table 80. Top 10 Leading causes of Mortality in the Province of Rizal and Quezon (2015)
Number of Rate / 100,000
Causes of Mortality
Cases Pop.
Rizal Province
1. Ischaemic heart diseases (I20-I25) 966 33.35
2. Influenza and pneumonia (J00-J18) 829 28.62
3. Hypertensive diseases (I10-I15) 677 23.37
4. Other forms of heart diseases (I30-I52) 658 22.72
5. Acute upper respiratory infections (J00-J06) 587 20.27
6. Malignant neoplasms (C00-C97) 585 20.20
7. Tuberculosis (A15-A19) 410 14.15
8. Diabetes mellitus (E10-E14) 385 13.29
9. Cerebrovascular diseases (I61-I69) 329 11.36
10. Chronic lower respiratory distress (J40-J47) 326 11.25
Quezon Province
1. Ischaemic heart diseases (I20-I25) 1,097 51.63
2. Cerebrovascular diseases (I61-I69) 566 26.64
3. Other forms of heart diseases (I30-I52) 540 25.41
4. Influenza and pneumonia (J00-J18) 521 24.52
5. General symptoms and signs (R50-R64) 454 21.37
6. Malignant neoplasms (C00-C97) 433 20.38
7. Chronic lower respiratory distress (J40-J47) 343 16.14
8. Hypertensive diseases (I10-I15) 341 16.05
9. Tuberculosis (A15-A19) 196 9.22
10. Renal failure (N17-N19) 164 7.72
2.1.43. Cultural/Lifestyle (Indigenous Peoples)
Portions of the project area lies within the ancestral domain (AD) of the Dumagat-Remontado
IPs covered by two Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title (CADT) proclamations and thus
governed by the IPRA law (RA 8371). Encompassed by the ADs are the Kaliwa Watershed
and its river systems with several identified sacred sites where they source their drinking
water, lead the sick to be healed, conduct baptismal rites and rituals and bury their dead.
Table 81. Profile of the Ancestral Domain Lands Covered by the Project
Total Area Total
IP Group Location CADT no. Survey No. (has.) Population
Dumagat and Gen. Nakar, Quezon R04-NAK- ADs-0404- 163,641. Gen. Nakar =
Remontados (and Dingalan, Aurora) 1208-097 0016-Gni 4,611 3,437
Dingalan = 581
Dumagat and Tanay, Rizal (and R04-TAN- ADS-0405- 24,6 64.00 6,060
Remontados portion of Santiago, 0709-130 0017-Gni 69
Laguna)
AD= Ancestral Domain, CADT= Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title
Source: Ancestral Domain Sustainable Development and Protection Plan (ADSDDP) of the
Dumagat/Remontado Indigenous People of Tanay, Rizal, 2010- 2020.
The Dumagats are the ethnic group inhabiting the Sierra Madre Mountain ranges along the
coast line towards the Lamon Bay since time immemorial while the Remontados are those
who have intermarried with non-IPs and generally oriented to the mountains west of the rivers

(ADSDPP, Gen. Nakar 2010-2020). From being nomadic, they have been transformed to
sedentary living depending on upland farming, paid labor, vending logs and gathering other
forest products for subsistence and livelihood. Due to their frequent contact with the outside
world, they can hardly be differentiated from non-IPs in terms of physical appearance and
manner of dressing. Some of them have in fact emerged as formal leaders of their respective
settlements as chieftains and/or barangays (barangay captains). They are widely dispersed
across the AD areas but a large concentration of IP families can be found in barangays
Daraitan and Pagsangahan.
The proposed dam reservoir will submerge land located along the portion of Kaliwa River in
Barangays Magsaysay, Pagsangahan up to Daraitan. Since the site is covered by 3
overlapping proclamations (PP 573, 1636 and CADT), the inundation area along the river and
riparian areas are deemed to be public lands and generally fall within the river easement of
40m. The CADT covers the Kaliwa River and its left abutment within the jurisdiction of
Barangay Pagsangahan. Based on information from LGU Infanta, there are no ancestral
domain areas within the municipality. Hence, the right abutment which is part of Barangay
Magsaysay is deemed outside the CADT of the Dumagat/Remontado IPs.
While there are no IP communities that will be directly affected by resettlement, portion of the
DIA are within their ancestral domain lands where they depend on the natural resources within
it. The land is their source of food and subsistence through planting of crops, vegetables, and
fruit bearing trees, and as source of livelihood through agroforestry, planting palay, and fishing
along rivers. The IP households have an average household income of Php 3,000 per month,
which is below the average poverty threshold of the province. Changes in land use and future
watershed management policies may limit their access and utilization of the land and its water
resources, such as the possible prohibition of ‘kaingin’ or slash-and-burn farming in designated
zones near the reservoir. They may be at risk of further impoverishment, if such livelihood
restrictions occur without alternatives provided.
2.1.44. Physical Cultural Resources

The indigenous peoples’ communities of Dumagats and Remontados in the Kaliwa watershed
will be particularly vulnerable to the impacts of loss of sacred sites and natural ancestral
landmarks and customary rights, access and utilization of land and natural resources in the
portion of the river and watershed within their CADT.
The estimated number of IPs/ PAPs is expected to increase as their livelihood may be affected.
Aside from residential houses and livelihood activities, sacred sites (Table 82) will also be
affected by the project.
Table 82. Sacred Sites of the Indigenous Peoples Communities in Tanay and General
Nakar
Barangay Sacred sites
Tinipak Falls
1 Daraitan, Tanay, Rizal Tinipak Caves
Mamara - Sacred burial grounds
Tinipak Spring - Spring water source
Pagsangahan and Magsaysay, Gen. Nakar
2 Makidata - Sacred burial site near Queborosa
and Infanta, Quezon
Sitio Yokyok - Sacred grounds for rituals
Source: Interviews and group discussion with the IP Leaders of Tanay, Rizal and General
Nakar, Quezon; FPIC 1st Assemblies Mar-April 2019.
2.1.45. Results of the Household Survey of Project Affected People

Total number of affected structures tagged were 55 from 3 sitios namely Tinipak, Cablao and
Queborosa. However, during the time of census, 14 were out and no one was left in the house.

All the affected households considered themselves indigenous people from the Dumagat and
Ramontado’s tribes.
2.1.45.1. Demographic Profile of Respondents
Tenurial Classification
Majority of the respondents were owners of their structures, with only 2.4% reflected as
caretaker of the structure. Average family size was 4 per household, with 1 respondent from
Gen. Nakar having the largest number of households totaling to 11 members.
Table 83. Tenurial Classification

Area
Classification General Nakar, Infanta, Total
Tanay, Rizal
Quezon Quezon
Count 22 11 7 40
Owner
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 17.1% 97.6%
Count 0 0 1 1
Caretaker
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 2.4% 2.4%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Table 84. Household size

Area
Household Size General Nakar, Total
Infanta, Quezon Tanay, Rizal
Quezon
Count 2 4 2 8
2
% of Total 4.9% 9.8% 4.9% 19.5%
Count 4 2 1 7
3
% of Total 9.8% 4.9% 2.4% 17.1%
Count 7 3 1 11
4
% of Total 17.1% 7.3% 2.4% 26.8%
Count 1 0 3 4
5
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 7.3% 9.8%
Count 3 1 0 4
6
% of Total 7.3% 2.4% 0.0% 9.8%
Count 4 1 1 6
7
% of Total 9.8% 2.4% 2.4% 14.6%
Count 1 0 0 1
11
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 0.0% 2.4%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Place of Origin, Province and Length of Residency
All the respondents except 1 who came from Laguna were originally from where they were
presently residing. 24.4% claimed they have been in their present residence between 4 to 6
years, while 22 % claimed they have been there for 25 years and above. Only 4.9% has been
there for less than a year, 19.5% were there for 3 years while 17% responded being in their
present home for 10 to 12 years. All respondents were either from Gen. Nakar, Infanta and
Tanay Rizal.

Table 85. Place of Origin

Area
Place of Origin General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 1 0 0 1
Laguna
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 0.0% 2.4%
Count 20 11 0 31
Quezon
% of Total 48.8% 26.8% 0.0% 75.6%
Count 1 0 8 9
Rizal
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 19.5% 22.0%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%

Area
Length of Residency General Nakar, Infanta, Total
Tanay, Rizal
Quezon Quezon
less than one Count 1 1 0 2
year % of Total 2.4% 2.4% 0.0% 4.9%
Count 3 2 3 8
1 - 3 years
% of Total 7.3% 4.9% 7.3% 19.5%
Count 3 5 2 10
4 - 6 years
% of Total 7.3% 12.2% 4.9% 24.4%
Count 1 0 1 2
7 - 9 years
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 2.4% 4.9%
Count 5 2 0 7
10 - 12 years
% of Total 12.2% 4.9% 0.0% 17.1%
Count 1 0 0 1
13 - 15 years
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 0.0% 2.4%
Count 2 0 0 2
22 - 24 years
% of Total 4.9% 0.0% 0.0% 4.9%
25 years and Count 6 1 2 9
above % of Total 14.6% 2.4% 4.9% 22.0%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
2.1.45.2. Information on Household Members
Relation to Household Head and Gender
Members of the households were composed of household heads represented by 23%, their
spouses represented by 21.3%, their children comprised 48%, grandchildren and other
relative by 2.8%. The males were represented by 55% outnumbered the female gender as
represented by 44.9%
Table 87. Relation to Household Head

Area
Relation to Household Head General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 22 11 8 41
Household Head
% of Total 12.4% 6.2% 4.5% 23.0%
Count 21 9 8 38
Spouse
% of Total 11.8% 5.1% 4.5% 21.3%
Count 59 14 13 86
Son/Daughter
% of Total 33.1% 7.9% 7.3% 48.3%
Count 1 1 0 2
Mother/Father
% of Total 0.6% 0.6% 0.0% 1.1%
Other Relative Count 0 2 3 5

% of Total 0.0% 1.1% 1.7% 2.8%

Count 0 0 1 1
Helper
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 0.6% 0.6%
Count 3 2 0 5
Grandchildren
% of Total 1.7% 1.1% 0.0% 2.8%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
Table 88. Gender of Household Member

Area
Gender of Household Members General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 61 21 16 98
Male
% of Total 34.3% 11.8% 9.0% 55.1%
Count 45 18 17 80
Female
% of Total 25.3% 10.1% 9.6% 44.9%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
Age and Civil Status
Household members were composed of the very young generation. 33.6% belonged to the
age group from 7 to 21 years old while 9% were between the age of 0 to 3 and age 4 to 6 were
represented by 7.9%. The 22 to 25 years old were represented by 9% while 7.3% were
between the age of 26-30 years old. The senior population were represented 4.5% whose age
ranges from 61 and above.
In terms of civil status, 53.4% were accounted as single while 30.9% were married. Those
who were widowed account for only 2.2%. Couples who were in a lived-in arrangement were
represented by 13.5% of those interviewed.
Table 89. Age of Household Members

Area
Age of Household Members General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 11 3 2 16
0 to 3
% of Total 6.2% 1.7% 1.1% 9.0%
Count 11 1 2 14
4 to 6
% of Total 6.2% 0.6% 1.1% 7.9%
Count 13 5 2 20
7 to 12
% of Total 7.3% 2.8% 1.1% 11.2%
Count 10 5 5 20
13 to 16
% of Total 5.6% 2.8% 2.8% 11.2%
Count 10 2 8 20
17 to 21
% of Total 5.6% 1.1% 4.5% 11.2%
Count 11 2 3 16
22 to 25
% of Total 6.2% 1.1% 1.7% 9.0%
Count 8 4 1 13
26 to 30
% of Total 4.5% 2.2% 0.6% 7.3%
Count 5 4 1 10
31 to 35
% of Total 2.8% 2.2% 0.6% 5.6%
Count 4 1 1 6
36 to 40
% of Total 2.2% 0.6% 0.6% 3.4%
Count 5 3 1 9
41 to 45
% of Total 2.8% 1.7% 0.6% 5.1%
Count 8 1 3 12
46 to 50
% of Total 4.5% 0.6% 1.7% 6.7%
51 to 55 Count 2 2 3 7

Area
Age of Household Members General Nakar, Total
Quezon
% of Total 1.1% 1.1% 1.7% 3.9%
Count 4 3 0 7
56 to 60
% of Total 2.2% 1.7% 0.0% 3.9%
Count 4 3 1 8
61 and above
% of Total 2.2% 1.7% 0.6% 4.5%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%

Area
Civil Status of Household
General Nakar, Total
Members Infanta, Quezon Tanay, Rizal
Quezon
Count 61 17 17 95
Single
% of Total 34.3% 9.6% 9.6% 53.4%
Count 35 12 8 55
Married
% of Total 19.7% 6.7% 4.5% 30.9%
Count 2 2 0 4
Widowed
% of Total 1.1% 1.1% 0.0% 2.2%
Count 8 8 8 24
Live-in
% of Total 4.5% 4.5% 4.5% 13.5%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
Educational Attainment
Finishing education seemed to be a low priority in the 3 areas. Only 38.2% reached elementary
while 13.5% graduated from it. High school undergraduate were represented by 15.2% while
6.7% graduated from high school. Tertiary level completion were only represented by 2.8% .
Those in the pre-school were represented by 6.2%. No respondents attended any vocational
school or training.
Table 91. Educational Attainment
Area
Educational Attainment of
Household Members Infanta, Quezon Tanay, Rizal
Quezon
Count 4 5 0 9
None
% of Total 2.2% 2.8% 0.0% 5.1%
Count 11 0 0 11
Pre-school
% of Total 6.2% 0.0% 0.0% 6.2%
Elementary Count 37 17 14 68
Undergraduate % of Total 20.8% 9.6% 7.9% 38.2%
High School Count 16 4 7 27
High School Count 10 1 1 12
Graduate % of Total 5.6% 0.6% 0.6% 6.7%
College Count 2 1 2 5
Count 3 0 2 5
College Graduate
% of Total 1.7% 0.0% 1.1% 2.8%
Count 10 4 3 17
Not Applicable
% of Total 5.6% 2.2% 1.7% 9.6%
Count 13 7 4 24
Elementary Graduate
% of Total 7.3% 3.9% 2.2% 13.5%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%

2.1.45.3. Type of House and Other Separate Structures Owned by the Household
The respondent’s type of structures were semi-permanent as indicated by 48.8% and another
48.8% has a temporary or movable structure. Only 1 structure was found permanent or
concrete. Majority of the structures or 87.8% were used as purely residential while there were
2 Sari-sari store in Tanay and 1 pigpen in each of the areas totaling to 3 pigpens.
Housing materials used were local materials such nipa, bamboo and sawali as reflected by
29.3 % but 63.4 % were predominantly a mixture of all the local materials.
Table 92. Type of House

Area
Type of House General Nakar, Infanta, Tanay, Total
Quezon Quezon Rizal
Temporary/ Count 9 8 3 20
Movable % of Total 22.0% 19.5% 7.3% 48.8%
Semi- Count 13 3 4 20
permanent % of Total 31.7% 7.3% 9.8% 48.8%
Count 0 0 1 1
Permanent
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 2.4% 2.4%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Table 93. Other Structures

Area
Other Structures General Nakar, Infanta, Total
Tanay, Rizal
Quezon Quezon
Count 0 0 2 2
Sari-sari Store
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 4.9% 4.9%
Count 1 1 1 3
Pig Pen
% of Total 2.4% 2.4% 2.4% 7.3%
Count 21 10 5 36
None
% of Total 51.2% 24.4% 12.2% 87.8%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
2.1.45.4. Type of Trees Plants and Cash Crops Grown and Livestock Raising
In terms of vegetation and livestock raising, coconut trees were owned by 65.85% of the
respondents with banana trees as their second crop shown by 43.90%. The 3rd common tree
planted was lanzones as manifested by 34.15%, followed by Guayabano and Rambutan by
24.39% and mango trees by 29.27% .
Cash crops on the other hand were either vegetables or root crops. The veggies include string
beans as stated by 17.07%, followed by squash, eggplant, pechay by 9.76%. There were also
a number of calamansi, jackfruit, cacao,avocado and other citrus fruit trees. Root crops were
identified as taro, cassava,onion and sweet potato.
As far as livestock raising was concern, 70% were into poultry raising while 17% were raising
pigs and horses. 9.76% were into duck while another 7.32 were into goat raising.
Table 94. Trees/Plants

Trees/Plants Frequency Percentage
Banana 18 43.90%
Coconut Trees 27 65.85%

Trees/Plants Frequency Percentage

Taro 5 12.20%
Lanzones 14 34.15%
Guyabano 10 24.39%
Santol 3 7.32%
Mango 12 29.27%
Calamansi 7 17.07%
Rambutan 10 24.39%
Jackfruit 4 9.76%
Cacao 5 12.20%
Cassava 1 2.44%
Citrus 4 9.76%
Camansi 2 4.88%
Duhat 1 2.44%
Marang 1 2.44%
Mahogany 1 2.44%
Avocado 1 2.44%
Papaya 1 2.44%
Table 95. Cash Crops

Cash Crops Frequency Percentage
Gourd 1 2.44%
Squash 4 9.76%
Eggplant 4 9.76%
String Beans 7 17.07%
Monggo 1 2.44%
Pechay 3 7.32%
Tomatoes 2 4.88%
Corn 1 2.44%
Pepper 1 2.44%
Bitter Gourd 1 2.44%
Sweet Potato 4 9.76%
Cassava 4 9.76%
Garlic 1 2.44%
Onion 1 2.44%
Table 96. Animal/Poultry

Animal/Poultry Frequency Percentage
Pig 7 17.07%
Goat 3 7.32%
Chicken 29 70.73%
Horse 7 17.07%
Carabao 1 2.44%
Duck 4 9.76%
Quail 1 2.44%

2.1.45.5. Use of Structures and Housing Materials
Table presented below shows the use of structure for the respondents and the housing
materials used. Majority use the structure as residential and are made of mixed, predominantly
local housing materials.
Table 97. Use of Structure
Area
Use of Structure General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 21 11 7 39
Residential
% of Total 51.2% 26.8% 17.1% 95.1%
Residential/ Count 1 0 1 2
Commercial % of Total 2.4% 0.0% 2.4% 4.9%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Table 98. Housing Materials

Area
Housing Material General Nakar, Infanta, Total
Tanay, Rizal
Quezon Quezon
Local (nipa, sawali, Count 4 7 1 12
bamboo) % of Total 9.8% 17.1% 2.4% 29.3%
Light (scrap, Count 1 0 0 1
materials, wooden) % of Total 2.4% 0.0% 0.0% 2.4%
Mixed, Count 16 4 6 26
predominantly local % of Total 39.0% 9.8% 14.6% 63.4%
Mixed, Count 1 0 1 2
predominantly light % of Total 2.4% 0.0% 2.4% 4.9%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
2.1.45.6. Size of Dwelling Units
Sizes of the dwelling units range from 50sqm and above as estimated by 43.9% of the
respondents while 29.3% claimed their structures were only 16 sqm. and below. Those who
claimed their structures measures 17- 31 sqm. were 14.6% while another 12.3% estimated
their structures were 32 – 49 sqm in size.
Table 99. Size of Dwelling

Area
Size of Dwelling Unit General Nakar, Infanta, Total
Tanay, Rizal
Quezon Quezon
16 sqm and Count 4 5 3 12
below % of Total 9.8% 12.2% 7.3% 29.3%
Count 3 2 1 6
17 sqm - 31 sqm
% of Total 7.3% 4.9% 2.4% 14.6%
Count 4 0 1 5
32 sqm - 49 sqm
% of Total 9.8% 0.0% 2.4% 12.2%
50 sqm and Count 11 4 3 18
above % of Total 26.8% 9.8% 7.3% 43.9%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%

2.1.45.7. Sanitation Practices
Garbage Disposal and Toilet Facilities
According to 68.3% the respondents, disposing of their garbage were done by burning their
trash while 19.5% opted to bury their garbage, another 12.2% dumped their garbage in pits.
When it comes to toilet facilities, only 9.8 household had water sealed toilets whereas 58.5%
were not water sealed, the other 9.8% improvised by digging a ventilated open pit. There was
one communal toilet and the rest were answering the call of nature anywhere.
Table 100. Garbage Disposal

Area
Garbage Disposal General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 1 0 4 5
Dump in Pit
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 9.8% 12.2%
Count 6 0 2 8
Bury
% of Total 14.6% 0.0% 4.9% 19.5%
Count 15 11 2 28
Burn
% of Total 36.6% 26.8% 4.9% 68.3%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Table 101. Toilet Facilities

Area
Toilet Facilities General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 0 1 3 4
Water Sealed
% of Total 0.0% 2.4% 7.3% 9.8%
Not Water Count 19 2 3 24
Sealed % of Total 46.3% 4.9% 7.3% 58.5%
Ventilated Count 2 5 1 8
Improved Pit % of Total 4.9% 12.2% 2.4% 19.5%
Count 0 3 0 3
Anywhere
% of Total 0.0% 7.3% 0.0% 7.3%
Count 1 0 1 2
Communal
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 2.4% 4.9%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
2.1.45.8. Lifestyle Validation
Basic Appliances Owned
The lifestyle of the indigenous people interviewed were simple. 58.5% declared having no
appliances at all, while 41.5 expressed owning basic tools for cooking, a radio and an electric
fan. However, 51% claimed owning a cell phone.
Table 102. Number of Basic Appliances Owned

Area
Number of
Appliances: Basic Infanta, Quezon Tanay, Rizal
Quezon
Count 8 4 5 17
Yes
% of Total 19.5% 9.8% 12.2% 41.5%

Count 14 7 3 24
No
% of Total 34.1% 17.1% 7.3% 58.5%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Table 103. Other Appliances Owned

Number of Area
Appliances: General Nakar, Total
VCD/DVD Quezon
Count 2 1 1 4
Yes
% of Total 4.9% 2.4% 2.4% 9.8%
Count 20 10 7 37
No
% of Total 48.8% 24.4% 17.1% 90.2%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Table 104. Respondents with Cellular Phones

Number of Area
Appliances: Cellular General Nakar, Total
Phone Quezon
Count 14 2 5 21
Yes
% of Total 34.1% 4.9% 12.2% 51.2%
Count 8 9 3 20
No
% of Total 19.5% 22.0% 7.3% 48.8%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Vehicles Owned and Number of Vehicles Owned
Since the only means of transportation in the affected areas were either through a boat or a
horse, consequently 90% of the respondents declared no vehicles owned but there were 7.3%
who owned a motorcycle.
Table 105. Vehicle Owned

Area
Type of Vehicle Owned General Nakar, Tanay, Total
Infanta, Quezon
Quezon Rizal
Count 0 0 1 1
CAR/AUV/SUV
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 2.4% 2.4%
Motorcycle/Tricycl Count 2 1 0 3
e % of Total 4.9% 2.4% 0.0% 7.3%
Count 20 10 7 37
No Vehicle Owned
% of Total 48.8% 24.4% 17.1% 90.2%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Area
Number of Vehicles Owned General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 2 1 1 4
One Vehicle
% of Total 4.9% 2.4% 2.4% 9.8%
Count 20 10 7 37
No Vehicle
% of Total 48.8% 24.4% 17.1% 90.2%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%

Type of Vices
Common vices admittedly indulged in by 56% of the respondents were drinking alcohol while
34% declared no vices at all. Only 2.4% were into smoking.
Table 106. Type of Vices

Area Total
Type of Vices General Nakar, Infanta, Tanay,
Quezon Quezon Rizal
Liquor, Cigarettes Count 1 0 0 1
and Gambling % of Total 2.4% 0.0% 0.0% 2.4%
Count 13 5 5 23
Liquor
% of Total 31.7% 12.2% 12.2% 56.1%
Count 1 0 0 1
Cigarettes
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 0.0% 2.4%
Count 5 6 3 14
No Vices
% of Total 12.2% 14.6% 7.3% 34.1%
Liquor and Count 2 0 0 2
Cigarettes % of Total 4.9% 0.0% 0.0% 4.9%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
2.1.45.9. Household Monthly Income and Expenditures
Monthly income as registered by 41.5% of the respondents from the 3 areas were between
the range of Php4,001 – Php 6,000 followed by 29.3% with a monthly income that ranged from
Php 2001 – Php 4000. Highest monthly income reflected was above Php 20,000 by a single
household who owns a resort.
When it comes to monthly expenditures, all the respondents were spending within their means.
As reflected, expenditures of 48.8% were within the range of Php 2001 – Php 4000 while
36.6% were within the range of Php 4001 – Php 6000 monthly expenditures. Highest
expenditure made was between Php 14,001 – Php 16,000 by a single household.
Table 107. Income

Area
Total Monthly Household Income General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 0 1 0 1
Below Php 2,000
% of Total 0.0% 2.4% 0.0% 2.4%
Count 5 5 2 12
Php 2,001 - 4,000
% of Total 12.2% 12.2% 4.9% 29.3%
Count 11 4 2 17
Php 4,001 - 6,000
% of Total 26.8% 9.8% 4.9% 41.5%
Count 2 1 0 3
Php 6,001 - 8,000
% of Total 4.9% 2.4% 0.0% 7.3%
Count 1 0 1 2
Php 8,001 - 10,000
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 2.4% 4.9%
Count 0 0 1 1
Php 10,001 - 12,000
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 2.4% 2.4%
Count 1 0 1 2
Php 12,001 - 14,000
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 2.4% 4.9%
Php 14,001 - 16,000 Count 2 0 0 2

% of Total 4.9% 0.0% 0.0% 4.9%

Count 0 0 1 1
Above Php 20,000
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 2.4% 2.4%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
Table 108. Expenditures

Area
Total Monthly Household
Expenditures Infanta, Quezon Tanay, Rizal
Quezon
Count 0 1 0 1
Below Php 2,000
% of Total 0.0% 2.4% 0.0% 2.4%
Count 9 7 4 20
Php 2,001 - 4,000
% of Total 22.0% 17.1% 9.8% 48.8%
Count 11 2 2 15
Php 4,001 - 6,000
% of Total 26.8% 4.9% 4.9% 36.6%
Count 1 1 1 3
Php 8,001 - 10,000
% of Total 2.4% 2.4% 2.4% 7.3%
Count 1 0 0 1
Php 10,001 - 12,000
% of Total 2.4% 0.0% 0.0% 2.4%
Count 0 0 1 1
Php 14,001 - 16,000
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 2.4% 2.4%
Count 22 11 8 41
Total
% of Total 53.7% 26.8% 19.5% 100.0%
2.1.45.10. Employment
Generally, 67.4% of the respondents claimed no formal employment or occupation because

the rest were self employed as stated by 25.3% and derived their source of income from
farming and fishing. While the others were into varied work like being helpers, laborers,
vendors and tourist guide. Even their income were not fixed and considered as seasonal.
Those who declared no source of income resort to their own vegetation and livestock for their
daily sustenance.
Table 109. Occupation
Area
Occupation General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 0 0 2 2
Business Owner
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 1.1% 1.1%
Count 4 0 0 4
CAA
% of Total 2.2% 0.0% 0.0% 2.2%
Count 3 1 0 4
CAFGU
% of Total 1.7% 0.6% 0.0% 2.2%
Count 0 0 3 3
Carpenter
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 1.7% 1.7%
Count 0 1 1 2
Construction Worker
% of Total 0.0% 0.6% 0.6% 1.1%
Count 0 0 1 1
Cook
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 0.6% 0.6%
Count 14 11 3 28
Farmer
% of Total 7.9% 6.2% 1.7% 15.7%
Count 1 0 0 1
Gasoline Boy
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 3 1 2 6
Helper
% of Total 1.7% 0.6% 1.1% 3.4%
Count 3 0 0 3
Laborer
% of Total 1.7% 0.0% 0.0% 1.7%
Count 74 25 21 120
Not Applicable
% of Total 41.6% 14.0% 11.8% 67.4%

Area
Occupation General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Sari-sari Store Count 1 0 0 1
Owner % of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 1 0 0 1
Secretary
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 1 0 0 1
Teacher
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 1 0 0 1
Vendor
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
Table 110. Fixed Income and Mode of Payment and Type and Status of Employment
Area
Is Fixed Income General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 13 2 1 16
Yes
% of Total 7.3% 1.1% 0.6% 9.0%
Count 19 12 11 42
No
% of Total 10.7% 6.7% 6.2% 23.6%
Count 74 25 21 120
Not Applicable
% of Total 41.6% 14.0% 11.8% 67.4%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
Table 111. Mode of Payment

Area
Mode of Payment General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 1 1 3 5
Weekly
% of Total 0.6% 0.6% 1.7% 2.8%
Count 2 0 0 2
Bi-Monthly
% of Total 1.1% 0.0% 0.0% 1.1%
Count 12 1 2 15
Monthly
% of Total 6.7% 0.6% 1.1% 8.4%
Count 1 0 0 1
Quarterly
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 16 8 7 31
Piecemeal
% of Total 9.0% 4.5% 3.9% 17.4%
Count 0 4 0 4
Commission
% of Total 0.0% 2.2% 0.0% 2.2%
Count 74 25 21 120
Not Applicable
% of Total 41.6% 14.0% 11.8% 67.4%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
Table 112. Employment

Area
Type of Employment General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 2 1 0 3
Employer
% of Total 1.1% 0.6% 0.0% 1.7%
Count 22 12 11 45
Self-Employed
% of Total 12.4% 6.7% 6.2% 25.3%
Government Count 8 1 0 9
Employed % of Total 4.5% 0.6% 0.0% 5.1%
Not Applicable Count 74 25 22 121

% of Total 41.6% 14.0% 12.4% 68.0%

Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
Table 113. Status of Employment
Area
Status of Employment General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 10 2 4 16
Permanent
% of Total 5.6% 1.1% 2.2% 9.0%
Count 4 0 3 7
Temporary
% of Total 2.2% 0.0% 1.7% 3.9%
Count 1 0 0 1
Casual
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 0 1 0 1
Contractual
% of Total 0.0% 0.6% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 20 11 6 37
Seasonal
% of Total 11.2% 6.2% 3.4% 20.8%
Count 71 25 20 116
Not Applicable
% of Total 39.9% 14.0% 11.2% 65.2%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
Skills Training Interested to Attend
When respondents were asked if they have other skills learned, majority responded not
knowing other skills except farming and fishing and they have no interest of learning other
skills.
Table 114. Other Skills Learned

Area
Other Skills Learned General Nakar, Total
Quezon
Count 0 0 1 1
Accounting
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 0.6% 0.6%
Count 0 1 0 1
Agriculture
% of Total 0.0% 0.6% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 2 0 0 2
Baking
% of Total 1.1% 0.0% 0.0% 1.1%
Count 5 0 0 5
Carpentry
% of Total 2.8% 0.0% 0.0% 2.8%
Count 1 0 0 1
Construction
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 1 0 2 3
Cooking
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 1.1% 1.7%
Count 3 0 1 4
Driving
% of Total 1.7% 0.0% 0.6% 2.2%
Count 0 0 1 1
Electric
% of Total 0.0% 0.0% 0.6% 0.6%
Count 1 0 0 1
Fisherman
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 0 2 0 2
Handicraft
% of Total 0.0% 1.1% 0.0% 1.1%
Count 14 11 6 31
No Answer
% of Total 7.9% 6.2% 3.4% 17.4%
Count 1 0 0 1
None
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 74 25 22 121
Not Applicable
% of Total 41.6% 14.0% 12.4% 68.0%
Sewing Count 1 0 0 1

Area
Other Skills Learned General Nakar, Total
Quezon
% of Total 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.6%
Count 3 0 0 3
Welding
% of Total 1.7% 0.0% 0.0% 1.7%
Count 106 39 33 178
Total
% of Total 59.6% 21.9% 18.5% 100.0%
2.4.5.10. Awareness of the Project
When respondents were asked whether or not they were aware of the Kaliwa Dam project,
87.5% responded in the affirmative with only 12.20% claimed not aware of the project. Their
knowledge were generally confined within the construction of the dam.
Table 115. Awareness of the Project

Description Frequency Percentage
Yes 36 87.80%
No 5 12.20%
Total 41 100.00%
Table 116. Awareness on what about this Project

What about this project? Frequency Percentage
Manila need additional water supply 1 2.44%
Our area will be inundated 3 7.32%
Useful if implemented 1 2.44%
Heard about the project but not totally familiar 1 2.44%
Dam will be constructed 10 24.39%
Assure the safety 2 4.88%
Do not agree to the project 2 4.88%
The improvements might not be paid 1 2.44%
It is for the benefit of more people 1 2.44%
This is a MWSS project 1 2.44%
Even disagree, nothing can do about 1 2.44%
Table 117. Positive and Negative Outcome in the Community

Positive Outcome F % Positive Outcome F %
It will provide water to other areas It will affect the residents
3 7.32% living besides the river 1 2.44%
Job opportunity 5 12.20% Families will be relocated 7 17.07%
The area could have electricity 1 2.44% Livelihood will be affected 3 7.32%
Road development Large volume of crops will be
9 21.95% affected 2 4.88%
Agree to the project 1 2.44% The area will be inundated 2 4.88%
Tourism development 1 2.44% Possibility to landslide 1 2.44%
Hope the project will not pursue 1 2.44% Not good to the poor people 1 2.44%
Assurance on safety during Transporting crops will be not
construction 1 2.44% easy 1 2.44%
Nothing can do 1 2.44%
Table 118. Positive and Negative Impact in the Family

Negative Impact to the

Positive Impact to the Family F % Family F %
There might be hospital in the 1 2.44% They will be transferred 1 2.44%
area
Road development 1 2.44% Will lose livelihood 5 12.20%
It will be placed in a good area 1 2.44% Will be relocated to unfamiliar 1 2.44%
place
Familiar with the dam 1 2.44% Not sure in the safety of the 1 2.44%
relocation site
Additional income 1 2.44% Might not be accepted to work 1 2.44%
Job opportunity 11 26.83% Catching fish will not be easy 1 2.44%
anmymore
Follow the right process 1 2.44% Tribe will be affectd 1 2.44%
Peace and Order 1 2.44% Future is not assured 1 2.44%
It will help in the life of each 1 2.44% Nothing can do 1 2.44%
family
Generally, for those who commented positively, there were 3 major impacts that they foresee
will benefit their community. These were improved road networks, livelihood opportunities and
peace and order. In terms of recommendations, they all hope the project will generate more
jobs, peaceful and beautiful relocation site.
Table 119. Suggestions

Suggestion Frequency Percentage
Additional work 4 9.76%
Peaceful area 1 2.44%
Good family living 1 2.44%
2.4.5.11. Relocation/Transfer Option
Issues/Concerns and Suggested Solutions
With regards to their issues and concerns on their relocation site and their recommended
solutions, the respondents identified the following reactions:
Table 120. Issues and Concerns

Issues/Concerns F % Suggested Solutions F %
They will not agree if they will be 5 12.20% To transfer in a near 2 4.88%
relocated in a far place place
Life is very hard 1 2.44% Provide compensation 3 7.32%
for their crops and plants
They will be displaced 4 9.76% Provide them with work 9 21.95%
They will lose their livelihood 7 17.07% Construct roads to 2 4.88%
facilitate mobility
Fear of Landslide 1 2.44% Do not pursue the project 1 2.44%
Do not want to transfer in other 1 2.44% Secure the relocation 3 7.32%
municipality site
Difficult to transfer and start all over 3 7.32% Assistance in starting a 2 4.88%
again new life
Inundation 2 4.88% Do not displace them 1 2.44%
immediately
Plants and crops 1 2.44% To provide their own 2 4.88%
house
How they will be compensated 1 2.44% Subdivision type of 1 2.44%
relocation area

Issues/Concerns F % Suggested Solutions F %

School should be near 1 2.44%
the relocation area
Preferred Location and Features for Relocation
When asked about the features and facilities that they expect the relocation site should have
before they will be transferred, they identified the following conditions ;
 It should be near the river or forest .
 It should be located on flat lands.
 The site should have water and electricity.
 Access to transportation .
 Near the roads, market and health centers with health workers
Table 121. Location for Relocation

Location for Relocation Frequency Percentage
Within the area 21 51.22%
Outside the site 20 48.78%
Total 41 100.00%
Table 122. Relocation Features

Relocation Features Frequency Percentage
Near a river 12 29.27%
Near a forest 22 53.66%
Flat lands 29 70.73%
Table 123. Required Facilities in the Relocation Site

Relocation Features Frequency Percentage
Water 39 95.12%
Electricity 37 90.24%
Transport (bus, jeep) 28 68.29%
Near road 35 85.37%
Market 32 78.05%
Health center 35 85.37%
2.1.46. Indicative Resettlement Action Plan
2.1.46.1. Objective
For infrastructure projects in particular, inadequate attention to relocation and resettlement

adversely affects the people and the project itself. Aside from the significant increase in the
total project cost, it brings about significant delays in project implementation and in some
cases abandonment of the project. Conversely, with proper resettlement planning, project
holder can enhance the development impact of the project and thereby improve the lives of
the affected people.
Recognizing its significance, the present Philippine policy dictates that resettlement should be
an integral part of any infrastructure projects that requires involuntary resettlement and this
applies under all conditions of potential physical or economic displacement resulting from the
acquisition or use of land for a project regardless of the total number of people affected or
the significance/severity of anticipated impact.

For these reasons, the New Centenial Water Source – Kaliwa Dam Project is formulating a
Resettlement Action Plan ( RAP) integrated as a the component of the infrastructure project
to facilitate right of way acquisition through identifying mitigating measures to minimize
adverse effects of dislocation; compensate losses and provide development benefits to
persons or communities affected by the project.
The RAP outlines the affected parties, establishes guidelines of compensation rates for lost
assets and describes levels of assistance for relocation and reconstruction of affected
structures. The RAP’s planning protects the project proponent against exaggerated claims
from individuals with spurious eligibility for resettlement claims.
The ultimate goal of the RAP is to enable those displaced by the project to improve their
standard of living – a goal that requires an evaluation of social, environmental and economic
conditions beyond simple physical inventories.
Specifically, the RAP will ensure that all people and community affected by any development
or infrastructure projects requiring displacement be provided with :
A) Improved shelter, better living conditions, higher public health and environmental
standards and security of tenure .
B) A package of mitigating measures to overcome the potentially detrimental and
disruptive aspects of resettlement and assist the affected persons to adjust to their
new home and environment.
C) Access to livelihood opportunities or employment that will ensure that income of the
relocatees are potentially at least equal or better than in their previous site.
D) Institutional linkages among government and non-government stakeholders with
support mechanism to ensure efficient implementation.
2.1.46.2. Guiding Principles
The following principles will be adopted by the NSWS – KDP for the planning and
implementation of the Resettlement Action Plan.
 Stakeholders participation
The primary stakeholders are the affected persons, MWSS, Inter-Agency members,
NCIP, LGUs. Other stakeholders include the private sector, NGOs/Pos. Multi-
stakeholders participation ensures that the interests and contribution of each are
recognized and efforts are exerted to identify common denominators and achievable
goals.
Preference is for a long-term solutions rather than those of immediate impact but with
long lasting effects. Resettlement within the barangay or Municipality has the
advantage of minimal dislocation and close to source of income provided it will not
decrease the environmental improvements and safety impacts and amenity benefits to
be gained if people will be relocated.
 Sustainability
Ensuring that the housing solutions for the affected households are sustainable is
significant. On the part of the new settlers, sustainability means that their new homes
must be decent and affordable, income is maintained or increased, and access to
essential services like transport, education and health care is adequate. For the
government, sustainability means to the extend possible, cost are recovered. The

government has to recoup its initial investment so that it can make use of its resources
to other projects.
 Parity
MWSS as the national government representative will encourage the concept of parity
where the benefits and costs of resettlement are shared by the LGUs.
 Timing and Coordination

The summer months of March, April and May are ideal time for transfer as this does
not disrupt the education of the school children and the weather is fair. However, if
such timing is not feasible, arrangements should be made to minimize disruptions. It
is important that adequate social preparation is carried out prior to actual resettlement
of the affected families.
Relocating the affected households without subsequent action of MWSS and LGUs to
secure the vacated areas could render the effort futile, as further illegal entries could
be expected. It is important that when families transfer, structures are removed
immediately and the cleared areas properly secured and monitored to prevent the
influx of new settlers. No single agency has all the necessary authority and resources
to undertake a successful resettlement alone, thus a well coordinated approach among
government agencies and private partners are necessary.
2.1.46.3. Legal Framework
Resettlement will be governed in accordance to the policies established by the 1987

Phil. Constitution and the 1992 Urban Development and Housing Act (UDHA). Both
laws clearly advocate just and humane procedures in dealing with involuntary
resettlement, which must be carried out in accordance with the guidelines and
measures set by the implementing rules and regulations of UDHA. Other policies and
legal instruments that strengthen and support the resettlement program are
summarized as:
Summary of Relevant Policies on Relocation
Subject Policy Description

1987 Phil Constitution,
Protection of people and
Environmental Art. II,Sec.16 PD 1151
environment
&1152
Prohibits squatting or
Right of way LOI 19 and 19-A encroachment of any
ROW, public domain
Just and humane
Relocation UDHA RA 7279 manner of eviction and
demolition
Mainstreaming gender
Gender and 1987Phil. Constitution
concerns in
Development RA 7192
development project
Recognize, Protect and
promote rights of
Indigenous People IPRA 1977
Indigenous cultural
community

Subject Policy Description

Encouraging com.
1987 Phil. Constitution
Community Participation Participation in
Art. III. Sec. 10
development initiatives
Administrative Order n0. Guidelines for livelihood
Livelihood Projects
142 program
2.1.46.4. Preparatory Activities
Prior to the formulation of the RAP, the following activities were conducted:
 Coordinated with the NCIP representative of the Gen. Nakar Dumagat

tribe who approved the conduct of census survey and FGD with the
affected IPs.
 Courtesy calls made to the Barangay Chairman of Daraitan and
kagawad of Brgy. Pagsangahan. The chairman of Daraitan expressed
his disapproval of the project but nevertheless after examining the
sample survey form gave his consent in permitting the project team to
conduct the census survey and consultations with the affected people
of his barangay. His only suggestion was to translate the questionaire
into tagalog language. The project team committed to provide him with
a copy of the accomplished interview forms for his study.
 Conducted consultations and FGDs to the Chieftains and sectoral
representatives of Sitio Tinipak, Cablao, and Queburosa
 Tagged and listed all the affected structures in the 3 sitios. There were
a total of 55 structures tagged and listed.
 Conducted census and socio-economic survey and perception check to
all the household owners of the tagged structures in the 3 sitios. Out of
the 55 structures tagged; 41 possible affected households were
interviewed while 14 were not home during the census activity . Another
tagging and census survey were conducted to 10 indirectly affected
households in Barangay Puypuy. These 10 requested MWSS for
resettlement inclusion because have always experienced flooding
every time there’s a typhoon.
 Reviewed all previous documents regarding the project’s resettlement
plans.
 Coordinated with MWSS regarding their appraisal of the trees and
crops.
2.1.46.5. Scope of RAP applications
Displacement may be either physical or economic. Physical displacement is the actual

physical relocation of people resulting in a loss of shelter, productive assets or access to
productive assets (such as land, water, and forests). Economic displacement results from
an action that interrupts or eliminates people’s access to productive assets without physically
relocating the people themselves.
While land acquisition does not necessarily require the displacement of people occupying or
using the land, it may have an effect on the living standards of people who depend on
resources located in, on, or around that land. For example, a farming family may lose a portion

of its land to a project without having to vacate its homestead. Nevertheless, the loss of even
a portion of its land may reduce the overall productivity of that farm. Alternatively, land
acquisition may restrict a community’s access to commonly held resources such as farmland
and pasture, non-timber forest resources (such as medicinal plants or root crops), woodlots
for timber and fuelwood, or fishing grounds.
Similarly, the acquisition of water resources by a project may entail neither land acquisition
nor physical relocation but may nonetheless have negative effects on the livelihoods of people
living in the project area. For example, the diversion or impoundment of a river’s flow may
affect the livelihoods of downstream farmers who rely on minimum flows for irrigating crops.
The involuntary resettlement policy applies under all conditions of potential physical or
economic displacement resulting from the acquisition or use of land for a project regardless of
the total number of people affected or the significance/severity of anticipated impact.
2.1.46.6. Identification of Project Impact and affected Population
Based from the surveys conducted for the affected households in the 3 sitios, there were 55
structures tagged; 41 possible affected households were interviewed while 14 were not home
during the census activity. In Brgy. Yukyuk, only 10 affected households were tagged and
census. 90% of all the affected households were Indigenous people with their own political
structure of leadership. Even if the affected indigenous people were less than 50, their law
prescribed the free, informed prior consent of the whole IP community.
a) Adverse Impacts
During the consultation sessions with the affected households, being farmers and
fisherfolks, their major reaction to the project was the loss of income and sources of
livelihood. Even with the commitment of providing them with assistance in lessening
the adverse impact, they were not confident that the government will fulfill its end of
the agreement. For the Indigenous tribe, they foresee the breaking down of their
cultural tradition and practices, like the source of water and their forest and farm land
were considered as sacred.
The NCIP community in general with the support of the LGU in Infanta Quezon were
totally against the dam project and actively seeking social-media support to prevent its
implementation. Common reasons claimed against its implementation is the
irrevocable damage to the environment, total disregard to the ancestral domain of the
IPs and the involvement of China in the project.
However, for the directly affected people, they posed no objections to the project
provided they will be justly compensated for their losses.
b) Positive Impacts
Nevertheless, even with their fear of the losses, they also recognized that the project
will improve their present road networks which was one of their priority concern; they
also foresee that the project will generate income opportunities and jobs before and
after construction. They also expected a peaceful and safe environment once the
project is implemented.
2.1.46.7. The Resettlement Scheme

A. Compensation Framework
The RAP compensation framework specifies all forms of asset ownership or use rights
among the population affected by the project whether the loss is partial or complete. The
absence of legal title to land or other assets is not, in itself, a bar to compensation for lost
assets or to other resettlement assistance. In particular, practically, all the ownership of
the lots affected by the alignment of this project are ancestral domain and protected areas.
In any case, the project holder or proponent will ensure that compensation for losses of
the affected population will be guided by the following principles in accordance with
Republic Act 10752
 Compensation rates should be calculated in consultation with the representatives of

the affected population to ensure that rates are fair and adequate.
 Compensation for land, crops, trees and other fixed assets should be based on
current market value of the land.
 Compensation for structures and improvement therein should cover replacement
cost exclusive of depreciation and inclusive of all fees such as construction permits
and labor costs.
 Compensation payments should be made before any acquisition of assets or
physical resettlement takes place unless those payments are staggered to enable
affected people to begin preparation of the new sites.
 Compensation for dismantled infrastructure or disrupted services should be paid to
affected communities or to LGU as appropriate at full replacement cost before civil
works begin. The replacement structure has to perform the same functions and meet
the performance specifications as the original structure.
The project holder or proponent as deem necessary can engage the services of
government financing institution or private appraisers duly accredited to undertake
the appraisal of the affected property i.e. land and/ or improvements/structures to
determine its fair market value. The project will consider the recommendation of the
appraisers in deciding the purchase price of the lost assets.
B. Other Assistance
 Dismantling assistance will be provided to families that will be relocated.

 Provision of food for the day for every family being relocated since they will be busy
in the transfer.
C. Livelihood Restoration
In cases where the project affects the income-earning capacity of the displaced families,
compensation alone will not be sufficient for them to restore or improved their standard
of living. Livelihood opportunities will be provided them through:
 Land- based livelihoods – access to grazing land, physical preparation of farm land,
fencing for pasture or crops, agricultural inputs such as seedlings, fertilizers,
irrigation etc.
 Wage-based livelihood –wage earners may benefit from skills training and job
placement and small scale credit to finance start up enterprises.
 Enterprise-based livelihood – entrepreneurs may benefit from training or credit
financing to restore or expand their business.

 Training – Skills training to match labor demands and small business development
training and assistance to business management and marketing.
 Job placement – assistance to find jobs with local employers and assistance to
secure contracts and/or subcontracts for workers guild.
 Cooperatives – Assistance to establish cooperatives for service providers,
producers, consumers, transport and credit associations.
D. Food Assistance during Transfer
A minimum of 3 days food assistance provided by LGU for every family to be relocated.
E. Educational Assistance
Until schools are established within the resettlement site, every elementary and high
school student will be guaranteed enrollment in the nearest public school.
2.1.46.8. Estimated Cost of right of way
The estimated cost of the right of way acquisition for the project will be determined by the
defined physical boundaries required by the project. It may mean a part or the entirety of the
property, site or location. However, the Implementing agency may acquire through negotiated
sale the required ROW project by offering the property owner as compensation price, the sum
of the following details. A preliminary proposed resettlement plan by the Proponent is included
in the annexes.
A. Current market value of the land
To determine the appropriate price offer for the ROW acquisition, the implementing
agency may engage the services of a government financial institution with adequate
experience in property appraisal, an independent property appraiser accredited by the
Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas or a professional association of appraisers recognized by
BSP.
B. Replacement Cost
Replacement cost of structures and improvements therein shall be based on the current
market prices of materials, equipment, labor, contractors and overhead and all other cost
associated with the acquisition and similar asset in place of the affected asset. The
following guidelines derived from RA 10752 standards for estimating civil works costs
shall be used. These shall indicate among other things, the following:
 Main function or purpose of the structure –i.e. residential

 Basic configuration and dimension of the structure – i.e. two storey house with floor
area of 150 sq. meters.
 Major structural features- i.e. concrete and wooden structure with galvanized iron
roofing.
C. Current market value of crops and trees therein as appraised by DENR/MENRO
and the Assessors office

2.1.46.9. Relocation Process Flow
1. Pre-Relocation Phase
2. Relocation Phase
3. Post- Relocation Phase
2.1.46.10. Appropriation and Relocation Schedule
The government shall provide adequate funds that will allow the implementing agency to
acquire the required ROW in advance prior to implementation. These appropriations shall
include the funds needed to cover activities directly related to ROW such as cost of parcellary
surveys and appraisal of affected properties, compensationfor the land, structures and
improvements, relocation and replacement of compensableutilities, crops and trees.
Accurate costing is crucial to the design of the development project. Without an accurate
assessment of the ROW acquisition, compensation for lost assets and physical displacement,

planners cannot determined the real cost of project design alternatives such as alternative
route for roads or power transmission lines.
The RAP budget will itemize resettlement cost by categories of impact, entitlement and other
expenditures including training, project management and monitoring. It will also include a
justification of all assumptions made in calculating the compensation rates and other cost
estimate and sources of funds.
Most importantly, the RAP budget should be integrated with the detailed implementation
schedule of resettlement activities and synchronized with the project schedule of civil works
construction. Adequate social preparation should be done preceding the actual transfer in
coordination among the communities concerned and the local inter-agency committee. Timing
of the RAP is crucial, if done to soon before the project begins may raise local expectations
and attract new comers; if done too late after the project starts may cause project delay.
Also schedule will be timed according to the agricultural and employment cycles of the affected
people to prevent disruption of their cycles.
The resettlement of families shall be implemented with adequate social preparation preceding
the actual relocation. A certificate of compliance shall be obtained from the Local Housing
Board that oversee whter the project holder has complied with the requirements for a just a
humane resettlement of the affected households.
A pre-demolition conference shall be held to all participating agency members of the

resettlement team to define rules of engagement of each member during relocation activity
and to ensure a peaceful and safety transfer of the affected families.
A dismantling team will be organized to facilitate transfer assist families in dismantling their
structures voluntarily.
Inter-agency members will be present throughout the actual relocation. The PNP shall be
invited to witness the transfer and ensure the protection of everybody.
2.1.46.11. Institutional Arrangement
To facilitate the implementation of the ROW and ensure that the affected family’s concerns
are addressed before, during and after acquisition, the roles and responsibilities of the
agencies and institutions involved in the ROW acquisition are define for proper coordination
and effective delivery of their services. These agencies may be organized as the local inter-
agency committee in charge of implementing the Land Acquisition and Resettlement Action
Plan (LARAP).
Agency Roles and Responsibilities

NEDA Approves infrastructure projects
MWSS -Manage land acquisition, right of way, or
easement, compensation payments and
resettlement.
-Implements infrastructure projects
Local Government Units -Provides public infrastructures and services
(Provinces, Cities and -Acquire lots ,ROW and Easement for infra project.
Municipalities) - Implement resettlement programs and site
-Provides basic services
-Implements livelihood programs

Agency Roles and Responsibilities

-Undertakes assessment of fair market value of
real property for taxation purposes
-Undertakes appraisal of structures and
improvement.
Bureau of Internal Provides zonal valuation as basis for determination
Revenue of just compensation
DENR Issues environmental compliance certificate which
includes the social aspect.
The Courts -Issue Writ of Possession of expropriated lands
-Determine just compensation to land/property
owners
DILG Extend full cooperation to the implementing agency
Provincial or City Register Record any ROW agreement, grant, sale or
of Deeds expropriation decisions on the property
Government Banks -Depository of initial payments of just

compensation
-Undertakes appraisal of affected properties at the
request of government agencies
Accredits private sector appraisers that
government agencies can tap to value affected
properties..
2.1.46.12. Gender Planning
Based from the 1987 Phil. Constitution and the Phil. Plan for Gender Responsive Development
1995- 2005, women and the disadvantaged or disabled group should play important role in
the resettlement activities, particularly in community initiated activities, participation in decision
making and resolving community issues and negotiating for options that best suit their
community needs. Their participation in micro-enterprise, health and education are visible in
the household and community level. Many women contribute to the family income and majority
are employed in the informal sector. In the rural areas, women plays the traditional role of
housekeeping and rearing children and helping the men in tilling the fields. Since the women
has multi-faceted tasks, their participation is crucial in the resettlement program. They have
as much right as men to participate in projects which profoundly affect their lives.
The disadvantaged group on the other hand should not also be denied of their right to
participate and be consulted in the resettlement activities. Facilities to facilitate their mobility
should be incorporated in the RAP.
Within the frame work of the RAP, women and the disadvantaged’s participation will be
achieved through the following approaches:
 Representation in all the activities affecting them because of the road widening
project.
 Support for viable and sustainable income generating projects that will build upon
activities and social network, focusing on the most vulnerable and
disadvantaged.
 Development of women and the disadvantaged’s potential through training.
2.1.46.13. Community Consultation and Participation

The Phil. Constitution mandates community consultation and participation in all development
projects of the country and this approach has been institutionalized in the Local Government
Code. Community Participation in resettlement is a key element of good practice incorporated
in the RAP. It is recognized that it is crucial to the success of the resettlement program. With
the involvement of NCIP in the project, consultations becomes a primary approach to securing
their support for the project. The benefits derived from people participating in decisions that
directly affects their lives include popular ownership and cooperation in the program.
The essential elements of community participation will be built into the resettlement program.
Project Inter-agency and Appraisal Committees will be organized composed of various
government agencies, and peoples’ organization to address issues and concerns of the
affected families.
Among the tools to be used to ensure that communities are adequately informed and
fully involved in the resettlement program are:
 Community meetings
 Focus group discussions
 Census/survey of the affected families
 Publicity through newsletters, bulletins and flyers
 Home visits to the affected families
 Creation of Inter-Agency and appraisal committees
 Organization of leaders representing the affected families
Table 124 Framework for Community Participation Process in Relocation
Reasons for
Role of affected
Stage Key issues community
persons
participation
Social Preparation
Explaining the - understanding the -Organize - Ensure that

importance of the project. community groups affected families
project & the need for understand the
- ensuring social -Conduct
relocation project and the
acceptability information
benefits that can be
campaign
derived from it.
-Ensure that their
rights are protected.
-Promote informed
collective decision
making on
relocation issues
and concerns.
-Ensure that inputs
from the
communities are
considered.
Pre-Relocation

Reasons for
Role of affected
Stage Key issues community
persons
participation
-Planning for -Acceptance of the -Decide on available - Ensure that several

relocation relocation package options options are available
-Formulating -Availability of basic -Identifying required -Ensure that
assistance/entitlement services and utilities assistance to assistance will cover
package cushion impact of basic needs will not
-Grievance redress
relocation and be regarded as dole
mechanism
encourage relocates out and will be
-Availability of to volunteer. beneficiary specific
livelihood and
employment
opportunities
Relocation
-Mobilization of -Peaceful and -Dismantling of -Ensure that

families for relocation orderly dismantling structures, commitment for
and transfer transferring of voluntary transfer
-Transfer of families
things are followed.
to selected lot .
- Ensure that
families are
provided with
manpower,
transport and other
assistance in
dismantling, loading
and transporting.
-Ensure peaceful
and orderly transfer.
Post Relocation
- Provision of basic -Availability of basic -Participate in - Ensure that

services and utilities utilities and services livelihood training assistance are
programs received by families
-Monitoring and - Availability of
on time
evaluation livelihood and - Bring issues and
income restoration problems to - Ensure that
assistance proponent problems are
addressed within
- Monitoring and - Participate in
reasonable time
evaluation system monitoring and
evaluation -Strengthen social
-Grievance redress
structures
mechanism

2.1.46.14. Redress of Grievances
Involuntary resettlement usually gives rise to grievances or disputes among the affected
population over issues ranging from rates of compensation, eligibility criteria to the transfer
and other related issues.
To address the grievances, a local grievance committee will be organized composed of the
MWSS, LGU, Barangay Official, Affected people’s representative, assessor’s office,
representative of the lot owner and a legal officer.
Grievance Redress Framework (IFC sample)
Grievance related to any aspect of the project will be handled through negotiations, which will
be aimed at achieving consensus following the procedures outlined below:
1. Grievances will be filed by the person affected by the project with the Grievance
Committee which will act within 15 days on receipt thereof, except complaints and
grievances that specifically pertain to the valuation of affected assets, since such will
be determined by the courts.
2. If no understanding or amicable solution can be reached, or if the affected person does
not receive a response from the committee within 15 days of the registry of the
complaint, he/she can appeal to the MWSS Adminstrator, which should act on the
complaint/grievance within 15 days of the day of its filing.
3. If the affected person is not satisfied with the decision of the MWSS Administrator,
he/she, as a last resort, may submit the complaint to a court of law.
4. Affected persons will be exempt from all administrative and legal fees incurred
pursuant to the grievance redress procedures. All complaints received in writing (or
written when received verbally) will be documented.
2.1.46.15. Monitoring and Evaluation
A system of monitoring and evaluation composed of an inter-agency committee members

should be in place to provide project implementers with feedback on the effectiveness of the
RAP implementation from the physical progress of resettlement and rehabilitation activities,
the disbursement of compensation, the effectiveness of public consultation and participation
activities, and the sustainability of income restoration and development efforts among
affected communities. The end goal of monitoring is to identify problems and successes
as early as possible to allow timely adjustment of implementation arrangements.
The scope of monitoring shall include implementation schedule, assistance package,
community participation, and grievance resolution. Qualitative monitoring shall be done by
conducting focus group discussions and interview with key informants.
Monitoring Indicators
 Number of meetings and consultations held

 Census, assets inventories, assessments and socioeconomic studies completed
 Grievance redress procedures in place and functioning
 Compensation payments disbursed

 Housing and related infrastructures completed

 Relocation of people completed
 Income restoration initiated
 Monitoring and evaluation reports submitted
2.1.47. Summary of Impacts and Mitigating Measures for the People

Impacts P C O A
Impacts on IPs (ancestral The IPs, during the FBIs and FPICs, raised
domain and sacred sites) SOME issues on replacement of livelihood, e.g.,
fishing and farming, compensation/ replacement
of lost assets; continuing access to land and
water/river resources, assurance of continuing
socio-cultural activities at the resettlement site
and IP settlement, first priority of IPs and PAPs
in the employment opportunities; benefit-sharing
between MWSS and IPs; and IP representatives
should have active participation in the project.
Since majority of IPs are not used to settling
together with the lowland residents, this cultural
and endogenous practice shall be considered in
the IP Development Plan and Resettlement Plan.
Displacement of Settlers In consideration of the negative effects of the

-Disturbance of Properties ROW acquisition, a esettlement Action Plan
-Conflict in land ownership (RAP) formulation is on-going as well as
-Change/conflict in right of conduct of FPIC for IP community that will
way be affected. The RAP, provides for
compensatory measures in form of
compensation, relocation and rehabilitation
assistance to people directly affected with
the intent of eventually improving their living
standards. The RAP framework is based on
relevant GOP laws on land acquisition and
resettlement (RA 10572, Executive Order
1035, RA 7279, RA6379 and RA6657) and
law governing the protection of Indigenous
People rights ( RA 8371).
The RAP, among others, will minimize, if not

mitigate, the negative impacts which bear on
the economic and social well-being of the
affected families (AFs) and IPs. In
conjunction with the agreed mitigation with
the IPs on the cultural monuments to be
affected, access to the remaining springs
and caves could be improved. During low
water levels in summer, the springs and
caves could potentially daylight and still
serve as tourist attraction not as land based
features but as underwater features. Its
promotion could form part of the IP livelihood
enhancement program.

Increase in population will put more

pressure on fragile land resources of the
watershed areas where the competition for
livelihood would be more intense as more
people encroach in these areas. This
situation could further intensify the
denudation of the watershed to a point
where it could become unstable thereby
affecting substantially the dam’s viability.
Adequate protection and support for local
employment and livelihood should be
provided to prevent any social tension or
conflicts among the local population and
migrants. More importantly, the LGUs
particularly at the barangay level should
prepare for the consequences of
developments that may be catalyzed by the
project, especially in terms of the anticipated
increase in the population, which may create
stresses on the resources and environment
of the area. Proactive planning and
formulation and enforcement of appropriate
controls, regulations and incentives should
be undertaken focusing on the following:
 Adequately plan or encourage

investments in water supply development
(Level II and III) for all barangays, sanitary
landfill, road network, drainage system,
health facilities and other basic social
services and facilities.
 Formulate and enforce strict regulations

on sanitation practices (e.g. garbage
disposal, sewage) providing both fines
and incentives to ensure compliance.
 Undertake environmental education

program
 Proper land use planning and zoning

especially on the watershed areas
The impact of employment during

construction is certainly positive and
significant even if only temporary. This would
contribute to additional compensatory
measures for landowners affected by the
project and provide employment and income
to the DIA and SIA.
Local hiring is a sensitive matter that should

be carefully handled to ensure that the
benefits of employment are more equitably
shared among the affected and non-affected

groups. There may be local residents who

are more qualified but fall outside the
prioritization policy. This should likewise be
considered, where appropriate, to spread
the benefits to the community and avoid
possible conflict and social tension that
might lead to peace and order problems.
As part of the income restoration and

rehabilitation of the affected households,
they will be given preference for both skilled
(where they are qualified) and non-skilled
jobs during the construction phase of the
project. This income and rehabilitation
measures will be in addition to the
compensation entitlements that each will
receive to be determined based on
eligibilities under this RAP. This will be in
response to the needs of affected
households who will lose sources of
livelihood and income as identified where all
either depend on agriculture (upland and
irrigated rice farming and cash crops
production), or also engaged in agro-forestry
and other agricultural tree farming activities;
fishing, livestock raising, and in business.
Skills training and capacity building will be

implemented by the MWSS through
accredited service providers such as the
academe or NGOs in the construction
trades, rural extension/sustainable
agriculture, watershed management,
livelihood related activities that will
capacitate women in income generation not
only for the construction requirements but
also in preparation for the market demand.
This will be carried out during the first year
at intervals and frequencies most
convenient to the affected household
members.
Following these, accredited service

providers may also assist the affected
households in identifying and providing
access to livelihood linkages. In addition,
funds shall be made available for qualified
and eligible undertakings. The amount shall
still be determined and ideally maybe
established through a needs assessment
prior to the skills/capability building
activities.
For the indirectly affected IPs, maintaining

their livelihood in their ancestral land shall be

tied up with the Watershed Management

Plan for the KDP under a co-management
approach that is subject to appropriate
zoning and land using scheme.
Proliferation of Informal Prioritization of local hire will be

Settlers implemented to avoid influx of people
outside the project area. This should be
closely coordinated with the LGU
Threat to Public Health and The construction contractors will be required

Safety to provide temporary housing for their
workers, with provision for adequate water
and toilet facilities. The contractors will also
be required to implement appropriate and
adequate solid waste management scheme.
Workers will be oriented to strictly observe
proper hygiene and sanitation practices in
the construction site.
For the safety of workers and the community

near the work areas, appropriate safety
gears shall be required of workers.
Enclosures and proper signages shall be
placed on work areas (especially on
excavated areas) to avoid accidents.
Generation of Local During the construction period, the project

Benefits From the Project will generate numerous employment
opportunities for the local residents.
Specifically, the project is anticipated to hire
workers for most of the duration of the
construction phase. These job opportunities
will include both skilled and unskilled labor.
Although construction-related employment

is temporary, it will bring about a positive
impact in the area where a large pool of
underemployed manpower or seasonal
workers is readily available and highly
anticipating this opportunity. However, the
local manpower available may have to
compete with each other and with other
possible migrant labor that may possess
similar or even better skills needed for the
construction activities.
Among the local residents, competition for

employment between the affected and non-
affected families of the project could bring
about conflict and social tension.
Households whose families will be affected
by the ROW are to be given priority for hiring
as per RAP. On the other hand, those who

will not be directly benefited, especially

those interested residents in the DIA and
SIA, are also expecting a share in the
benefits of the project, which could be
provided, among others, by employment.
Moreover, favoring many migrant workers

over the locals in hiring could further create
social tensions in the area, which could in
turn lead to peace and order problems. This
is especially more so since the local
residents are already highly anticipating the
employment opportunities in the project. In
addition, having many migrant workers will
mean additional population creating
additional burden to the limited social
infrastructures of the area. There is also the
common practice of some migrant workers
to bring along with them their families to the
site with makeshift houses built at the
periphery of the construction sites. This
could lead to health and sanitation problems
and eventually even squatting problems.
In order to avoid the above and institute

measures to ensure that the benefits of
employment will accrue to the locality and
most especially to affected families, MWSS
should adopt a system for screening and
hiring of labor force, which its private sector
partner and contractors should follow.
Increased business The construction phase is also anticipated to

opportunities and create opportunities for small livelihood
associated economic activities for the local residents, such as sari-
activities sari stores, food services, laundry and other
related services if additional construction
workers from outside will be hired.
Moreover, if much of the construction
materials and services will be sourced
locally, local business could also perk up in
DIA and SIA.
The increase in the economic activities

during construction will augment the present
income of the residents and local
businesses/enterprises, which may redound
to an increase in revenues to the concerned
barangays and city/municipality and
possibly the province as a whole. The impact
may be moderately significant in terms of
boosting household income and the local
economy.

For the local residents and those of the

province and the region as a whole to
capitalize on these opportunities, MWSS
should adopt a policy mandating that the
procurement of construction materials and
other supply requirements be done as much
as possible within Tanay, General Nakar
and Infanta and within the rest of the
province or region. Food requirements of
the workers and staff will be
sourced/supplied locally.
Increased revenue of With the operation of the KDP, there will be

LGUs increased revenue to the host LGUs from
real property taxes and permits. At the
same time, with increased employment and
livelihood enterprises, it will be easier to
collect real property tax from productive
farms/enterprises. It is also easier to
collect tariff from products when harvest are
bountiful and taxes when business is
gaining. When all of these happen, the
barangays will not be IRA dependent and
therefore will not be beholden to politicians
in the higher ups and community projects
can be easily put in place. In short, the
KDP does not only benefit water users in
Manila but also help improve the quality of
life of the host community.

Section 3
ENVIRONMENTAL/
ECOLOGICAL RISK
ASSESSMENT

3. ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT
This Environmental Risk Assessment (ERA) report covers the hazards and risks related to the
construction and operation of the Kaliwa Dam in Infanta, Quezon. The risk assessment
process followed the procedure in assessing the hazards and formulating the risk
management schemes.
Based on consultations with key stakeholders, it was established that the main issue of the
project is the threat posed by flooding in the event of dam breakage. This report presents the
evaluation of the possible causes and consequences of flooding brought about by the
breakage of the Kaliwa Dam and its effects on downstream.
3.1. Methodology
The basic procedures undertaken in conducting the risk assessment are:
 hazard assessment
 risk assessment
 risk management planning
Hazard assessment involves the identification and assessment of possible hazardous

conditions at or related to the project. The study evaluates the natural and man-made factors
that modify, amplify and/or influence the occurrence or features of the hazards. Factors that
negate the amplifying affects are also considered.
Risk assessment involves assessment of the consequences if and when the hazard situation
occurs. It includes the analysis of the cascading effects of the hazard and the factors that
amplify or modify the occurrence of the threat.
Risk management planning involves reducing the risks by converting the results of the hazards
and risk assessments into management programs. The capabilities of the communities at risk,
the government and the project proponent are assessed, and an augmentation strategy is
recommended.
3.2. Tectonic Setting
The Kaliwa Dam Project is located in the Island of Luzon, Philippines which is characterized
by four (4) major earthquake generators, namely the Philippine Trench, the Philippine Fault
Zone, the West Marikina Valley Fault and Manila Trench. The nearest geological structure to
the proposed damsite corresponds to the segment of the Philippine Fault which is located 15
kilometers to the east.
Results of the feasibility study and previous works by the MGB and the Philippine Institute of
Volcanology and Seismology (PHIVOLCS) indicate the presence of faults within the Kaliwa
Dam Watershed. These studies, however, indicate that there are no active faults within the
immediate vicinity of the dam which can bring about ground rupture. The nearest documented
active fault to the damsite is the segment of the Philippine Fault Zone which is located 15
kilometers to the east in Infanta. Movement along this fault can bring about ground shaking
which can affect the dam and other engineering structures of the project.
Regional studies conducted by Thenhaus et al in 1994 indicate g values of 0.2 g for rocks
underlying the damsite area. The Feasibility Study used a conservative value of 0.48 g for the
proposed dam which has a return period of 475 years. Site specific earthquake probabilistic
studies need to be undertaken during the design stage of the project.

3.3. Geology
The proposed dam is located 280 meters upstream of the confluence of the main channel of
Kaliwa River and Queborosa Creek. It will span the asymmetrical, U-shaped valley of Kaliwa
River which has a width of about 25 meters at an approximate river bed elevation of 100
meters. The proposed reservoir will occupy an area of about 113 hectares when filled up to
elevation 160 meters. The proposed dam and its reservoir will occupy the mountainous terrain
of the Kaliwa Watershed. Owing to the constricted, U-shaped profile of the river valley, the
areal extent of the reservoir was essentially limited to the immediate vicinity of the main
channel.
The proposed dam and reservoir area is underlain by well indurated interbeds of sandstones
and conglomerates belonging to the Maybangain Formation. Published reports of the Mines
and Geosciences Bureau (MGB) indicate that this rock sequence has a geological age range
of about 38 to 60 million years. The geological age has imparted a high degree of compaction
and induration on the rock formation which has naturally increased its competence and
capacity to support the dam and spillway structures.
3.4. Kaliwa Dam Watershed
The Kaliwa Dam Watershed is located immediately southeast of the proposed location of the
Laiban Dam and falls within the area defined by the geographical coordinates 121º21’ to
121º28’ E longitude and 14º32’ to 14º41’ N latitude. It assumes an irregular triangular shape
which covers an area of 9,690 hectares.
The area immediately downstream of the proposed Kaliwa Dam has a drainage area of
9,689.91 hectares. Kanan River Watershed has a drainage area of 39,460 hectares (Figure
66). All three (3) watersheds fall within a mountainous terrain drained by a network of streams
which exhibit a combined dendritic and trellis pattern.
The main channel of the Kaliwa River consistently exhibits a U-shaped profile and goes
through at least 12 meander bends until it reaches its confluence with the main channel of the
Kanan River. The composite channel is referred to in NAMRIA maps as the Agos River.
Thereafter, Agos River goes through seven (7) meanders over its wide valleys before
spreading out at the apex of the delta located 29 kilometers downstream of the Kaliwa site
and eight (8) kilometers upstream of the central built up area of the Municipalities of Infanta
and General Nakar. The channel of Agos River is typically bounded on both sides by at least
2 levels of terraces with heights varying from 1.5 to 5 meters.
3.5. General Land Uses Downstream of the Kaliwa Dam Watershed
The slopes bounding the Kaliwa River channel downstream of the proposed damsite is still
essentially covered with vegetation. The steep slopes preclude the use of these slopes for
sustained cultivation.
The wide valleys of the Agos River and the adjacent terraces have been used for agriculture
by local residents. The terraces are partially occupied by a limited number of households. The
main delta of Agos River after the bridge which connects the towns of Infanta and General
Nakar is occupied by the residences and establishments of these two (2) municipalities.

Figure 80. Composite map for dam break analysis.

3.6. Hazards Assessment
This assessment indicated that several of the hazard types are not specifically of significant
concern to the downstream municipalities. The hazards associated with construction are
temporary in nature, being present only during the short period that the project is in the
construction phase. This hazard type will only expose a small population—the workers in the
construction phase of the project—making its risk level low. Furthermore, the construction
phase involves activities that are common in many projects that their risk management
procedures had become routine and are already in place even for the contractors that are
hired to undertake the project. Therefore, hazards associated with the brief construction
activity do not warrant inclusion in this risk assessment study.
The hazards arising from natural processes such as typhoons, landslides and earthquakes
are not ignored in this report but are considered only to contribute modifying effects to the
main hazard—flooding.
Data compiled by PAGASA within the period 1948 to 2004 indicates that an average of 20
tropical cyclones enter the Philippine Area of Responsibility (PAR) per year of which about
nine (9) made landfall. Over the period from 2008 to 2012, 89 tropical cyclones entered the
PAR for an average of 18 per year. Of these, 15 made landfall in Luzon Island which
corresponds to about 17% (Table 125). These typhoons bring rains into the watersheds of
Kaliwa River and Kanan and correspondingly increase the flow of the said river.
Table 125 5-Year List of Tropical Cyclones which entered Philippine Area of
Responsibility (PAR)
Tropical Crossed Luzon

Year
Cyclones Island
2008 21 4
2009 22 7
2010 11 2
011 18 2
2012 17 0
Total 89 15
Average 17.8 3
Landslides are initiated in steep slopes during the passage of heavy rains or typhoons which
bring about the movement of weathered and fractured rocks or the corresponding overburden.
The site selected for the dam and spillway has essentially stable slopes which will be further
enhanced through corresponding design measures to ensure the stability of the engineering
structures. Mass movements along the slopes downstream of the dam and within the Kaliwa
River Watershed are not expected to affect the local residents of Infanta and General Nakar.
As previously discussed, the Kaliwa Dam site is located in a region with major earthquake
generators. Ground rupture is not expected to occur at the dam and spillway area as the
nearest active fault corresponding to the segment of the Philippine Fault is located about 15
kilometers to the east. The Kaliwa Dam site though will be subject to ground shaking during
earthquake events in the region.
Local perception surveys and consultations at General Nakar and Infanta indicate that flooding
due to dam break is the most significant event feared by the stakeholders in view of the threat

to human lives and resources downstream. This perception is supported by the experience of
the local residents to natural flood events which affected the two (2) towns. The most recent
major flood event took place in November 2004 when as a consequence of weeklong rains,
heavy damages to lives and properties to the two (2) local government units occurred. This
flood event logically increased the apprehension of the local residents on the flood which may
be generated due to the breakage of the proposed dam.
In terms of probability, a flood which occurs on average once in every hundred years has a
one percent chance of occurring in any particular year. These floods are called 100-year floods
or 1- percent chance floods. Therefore, a 100-year flood could occur more than once in 100
years, or more than once in any year, as this determination refers to the chance a flood of that
magnitude would occur. Thus, the 50-year flood has a 2% chance of occurring in any year,
and the 200-, 500- and 1000-year floods have 0.5%, 0.2% and 0.1% of occurring per year,
respectively.
3.7. Flood Risk Assessment via Dam Break Analysis
The dam break analysis was undertaken using the Hydrologic Engineering Center – River
Analysis System (HEC-RAS) version 4.1 developed by the US Army Corps of Engineers
(USACE). The hydraulic model of the Kaliwa, Kanan and Agos (KKA) River system consisted
of about 16 kilometers of the Kaliwa River (about 450 meters upstream of the Kaliwa Dam axis
to the KKA junction), 400 meters of the Kanan River just near the junction and slightly more
than 20 kilometers of the Agos River from the junction to the river mouth. Figure 81 shows the
HEC-RAS window of the model geometry.
Figure 81. HEC-RAS window of the Hydraulic Model Geometry.

3.8. Boundary Conditions
The boundary conditions for the unsteady flow hydraulic simulation are the flood hydrographs
at the Kaliwa River and Kanan Rivers and the outlet condition at the Agos River mouth. The
flood hydrograph for the Kaliwa River is the estimated Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) at the
Kaliwa Dam which is 1.33 x the PMF of the Laiban Dam.3 For the Kanan River, the PMF is
assumed as 1.33 x PMF of the Kaliwa. Figure 82 presents the two PMF hydrographs. The
peak flows are 6920 m3/sec and 9227 m3/sec for Kaliwa River and Kanan River, respectively,
with a peaking time of 16 hours.
The downstream boundary condition is normal depth and the friction slope was determined as
approximately 0.000119.
The initial conditions are the river discharges at each river reach at the start of the simulation.
This flow is determined by trial and error because if the discharge is low, the downstream river
reach will dry up before the inflow from the flood reaches the section and the computation will
become unstable. The initial discharges used in the simulation are 600 m3/sec for Kaliwa
River, 900 m3/sec for Kanan River and 1500 m3/sec for Agos River.
Probable Maximum Flood Hydrographs
10000
9000
8000
7000
Discharge, m3/sec
6000
5000
4000
Kaliwa
3000
Kanan
2000
1000
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Time, hours
Figure 82. Probable maximum flood hydrographs of the Kaliwa River and the Kanan River.
3.9. Dam Break Parameters
The water surface elevation that was set for the initiation of dam break was 168.1 meters or
1.9 meters lower than the dam crest elevation of 170m to provide a factor of safety. Total dam
3
Rebel et al, June 2013

break was assumed to occur within one (1) hour. The breach has a bottom width of 30m and
1V:0.25H ratio on both sides.
Results of Dam Break Analysis
The dam break simulation was conducted for a period of 30 hours. The longitudinal profile of
the Kaliwa+Agos River at time 0000H, 0745H (start of dam break), 0845H (complete dam
break), 1200H, 1600H (time of peak flow) and 2400H are shown in Figures 83, 84 and 85.
The simulation showed that the dam break will occur at a discharge of 2779 m3/sec or about
40% of the PMF.The dam break is shown in the stage and flow hydrograph of the Kaliwa at
Sta -0+455 (Figures 86, and 87, respectively). When the dam break occurs, the water surface
elevation in the upstream reservoir takes a very rapid drop as indicated in the stage
hydrograph. This dam break then generates a flood wave because of the rapid increase in
discharge due to the instantaneous outflow of water from the reservoir. This is indicated by
the sudden shoot-up in the flow hydrograph at between 465 to 480 minutes. This wave will
propagate to the downstream but, because of frictional losses, will be gradually attenuated as
it travels. The composite flow hydrographs of the Kaliwa River from the Kaliwa at STA -0+455,
STA -0+860, STA -4+177, STA -8+866, STA -12+471 and STA -16+354 (junction with Kanan
and Kaliwa River) illustrate the flood wave attenuation as the wave travels along the Kaliwa
River (Figure 74). The individual stage hydrographs are shown in Figure 88.

KlwaDamBrk Plan: KLDBrkQ4 10/22/2013

Agos R3 Kaliwa R1
Legend
EG 30SEP2013 2400
150 WS 30SEP2013 2400
C rit 30SEP2013 2400
Ground
Elevation (m)
100
50
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000
Main Channel Dis tance (m)
T = 000HRS

Agos R3 Kaliwa R1
Legend
EG 01OCT2013 0745
150 WS 01OCT2013 0745
Crit 01OCT2013 0745
Ground
Elevation (m)
100
50
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000
T = 0745 HRS
Figure 83. Longitudinal profile of the Kaliwa + Agos River System: T = 0000H and
0745H.


Agos R3 Kaliwa R1
Legend
EG 01OC T2013 0845

150 WS 01OC T2013 0845
Crit 01OC T2013 0845
Ground
Elevation (m)
100
50
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000
T = 0845HRS

Agos R3 Kaliwa R1
Legend
EG 01OCT2013 1200
150 WS 01OC T2013 1200
C rit 01OC T2013 1200
Ground
Elevation (m)
100
50
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000
T = 1200HRS
1200H.


Agos R3 Kaliwa R1
Legend
EG 01OCT2013 1600
150 WS 01OCT2013 1600
Crit 01OCT2013 1600
Ground
Elevatio n (m)
100
50
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000
T = 1600HRS

Agos R3 Kaliwa R1
Legend
EG 01OCT2013 2400
150 WS 01OCT2013 2400
Crit 01OCT2013 2400
Ground
Elevatio n (m)
100
50
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000
T = 2400HRS
2400H.

Kaliwa Low Dam Sta ‐0+455
175
170
Water Surface Elevation, meters
165
160
155
150
145
140
135
130
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
Time, minutes
Figure 86. Kaliwa Dam stage hydrograph showing dam break.
Kaliwa Low Dam Sta ‐0+455
8000
7000
6000
Discharge, m3/sec
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
Time, minutes
Figure 87. Kaliwa Dam flow hydrograph showing dam break.

Kaliwa River
8000
7000
6000
5000
Discharge, m3/sec
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
Time, minutes
‐0+455 KLD ‐0+860 ‐4+177 ‐8+866 ‐12+471 ‐16+354
Figure 88. Composite Kaliwa River Flow hydrograph showing flood wave attenuation.

Kaliwa Low Dam Sta ‐0+455 Kaliwa R. Sta ‐0+860
175 138
170 137
165
136
160
135
155
134
150
133
145
132
140
135 131
130 130
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
Time, minutes Time, minutes
Kaliwa R. Sta ‐4+177 Kaliwa R. Sta ‐8+866
126 100
Water Surface Elevation, meters 99
124
98
97
122
96
120 95
94
118
93
92
116
91
114 90
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
0
Kaliwa R. Sta ‐12+471 Kaliwa R. Sta ‐16+354
86 71
85 70
84 69
83 68
82 67
81 66
80 65
79 64
78 63
77 62
76 61
75 60
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
Figure 89. Specific Kaliwa River stage hydrograph showing flood wave attenuation.

At the junction, the Kaliwa River flow and the Kanan River flow will merge to form the Agos
River discharge. There will also be head or energy losses at the confluence so that it will also
dampen the flood wave at this point. This is shown in the flow hydrograph and stage
hydrograph at the KKA junction in Figures 90 and 91, respectively.
Kaliwa ‐ Kanan ‐Agos Junction
18000
16000
14000
12000
Discharge, m3/sec
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
Time, minutes
Kaliwa R. ‐16+354 Kanan R. ‐0+400 Agos R. 0+000
Figure 90. Kaliwa-Kanan-Agos junction flow hydrograph showing flood wave

attenuation.

Kaliwa ‐ Kanan ‐ Agos Junction
72
70
68
66
64
62
60
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
Time, minutes
Kaliwa R. ‐16+354 Kanan R. ‐0+400 Agos R. 0+000
Figure 91. Kaliwa-Kanan-Agos junction stage hydrograph showing flood wave

attenuation.

Finally, in the Agos River, the flood wave is shown to be almost completely attenuated. This
is illustrated in the composite flow hydrographs in Figure 78 for STA 0+000 (start of Agos River
at the KKA junction), STA -5+268, STA -10+682, STA -15+239 (just before the bridge
connecting Infanta and Gen. Nakar) and STA -17+967 (~2 km from the river mouth and
approximate alignment of the town) and the individual stage hydrographs in Figures 93.
Agos River
18000
16000
14000
12000
Discharge, m3/sec
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
Time, minutes
0+000 ‐5+268 ‐10+682 ‐15+239 ‐17+967
Figure 92. Composite Agos River flow hydrograph showing flood wave attenuation.

Agos R. Sta 0+000 Agos R. Sta ‐5+268
71 51
70 50
69 49
68
48
67
47
66
46
65
45
64
44
63
62 43
61 42
60 41
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
Agos R. Sta ‐10+682 Agos R. Sta ‐15+239
35 25
34 24
33 23
32
22
31
21
30
20
29
19
28
27 18
26 17
25 16
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
Agos R. Sta ‐17+967
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
1080
1200
1320
1440
1560
1680
1800
120
240
360
480
600
720
840
960
0
Time, minutes
Figure 93. Specific Agos River stage hydrographs showing flood wave attenuation.

PGA of Nearest Earthquake Generator
Based on available data, four (4) faults or lineaments were delineated west of the Kaliwa Dam
site. Table 126 presents the list of these structures, length, distance from Kaliwa, location with
respect to the proposed dam site, the peak ground acceleration for various types of foundation
materials.
Table 126. Peak Ground Acceleration of Faults near Kaliwa Dam

Direction Ground Acceleration (g)
Distance
Length from Earthquake
Name from Kaliwa g g g G
(km) Kaliwa Magnitude
Dam (km) Rock Hard Medium Soft
Dam
Daraitan Fault 10 West 13 6.24 0.162 0.289 0.235 0.376
Lenatin
30 West 9 6.79 0.243 0.434 0.353 0.564
Lineament
Unnamed
8.4 West 2.6 6.15 0.300 0.536 0.436 0.696
Fault
Unnamed
3.9 West 1.3 5.76 0.321 0.573 0.466 0.744
Fault
3.10. Conclusion
The dam break analysis due to the occurrence of the probable maximum flood (PMF) showed
that the flood wave generated by the failure of the Kaliwa Dam will be gradually attenuated
and will have very limited effect on the towns of Infanta and Gen. Nakar. The attenuation was
brought about by the distance travelled by the flood and the geometry and meandering nature
of the river channel.
It should also be noted that the PMF has a probability of occurrence or >0.0001 or a return
period of more than 10,000 years. Therefore, the risk of failure of the Kaliwa Dam due to dam
break is very minute. And as mentioned above, if ever it occurs, the flood wave will have been
attenuated and will have minimal effect on the populated areas about 35 kilometers
downstream.
2.1.48. Flood Mitigation
Notwithstanding the remote possibility of a dam break and its insignificant effect on the flow of
the Agos River near the towns of General Nakar and Infanta, the following measures shall be
implemented:
2.1.49. Appropriate Dam Design
The dam shall be designed as a rock fill dam with a clay core. The core shall provide flexibility
for possible movement. With due consideration of the presence of regional earthquake
generators, the FS has indicated that it will consider a conservative 0.48 g for the design of
the dam.
2.1.50. Dam Monitoring
The dam shall be operated in accordance with international standards. Monitoring of the
stability of the structures (dam and spillway) shall be undertaken on a regular basis using both
visual and electromechanical methods.
Monitoring of reservoir levels shall be undertaken regularly. Release of reservoir water shall
be made at appropriate times to avoid overtopping.

2.1.51. Flood Forecasting and Warning System
Advance information regarding possible flood events is the most crucial factor in making the
necessary preparations to avoid if not minimize adverse effects of floods. Flood forecasting
is a very important tool to predict at an early stage the possible flood emergency. It can be
initiated only if data for the required analysis are available. To obtain this, MWSS shall install
and operate a network of hydro meteorological gaging stations starting from upstream for the
following purposes:
 Establishment of a rainfall-runoff relation by statistical analysis of collected data.

 Monitoring of reservoir inflow to the reservoir and study/assess possible flooding
 Collection of useful information needed for the preparation of an adequate watershed
management program
2.1.52. Emergency Response Plan for Flood Hazards
This emergency response plan (ERP) is formulated to prescribe the guidelines in the
formulation and organization of the appropriate actions in the event of naturally generated
floods and those attributed to a possible dam break and in the identification and organization
of the appropriate actions and individuals/institutions that will carry them out during an
emergency. This ERP also intends to safeguard the welfare of the communities at risk by
providing the program that will oversee the conduct of flood forecasting/warning, evacuation,
fast delivery of services, medical supplies, materials and equipment for evacuation, and other
relief assistance to flood disaster victims.
Key players in the ERP are the regional, provincial and municipal Disaster Risk Reduction and
Management Council (MDRRMC) and their barangay counterparts and the dam operator,
MWSS.
The organization, responsibilities and tasks of the previously mentioned councils have been
defined under RA 10121 which refers to the Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and
Management Act of 2010.
As the operator of the dam, MWSS shall regularly coordinate with these councils and PAGASA
as part of its overall program of reducing the risks of flooding that may be caused by the
possible failure of the water impounding structure. MWSS shall be responsible for the safety
and accident prevention and specific preparedness measures within the dam compound. It
shall also be responsible in the formulation of procedures for and implementation of the flood
forecasting and warning system, training of plant personnel, IEC responsibilities in
coordination with the local government and disaster risk councils and in ensuring that funds
are available for the ERP. MWSS shall also be responsible for budget allocation to ensure the
installation, operation and maintenance of the necessary instrumentation and equipment for
the Flood Forecasting and Warning System.
Although flooding via dam break has been analysed to be insignificant by the time the water
reaches Infanta and General Nakar, the ERP shall include a clear and well disseminated
evacuation procedure.
In order to accomplish a safe and timely evacuation, an early warning of the emergency
situation should be communicated to all concerned residents.
The disaster risk councils upon notification from MWSS shall evacuate residents of Infanta
and General Nakar. The councils shall head the evacuation of residents in an orderly manner
and shall make an accounting of all evacuees.

Evacuation takes precedence above other activities and so shall have priority in allocation or
assignment for service vehicles available.
The municipal building or the LGU building located at the highest point within the 2
municipalities shall correspond to the Disaster Operation Center (DOC) where all instructions
and related activities will emanate.
The PNP shall provide security coverage in the disaster operations and evacuation centers
and areas affected by flood.
The DOH shall establish emergency station for first aid treatment of flood victims and provide
necessary medicines and medical treatment.
The DSWD shall assist in securing relief goods and supplies for flood victims.
The ERP shall also include post-emergency procedures which refer to all activities necessary
to support residents during and after an emergency situation and to restore normal life in the
area. This include relief/rehabilitation, damage assessment and rehabilitation/restoration.
2.1.53. Relief/Rehabilitation
The local coordinating council, in cooperation with the Municipal Social Welfare and
Development and the Philippine National Red Cross shall be responsible for undertaking
immediate survey of disaster area and provide mass feeding, emergency housing, emergency
clothing, and missing persons tracing services, as necessary.
2.1.54. Damage Assessment
The local disaster coordinating council shall conduct immediate survey of the disaster area to
determine casualties and damages to infrastructure, agriculture, aquatic resources, animal life
and other properties. Results of the survey shall be reported to the operations center of the
affected locality for initial assessment. It shall be sent through the next higher disaster
coordinating council for transmittal to NDRRMC through OCD for final evaluation and
appropriate action.
2.1.55. Rehabilitation/Reconstruction
The local coordinating council within the respective levels shall determine the nature and
extent of the rehabilitation effort to be undertaken and shall request for assistance from
appropriate government agencies, private offices/agencies or individuals, if the situation goes
beyond their capability.
MWSS shall initiate activities to repair/restore any damages to the dam and its facilities.
The termination stage of a flood-initiated emergency is as important as the initiation of an

emergency. The activities include documentation of emergency activities for future reference,
incident investigation in case human action is at fault either partly or wholly, damage
assessment, incident debriefing to inform residents of any remaining hazards or unsafe
conditions, and critique of the emergency response plan and safety policies and procedures.

Section 4
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN

4. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
4.1. General
This EMP is prepared in accordance with relevant tendering documents and Philippine local
EMP regulations to plan the environment protection during construction of this project.
The Contractor is certified to ISO 14001:2015 (Environmental Management System) and is

executing it in its daily operations. The Contractor’s environmental policy is: Strickly obey the
laws and regulations, Effectively monitor, pay attention to safety, eliminate a hidden dager,
care for the environment protection, energy-saving and cost-reducing, continuous
improvement and to ensure the well-being.
4.1.1. Scope of Environmental Management
Scale of environment management includes environmental issues as following in all

construction area:
 Environmental protection, conservation, regulation

 Minimization of pollution; waste management; environmental laws and policies;
environmental education and information; study and mitigation of the environmental
impacts of human activity involved in the Project construction area during contract
period.
4.1.2. Objectives of Environmental Management
 Lessen and lighten the influence on environment during project construction,

including natural and cultural environment.
 Environmental protection measure during construction and recovery measure after
pollution.
 After completion the natural environment can be recovered to its original condition.
4.1.3. Environmental Management Process
Environmental management process will be prepared in accordance with ISO 14000 typical
management rule, the process includes:
 Environmental policy
 Environmental management planning
 Planning implementation
 Check and corrective action
 Review and improvement
 Continual improvement

Continual Environmental
Improvement Policy
Review and
Planning
Improvement
Checking and
Implementation
Corrective Action
Figure 94 Environmntal Management Flow Chart
4.2. Environmental Management Organization (Staffing With Roles and

Responsibilities)
4.1.4. Environmental Management Organization
Project Manager
Deputy Manager and Chief Engineer
Heads of Functional Departments and Construction

Teams
Full-Time Pollution Control Officer(PCO) of

Construction Teams and Shifts
Figure 95 Project Environmental Management Organizational Chart

4.1.5. Roles and Responsibilities
 The Project Manager is the first responsible person who is directly responsible for
the respect of the environmental protection guidelines and the compliance with
safeguards and standards required.
 Leaders with specific duties will be responsible for their own specific scope.
 Each construction team and functional department shall conduct well the
environmental protection work in their own specific management scope.
 The Contractor in charge of construction and civil engineering works will hire
Pollution Control Officer (PCO) with appropriate experience in the environmental
field. The PCO is the direct management officer on environmental protection and
compliances at the Project construction office. The main tasks of the PCO are the
following:
- Responsible for monitoring and management of environmental protection

activities.
- Supervise and urge each department to execute well the environmental
protection work.
- Monitor environmental activities of the Contractor and its sub-contractor
- Assist in resolution of non-conformance
- Identify the need for and recommend corrective actions
- Liaise/coordinate with the PCO from the Project owner regarding Project
implementation and compliance activities
- Prepare a monthly report including (when required) photographic record of
implemented environmental protection measures. The monthly report will
summarize any relevant special sites investigations and monitoring activities.
The report will be submitted to the Contractor Manager and to the Project
owner.
4.3. Potential Environmental Impacts of the Project
The environmental impacts associated with the activities during the construction and
operational phases have taken into the account the existing environmental conditions. It is
assumed that the proposed road and bridge construction in the area meet the requirements
of the project.
Most of the negative impacts of the KDP to the environment during the construction period is
temporary and will be restored to natural condition after project completion.
4.3.1. Impacts on Land
4.3.1.1. Impacts on Land Use

The proposed project will result in the permanent and local modification of the land cover
and land use of the small areas to be occupied by the structure site.
4.3.1.2. Encroachment to ECA

Under DENR DAO 2003-30, there are 12 categories for environmental critical areas
(ECA). Of the 12 categories, two (2) are present within the project area: All areas eclared
as national parks, watershed reserves, wildlife preserves, sanctuaries and All areas
declared as national parks, watershed reserves, wildlife preserves, sanctuaries

4.3.1.3. Impact with Existing Land Tenure Issues

There are land tenurial instruments present in the watershed however did not fall in the
project area particularly in the reservoir area. Individual farm lots are only present in the
area.
4.3.1.4. Loss/Deterioration of Current Vegetation Cover

The project development will entail removal of vegetation cover to give way for the
construction of dam and reservoir. The removal of vegetation will also result in the
reduction in the population of plant species growing within the project area. Future
vegetation will face a great threat during the clearing activity. This activity will hinder the
opportunity of these regenerants to grow and replace the mature vegetation in the area.
4.3.1.5. Loss of Habitat and Wildlife Species

Wildlife species including threatened species of highly mobile species (i.e. birds, bats and
large mammals) will be displaced once the habitat is transformed. Displaced animals will
be more prone to human contact and hunting.
Habitat loss as a result of inundation of areas for the operation of the dam will cause
displacement or mortality particularly for the less mobile species, i.e. small species,
nestlings and fledglings and young of some species.
Inundation will be gradual and will allow movement of less mobile species. Significant
portions of forests at higher elevations will serve as wildlife refuge. Semi-annual monitoring
schemes for wildlife will be implemented to determine possible effects of the project most
specially to identified noteworthy species.
Habitat fragmentation will reduce the total area of habitat available for wildlife and may
lead to crowding and increased competition among individuals and species.
4.3.1.6. Loss of Biomass and Carbon

The studied area has considerable amount of biomass and stored carbon. Clearing and
inundation of most of the watershed area will reduce carbon sinks and might possible
release the carbon that was stored these trees, which eventually one of the causes of
global warming problem.
4.3.1.7. Terrain modification, Erosion and slope destabilization

A permanent and major modification of the terrain at the section of Kaliwa River to be
occupied by the dam, spillway and diversion tunnel will take place. The portal areas of the
conveyance tunnel will also be modified.
During construction, earthmoving activities will be carried out in the sites designated for
the dam, spillway, diversion tunnel, portals of conveyance tunnel. The dam site, spillway,
diversion tunnel and conveyance tunnel will be the major sources of excavated materials.
The excavated materials if not properly managed could be exposed to erosion especially
during rains and will contribute to the siltation of the main channel of the Kaliwa River and
streams bounding the other structure sites. Stockpiles of sand and gravel brought in from
sources outside the project area could also be susceptible to erosion.
Aside from erosion, earthmoving or excavation at the proposed structure sites, whether
mechanically undertaken or aided by blasting, could initiate down slope movement. This
could potentially take place at the damsite and spillway area and at the portals of the
diversion tunnel and conveyance tunnel.

4.3.1.8. Impairment of Visual Aesthetics (Submergence of Some Springs and

Caves in Daraitan)
The upstream section of the reservoir will submerge some of the springs and caves within
the maximum water level. These springs and caves are not only important to the IPs but
also serve as tourist attractions during summer.
At a minimum reservoir elevation, one (1) spring will be submerged. This is the hot spring
(Spring 7) which is located in the main channel of Kaliwa River. Current elevation data of
the rest of the springs is based on readings of a hand held Global Positioning System
(GPS). Springs 2, 3 and 4 are located near the edge of the proposed reservoir.
4.3.1.9. Increased in Solid Wastes and waste disposal

Because the project requires continuous underground excavation, large quantity of
abandoned materials will be produced.
During construction, solid wastes produced in project site and workers living quarters will
cause negative impact on terrestrial environment if not properly treated and managed.
4.3.2. Impacts on Water Environment
4.3.2.1. Reduction of water flow for downstream users

During construction, the streamflow from Kaliwa River will be diverted through two tunnels
on the left bank which will discharge downstream of the Kaliwa-Queborosa Creek
confluence. Water will continue to flow downstream bypassing the construction area and
SitioQueborosa.
4.3.2.2. Conflict with irrigation water requirement downstream

The construction of dam may impede water flow hence affecte downstream users
4.3.2.3. Deterioration of river water quality

Erosion during construction and disturbance of riverbeds and banks will bring about
siltation of the river waters and lead to short term increase in total suspended solids (TSS)
and total dissolved solids (TDS). This will translate to a decrease in DO levels which will
affect aquatic life forms in Kaliwa River. The local deterioration in river water quality may
be attributed to unsanitary practices of the construction workers that may use the rivers as
toilet area and waste disposal area for both construction and domestic wastes.
4.3.2.4. Impacts on Fresh Water Ecology

While a newly-constructed dam disrupts the river ecosystem, it also creates a new
environment. As it a dam alters the waterways, it also affects the habitat and nesting
grounds of terrestrial flora and fauna. Dams submerge the habitat of rare plants and
hunting grounds of birds, reptiles and other mammals.
As rivers and its tributaries are altered by the dam construction, fishery resources are
affected due to changes in river flow, deterioration of water quality, water temperature
changes, loss of spawning grounds and barriers to fish migration.
Changes in freshwater flow and quality will also alter species distribution and breeding
patterns of fish species. These factors also increase the likelihood of creating conditions
where disease-transmitting insects and other invertebrates (e.g., snails) may proliferate.
Another impact of establishing dams on fish fauna and to wildlife as a whole is the loss of
habitat resulting from excavation, construction and other associated developments in the
project area. These may result in the disruption of behavioral patterns of aquatic fauna,

including waterfowls, amphibians and reptiles especially during the construction stages of
the project.
a. Threat to Plankton Communities

Phytoplankton and zooplankton would be generally subjected to short-term impacts during
the construction. Threat to plankton community would come from the increase load of
suspended solids during the construction of the project resulting to reduction of depth of
photosynthetic activity of the phytoplankton. Similarly, highly turbid water would affect the
grazing success of zooplankton. This would temporarily result to lower rates of
photosynthesis and primary production. However, plankton population recovery after
construction would be generally rapid due to quick reproduction periods including
recruitment and advection from adjacent unaffected areas. A laboratory experiment
conducted over a two week with different zooplankton showed that mortality was high at
levels over 10,000 mg/L of Total Suspended Solids (TSS) but generally studies have not
shown any significant impact at the levels experienced from activities such as dredging
and related activities (Clarke & Wilbur 2000). In addition, many larval stages are only in
the plankton for short periods and other groups have short life cycles which mean recovery
can be relatively quick (less than a year) depending on the time of year and source of
larvae (James et al 2015). Given, the temporary and limited extent of the effect of highly
turbid waters relative to the overall area of Taal Lake, the impact on plankton community
are predicted to be low in long term. Mitigating measures however needs to address for
the short-term negative impacts of high turbid waters during the construction.
Phytoplankton groups like diatoms, cyanobacteria and green algae before the operation
of project, thrive beneath boulders, stones, fallen logs along the river at depth where light
could penetrate. With the increase in water elevation, some of these organisms may perish
since light penetration would decrease affecting their photosynthetic capacity Plankton can
be also generally negatively affected by overflow of material released during construction
activities. The overflow material released during construction increase the turbidity of the
freshwater ecosystem. The increased load of suspended solids would reduce light
penetration which then reduce depth of photosynthetic activity by the phytoplankton. There
are studies that showing that high sediment loads would reduce the grazing success of
zooplankton. However these negative effects are generally short term.
b. Threat to Benthic Communities

The benthic macroinvertebrates community in this survey was mostly comprised of
arthropods, mollusks and annellids. These groups of organisms are dependent on the
availability of food in the benthic zone and mainly part of the food chain as well. Some
species are tolerant to pollution and can survive by feeding on the organic materials
deposited in the bottom part of the aquatic habitat. Macro-benthos can migrate to other
area once disturbed; hence, the project is not expected to pose significant impact on this
aquatic community.
Clear cutting hardwood timber, heavy crop irrigation, and industrial/residential

development which occur in the watershed can impact populations of biotic
macroinvertebrate and fish communities in the study area. Cutting of bottomland
hardwoods eliminates leaves and woody debris which are an important primary food
source. Loss of canopy cover allows solar radiation to raise water temperature to high
levels, especially in summer. Erosion and siltation resulting from logging operations can
also have detrimental effects on water quality.
Activities such as earth moving and removal of vegetation within the development area will
proportionately increase runoff. Most of the water will be directed to the downstream zones
and outfall areas adjacent to the river mouth. Sediment runoff will have a potential impact

to river organisms as well as flora and may be a potential source of threat to existence of
locally important species.
c. Wastewater
Waste water produced by construction and workers lodging will be discharged to
underground or in the water course causing water pollution. Water flow in the section
between the dam and the tail water will be reduced due to water intake for power
generation.
Domestic wastewater that will be generated during construction activities will be coming
from urinals and portalets installed in the site.
4.3.3. Impacts on Air Quality
4.3.3.1. Increased Levels of Air Pollutants

During the construction phase of the project, access roads and the operation of construction
equipment and vehicles will be the main sources of pollution. Fugitive dust and combustion
emissions will be generated. The primary sources of fugitive dust emissions will include
construction activities such as land clearing, grading, excavation, and the transport and
movement of construction material particularly the increased vehicle traffic on unpaved roads.
The amount of dust generated will be a function of construction activities, soil type, moisture
content, wind speed, frequency of precipitation, vehicle traffic, vehicle type, and roadway
characteristics.
Fugitive dust emissions will be highest during drier periods in areas of fine-textured soils.
During the dry season, dust suppression will be applied as needed (such as watering of
disturbed or exposed areas). A dust control plan will be implemented and regular maintenance
of vehicles and equipment will be carried out.
4.3.3.2. Increased Noise and Traffic during Construction

During construction, increased noise and traffic levels will be significant due to heavy
construction vehicles moving to and from the site. Increased traffic will be a result of trucks to
and from the site for construction material deliveries and site clearing. Noise that will be
generated will be through site clearing activities using soil scrappers and construction workers
on site including construction equipment’s operation. Since there are residential areas in the
immediate vicinity of the site, the impact is considered significant.
4.3.4. Impacts on Human Environment (People)
4.3.4.1. Impacts on Physical Cultural Resources of IPs

There are identified portions of their ancestral domain land considered as ‘sacred sites’
that would be affected by inundation. This includes the Tinipak spring along Pagsangahan,
which is a source of water for the IPs, and the Tinipak caves in Daraitan. The loss of these
sacred sites would have a significant impact on the IPs in view of their strong cultural
attachment to these areas, which have been handed down to them by their ancestors and
would want to preserve and safeguard them as part of their ethos. The cultural integrity
and spirituality of the Dumagats and Remontados, which are closely linked to their
ancestral land and all the natural resources within it, will be endangered if no mitigating
measures will be implemented to protect their rights to land and culture.
4.3.4.2. Displacement of People

The project will acquire lands and at the same time may affect settlements/properties. This
loss of land and properties to give way to project development will affect numbers of
settlers/households in the area.

4.3.4.3. Generation of Local Benefits from the Project

During the construction period, the project will generate numerous employment
opportunities for the local residents. Specifically, the project is anticipated to hire workers
for most of the duration of the construction phase. These job opportunities will include
both skilled and unskilled labor.
Although construction-related employment is temporary, it will bring about a positive

impact in the area where a large pool of underemployed manpower or seasonal workers
is readily available and highly anticipating this opportunity. However, the local manpower
available may have to compete with each other and with other possible migrant labor that
may possess similar or even better skills needed for the construction activities.
Among the local residents, competition for employment between the affected and non-
affected families of the project could bring about conflict and social tension. Households
whose families will be affected by the ROW are to be given priority for hiring as per RAP.
On the other hand, those who will not be directly benefited, especially those interested
residents in the DIA and SIA, are also expecting a share in the benefits of the project,
which could be provided, among others, by employment.
Moreover, favoring many migrant workers over the locals in hiring could further create
social tensions in the area, which could in turn lead to peace and order problems. This is
especially more so since the local residents are already highly anticipating the
employment opportunities in the project. In addition, having many migrant workers will
mean additional population creating additional burden to the limited social infrastructures
of the area. There is also the common practice of some migrant workers to bring along
with them their families to the site with makeshift houses built at the periphery of the
construction sites. This could lead to health and sanitation problems and eventually even
squatting problems.
In order to avoid the above and institute measures to ensure that the benefits of
employment will accrue to the locality and most especially to affected families, MWSS
should adopt a system for screening and hiring of labor force, which its private sector
partner and contractors should follow.
4.3.4.4. In-Migration Proliferation of Informal Settlers

The settlement pattern of the Dumagats/Remontados is largely dispersed due to the
practice of swidden, which not only defined their economic system, but also their social or
cultural system. According to Bennagen (1985)4, the migration to another area within 15-
kilometer radius is still not considered as a change of residence. The sense of territory
was not exclusive, however, the rights of the other Dumagats/Remontados within the same
territory is recognized. Dumagats refer to a specific home base as the place of birth, but
the settlements are dispersing away from the home base only to cluster in groups of two
to six families to make the clearings for the swidden farms.
With the full operation of the Kaliwa Dam project, there could be increased migration of
population particularly in the DIA and adjacent areas. Increased migration could be
induced by the following factors:
4
Bennagen, Ponciano, Empirical Studies in Selected Swidden Communities including Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand. Swidden
Cultivation in Asia. Volume 3. UNESCO. 1985, as cited in the Ancestral Domain Sustainable Development and Protection Plan (ADSDDP) of
the Dumagat/Remontado Indigenous People of Tanay, Rizal, 2010‐ 2020.

 Increased employment opportunity due to the need for more skilled and unskilled labor
which could attract migrants from nearby areas to relocate, especially those who have
relatives and friends in the area. At the same time, residents of the SIA may also be
attracted to come up and take advantage of this employment opportunity including
possible speculation of new lands to be developed for agriculture.
 Entry of new businessmen/traders to ride on the expanded business opportunities
brought about by improved socioeconomic environment in the DIA.
The anticipated increase in population could create corresponding increase in demand for
basic social services, roads and bridges infrastructure, which presently need improvement.
This may create competition and conflict among the residents over the use of limited
facilities and services of the DIA thereby disrupting social harmony and causing social
tension and possibly peace and order problems.
4.3.4.5. Increased Business Opportunities and Associated Economic Activities

The construction phase is also anticipated to create opportunities for small livelihood
activities for the local residents, such as sari-sari stores, food services, laundry and other
related services if additional construction workers from outside will be hired. Moreover, if
much of the construction materials and services will be sourced locally, local business could
also perk up in direct impact area (DIA) and secondary impact area (SIA).
The increase in the economic activities during construction will augment the present income
of the residents and local businesses/enterprises, which may redound to increased
revenues to the concerned barangays and city/municipality and possibly the province as a
whole. The impact may be moderately significant in terms of boosting household income
and the local economy.
For the local residents and those of the province and the region as a whole to capitalize
on these opportunities, MWSS should adopt a policy mandating that the procurement of
construction materials and other supply requirements be done as much as possible within
Tanay, General Nakar and Infanta and within the rest of the province or region. Food
requirements of the workers and staff should likewise be sourced/supplied locally.
4.3.4.6. Increased Revenue of LGUs

With the operation of the Kaliwa Dam, there will be increased revenue to the host LGUs
from real property taxes and permits. At the same time, with increased employment and
livelihood enterprises, it will be easier to collect real property tax from productive
farms/enterprises. It is also easier to collect tariff from products when harvest is bountiful
and taxes when business is gaining. When all of these happen, the barangays will not be
IRA dependent and therefore will not be beholden to politicians in the higher ups and
community projects can be easily put in place. In short, the Kaliwa Dam project does not
only benefit water users in Manila but also help improve the quality of life of the affected
families and the entire community as well.
4.3.4.7. Threat to Public Health and Safety

Generation of solid waste and sewage from construction workers will increase during
construction phase. Although temporary, the impact may be significant as the area is
remote and there are no available facilities for sanitation outside of the small community in
Queborosa. Moreover, laborers may be exposed to construction hazards if no appropriate
provisions are put in place for their safety, which could lead to accidents.
4.4. Environmental Protection and Mitigating Measures

4.4.1. Land Impacts

4.4.1.1. Impact on Land Use

Land use alteration in the impounding area is permanent. Vegetation cover in this area
will be properly mitigated by the measures specified in the terrestrial ecology (planting
and restoration of vegetation cover) and implementation of watershed management.
MWSS will closely coordinate with the LGU in terms of the land use planning. For lands
allocated for settlements and farming, this will be coordinated and consulted with the
affected community (covered by RAP).
Adjacent areas which will be affected will be restored to its original cover or use through
revegetation.
4.4.1.2. Encroachment in the ECA

The proponent should then ensure that the project management plan is compatible with
the management plan of the existing proclaimed areas and ADSDPP (if there is any) of
CADT present in the area. In addition to this, proper mitigating measures and wastes
disposal plan should be strictly implemented so as not to compromise the water quality
and the current multiple use of the project area.
4.4.1.3. Impact with Existing Land Tenure Issues

No tenurial instrument issued by the government are covered by the project except for
the CADT which are under proclamations. Measures will be incorporated in the RAP and
upon consultation of the community.

a. Mitigation of Loss of ecologically important species
To mitigate this, ecologically important species must be identified and marked to minimize
damage especially in sites adjacent to proposed engineering development. Seeds and
propagules of ecologically important species (noted in large number during the inventory)
must be collected for use in propagation in damaged areas that will not be occupied by the
dam and other structures. The same could be used for the watershed management
rehabilitation and protection.
b. Replacement of trees cut due to land clearing

Prior to project implementation the proponent will coordinate to the DENR and Philippine
Coconut Authority (PCA) to seek clearance for the identification of required documents for
the issuance of needed tree and coconut cutting permits (PD 705). Moreover, to
compensate the loss of habitats, the proponent will replace the number of trees
removed/cut and plant them in nearby areas or in accordance with the advice of the DENR.
Species that will be used for the reforestation must be indigenous trees and/or fruit bearing
trees endemic in the place that can attract wildlife species.
Per DENR Memorandum Order No. 05 of 2012 mandated that "Uniform replacement ratio
for cut or relocated trees" item 2.2 "For planted trees in private land and forest lands...
tree replacement shall be 1:50 while naturally growing trees in the same area, including
those affected by the project, shall be 1:100 ratio in support of the National Greening
Program (NGP) and Climate Change Initiatives of the Government".
c. Strict adherence to the development plan of the project site especially during land
clearing.
Land clearing will be confined on designated sites only based on the approved
development plan. The development activities will be limited within the proposed project
area. Areas to be cleared will be delineated to avoid unnecessary clearing. The no hunting
and no collecting policy will be implemented.

Likewise, gradual land clearing and removal of vegetation is encouraged to provide

sufficient time for non-volant fauna species to transfer in the nearby habitat.
d. Restoration of Wildlife habitat

Restoration/rehabilitation of areas at higher elevations will be carried out to ensure that
alternative wildlife refuge will be available. This should be done in conjunction with the
watershed rehabilitation strategy.
Annex 6 presents the Watershed Management Framework for the Kaliwa Watershed.
e. Prohibition of wildlife poaching/collection

The proponent should also ensure that its employees must be prohibited/warned/informed
not to engage in any mode of wildlife collection and/or hunting for the conservation and
protection of remaining wildlife species. Promote wildlife protection using innovative
means such as putting up of warning signage on strategic areas for public information and
warning.
f. Establishment of natural noise buffer/natural perimeter along the alignment using

landscape species or fruit bearing trees
To consider in the planning the establishment of natural buffer perimeter within the project
alignment using landscape or fruit bearing trees. This method could help provide a natural
abode to some wildlife as well as source of food, and improve the ecological services of
the entire road network during the operation phase.
4.4.1.6. Loss of Biomass and Carbon

Mitigating measure can be address by implementing a forest restoration plan in unaffected
areas within the watershed (i.e. along the tunnel alignment, upper slope of the watershed).
In the restoration plan, species such as the dominant dipterocarps are highly suggested
species for the restoration planting. Big trees, known to sequester high amount of carbon,
should not be subjected for tree cutting if possible. Additional study of mapping the big
trees (>50 cm diameter) across the watershed is suggested, of which monitoring increment
and protection should be implemented.
4.4.1.7. Sedimentation/siltation control

Proper phasing and/or scheduling of earthmoving activities and proper stockpiling of
scrapped soils in the proposed project development areas should be observed, away from
the bodies of water/river. Installation of barrier nets, vegetative engineering technology,
silt traps or sedimentation basin leading to water bodies is encouraging to minimize
siltation.
Erosion will be mitigated by requiring the construction contractor to submit and implement
an appropriate materials handling program that will be monitored regularly by MWSS. As
much as practicable, earthmoving activities will be scheduled during the drier months of
the year.
Slope failure will be addressed through the conduct of geological and geotechnical
investigations during the design stage. An experienced team of an engineering geologist
and geotechnical engineer should monitor all earthmoving activities at these structure
sites.
4.4.1.8. Waste Management

a. Solid Waste Management

Solid Waste Management Plan will be established. Segregation will be done on daily
basis. Re-cycling, re-use and recovery will be employed. Solid wastes that do not exhibit
the criteria and properties of a hazardous waste are picked up by local accredited haulers
of the municipality.
b. Hazardous Wastes Management

Hazardous wastes such as used oil, busted lamps, used batteries etc. shall be collected
and stored onsite in approved facilities according to DENR standards. Hazardous wastes
shall then be removed from the site by approved DENR accredited treatment and storage
disposal (TSD) facilities.
4.4.1.9. Mitigating Measures for submergence of springs and cave

In conjunction with the agreed mitigation with the IPs on these cultural monuments, access
to the remaining springs and caves could be improved. During low water levels in summer,
the springs and caves could potentially daylight and still serve as tourist attraction not as
land-based features but as underwater features. Its promotion could form part of the IP
livelihood enhancement program.
4.4.2. Water Impacts
4.4.2.1. Reduction of water flow for downstream users

Water use during the construction will be for the workers and construction requirement
such as for concreting and water for equipment. Assuming a maximum of 1000 workers
at any one time and a daily per capita consumption of 100 liters per capita per day (lcpd),
the daily domestic use amounts to 0.1 MLD or 100 m3/day. Daily construction and
equipment water requirement may be about 5 to 10 times this volume with the maximum
at 1 MLD or 1000 m3/day. The 80% dependable flow was estimated at 9.27m3/sec or 800
MLD. This means that the water use is less than 0.15% of the dependable flow. Hence,
the water use during the construction phase will only reduce the flow very minimally and
will essentially have negligible effect on the domestic use or any other uses in the
downstream. The impact is considered insignificant.
4.4.2.2. Conflict with irrigation water requirement downstream

Fears have been expressed by the Infanta stakeholders that the KDP will compromise the
availability of ground water sources for their water district. The KDP watershed area,
however, is totally different and detached from the catchment of the groundwater supply
sources of Infanta, particularly the Infanta Water District. The direct recharge area of the
Infanta groundwater aquifers is more than 20km to the east-northeast of the KDP
watershed area. Hence, the reservoir operations - water diversion and water storage - at
the KDP will have no effect on the groundwater supply source of Infanta.
Even as the impact of KDP on water uses downstream is not significant, if there is a
drought and river water is limited, it is stated in the Philippine Water Code that domestic
water supply has a higher priority over irrigation. Also, during such a case, the NWRB, NIA
and MWSS may formulate an emergency or temporary water allocation agreement. In
addition, water conservation measures may be instituted by both the MWSS and NIA in
their respective command supply areas to minimize the deficit of competing water use
requirements. Planting of high-value crops which have low water requirement instead of
rice during the “less wet” period (February to April) in some suitable areas will also
eliminate or mitigate the water use conflict.

4.4.2.3. Deterioration of river water quality

The deterioration in water quality could reduce the beneficial uses of river particularly for
domestic purposes. This impact may be significant if not addressed properly but will be
short-term in occurrence during the period of construction.
Solid waste and sewage generated within the work area should be properly managed.
Fuel and oil storage areas should be located well away from any watercourse. There must
be provision for adequate temporary sanitary facilities in construction campsites with
proper drainage and sewage system to prevent leaching of untreated sewage or wash
water into the groundwater and surface water.
Regular monitoring of water quality should be undertaken during the construction phase
to determine the extent of changes and adequacy of control measures.
4.4.2.4. Impacts on Fresh Water Ecology

To mitigate these effects, it is strongly recommended that the dam maintain regular and
adequate flows downstream to minimize disruptions to the flow which is vital to maintaining
oxygen levels, water temperature and lessen sedimentation loads. Fish passes may be
constructed to allow the migration of fishes up and down the rivers.
It is therefore recommended that standards and guidelines for constructions of reservoir

should be stringently implemented. Moreover, proper disposal of wastes (excavation and
solid wastes) should be strictly followed to prevent more sedimentation of the waters.
Although most of the impacts of dams are on the perceived as negative, it also offers the
possibility of enhanced aquatic habitats which also present opportunities for augmenting
livelihood of nearby communities (thru pisciculture and aquaculture) while creating new
favourable habitats for waterfowls (both for residents and migrating species), amphibians
and reptiles. As the boundary of the dam will be demarcated and guarded, the efforts of
the government in protecting wildlife will also be augmented. These opportunities open
options of creating bird sanctuaries and wildlife parks around the dam. The creation of
such areas as compensation areas or habitat enhancement outside or around the project
area is a useful mitigation measure to offset other detrimental habitat changes in the area.
4.4.2.5. Threat to Plankton Communities

It is therefore recommended to prevent/minimize obstruction of sediments and debris
during the construction into the river that could promote stagnation of water flow which
could potentially result to algal blooms.
4.4.2.6. Threat to Benthic Communities

Silt fence which will act as sieves and filter for sediment particles will be installed at specific
areas to minimize potential impacts of the construction phase.
As part of the monitoring program, freshwater monitoring will be conducted congruently

within the freshwater quality stations. This ensures correlation of results of the biotic cover
with that of the abiotic and physico-chemical parameters.
4.4.3. Air Quality Impacts (Pollution and Elevated Noise)
4.4.3.1. Air Pollution

The project may cause during construction air pollution such as dusts from excavation,
filling and bulking, transportation, loading and unloading; waste gas from equipment and
machinery operation; smokes from burning; emission from air conditioning and other
cooling systems. In order to minimize the abovementioned pollution and harms, control

measures may be taken in action:
a. Equipment and machinery in good quality will be purchased and operated, as well as full
maintenance, to ensure fuel fully combusted for standard emission.
b. Under the instruction of the Employer’s delegated representative, flammable wastes, solid
garbage, office and maintenance wastes that need to have combustion treatment will be
burned at approved time and place.
c. Watering may be needed for keeping moist to minimize the powders in excavation areas.
d. Transportation vehicles with sideboards will be covered by waterproof tarpaulin when
transporting in bulk.
e. All access roads at construction areas will be kept clean and being watered to minimize the
dusts when vehicles pass.
f. Much disposal areas will be equipped with watering systems so as to minimize the raise
dusts. Watering is also needed when it’s windy and gusty.
g. Workmen will wear dustproof masks where dusts are more likely to generate.
h. Dusts reducing system will be installed in areas where dusts and smokes are more likely
to generate such as gravel crushing plants, sieving plants and cement filling plants.
i. Regular dusts and powders investigation will be carried out to ensure standard emission is
reached as per the laws and regulations of the Philippines Government.
4.4.3.2. Elevated Noise

Noises may be produced when there are borehole drillings, sand and gravel processing,
air compressor operating, framework fabricating, explosive blasting, concrete batching
and placing as well as other construction machinery operating and vehicles running.
However, the impact will be managed through the implementation of the mitigation
measures below.
In order to minimize disturbs and hazard of local residents and workmen, control
measures will be taken implemented:
a. Relatively fixed locations such as compressor room, framework fabrication plants, concrete
batching plants and gravel processing plants will choose to be far away from inhabitants.
Noise insulating shelters will be installed to insulate noises from mixers, concrete pumps,
electric saws and large compressors. If necessary, sound walls are necessary where
construction takes place in residential areas. Noise refresh rooms will be installed for
workmen in these areas.
b. Mufflered or lower noised equipment and machinery will be used as much as possible.
c. Strict timing will be set when construction takes place nearby inhabitants, no later than
22.00pm and no earlier than 6.00am. Necessary negotiation with local people will be made
where construction demands 24 hours shift. Control measures against noise will be carried
out as per government laws and regulations.
d. When blasting, amicable communication with local residents is a must. Security will warn
unrelated persons to avoid hazard of loud explosion.
e. Daily exposure of one single workman will be controlled under the noise louder than 80
decibels. Workmen in noisy areas will wear ear plugs.
f. Contractors shall be required to ensure that construction equipment and vehicles are in a
good state of maintenance. Workers are required to wear Personal Protective Equipment
such as earplugs or earmuff during activities that have impact on noise like drillings.
4.4.4. Impacts to People

4.4.4.1. Impacts on Physical Cultural Resources of IPs
The IPs raised during the FBIs and FPICs regarding the issues on replacement of
livelihood e.g. fishing and farming, compensation/ replacement of lost assets; continuing
access to land and water/river resources, assurance of continuing socio-cultural activities
at the resettlement site and IP settlement, first priority of IPs and PAPs in the employment

opportunities; benefit-sharing between MWSS and IPs; and IP representatives should

have active participation in the project. Since majority of IPs are not used to settling
together with the lowland residents, this cultural and endogenous practice shall be
considered in the IP Development Plan and Resettlement Plan.
4.4.4.2. Displacement of People

In consideration of the negative effects of the ROW acquisition, a RAP formulation is on-
going as well as conduct of FPIC for IP community that will be affected. The RAP, provides
for compensatory measures in form of compensation, relocation and rehabilitation
assistance to people directly affected with the intent of eventually improving their living
standards.
The RAP, among others, will minimize and mitigate the negative impacts which bear on
the economic and social well-being of the affected families (AFs) and IPs. In conjunction
with the agreed mitigation with the IPs on the cultural monuments to be affected, access
to the remaining springs and caves could be improved. During low water levels in summer,
the springs and caves could potentially daylight and still serve as tourist attraction not as
land based features but as underwater features. Its promotion could form part of the IP
livelihood enhancement program.
In addition, increase in population will put more pressure on fragile land resources of the
watershed areas where the competition for livelihood would be more intense as more
people encroach in these areas. This situation could further intensify the denudation of the
watershed to a point where it could become unstable thereby affecting substantially the
dam’s viability.
Adequate protection and support for local employment and livelihood should be provided
to prevent any social tension or conflicts among the local population and migrants. More
importantly, the LGUs particularly at the barangay level should prepare for the
consequences of developments that may be catalyzed by the project, especially in terms
of the anticipated increase in the population, which may create stresses on the resources
and environment of the area.Proactive planning and formulation and enforcement of
appropriate controls, regulations and incentives should be undertaken focusing on the
following:
a. adequately plan or encourage investments in water supply development

(Level II and III) for all barangays, sanitary landfill, road network, drainage
system, health facilities and other basic social services and facilities
b. formulate and enforce strict regulations on sanitation practices (e.g.
garbage disposal, sewage) providing both fines and incentives to ensure
compliance
c. undertake environmental education program
d. proper land use planning and zoning especially on the watershed areas
The impact of employment during construction is certainly positive and significant even if
only temporary. This would contribute to additional compensatory measures for
landowners affected by the project and provide employment and income to the DIA and
SIA.
Local hiring is a sensitive matter that should be carefully handled to ensure that the
benefits of employment are more equitably shared among the affected and non-affected
groups. There may be local residents who are more qualified but fall outside the
prioritization policy. This should likewise be considered, where appropriate, to spread the
benefits to the community and avoid possible conflict and social tension that might lead to
peace and order problems.

4.4.4.3. Generation of Local Benefits from the Project

The Project shall ensure continuing delivery of basic services to the community. It shall
assist the IPs’ enrollment in the LGU/DOH/DSWD (4Ps-Pantawid Pamilyang Pilipino
Program), Philhealth (DOH) and Senior Citizens assistance program during the detailed
engineering design phase program to increase support.
The Project shall institute measures through a MOA to avoid conflict among IPs; between
IP and non-IPs and ensure that the Project benefits (e.g employment) will accrue to the
locality and most especially to affected families. The affected barangays will be given first
priority to supply labor for the Project thru a system of screening and hiring of labor force,
which its private sector partner and contractors should follow. The goal of the MWSS is
sustained quality water supply for its clients in the long term. Hence, it is to the best
interest of MWSS to ensure the continuing management of the watershed; ensure proper
waste disposal system within the three barangays; and, organization and capacity
development of the IPs/ kaksaan within the community. It shall support the Bantay Gubat/
forest protection program of the General Nakar LGU to expand within the IP kaksaan/
settlements within the ancestral domain. The six (6) affected settlements/kaksaan of
General Nakar and Daraitan, Tanay (Cablao, Makidata, Yokyok, Baycuran, Tinipac,
Queborosa) can be tapped and trained as pilot area forest management/ rangers thru
nursery, planting and protection of watershed training. A compensation scheme shall be
set to support this endeavor during the Project implementation and sustained until Project
O&M. Expansion to cover the rest of 36 settlements/ kaksaan of General Nakar, Tanay,
Infanta shall be set in the IP Development Plan.
The organization and capacity building shall be in accordance with operating principles of
the IPs, the NCIP, DENR, LGU and under the framework of Human Rights Based
Approach to Community Organizing by UNDP. The UNDP HRBA principles of
participation, accountability, non-discrimination, transparency, human dignity,
empowerment and rule of law ((PANTHER principles) shall be adhered to. The scheme
will be contained in the Indigenous People Development Plan.
4.4.4.4. In-Migration Proliferation of Informal Settlers

The Project shall address these concerns thru its physical infrastructure component which
include construction of 13 km access road from Sitio Kamagong, Brgy. Magsaysay, Infanta
to Sitio Queborosa, Pagsangahan, Gen. Nakar; 12 km access road to Daraitan; 69 km
Marikina-Infanta road; and, a bridge at Daraitan. The resettlement site will replace existing
public places like chapel (Catholic and Pentecostal) and burial ground; construct housing
for project affected families with basic facilities like, electricity, water system, and construct
sports, school/day care, health center and tribal center. These shall be part of the social
and environmental measures component to set the necessary safeguards for the
environment, involuntary resettlement and IPs.
The basic institutional arrangement to ensure these mechanisms address potential conflict
will be the Memorandum of Agreement between and among IPs, NCIP, MWSS and,
Barangay/ Municipal LGUs. The MOA which will be set during the FPIC process.
4.4.4.5. Threat to Public Health and Safety

Generation of solid waste and sewage from construction workers will increase during
construction phase. Although temporary, the impact may be significant as the area is
remote and there are no available facilities for sanitation outside of the small community
in Queborosa. Moreover, laborers may be exposed to construction hazards if no
appropriate provisions are put in place for their safety, which could lead to accidents.

The construction contractors will be required to provide temporary housing for their
workers, with provision for adequate water and toilet facilities. The contractors will also be
required to implement appropriate and adequate solid waste management scheme.
Workers will be oriented to strictly observe proper hygiene and sanitation practices in the
construction site.
For the safety of workers and the community near the work areas, appropriate safety gears
shall be required of workers. Enclosures and proper signage shall be placed on work areas
(especially on excavated areas) to avoid accidents.
The Project shall adopt solid waste management within the three barangays, especially
the resettlement site. The houses and public places (schools, day care, health center,
tribal center) of the resettlement site shall have Type III water system, sanitation and
hygiene facilities and ensure no open defecation in the area, especially along the Kaliwa
river tributaries and waterways. The LGU shall be enjoined to enact a resolution in this
regard.
Since majority of IPs are widely dispersed and maintain several dwellings within the
ancestral domain the Project should construct water, sanitation and hygiene facilities at
existing tribal center per FPIC cluster. The DOH and/or DILG Regional Water and
Sanitation Hub can be tapped to provide training for IPs.
4.4.5. Management and Other Mitigating Measures for Other General Impacts
4.4.5.1. Control Measures for Water and Soil Pollution

Pollutants such as waste oil, waste water, solid waste, medical waste may be produced
during the project construction. In order to minimize the pollution of surface water and
underground water or to minimize the pollution of agricultural lands, control measures will
be taken into action:
a. In areas where waste oils are more likely to produce such as repair shops, air compressor
rooms and oil depots, oil drums and storage tanks will be installed to collect the wasted. Well-
designed sewage ditches will be built with sediment ponds to collect the waste oil flow in.
Regular checks will be made either to recycle the waste oil or to incinerate.
b. Special sinks will be installed to collect the kitchen grease. Cleaners will clean the sinks
regularly at the ends of drainage systems of the canteens.
c. Settling ponds will be installed where waste water are more likely to produce in areas such as
living camps, concrete batching plants and gravel washing. Waste water will be discharged
after precipitation.
d. Toilets will be installed to meet health requirements. Dirt will be treated as per requests by the
Employer.
e. Recycle stations will be installed for sorting the wastes into categories of recycling and non-
recycling. The non-recycled wastes will be incinerated or buried as per instructions. The
stations will be waterproof and sun block.
f. Medical wastes will be treated strictly as per local laws and regulations. The medical officer will
monitor as the wastes are treated. Unauthorized incineration and burial are prohibited.
g. Lands taken up by temporary roads and buildings can be restored and recovered free from
contamination. Topsoil will be taken away and will be stored as per requirements. Topsoil
restoration will be done after completion.
4.4.5.2. Control Measures for Soil Erosion and Rainstorm

Site activities may impact the topography of areas where excavation, tunneling, road
construction and muck disposals take place. Rainstorms may cause further soil erosion.
Drainage ditches will be built properly and reasonably to ensure rainstorms will not flood.

The ditches also work to protect the nearby farmlands, waterways and inhabitant buildings,
etc.
a. Topsoil will be taken away before muck disposal areas put into use. The soil will be sorted for
storage and will be documented so as to restore the area after completion.
b. During muck disposals, it is required to compact in layers so as to achieve stability of layers.
The support to slops and layers’ feet will be made and drainages will be set up too.
c. Hill and stockpiling spoil shall be provided around the site drainage system, settling ponds, silt
curtains. Set in the block below it washed down the ridge to collect fines from the mountains of
spoil material and cleaned regularly. Muck disposal areas will be set up with drainages,
sediment ponds and silt curtains. At feet of muck disposal areas blockades will be set up to
collect wash-downs; the blockades will be cleaned regularly.
d. Other activities will also ensure that:
o Natural topsoil will be collected and stored for restoration after completion.
o Rare plants will be removed to other locations and will be moved back after completion.
o Ensure the stability of the slope, to prevent slumping.
o Spoil mountain shape after the completion should be integrated with the local topography,
surface spoil mountain trimmed to match the shape of the local terrain.
o Reasonable drainages will be set up so as to discharge the internal leaking as well as to
keep from losing fine-grained materials. Surface water will be diverted from disposal
areas so as to keep from flooding of rainstorms.
o Retaining walls will be set up where disposal areas are close to rivers.
4.4.5.3. Control Measures for Wastes

a. Solid wastes commonly seen in construction sites include construction dregs including
bricks, tiles, macadam, residuals, concrete fragments, iron and steel scraps, glass
cullet, refuses, waste decoration materials; wasted bulk building materials; domestic
garbage including cooking and kitchen wastes, abandoned foods, waste paper, living
appliances, glass, potsherds, waste batteries, wasted daily necessities, plastic
wastes, fly ash, wasted traffic means; packing materials of equipment and materials;
and night soils.
b. Treatment and disposal of solid wastes

o Recycling: Reclaim the materials having recyclable value, for example, reinforcement
bars.
o Reduction processing: Reduction processing refers to sorting, crushing, compaction,
thickening, and dewatering to reduce the final processing amount and the treatment cost
as well as pollution to the environment.
o Incineration: Incineration is applied to non-recyclable wastes that are not suitable for
direct embedment. Melting asphalt and incineration of asphalt felt, paint, or other wastes
producing noxious, harmful, and foul smell on the construction site are strictly banned
unless processing devices meeting requirement are used. Waste incineration will use
treating equipment meting environmental requirement to avoid producing secondary
pollution to the air. Protection measures will be taken and specially assigned personnel
will be available taking care of incineration treatment.
o Landfill: Landfill refers to disposal that the solid wastes have been subjected to hazard
free treatment, reduction treatment before transporting to the landfill site for disposal.
Landfill of noxious and harmful wastes on the site is strictly banned. Landfill site will utilize
natural or artificial barriers to isolate the wastes to be disposed from the environment as
possible. In addition, stability and long-term safety of wastes will be paid attention to.
Buried depth must be at least 0.6m.
o Natural degradation: Degradable solid pollutants, for example, night soil, spoiled foods,
can be degraded in a centralized way and utilized as fertilizer.

4.4.5.4. Control Measures for Hazardous Wastes

A management plan will be composed for hazardous materials, hazardous materials
storage, use, handling and other activities for safety management, to avoid leaks, causing
environmental damage. "Hazardous materials management plan" is attached.
4.4.5.5. Traffic Management

To ensure that Construction traffic does not affect the public safety, the SQE section
intends to take the following measures to control:
a. To make up a full set of traffic safety regulation and arrange drivers’ training.
b. Drivers must be qualified before running the vehicles.
c. All the construction vehicles must be locally registered.
d. Set up a bulletin board in a public road at both ends of the construction area, suggesting
that local public transport vehicles, personnel considerations. Under special circumstances,
will send staff to direct traffic to divert the flow of traffic and to give priority to local public
transport and transport.
e. Construction vehicles must strictly comply with local traffic laws, driving guidelines.
f. Make sure the vehicles are properly covered so as to avoid what’s loaded from scattering.
The proposed access roads that will be constructed total about 27kms of road will be giving
acces to different locations of the project. There is no adverse impact on the traffic because
the equipment to be used in the construction will just travel within the boundary of the
project and will not regularly use national roads. The only time we will use the national
roads is during the delivery or mobilization of the heavy equipment which will be done at
night time which the traffic is not heavy.
There will be no disruption of delivery of basic services due to the construction/operation,

On the contrary, the project will benefit the locals because some of the access roads during
construction will also be a permanent structure after the construction. Before there are no
roads at the area. With the construction of these access roads, the local people will greatly
benefit to transport their goods or travel to the nearby towns.
4.4.5.6. Protection of Paleontological and Archaeological Sites

If unknown paleontological and archaeological sites are found, the construction work will
stop immediately in order to avoid interference or destruction of these sites and instantly
notify the Employer's representative, who will communicate with the local government
departments. The construction will continue after approval.
4.4.5.7. Construction Areas Restoration and Recovery

The project is not anticipated to be abandoned in the foreseeable future as it is vital to the
provision of the water requirements of Metro Manila and neighboring areas. The facility
will be maintained through regular and preventive maintenance along with watershed
protection to ensure its long-term sustainability.
After completion of the project, there will be recovery measures on influenced area, mainly
in area of construction facility deployment area, construction living camp, temporary
access road and quarry yard, earth ditch, etc.
4.4.6. Monitoring, Follow Up and Reporting

The proponent will establish a program of monitoring, tracing, and report, and a
mechanism of routine patrol and inspection, conduct supervision on environmental during
safety and quality inspection. Report environmental management conditions in
accordance with relevant requirement.

If any environment pollution accidents or complaints happen, the Contractor shall carry out
emergency measures, and timely report to the Representative and related department of
Government of Philippines.
4.4.7. Civilization Construction
4.4.7.1. Target of civilized construction

The target of civilized construction for this project are: production facilities shall be layout
comply with approved plan, strictly to live in construction site, keep in order and clean
working face, pipe lines in good order, keep road in good condition, keep all kinds of signs
and materials staking in good order.
4.4.7.2. Civilized construction plan
a. Build civilized construction engineering lead team, form management and responsibilities
network, fully develop civilized engineering activities.
b. Strengthen publicity and education, raise awareness of all the construction workers for the
importance of civilization construction, and constantly enhance awareness of civil
construction awareness, so that the construction of civilization gradually becomes
conscious behavior of all construction workers. Improve all construction workers' civilization
consciousness and responsibility.
c. Pay attention to the overall image of the construction site, keep scientific construction
organizations. Keep all site production factors in order, clean, and maintenance.
4.4.7.3. Civilized construction execution measures
a. Concrete production, precast concrete field, steel plants, template processing plant, metal
structure processing plants, warehouses and other ancillary facilities construction site
layout to do practical, standardized, orderly, and equipment and materials inside the plant
(warehouse) shall staking, parking orderly , so that convenient and easy to use.
b. Five signs and one plane figure. Five Signs: Project overview sign, management officers'
name list and monitoring phone signs, fire protection production sign, civilized construction
sign. One plane figure: Construction site plane figure.
c. Set up adequate temporary sanitation facilities on the construction site, and clean every
day; plant flower, trees and flowers on the living area for landscape works and organize
positve and healty activities.
d. Management of all machinery, material, equipment in construction site will be specially
customized and tagged with name, responsible department, quantity, etc; all material
equipment in warehouse shall be stored orderly and tagged with specification, model,
classification, and tag shall be set in same direction with same style of shape and color.
e. The standardization of waste collection facilities.Construction site, construction facilities
area, living and work camps shall set up garbage collection bins and waste dumps in the
specified location; according to regulatory requirements, depends on different parts and
items on wastewater treatment requirements to discharge after reach treatment standards,
or return to use.
f. All departments in construction site shall with unitive uniform, wearsafety helmet and shoes.
4.4.8. Impact Management Plan and Enhancement
Table 122 presents the Impact Management Plan and Enhancement Measures in each
type of activity.

Table 127. Impact Management Plan and Enhancement Measures

Environmental
Project Guarantee/
Component Option for Prevention or Mitigation or Responsible
Phases/Environmental Potential Impact Cost (P) Financial
Likely to be Enhancement Entity
Aspect Agreements
Affected
I. PRE-CONSTRUCTION/CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Detailed engineering The Land/Water Terrain modification,  Formulation, implementation and MWSS- Part of Part of
design, excavation and soil displacement, and strict monitoring of materials mgt. NCWCSP, construction contract
foundation works, erosion  Scheduling of earthworks, whenever PMO cost
stockpiling, clearing and possible during the dry season
grading and other  Identification of appropriate sites for
construction activities placement of excavated materials
including ROW  Possible use of excavated materials
acquisition. as part of foundation of structures
where design allows
 Immediate revegetation of exposed
areas not allocated for engineering
structures
 Use of silt ponds or traps around
work areas; monitoring
Impacts on Land Use  Close coordination with LGU for land
use planning
 Strict adherence to the zoning in the
area
 Immediately Restore the adjacent
areas temporarily use
Encroachment to ECA  Ensure compatibility of management
plan to the existing management
plans under proclamations
Impairment of visual  Diclose with the Community

aesthetics  Provide alternative livelihood for
those livelihood ddepends on tinipak
cave
Slope destabilization  Conduct extensive geologic and MWSS- Part of Part of
geotechnical studies of structure sites NCWCSP, construction contract
PMO cost

Environmental
Project Guarantee/
Aspect Agreements
Affected
 Slope stability analysis inputted into
design
 Deployment of experienced
engineering geologist or geotechnical
engineer at site
 Use of appropriate slope stability
measures such as rock bolts,
shotcreting, etc.
Mobilization of  laying the road networks on areas MWSS- Part of Part of
construction equipment without forest cover or areas with NCWCSP, construction contract
and workers which will minimal forest cover PMO cost
require vegetation  Identification and marking of
clearing to facilitate ecologically/economically important
movement. species
 If feasible, avoid cutting ecologically
Trampling of important species identified in the
understorey vegetation area, potential mother trees for these
species shall be located and
Clearing of vegetation seeds/propagules shall be collected,
growing in the to serve as genetic source for these
proposed access road important species
 Avoidance of unnecessary clearing
 Localized movement of equipment
and personnel
 Vegetation to be cleared should be
properly delineated to avoid
unnecessary clearing.
Increase in noise level,  Scheduling of earthmoving and MWSS- Part of Part of
generation of construction activities during daytime NCWCSP, construction contract
suspended particulates  Sprinkling of water stockpiles of PMO cost
and gaseous emissions excavated and construction materials
 Proper materials handling; installation
of mufflers for vehicles

Environmental
Project Guarantee/
Aspect Agreements
Affected
 Provision of protective gear for
workers; monitoring
Deterioration of river  Proper materials handling; monitoring MWSS- Part of Part of
water quality  Strict enforcement of solid and liquid NCWCSP, construction contract
management at the construction site PMO cost
Increase in solid waste  Strict enforcement of solid and liquid MWSS- Part of Part of
generation management at the construction site NCWCSP, construction contract
 Provision of waste bins, regular waste PMO cost
collection and disposal to a sanitary
landfill
 Reuse of construction debris which
meets foundation requirements
 Orientation of construction workers
on proper waste management
Permanent loss,  Identification and marking of MWSS- Part of Part of
disturbance to existing ecologically/economically important NCWCSP, construction contract
vegetation species PMO cost
 Collection of seeds/propagules of
important species for propagation in
other areas
 Delineation of areas for vegetation
removal and earthmoving
 Immediate progressive rehabilitation
using appropriate species at cleared
areas not designated for engineering
structures
Death, disturbance and  Restoration/rehabilitation of areas at MWSS- Part of Part of
displacement of wildlife higher elevations NCWCSP, construction contract
species; destruction or  Delineation of areas for vegetation PMO cost
damage to habitat removal and earthmoving
Disturbance of aquatic  Erosion control of excavated MWSS- Part of Part of
habitat death or materials and stockpiles NCWCSP, construction contract
PMO cost

Environmental
Project Guarantee/
Aspect Agreements
Affected
temporary displacement  Monitoring; provision of passageways
of species through the structures for migratory
species
The Air Dust generation during  Roads will be watered especially MWSS- Part of Part of
clearing of the site during hot and dry weather. Regular NCWCSP, construction contract
Dust generation water spraying by water sprinklers PMO cost
associated with (road tank watering) during
movement of vehicles construction.
and machinery  Regulate speed of delivery/ hauling
Exhaust fumes and trucks
noise from vehicles and  Provide equipment with ear plugs,
equipment mufflers and proper scheduling of
noise-generating activities
The People Loss of land/farm area,  Continuing IEC/consultations to MWSS- 1.5 Million ComPlan; IP
properties, crops and update status of RAP and negotiate NCWCSP, Plan and
community facilities with remaining AF/IPs on relocation, PMO RAP
including traditional valuation and compensation based
access to these areas on RAP review
and attendant  Secure FPIC for IP-specific RAP 1.8 Million
dislocation and loss of concerns
income due to ROW  Finalize RAP incorporating 72.9 Million
acquisition refinements based on agreements
with remaining group (who still have
reservations on the compensatory
measures proposed)
Increase in  Ensure that benefits of employment MWSS- RAP; SDP
employment will accrue to affected groups NCWCSP
opportunities and  Consider also other qualified PMO
benefit sharing community members, where
appropriate to spread the benefits to
the community

Environmental
Project Guarantee/
Aspect Agreements
Affected
 Contractors to orient workers on
desirable working relationships
especially if there is migrant labor
Increase in livelihood  MWSS to adopt policy requiring as MWSS- RAP; SDP
and business much as possible sourcing or NCWCSP
opportunities purchase of construction supply PMO
requirements from locally available
sources within Tanay, General Nakar
and Infanta or the province
 Food requirements of migrant
workers/staff to be supplied locally
Potential health,  Temporary housing facilities for Construction Part of CC
sanitation and safety contractors provided with adequate Contractor construction
problems water and sanitation facilities cost
 Contractors to implement proper solid
waste management in the work site,
workers will be oriented to observe
proper hygiene and sanitation
practices and provided with
appropriate protection gears while
working
 Construction areas to be enclosed as
necessary and provided with
appropriate signage to avoid
accidents from curious residents and
workers
Loss of Navigational  A temporary mooring facility for the Construction Part of CC
Access rafts and bancas to be installed in the Contractor construction
vicinity of the upstream cofferdam. An cost
access road from this point to Sitio
Queborosa shall be provided

Environmental
Project Guarantee/
Aspect Agreements
Affected
Traffic Congestion  Preparation and implementation of Construction Part of Part of
traffic management scheme Contractor construction contract
cost
II. OPERATION PHASE
Operation and The Land Submergence of some  Improvement of access to remaining MWSS- Part of Watershed
maintenance of dams, springs and caves in caves and springs NCWCSP; watershed Management
canals, reservoir and Daraitan PMO;NWRB- managemen Plan (WMP)
agricultural activities DENR; t cost
PAGASA;
LGUs/MMT;
PAMB
Decrease of flooding of  Dam will lessen the amount of flood
downstream areas waters that can reach the downstream
area
Disruption of migration  Provision of structures that will allow MWSS, Dam Part of O&M
pattern of aquatic upstream and downstream movement Operator operations
organisms of migratory aquatic species cost
Habitat loss and  Restoration/rehabilitation of areas at MWSS, Dam Part of O&M
fragmentation higher elevations Operator operations
cost
Large scale clearing of  Progressive rehabilitation methods MWSS, Dam Part of O&M
vegetations that are must be done to ensure that no large Operator operations
present within the tracts of land will be devoid of cost
construction areas vegetation to minimize microghg in
the locale
Removal of  conserve as much forests areas
photosynthesizing within the the project site which is
plants will affect CO2 not be intended for development,
sequestration causing this could serve as biological
some degree of effect corridor and refuge area for the
on the microclimate wildlife to be displaced
 immediate progressive rehabilitation
Altered movements using appropriate species, using the
and dispersal of

Environmental
Project Guarantee/
Aspect Agreements
Affected
wildlife, and invasion of non-traditional planting method i.e.
non-native and A-forestation
degraded habitat-
associated species
The Water Water use conflict  Formulate water allocation policy to MWSS- Part of Watershed
be implemented during temporary NCWCSP; watershed Management
drought period PMO;NWRB- managemen Plan (WMP)
a) Conflict with  Establish hydrologic monitoring DENR; t cost
irrigation water network consisting of rainfall and river PAGASA;
requirement gauges and streamflow discharges at LGUs/MMT;
downstream the Kaliwa watershed area PAMB
b) Depletion of  Watershed management program
groundwater
sources in Infanta
c) Loss of food source  Establish permanent mooring facility MWSS- SDP; RAP
and navigational for bancas at a safe distance from the NCWCSP
access from dam and spillway. Construct an all- PMO
Daraitan to Sitio weather road from this point to Sitio
Queborosa Queborosa to complete the Daraitan-
Queborosa linkage
 Put in place navigational safety
features and regulations in the vicinity
of the diversion tunnel, dam and
spillway
 Provide alternative fishing livelihood
outside of the reservoir area
Increased Water  Implement RAP properly and MWSS- P1 million Monitoring

Supply for Metro formulate benefit sharing schemes for NCWCSP Plan; SDP;
Manila, Cavite and the host LGUs so that the benefit will PMO, LGUs; WMP
Rizal not only accrue to Metro Manila and PAMB
environs but also to the impacts

Environmental
Project Guarantee/
Aspect Agreements
Affected
LGUs and communities; and improve
credibility of MWSS thru effective
communication plan coupled with
sustained actions to demonstrate
sincerity and commitment to fulfill its
obligations to generate goodwill and
social acceptability; monitor RAP
The People Increased employment  Sharing of benefits from employment
opportunities between affected and non-affected
groups
Increased revenues for  Use revenue generated from project
LGUs to improve social services and
infrastructures in the DIA
Increased migration  Concerned LGUs (barangay and
and population municipal/city) to regulate
encroachment in watershed areas
(forestland) through proper zoning
and enforcement in conjunction with
the PA Management Plan
 LGUs to adequately plan/provide for
social services and infrastructures
including health services, waste
management and facilities and road
network

Section 5
SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT
PLAN (SDP) AND
INFORMATION,
EDUCATION AND
COMMUNICATION (IEC)

5. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (SDP) AND INFORMATION, EDUCATION AND

COMMUNICATION (IEC)
5.1. Social Development Plan and IEC Framework Implementation
The indicative Social Development Framework (SDF) of the project is aligned with the
Proponent’s vision to support the affected barangays and the local government units so as to
help improve the economic status and quality of life of its constituents.
The construction, operation and management of the road network project shall comply with
both local and International standards on safety and environmental regulations.
The indicative SDF of the company is anchored and aligned with the Host Barangays'
framework for social development. It is the company vision to support the community by
complementing barangay efforts and resources in improving the delivery of services to its
residents.
5.2. The Social Development Program
The Social Development Program addresses the key socioeconomic issues/concerns raised
with the implementation of the project. The SDP advocates strong gender sensitivity to ensure
the balance between the role of men and women, their fair representation in community
activities.
The MWSS, being the Project proponent is expected to lead as the Executing Agency during
the implementation of the resettlement program. An inter-agency committee composed of
both national agencies and local government units concerned will be formed to assist in the
preparation and implementation of the program.
This Inter-agency Committee (IAC) serving as a policy-making body shall include an

Executive Committee composed of high-level officials of the MWSS as Chairman; and the
Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH), Department of Environment and Natural
Resources (DENR), Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR), Department of Social Welfare
and Development (DSWD), National Commission on Indigenous Peoples (NCIP), Housing
and Urban Development Coordinating Committee (HUDCC), National Housing Authority
(NHA), Commission on Human Rights (CHR), Philippine Information Agency (PIA), other
national agencies and concerned LGUs as members. A special committee, a Committee on
Valuation, to address valuation concerns shall be also formed to ensure the proper valuation
of affected assets that will be compensated by the Government. It is suggested that the
Committee on Valuation shall be composed of members from the Department of Finance
(DoF); Department of Budget and Management; and Provincial/Municipal Assessors as
Members to be also chaired by the MWSS.
There shall be also a Task Force/Technical Work Group (TWG) and a Project Management
Office (PMO) support. The TWG shall consist of representatives from the following offices:
MWSS as Chairman; and DPWH, DENR, DAR, NCIP, NHA, CHR, and LGU representatives
that will be nominated by their Local Chief Executives as members. The TWG shall support
the implementation of the resettlement program all the way up to its conclusion. The PMO
support will be provided by the MWSS and will serve as the coordinating, documentation, and
processing link between the offices concerned. To define the extent of the cooperation as well
as the responsibilities of each of the Government agencies that will be involved in this huge
undertaking, a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) shall be formulated put into effect during
the implementation phase of the project.

5.3. Resettlement Action Plan
The RAP formulation for Kaliwa Dam is on-going. It is comprehensive and provides details on
the process and mechanics for identification and profiling of PAF/S, inventory of affected lands
and assets, valuation procedures and appraisal and presentation of the draft results/plan.
There is general acceptance of the RAP and MOAs have been drafted pertinent to the terms
and conditions within the proposed Kaliwa Dam and Reservoir area.
The LAR framework is based on relevant GOP laws on land acquisition and resettlement (RA
8974, Executive Order 1035, RA 7279, RA6379 and RA6657) and law governing the
protection of Indigenous People rights (RA 8371). This is likewise consistent with ADB
Resettlement Policy and Guidelines that no people affected by the project should be worst off
as a result of their displacement but should in fact ensure that they are better off than before.
The principles behind this apply to the land acquisition and resettlement measures for the
NCWSP.
The salient points of the formulated RAP are summarized below:
 Option for Resettlement Implementation
For the families at Sitio Queborosa, which will be affected by the spillway construction, an
option that may be considered is to allow them to just move up to the upper portion of the river
terrace in the same area and not relocate elsewhere outside of the watershed or of the sitio,
but will be subjected to rules and regulations of the MWSS. A specific site would be allocated
within safe distance from the spillway and cultivation will be allowed in properly zoned
locations with limitations on land using activities subject to watershed management
regulations. This may have high social acceptability but will require intense cooperation,
management and regulations on land using activities. Areas for habitation would be carefully
identified so this can be sustainably managed with minimal impact to the sanitation
requirements of the project and the watershed.
 ROW Acquisition for the Conveyance Structure
As soon as the final alignment for these structures is finalized and firmed up on the ground,
the land acquisition for these facilities will be based on market values with valuation to be
made based on independent land appraisal at the time of the taking or as decided upon by
the Committee on Valuation that will be organized to determine land acquisition requirement
for the Kaliwa Dam.
 Income Restoration and Rehabilitation
As part of the income restoration and rehabilitation of the affected households, they will be
given preference for both skilled (where they are qualified) and non-skilled jobs during the
construction phase of the project. This income and rehabilitation measures will be in addition
to the compensation entitlements that each will receive to be determined based on eligibilities
under this RAP. This will be in response to the needs of affected households who will lose
sources of livelihood and income as identified where all either depend on agriculture (upland
and irrigated rice farming and cash crops production), or also engaged in agro-forestry and
other agricultural tree farming activities; fishing, livestock raising, and in business.
Skills training and capacity building will be implemented by the MWSS through accredited
service providers such as the academe or NGOs in the construction trades, rural
extension/sustainable agriculture, watershed management, livelihood related activities that
will capacitate women in income generation not only for the construction requirements but also

in preparation for the market demand. This will be carried out during the first year at intervals
and frequencies most convenient to the affected household members.
Following these, accredited service providers may also assist the affected households in
identifying and providing access to livelihood linkages. In addition, funds shall be made
available for qualified and eligible undertakings. The amount shall still be determined and
ideally maybe established through a needs assessment prior to the skills/capability building
activities.
For the indirectly affected IPs, maintaining their livelihood in their ancestral land shall be tied
up with the Watershed Management Plan for the Kaliwa under a co-management approach
that is subject to appropriate zoning and land using scheme.
 Grievance Redress Mechanism
The RAP further provides for complaints and grievance redress mechanism that may be
brought to the attention of concerned authorities and agencies to settle issues and concerns
out of court where it can be avoided.
Based on the FGDs/KIs undertaken during the EIA, there are stakeholders in the dam,
reservoir area and downstream area that still have some reservations on the RAP, particularly
on the manner of valuation and compensation for their assets. Dialogues between MWSS and
this group should continue based on the results of the on-going RAP review to further
inform/clarify the RAP and discuss their specific concerns.
In relation to the implementation of the RAP, MWSS will provide the institutional mechanism
and arrangements for its implementation in coordination with the LGUs and relevant
government agencies that would assist and monitor the progress of the RAP including
compliance to the terms and conditions as provided in the MOAs.
 Employment Plan
Employment and hiring prioritization during the construction and operation phases of the
project is governed by a policy and system that has already been instituted by MWSS. In
general, the prioritization for local employment should be carefully handled by both MWSS
and the contractors as this could create division in the community if the rest of the community
is not afforded the same opportunity even if qualified. The prioritization guidelines should
consider the principles of equity and benefit sharing with the rest of the community where
appropriate.
Other livelihood opportunities during construction and operation, such as supply of materials,
housing and catering to migrant labor, and others should be encouraged or sourced from the
DIA where possible to widen the opportunities for livelihood and employment.
Gender issues on the Kaliwa Dam identified during various community consultations include:
 Impacts on livelihood and subsistence. The existing means of livelihood which are
dependent on land and existing natural resources, such as cultivating palay, timber trees,
vegetables, and other crops, and livestock-raising, which men are predominantly engaged
in, will be adversely affected by resettlement. Women also depend on cottage-based
industries or handicrafts-making and food preparation, where most of the raw materials are
readily available in their backyard or within the vicinity. Uprooting the residents from their
current location would significantly impact on the livelihood and means of subsistence for
both men and women.

 Access to water and other basic services. The women, being mainly responsible for the
majority of the household responsibilities related to food preparation, laundry, sanitation,
health and hygiene, and child-rearing, have raised the concern of having access to potable
water, sanitation facilities, electricity, waste disposal systems, other housing amenities, and
market facilities at the relocation site. Without reliable source of clean water and power, the
tasks at home handled mostly by women, will be more difficult and will have an adversely
affect on the living conditions of the household members. The women should be able to
freely perform their daily household routines at the relocation site with adequate supply and
easy access or connection to water and sanitation facilities, power, waste collection and
disposal systems, and market facilities.
 Access to social services such as health facilities and programs and day care centers.
The concern on the access and continuity of health services and programs, such as
Philhealth and 4Ps, have been raised during the FGDs and barangay assemblies. It has
been observed that majority of the clients at the barangay health centers are women,
children, and elderly, who avail of the services such as prenatal and post natal checkups,
immunization, dental services, medical consultations, elderly care services, among others.
The provision of the health services should not be disrupted at any stage of the project.
 Changes in social networks. Existing community networks and support systems will be
altered due to relocation. The current systems of communication, formal and informal
organizations, and support systems within kin relations, tribal groups, and among neighbors,
will be affected by resettlement. The social ties among women and among men, which often
provide as a source of emotional and financial support, may be affected.
 Women’s participation in the design of the project. Community consultations should

ensure the equal participation of women and men in all stages of the project. Although there
is almost an equal proportion of men and women barangay officials (i.e., barangay captains
and councilors), the equal involvement of men and women in all decision-making activities
of the project is necessary to ensure that the proposed mitigation programs are responsive
to their specific needs. One example to cite is the availability of reliable water source, wherein
women should not need to collect water from a distant location.
The key strategies proposed under this GAD plan are the following:
 Women’s participation in project planning, design, implementation, monitoring and

evaluation, especially in resettlement planning. The process of incorporating gender-
specific considerations in the physical design, required basic services, and livelihood
support/restoration programs to be included in the final resettlement action plan, is to be
done through regular consultations with women and men. The design of basic social and
economic infrastructure (i.e., school facilities, health centers, water supply and sanitation
facilities, market, recreational amenities, road networks, etc.) and required home lots and
farm lots, shall include gender-specific design recommendations to ensure the access of
men and women to these infrastructure and social services.
 Gender-responsive alternative livelihood and employment support program.

Considering the impact of resettlement on the income and livelihood of men and women,
gender-responsive alternative livelihood and employment support programs should be
developed and implemented. Some of the proposed alternative livelihood training suggested
by men included agriculture-based industries such as mushroom cultivation, organic farming,
and livestock raising. Job placement support for skilled and unskilled labor for the
construction works of the project will also benefit men who have experience in construction
work. Livelihood training and access to microfinance or lending support for microenterprises

such as soap making, handicrafts making, sewing, food services, hairdressing, etc., have
been recommended by women during the consultative meetings.
 Awareness in gender issues and GAD. Aside from the programmed gender sensitivity
training for the MWSS executive and technical staff, a separate gender sensitivity training
and GAD planning workshop shall be conducted with the NCWSP PMO, barangay officials,
and IP leaders/representatives. The output of the GAD Planning workshop will be an updated
and more detailed GAD Plan for the Project.
 Linking NCWSP GAD Plan to local GAD Programs. To ensure that the GAD strategies
and targets for the NCWSP project will be sustained, support to link or incorporate project
GAD targets to the GAD programs of the barangay LGU (or municipal LGU) needs to be
provided. It is further proposed to assign one (1) gender focal person per barangay who will
work closely with the Project’s gender focal person/coordinator to coordinate and monitor
the implementation of project-level and barangay-level GAD Plans.

Table 128. Social Development Plan (SDP) /Framework

Responsible /Community Government Agency/NGO/and Indicative
Concern Proponent Source of Fund
Member/Beneficiary Services Timeline
1. Relocation Land Purchase/ 1. Barangay Chairman *LGU Municipal Assessor based MWSS through Pre-construction MWSS
Resettlement 2. Project’s affected on cadastral surveys Property Owner
tenants *Municipal Planning and Community
3. Land Owner Development Office Relations Officer;
*DSWD Resettlement
*DPWH Specialist
(facilitating demolition of
structures and transfer of
affected families)
2. Gender, Responsive 1. Association 1. LGU Municipality Planning Community Pre-Construction; LGU / MWSS
Livelihood / Employment for Chairperson Office Relations Officer Construction;
Men, Women, Youth & the 2. Qualified Project 2. LGU Municipality Social (CRO); Operation
Elderly livelihood skills affected men, women, Welfare & Dev. Office Livelihood
youth and elderly Specialist
a] High-value crops for

farmers TESDA/TLRC
- Various skills training courses
b] Employment -
Job priority skills DA/BFAR
training for qualified  Technical training farming
workers methods
3. Health and Safety 1. Barangay Kagawad for 1. Municipal Health Officer Community Operation LGU/ MWSS
a] Improvement/ Health 2. Barangay Disaster Relations Officer
Renovation of Brgy. 2. Project’s affected Management Committee (CRO)
Health Center community
b] Health services
c] Potable water (bio-sand
filter project)
d] Supplemental feeding
program for
malnourished children
e] Assistance to senior
citizens and persons with
disability


4. Education & Recreation 1. Barangay Kagawad for Department of Education Community Construction LGU/MWSS
Education/SK;  Scholarship program for Relations Officer Operation NGAs NGOs/
Barangay PTA qualified students (CRO) POs
2. Project affected families  Literacy programs & non-
formal education programs
Municipal Engineer’s Office
 Identification of appropriate
project site, design, provide
funding support, organize &
implement related
educational and recreation
activities
5. Environment & Sanitation 1. Barangay Kagawad for MENRO Community Pre-construction LGU/ MWSS/
 Brgy. Solid Waste Environment ENRO /MHO Relations Officer Construction NGAs/ NGOs/
Management Plan 2. Project’s affected 1. Formulate training in SWM (CRO) Operation POs
 Bio-sand water filters community 2. Reforestation (tree planting)
3. Establishment of forest
nurseries
4. Environmental monitoring
5. Health programs
6. Provide bio-sand water filters
CHO and/or DOH
6. Peace & Order 1. Barangay Kagawad for LGU Chief Security Pre-construction LGU/ MWSS
Peace & Order PNP Officer Construction
2. Project’s affected - Capacity-building & Operation
community strengthening of barangay
tanods in peacekeeping
- Maintenance of peace and
order and respond to security
concerns
7. Spiritual Barangay Assigned Parish Priest for Catholics or Community Construction LGU/MWSS
Catholic priest, Islamic Pastor for Non-Catholics and Relations Officer Operation
Religious leaders, or Non-Muslims (CRO)
pastors of different
denomination; IP leaders Islamic Religious leaders
IP leaders


8. Infrastructure *LGU: City and Barangays *MWSS/ Municipal Engineer’s Community Pre-construction LGU/ MWSS
* Barangay Kagawad for Office Relations Officer Construction
Infrastructure * MPDO (CRO) Operation
* MPDO * LGU: Municipal and Barangays
* Repair/Improvement
/Expansion of Barangay Road

5.4. Information, Education and Communication Plan Framework
The Information, Education, and Communication Plan of MWSS shall focus on the Project’s
information dissemination, predicted impacts of activities to the environment particularly to the
people and their inherent resources, the benefits that the community and the people may
derive, and the cost and benefit analysis of the operations with regards to environmental
protection, and the future of the community after the abandonment of the project.
The proposed IEC will include public consultations which will allow MWSS to report on its
environmental performance and at the same time solicit feedback and suggestions from
community members on how to improve and enhance its environmental protection and
enhancement activities. Table 124 describes the IEC Plan/Framework of the company.

Table 129. IEC Plan/Framework

Target Sector Major Topic/s of Indicative
IEC Scheme/ Indicative
Identified as Concern in Relation to Information Medium Timelines and
Strategy/Methods Cost
Needing Project IEC Project Frequency
1. Directly and -The EIA process -Barangay 1 Illustrative Primer/ Brochure -Prior to start of The cost
indirectly affected Assemblies (pictograms) about the project construction includes
population: LGUs -The construction of the -FGD Project meals, venue,
with focus on project -Public - The EIA’s process illustrated -Continuing IEC materials,
Barangays affected The renumeration for consultations; and simplified in the language transport,
identified land areas to -Information desk of the affected community design, layout,
be used by the project -Community Regularly or as printing cost
-The consequential meetings This includes needed; at least on salaries,
impacts on the residents  The project description an annual basis honoraria etc.
of the community  A graphic illustration about
The benefits of the the operation and the
project on their socio- mitigating measures
cultural/ economic and  Major process activities, the Project cost is
biophysical environment structural, supporting and estimated at
of the affected residents non-structural measures for PhP
as they address the the successful 1,000,000 per
major issues of air and implementation of the project; annum
water pollution using  Location map indicating the
IEC exact location of the major
activities
Proposed Corporate  Frequently Asked Questions
Social Responsibility (FAQs) about the project; the
Programs and Projects identified impacts and
such as farming, skills mitigations; health and safety
and other livelihood measures related to
trainings, terrestrial construction and operation of
protection and the project and correct
management behavior in relation to the
Project
 The residents who will be
affected by the Project’s
activities showing their right to
complain for violations of
ECC conditions

Target Sector Major Topic/s of Indicative

IEC Scheme/ Indicative
Identified as Concern in Relation to Information Medium Timelines and
Strategy/Methods Cost
Needing Project IEC Project Frequency
a] Group discussions for the
identified tenants
regarding their rights and
responsibilities in relation
to land purchase c/o the
land owner and prior to
land acquisition
b] Group discussions with
sectorial groups which will
be affected with the
activities, the legal
processes with the
application of priority job
placement, and other
benefits
2. Workshops to cover the

preparation of IEC materials
and campaigns
3. Posters and pictograms on
EIA in local language

Section 6
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING PLAN

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
Environmental monitoring will be undertaken to cover the following:
 To determine whether the impacts have been correctly predicted or not;

 To ensure that the prescribed mitigation and enhancement measures as embodied in
the EMP and ECC conditionalities are in fact being instituted;
 To undertake regular monitoring of specific parameters in compliance with existing
environmental quality standards; and
 To check the effectiveness of the EMP and the overall performance of the project from
the environmental point of view, including recommendations for any corrective
measures.
Monitoring will allow the actual situation to be compared to the predicted situation so as to
allow corrections to be made to the intervention measures.
6.1. Self-Monitoring Plan
The proposed project does not generate contaminants and entails mainly the impoundment of
water and transmission of the water through conveyance structures. As such, identification of
pathways and receptors is not relevant in the case of the Kaliwa Dam Project.
The residents of the downstream communities of Infanta and General Nakar are apprehensive
of the possible flooding that may be brought about by failure or dam break of the proposed
impounding structure. A dam break analysis conducted as part of the EIA showed that if such
a dam break occurs, the amount of water that will reach the downstream section after the
confluence of the Agos and Kanan Rivers is minimal. This is due to the distance to be
traversed and the meandering nature of the Kaliwa River channel which collectively attenuates
flooding.
A monitoring plan shall be developed based on the mitigation/enhancement measures

identified for significant environmental impacts and those that are moderately significant but
can have critical effects if not mitigated. The environmental monitoring plan proposed
including the key parameters to be monitored (EQPL) is presented in Table 125. This covers
both the pre-construction/construction and operation and maintenance stages.
The key parameters to be closely monitored are the following:
 soil erosion and sedimentation of water bodies during construction

 changes in water quality during construction and operation
 RAP
 employment
 watershed management program
 dam stability in relation to major flood events
The frequency of monitoring by MWSS and MMT will be more constant and rigid during the
construction phase. Monitoring by MWSS during the operation phase will be closely
coordinated with the IAs and FIA who will assist MWSS in undertaking the monitoring
activities. Monitoring of dam stability and reservoir levels during storm events shall be
coordinated with PAGASA.
The baseline information generated during the EIA will generally serve as the benchmark data.
The same sampling stations used in the EIA are recommended for the monitoring period to

serve as control points and to be able to see any differences or changes in the results.
However, this does not preclude expanding or changing the sampling sites to cover other
areas, which are deemed necessary for purposes of the parameter being monitored. The cost
computations are rough estimates and need to be verified/validated during the plan
finalization.

Table 130. Environmental Monitoring Plan with Environmental Quality Performance Levels (EQPL)
Key Potential Sampling and Measurement Plan EQPL Management Scheme
Annual
Environmental Impacts Parameters to be EQPL Range MGT Measure
Lead Person Estimated
Aspects per per Envtl Monitored Method Frequency Location Cost (P) ALERT ACTION LIMIT ALERT ACTION LIMIT
Project Phase Sector
I. PRE-CONSTRUCTION/CONSTRUCTION PHASE
> Right of Way The Land/Water
Acquisition Terrain Contractor's Systematic Before Construction MWSS/ Part of
> Site surveys, modify- Material construction sites especially Contractor MWSS
design cation, soil Handling/Site for dam, supervisio
> Excavation displace- Protection tunnels, spillway n cost
works ment and Program
> Foundation erosion
works
Slope desta- Slope profile and Visual, 2x a week Abutments of Construction Part of CC
> Grading and
bilization signs of instability Systematic during KDP, tunnel Contractor Cost
compaction
construction portals, spillway
> Vegetation
area
clearing/
cutting Change in River water Systematic, Monthly Damsite and at MMT P250,000/ Siltation Siltation DAO RA
river water quality - DO, pH, mechanized least 100 m year Surface Surface 2016-08 9275/
quality TSS, TDS, BOD, upstream and Water: Water: Class C DAO
temperature, downstream of TSS- 75 TSS- 80 TSS: 2016-
conductivity, total damsite area mg/L mg/L 80mg/L 08
and fecal coliform pH: 6.4- pH:6.5- pH: 6.5-
8.9 9.0 9.0
BOD:6.5 BOD: 7 BOD: 7
mg/L mg/L mg/L
DO: 4.9 DO: ≥5.0 DO:
mg/L mg/L ≥5.0
Oil & O/G: 2.0 mg/L
Grease: mg/L O/G: 2.0
1.9 mg/L Color: 75 mg/L
Color: 70 TCU; no Color:
TCU standard 75 TCU;
for no
turbidity standar RA
d for 6969
turbidity


Annual
Decline of Freshwater Biota Visual, At least Damsite and at MWSS P250,000/
biological Monitoring – systematic semiannuall least 100 m year
indicators Plankton, y (wet and upstream and
Macroinvertebrat dry season) downstream of
es and Fish – damsite area
Species
Composition and
abundances
Increase in Waste volume Visual, 2 x a week Structure sites MWSS/MMT Part of CC
solid waste Systematic Cost
generation
Permanent Tree cutting/ Visual, Monthly KDP, tunnel DENR/MMT P100,000
loss, removal of Systematic during civil intake and
disturbance vegetation works outlet, spillway
to existing phase area
vegetation
Air Quality Total Suspended 1-hr Sampling Monthly Upwind; MWSS 250,000 Fugitive RA 8749 Regular RA
Particulates per RA 8749 downwind; dust sprinkling 8749
Proposed (TSP) NSEW direction activities
site
locations
Upwind,
downwind
Noise Ambient Noise Upwind; PCO 150,000 Intermitt NPCC Ear NPCC
Quality downwind; ent noise 1978 plugs/ 1978
(especially during Monthly/ NSEW direction ear muffs
Same as Air drilling activities) Weekly as
Grab sampling
Stns during necessar
(preferably drilling y
with many
receptors)
The People
Loss of land/ RAP Visual, Before Kaliwa dam and MMT P100,000
farm area implementation Systematic relocation reservoir


Annual
Increase in local employment Systematic Quarterly DIA-wide MWSS/MMT P50,000
employ- focused on
ment downstream
opportuni- areas
ties
II. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PHASE
> Dam The Land/Water
operation Dam stability Visual, Daily Kaliwa dam, MWSS/Dam Part of O &
> Treatment Systematic spillway area operator M cost
facility
Change in River water Systematic, Monthly Reservoir area MWS/Dam P250,000/ Siltation Siltation DAO RA
operation
river water quality - pH, DO, mechanized operator year Surface Surface 2016-08 9275/
quality BOD, TSS/TDS, Water: Water: Class C DAO
Total/fecal TSS- 75 TSS- 80 TSS: 2016-
coliform, NPK and mg/L mg/L 80mg/L 08
pesticides, heavy pH: 6.4- pH:6.5- pH: 6.5-
metal 8.9 9.0 9.0
BOD:6.5 BOD: 7 BOD: 7
mg/L mg/L mg/L
DO: 4.9 DO: ≥5.0 DO: ≥5.0
mg/L mg/L mg/L
Oil & O/G: 2.0 O/G: 2.0
Grease: mg/L mg/L
1.9 mg/L Color: 75 Color: 75
Color: 70 TCU; no TCU;
TCU standard no
for standard
turbidity for RA
turbidity 6969
Freshwater Biota Visual, At least Damsite and at MWSS P250,000/

Decline of Monitoring – systematic semiannuall least 100 m year
biological Plankton, y (wet and upstream and
indicators Macroinvertebrat dry season) downstream of
es and Fish – damsite area
Species


Annual
Composition and
abundances
Area reforested/ Systematic Annually KDP Dam area DENR/MMT Part of

covered and of Water-
survival shed
Managem
ent
Program
The People
RAP Systematic A year after KDP and MMT Part of
implementation relocation spillway area, RAP
and reservoir area monitoring
compensa- cost
tion

6.2. Multi-Sectoral Monitoring Framework
In compliance with the guidelines of DAO 2003-30, a Multi-Partite Monitoring Team (MMT) will
be established to take charge of the preparation of the final monitoring program and annual
monitoring plan including the conduct of monitoring activities. The MMT is proposed to be
composed of the following (in consideration with the DAO 2018-18):
Table 131. MMT Team Composition

 PENRO/CENRO of Infanta, Rizal and Gen. Nakar
 LGU designated representative(s) of Infanta and Gen. Nakar
 NGO/PO designated representatives from Infanta and Gen. Nakar
 Designated representative/s from Brgy. Magsaysay, Infanta
 Designated representative/s from Brgy. Pagsangahan, Gen. Nakar
 Designated representative/s from Brgys. San Jose, Buhangin and Dalig, Rizal
 Designated representative/s from Brgy. Magsaysay
 NGO/PO Representative
The constituted/organized MMT shall review and validate, among others, the following:
 coverage of monitoring;
 frequency of monitoring;
 standard procedures/method of monitoring;
 schedule of monitoring;
 manpower requirements; and
 logistics
The MMT shall implement the environmental monitoring action plan. A monitoring evaluation
and reporting system needs to be established to enable stakeholders to participate in the
process.
This system may include the following elements:

 A system to properly coordinate, support and enhance the various monitoring activities
of the MMT as well as its manner of information exchange for monitoring and
evaluation.
 Identify institutional and other implementation issues or problem areas and identify
processes/mechanisms in resolving such issues/problems.
 Identify capability building mechanisms to be able to sustain and institutionalize project
monitoring.
 A system of reporting and utilizing monitoring and evaluation results for information
dissemination and for consequent action.
The initial cost of the establishment of the MMT and finalizing the monitoring plan is estimated
at PhP100,000. Monitoring during construction and operation is estimated at about PhP
500,000 and PhP 700,000 annually, respectively.
6.3. Environmental Guarantee and Monitoring Fund Commitments
To ensure the protection of the environment with the project, environmental guarantees,
commitments and agreements for the implementation of the proposed EMP are provided by
the proponent along with the stakeholders of the project.

Environmental Guarantees
An Environmental Monitoring Fund will be established by the proponent for purposes of

supporting the operation of the MMT and its various monitoring activities.In addition, an
Environmental Guarantee Fund (EGF) will likewise be provided as a fund source for any
rehabilitation work in case of damages to the existing environment as a consequence of
project operation including compensation to affected parties (if any) and implementation of
projects to prevent the occurrence of detrimental impacts to the environment.
The determination of the amount to be set up for the Environmental Guarantee Fund will take
into consideration the value of EIA committed projects, the degree of environmental risk
involved, value of resources that will be most likely affected and the proponent’s financial
capability. The specific amount will be agreed upon by the proponent and the DENR. Indicative
amount for the EGF ranges from PhP700,000 to PhP1M to be finalized at a later date.
Environmental Monitoring Fund (EMF)
To support the functions and activities of the MMT, an Environmental Monitoring Fund (EMF)
for Kaliwa Dam shall be established. MWSS PMO shall open an EMF account exclusively for
monitoring activities during construction and operation in the amount of One Million Pesos
(PhP 1,000,000) to be replenished regularly.
Initially, an EMF in the amount of Three Hundred Thousand Pesos (PhP300,000) will be
established by MWSS PMO. However, the full amount of PhP 500,000 to be spent for
monitoring during construction annually will be established prior to the start of construction
activities and should be maintained by regularly replenishing withdrawals to the fund. During
operation and maintenance, this will be increased to PhP 700,000 annually.
Utilization of the EMF
The management and utilization of the EMF shall be in accordance with the guidelines
prescribed in DAO 2003-30. As an interim measure, the Manual shall be used as the basis
for the disbursement of the EMF.Detailed operating guidelines shall be formulated during the
implementation of the project.The Operating Guidelines shall prescribe the management and
utilization scheme for the EMF as well as the operations, functions and responsibilities of the
MMT Board in relation to the Executive Committee.
6.4. Project Commitments, Affirmations and Agreements
The highly participatory process and consultative approach to institutional development is an

inherent feature of the project that has generated positive responses and widespread support
from project stakeholders and various concerned sectors. This was affirmed and validated
during the perception survey, FGDs and KIIs conducted during the EIA.
Draft MOAs have also been prepared corresponding to the categories of PAF/Ps under the
RAP including pro-forma MOAs for deed of donation of landowners and CARP beneficiaries.
To ensure the planning and implementation of support components of the project, MWSS had
already initiated the forging and signing of Memorandum of Agreements (MOAs) with the
concerned government agencies for the proper and guaranteed implementation of certain
programs that are part of the environmental management plan (EMP).
While downstream stakeholders are apprehensive about a possible dam break, this can still
be addressed once the risk assessment report of the EIS has been presented.

The current level of support and expectations from the project underscore the need to strictly
implement the EMP and to exercise vigilance in implementing additional safeguards provided
under existing laws and regulations pertinent to the operation of the project. Moreover, the
proponent has to firm up the agreements and guarantees relating particularly to relocation of
affected families, employment and increase in income to be delivered by the project.
The cooperation, support and vigilance of the stakeholders will ensure that the beneficial
effects of the project will redound to the protection of the environment and the overall welfare
of the people.

Section 7
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
POLICY AND GENERIC
GUIDELINES

7. EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND GENERIC GUIDELINES
An emergency plan shall be prepared which will be implemented by MWSS with the contractor
and eventually by the dam operator and the concerned LGUs and other participating
institutions.
The plan will include the following:
 overall safety program including consideration of additional precautions for spilling of

water during storm events
 dam monitoring
 early warning system during storms
The Plan will also include components which will address possible flooding that local residents
believe could happen in the event of failure or breakage of the Kaliwa Dam.
Emergency Response Plan for Flood Hazards
This emergency response plan (ERP) is formulated to prescribe the guidelines in the
formulation and organization of the appropriate actions in the event of naturally generated
floods and those attributed to a possible dam break and in the identification and organization
of the appropriate actions and individuals/institutions that will carry them out during an
emergency. This ERP also intends to safeguard the welfare of the communities at risk by
providing the program that will oversee the conduct of flood forecasting/warning, evacuation,
fast delivery of services, medical supplies, materials and equipment for evacuation, and other
relief assistance to flood disaster victims.
Key players in the ERP are the regional, provincial and municipal Disaster Risk Reduction and
Management Council (MDRRMC) and their barangay counterparts and the dam operator,
MWSS.
The organization, responsibilities and tasks of the previously mentioned councils have been
defined under RA 10121 which refers to the Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and
Management Act of 2010.
As the operator of the dam, MWSS shall regularly coordinate with these councils and PAGASA
as part of its overall program of reducing the risks of flooding that may be caused by the
possible failure of the water impounding structure. MWSS shall be responsible for the safety
and accident prevention and specific preparedness measures within the dam compound. It
shall also be responsible in the formulation of procedures for and implementation of the flood
forecasting and warning system, training of plant personnel, IEC responsibilities in
coordination with the local government and disaster risk councils and in ensuring that funds
are available for the ERP. MWSS shall also be responsible for budget allocation to ensure the
installation, operation and maintenance of the necessary instrumentation and equipment for
the Flood Forecasting and Warning System.
Although flooding via dam break has been analysed to be insignificant by the time the water
reaches Infanta and General Nakar, the ERP shall include a clear and well disseminated
evacuation procedure.
In order to accomplish a safe and timely evacuation, an early warning of the emergency
situation should be communicated to all concerned residents.

The disaster risk councils upon notification from MWSS shall evacuate residents of Infanta
and General Nakar. The councils shall head the evacuation of residents in an orderly manner
and shall make an accounting of all evacuees.
Evacuation takes precedence above other activities and so shall have priority in allocation or
assignment for service vehicles available.
The municipal building or the LGU building located at the highest point within the 2
municipalities shall correspond to the Disaster Operation Center (DOC) where all instructions
and related activities will emanate.
The PNP shall provide security coverage in the disaster operations and evacuation centers
and areas affected by flood.
The DOH shall establish emergency station for first aid treatment of flood victims and provide
necessary medicines and medical treatment.
The DSWD shall assist in securing relief goods and supplies for flood victims.
The ERP shall also include post-emergency procedures which refer to all activities necessary
to support residents during and after an emergency situation and to restore normal life in the
area. This include relief/rehabilitation, damage assessment and rehabilitation/restoration.
Relief/Rehabilitation
The local coordinating council, in cooperation with the Municipal Social Welfare and
Development and the Philippine National Red Cross shall be responsible for undertaking
immediate survey of disaster area and provide mass feeding, emergency housing, emergency
clothing, and missing persons tracing services, as necessary.
Damage Assessment
The local disaster coordinating council shall conduct immediate survey of the disaster area to
determine casualties and damages to infrastructure, agriculture, aquatic resources, animal life
and other properties. Results of the survey shall be reported to the operations center of the
affected locality for initial assessment. It shall be sent through the next higher disaster
coordinating council for transmittal to NDRRMC through OCD for final evaluation and
appropriate action.
Rehabilitation/Reconstruction
The local coordinating council within the respective levels shall determine the nature and
extent of the rehabilitation effort to be undertaken and shall request for assistance from
appropriate government agencies, private offices/agencies or individuals, if the situation goes
beyond their capability.
MWSS shall initiate activities to repair/restore any damages to the dam and its facilities.
The termination stage of a flood initiated emergency is as important as the initiation of an

emergency. The activities include documentation of emergency activities for future reference,
incident investigation in case human action is at fault either partly or wholly, damage
assessment, incident debriefing to inform residents of any remaining hazards or unsafe
conditions, and critique of the emergency response plan and safety policies and procedures.

7.1. CONSTRUCTION PHASE
MWSS will make sure that all contractors have an approved Construction Safety & Health
Program (CSHP) by the Bureau of Working Conditions (BWC) of the Department of Labor &
Employment (DOLE).
The following are the important components of the CSHP applicable to the proposed Project:
7.1.1. Company Safety and Health Policy
A company Safety Policy will be formulated to serve as the guiding principle in the
implementation of safety and health programs onsite. The policy shall be signed by the
highest company official or his duly authorized representative and should include the
Contractor’s policies on occupational safety, worker’s welfare, and health and environment.
The Safety Policy will include the commitment of the General Planner and the Contractor(s)
to comply with the DOLE’s minimum safety requirements, reporting requirements under
Occupational Health & Safety Standards (OSHS) regulations and other relevant DOLE
issuances. These are:
a] Registration (Rule 1020 and D.O. 18-02)

b] Report of Safety Committee Organization (Rule 1040)
c] Notification of Accidents and Occupational Illnesses (Rule 1050)
d] Annual Work Accident/Illness Exposure Data Report (Rule 1050)
e] Annual Medical Report (Rule 1060)
7.1.2. Specific Construction Safety & Health Program
The General Planner as well as every contractor shall be required to submit its Construction
Safety & Health Program. The company shall likewise institute its own Construction Safety &
Health Program.
7.1.3. Construction Safety and Health Committee
The structure and membership is consistent with the requirements of Section 11 of D.O. 13,
series of 1998.
7.1.4. Safety and Health Personnel
Requirements for personnel in charge of health and safety shall be complied with, as follows:
a] First Aid personnel should be certified by the Philippine National Red Cross
(PNRC) with valid PNRC ID Card
b] Safety Officer must complete the 40-hour BWC prescribed safety and health
course as required by Rule 1030 of the OSHS, as amended by D.O. 16.
Safety officer shall be accredited by the BWC pursuant to D.O. 16
c] External physicians and nurses must complete the BWC-DOLE prescribed
Occupational Safety & Health Course pursuant to Rule 1060 of the OSHS.
7.1.5. Specific Duties and Responsibilities of the Safety Officer
Specific duties and responsibilities shall be as outlined in Rule 1047 of OSHS.

7.1.6. Applicable In-house Safety & Health Promotion and Continuing Information
Dissemination
a] Information dissemination or advisories to new employees prior to on-site

assignment, e.g. orientation on Company Health &Safety policies and
measures, hazards related to the job, and safe work procedures
b] Continuing education program, such as first aid training and its refresher
course, refresher course on toolbox handling, construction safety training
c] Activities to convey information on safety and health IEC materials such as

posters, pictograms, flyers, safety signage, handbooks, manuals, and bulletin
boards
d] Arrangements for setting up of committees on safety and health if necessary
e] Schedule of safety-related activities, e.g. toolbox meeting, Health & Safety

committee meeting.
7.1.7. Accident & Incident Investigation, Recording & Reporting
a] Investigation and Recording of all Accidents & Incidents

b] Notification to the appropriate DOLE Regional Office within 24 hours in case
of fatal accidents.
7.1.8. Provisions for the Protection of the General Public within the Vicinity of the
Company’s Premises during Construction and Demolition.
Measures to ensure the safety of the general public, according to appropriate Provisions and
Rules of the OSHS shall be strictly observed, as follows:
a] Rule 1412.09 Protection of the Public

b] Rule 1412.12 Protection against Collapse Structure
c] Rule 1412.16 Traffic Control
d] Rule 1413 Excavation
e] Rule 1060 Premises of Establishments
f] DO 13 Sec. 9 Construction Safety
7.1.9. General Safety within Construction Premises
Danger signs, barricades, safety instructions for workers, employees, general public and
visitors shall be provided for such as housekeeping, walkway surfaces, means of access i.e.
stairs, ramps, floor openings, elevated walkways, runways and platforms and lighting.
7.1.10. Environmental Control (Rule of 1070 of the OSHS)
The following shall be faithfully complied with:
a] Monitoring and control of hazardous noise, vibration and airborne contaminants

such as gases, fumes, mists and vapors.
b] Provisions to comply with minimum requirements for lighting, ventilation and air
movement.

7.1.11. Guarding of Hazardous Machinery (Rule 1200 of the OSHS)
The following shall be strictly observed:
a] Provision for installation/ design of built-in machine guards

b] Provision for built-in safety in case of machine failure
c] Provisions for guarding of exposed walkways, access ways, and working
platforms.
7.1.12. Provision for Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

(Rule 1080 of the OSHS)
a] Appropriate types and duly-tested PPEs shall be used by workers after the
required training on their use
b] Provision for maintenance, inspection and replacement of PPEs.
The basic PPE required for all types of construction projects are helmets, safety shoes and
working gloves. Other PPEs shall be required depending on the type of work and hazards.
7.1.13. General Materials Handling &Storage Procedures (Rule 1150 of OSHS)
This will include, but will not be limited to:
a] Safe use of mechanical materials handling equipment

b] Secure and safe storage facilities
c] Regular housekeeping
d] Clearly-marked clearance limits
e] Proper area guarding of storage facilities.
7.1.14. Installation, Use and Dismantling of Hoist and Elevators

(Rule 1415.10of OSHS)
a] Testing and Examination of Lifting Appliances shall be complied with, in

accordance with Rule 1220 on Elevators and Related Equipment.
b] Provisions to ensure safe installation, use and dismantling of hoists and
elevators, including periodic inspection of hoists and elevators.
7.1.15. Testing and Inspection of Electrical and Mechanical Facilities and Equipment.
The following rules of the OSHS apply and be strictly observed:
a] Rule 1210 Electrical Safety

b] Rule 1220 Elevators and Related Equipment
c] Rule 1410 Construction Safety
d] Rule 1415.10 Training and Examination of Lifting Appliances.
7.1.16. Worker Skills and Certification
a] Provisions to ensure that workers are qualified to perform the work safely
b] Provisions to ensure that only qualified operators are authorized to use and
operate electrical and mechanical equipment.
7.1.17. Provisions for Emergency Facilities for Workers

Rule 1963.02 of OSHS-Emergency Medical Services Applies

7.1.17.1. Fire Protection Facilities and Equipment
a] Fire Protection facilities and equipment as required under Rule 1940 of the
OSHS shall be provided.
b] Proposed structure and membership of cooperation with fire brigade shall be
determined
c] Provision for training on emergency preparedness.
7.1.17.2. .First Aid and Healthcare Medicines, Equipment and Facilities
a] Identification of the proposed first aid and healthcare facilities that the
Contractor will provide to meet the minimum requirements of OSHS
b] Identification of the medical and health supplies such as medicines and
equipment to be provided
c] Mandatory provision of first aid medicines and emergency treatment.
In the absence of the required onsite healthcare facilities, the company shall attach a copy of
a written contract with a recognized emergency health provider as required under OSHS.
7.1.18. Workers Welfare Facilities
a] Provision for toilet and sanitary facilities

b] Provision of shower and washing facilities
c] Provision to supply food and meals (optional)
d] Provision of potable water for drinking and washing
e] Provision of locker rooms, storing and changing of clothes for workers.
7.1.18.1. Proposed Hours of Work and Rest Breaks
a] Work schedules, working hours, shifting schedules shall be specified

b] Frequency and length of meals and breaks shall likewise be allotted
c] Schedule of rest periods shall also be provided.
7.1.18.2. Waste Disposal
Method of waste management will be provided in accordance with government-mandated

laws and regulations.
7.1.18.3. Disaster & Emergency Preparedness Contingency
Guidelines for the following will be prepared:
a] Emergency preparedness and response on vehicular or site- road accidents

b] Response to bomb threats
c] Preparedness and response for severe weather conditions
d] Preparedness and response to fire and explosion
e] Preparedness and response to earthquake, tsunami, and storm surge
f] Oil spill contingency
g] Preparedness and response for accidents in workplace.
7.1.19. Safety Program
Specific standard work procedures should be provided for the following activities:

a] Site Clearing
b] Excavation
c] Use, erection and dismantling of scaffoldings and other temporary working
platforms
d] Temporary electrical connections/installations
e] Work at unprotected elevated working platforms or surfaces
f] Use of power tools and equipment
g] Gas and electric welding and cutting operations
h] Working in confined spaces
i] Use of hand tools
j] Use of mechanized lifting appliances for movement of materials
k] Use of construction heavy equipment.
7.2. HEALTH AND SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING
An HSE Meeting shall be held at least once a month.
A Health & Safety Plan shall be prepared to cover Construction and Operation phases. The
plan shall be based on Health Safety & Environmental (HSE) Guidance Notes. These
documents collectively describe the arrangements for securing the health and safety of
everyone carrying out the work and others that may be affected by it.
The health and safety plan (HSP) shall be regularly reviewed and periodically updated.
The following list the HSP contents but shall not be limited to these scopes:
7.2.1 Management
7.2.2 Standard Setting
7.2.3 Occupational health and environmental control

7.2.3.1 Physical Hazards
7.2.3.1.1 Ventilation
7.2.3.1.2 Occupational Noise Exposure
7.2.3.2 Chemical Hazards
7.2.3.3 Biological Hazards
7.2.4 Hazardous Materials
7.2.4.1 Gases
8.2.4.2 Flammable Liquids and Combustible Materials

8.2.4.3 Solvents
8.2.4.4 Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals
7.2.5 Toxic and Hazardous Substances

7.2.6 Air Contaminants
7.2.7 Personal Protective Equipment
7.2.8 Hazard Communication
7.2.9 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response Procedures
7.2.10 Materials Handling and Storage
7.2.11 Medical and First Aid
7.2.12 Fire Protection
7.2.13 Electrical Safety
7.2.14 Mechanical and Machineries Safety
7.2.15 Training

7.2.16 Welfare
7.2.17 Information and Training for People Onsite
7.2.18 Consultation with People Onsite
7.2.19 Site Rules
7.2.20 Reporting of Accident Information
7.2.21 Safety Audit
7.2.22 Health and Safety Records
7.2.23 Information for Sub-contractors
7.2.24 Arrangements for monitoring.
7.3. INFORMATION FOR SUBCONTRACTORS
Prior to commencing work on site, this is to describe in the first and third paragraphs on
Management:
a] Post Commencement on Site

Safety induction training will be given to all personnel entering the site. This
induction training will inform the subcontractor(s) and their personnel of specific
safety risks and hazards onsite. It will also inform them of site procedures and
dress code, personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements, as well as
welfare and first aid arrangements and emergency procedures.
b] Instruction regarding health and safety that require direct/ immediate action will
be conveyed verbally, followed up by instructions in writing when applicable.
c] Toolbox talks will be given.
Any design information that is revised will be issued to the Subcontractor(s)
using standard proformas from the company management system or others as
applicable. Any procedural changes or revision to the Health & Safety Plan will
be issued in writing.
d] Contractors will be informed about risks to their health and safety at regular
subcontractor safety meetings.
7.4. HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROCEDURES
MWSS shall develop and implement a written Safety & Health Program for its employees
involved in operations. The program shall be designed to identify, evaluate, and control safety
and health hazards, and provide for emergency response during operations.
The written Safety & Health Program shall incorporate the following:
7.4.1. Organizational Structure
The organizational structure part of the Safety & Health Program shall establish the specific
chain of command and the overall responsibilities of supervisors and employees. It shall
include, at a minimum, the following elements:
a] A General Supervisor who has the responsibility and authority to direct all
process operations.
b] A Site Safety and Health Supervisor with the responsibility and authority to
develop and implement the site Safety & Health Plan and verify compliance
c] All other personnel needed for process operations and emergency response
and their general functions and responsibilities

d] The lines of authority, responsibility, and communication

The organizational structure shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to reflect the current
status of operations.
7.4.2. Comprehensive Work Plan
The comprehensive work plan part of the Safety & Health Plan shall
a] Address the tasks and objectives of the site operations and the logistics and
resources required to reach those tasks and objectives
b] Address anticipated clean-up activities as well as normal operating procedures
which need not repeat the employer's procedures available elsewhere
c] Define work tasks and objectives and identify the methods for accomplishing
those tasks and objectives
d] Establish personnel requirements for implementing the plan
e] Provide for the implementation of the training
f] Provide for the implementation of the required informational programs
g] Provide for the implementation of the medical surveillance program
A site-specific Safety & Health Plan shall also be designed, which need not repeat the
employer's standard operating procedures and Safety & Health Training Program;
Program Availability
The written Safety & Health Program shall be made available to any contractor or
subcontractor or their representative who will be involved with process operations, to
employees, to employee-designated representatives, and to regulatory agencies.
The site Safety & Health Program, which must be kept onsite, shall address the safety and
health hazards of each phase of operation and include the requirements and procedures for
employee protection.
The site Safety & Health Plan, as a minimum, shall address the following:
a] A safety and health risk or hazard analysis for each site task and operation
found in the work plan
b] Employee training assignments to assure compliance
c] Personal protective equipment to be used by employees for each of the site
tasks and operations being conducted as required by the personal protective
equipment (PPE)
d] Medical surveillance requirements in accordance with the program
e] Frequency and types of air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and
environmental sampling techniques and instrumentation to be used, including
methods of maintenance and calibration of monitoring and sampling equipment
to be used
f] Site control measures in accordance with the site control program
g] Decontamination procedures
h] An Emergency Response Plan Meeting for safe and effective responses to
emergencies, including the necessary PPE and other equipment
i] Confined Space entry procedures
j] A spill containment program meeting

Pre-entry Briefing
The site-specific Safety & Health Plan shall provide for pre-entry briefings to be held prior to
initiating any site activity, and at such other times as necessary to ensure that employees are
apprised of the site Safety & Health Plan and that this plan is being followed. The information
and data obtained from site characterization and analysis work shall be used to prepare and
update the site Safety & Health Plan.
Effectiveness of Site Safety & Health Plan
Inspections shall be conducted by the site Safety & Health Supervisor or, in the absence of
that individual, another individual who is knowledgeable in occupational safety and health,
acting on behalf of the Employer as necessary to determine the effectiveness of the site safety
and health plan. Any deficiencies in the effectiveness of the site Safety & Health Plan shall be
corrected by the employer.
Site Characterization and Analysis
Operations shall be evaluated in accordance with local regulations to identify specific site
hazards and to determine the appropriate safety and health control procedures needed to
protect employees from the identified hazards.
Preliminary Evaluation
A preliminary evaluation of a site's characteristics shall be performed prior to site entry by a

qualified person in order to aid in the selection of appropriate employee protection methods.
Immediately after initial site entry, a more detailed evaluation of the site's specific
characteristics shall be performed by a qualified person in order to further identify existing site
hazards and to further aid in the selection of the appropriate engineering controls and personal
protective equipment for the tasks to be performed.
Hazard Identification
All suspected conditions that may pose inhalation or skin absorption hazards that are
immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) or other conditions that may cause death or
serious harm shall be identified during the preliminary survey and evaluated during the
detailed survey.
Examples of such hazards include, but are not limited to: confined space entry, potentially
explosive or flammable situations, visible vapor clouds or areas where biological indicators
such as dead animals or vegetation are located.
The following information, to the extent available, shall be obtained by the employer prior to
allowing employees to enter a site:
a] Location and approximate size of the site.

b] Description of the response activity and/or the job/task to be performed
c] Duration of the planned employee activity
d] Site topography and accessibility by air and roads
e] Safety and health hazards expected at the site
f] Pathways for hazardous substance dispersion

g] Present status and capabilities of emergency response teams that would

provide assistance to onsite employees at the time of an emergency
h] Hazardous substances and health hazards involved or expected at the site and
their chemical and physical properties
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
A Personal Protective Equipment Program, which is part of the employer's Safety & Health
Plan and which is also a part of the site-specific Safety & Health Plan shall be established.
The PPE program shall address the elements listed below. When elements, such as donning
and doffing procedures, are provided by the manufacturer of a piece of equipment and are
attached to the Plan, they need not be rewritten into the plan as long as they adequately
address the procedure or element.
a] PPE selection based upon site hazards

b] PPE use and limitations of the equipment
c] Work mission duration
d] PPE maintenance and storage
e] PPE decontamination and disposal
f] PPE training and proper fittings
g] PPE donning and doffing procedures
h] PPE inspection procedures prior to, during, and after use
i] Evaluation of the effectiveness of the PPE program
j] Limitations during temperature extremes, heat stress, and other appropriate
medical considerations.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be selected and used which will protect employees
from the hazards and potential hazards they are likely to encounter as identified during the
site characterization and analysis.
PPE equipment selection shall be based on an evaluation of the performance characteristics

of the PPE relative to the requirements and limitations of the site, the task-specific conditions
and duration, and the hazards and potential hazards identified at the site.
Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be provided and used during initial site entry in
accordance with the following requirements:
a] Based on the results of the preliminary site evaluation, an ensemble of PPE

shall be selected and used during initial site entry which will provide protection
to a level of exposure below permissible exposure limits and published
exposure levels for known or suspected hazardous substances and health
hazards and which will provide protection against other known and suspected
hazards identified during the preliminary site evaluation.
If there is no permissible exposure limit or published exposure level, the

employer may use other published studies and information as a guide to
appropriate PPE.
b] Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, or positive pressure air-

line respirators equipped with an escape air supply shall be used when
chemical exposure levels present will create a substantial possibility of

immediate death, immediate serious illness or injury, or impair the ability to

escape.
c] If positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus is not used as part of
the entry ensemble, and if respiratory protection is warranted by the potential
hazards identified during the preliminary site evaluation, an escape self-
contained breathing apparatus of at least five (5)-minute duration shall be
carried by employees during initial site entry.
d] If the preliminary site evaluation does not produce sufficient information to
identify the hazards or suspected hazards of the site, an ensemble providing
equivalent to Level-B PPE shall be provided as minimum protection, and direct
reading instruments shall be used as appropriate for identifying IDLH
conditions.
e] Once the hazards of the site have been identified, the appropriate PPE shall be
selected and used.
f] The level of protection provided by PPE selection shall be increased when
additional information or site conditions show that increased protection is
necessary to reduce employee exposures below permissible exposure limits
and published exposure levels for hazardous substances and health hazards.
Risk Identification
Once the presence and concentrations of specific hazardous substances and health hazards
have been established, the risks associated with these substances shall be identified.
Employees who will be working on the site shall be informed of any risks that have been
identified.
Risks to consider include, but are not limited to:
a] Exposures exceeding the permissible exposure limits and published exposure

levels
b] IDLH Concentrations
c] Potential Skin Absorption and Irritation Sources
d] Potential Eye Irritation Sources
e] Explosion Sensitivity and Flammability Ranges
f] Oxygen deficiency
Employee Notification
Any information concerning the chemical, physical, and toxicological properties of each
substance known or expected to be present onsite that is available to the employer and
relevant to the duties an employee is expected to perform shall be made available to the
affected employees prior to the commencement of their work activities. The employer may
utilize information developed for the hazard communication standard.
Training
All employees working onsite (such as, but not limited, to equipment operators, general
labourers and others) exposed to health hazards, or safety hazards and their supervisors and
management responsible for the site shall receive training to meet the requirements of this
paragraph before they are permitted to engage in operations that could expose them to
hazardous substances, safety, or health hazards, and they shall receive review training.

Employees shall not be permitted to participate in or supervise field activities until they have
been trained to a level required by their job function and responsibility.
The training shall thoroughly cover the following:
a] Names of personnel and alternates responsible for site safety and health
b] Safety, health and other hazards present on the site
c] Use of personal protective equipment (PPE)
d] Work practices by which the employee can minimize risks from hazards
e] Safe use of engineering controls and equipment on the site
f] Medical surveillance requirements including recognition of symptoms and signs
which might indicate over exposure to hazards.
Initial Training
a] General site workers (such as equipment operators, general labourers and

supervisory personnel) engaged in hazardous substance removal or other
activities which expose or potentially expose workers to hazardous substances
and health hazards shall receive a minimum of 40 hours of instruction off the
site, and a minimum of three (3) days actual field experience under the direct
supervision of a trained and experienced supervisor.
b] Workers onsite only occasionally used for a specific limited task (such as, but
not limited to, water monitoring, process operations, or air monitoring) and who
are unlikely to be exposed over permissible exposure limits and published
exposure limits shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of instruction off the site,
and the minimum of one (1) day actual field experience under the direct
supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor.
c] Workers regularly onsite who work in areas which have been monitored and
fully characterized indicating that exposures are under permissible exposure
limits and published exposure limits where respirators are not necessary, and
the characterization indicates that there are no health hazards or the possibility
of an emergency developing, shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of instruction
off the site, and the minimum of one (1) day actual field experience under the
direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor.
d] Workers with 24 hours of training, who become general site workers or who are
required to wear respirators as necessary, shall have the additional 16 hours
and two (2) days of training necessary to total the training
Management and Supervisor Training
Onsite management and supervisors directly responsible for, or who supervise employees
engaged in, hazardous waste operations, shall receive 40 hours initial training and three (3)
days of supervised field experience (the training may be reduced to 24 hours and one (1) day
if the only area of their responsibility is and at least eight (8) additional hours of specialized
training at the time of job assignment on such topics as, but not limited to, the employer's
safety and health program and the associated employee training program, personal protective
equipment (PPE) program, spill containment program, and health hazard monitoring
procedure and techniques.
Recordkeeping
An accurate record of the medical surveillance shall be retained. This record shall be retained
for the period specified and meet the criteria.

The record shall include at least the following information:
a] The name and social security number of the employee

b] Physicians' written opinions, recommended limitations and results of
examinations and tests
c] Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to hazardous
substances
d] A copy of the information provided to the examining physician by the employer,
with the exception of the standard and its appendices.
7.5. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
An Emergency Response Plan shall be developed and implemented by the company to handle
anticipated emergencies, prior to the commencement of hazardous operations. The plan shall
be in writing and available for inspection and copying by employees, their representatives,
OSHC-DOLE personnel, and other governmental agencies with relevant responsibilities.
Employers who will evacuate their employees from the danger area when an emergency
occurs, and who do not permit any of their employees to assist in handling the emergency,
are exempt from the requirements of this paragraph if they provide an Emergency Response
Plan complying with local regulations.
MWSS shall develop an Emergency Response Plan for emergencies which shall address, as
a minimum, the following:
a] Pre-emergency planning
b] Personnel roles, lines of authority, training, and communication
c] Emergency recognition and prevention
d] Safe distances and places of refuge
e] Site security and control
f] Evacuation routes and procedures
g] Decontamination procedures which are not covered by the site Safety & Health
Plan
h] Emergency medical treatment and first aid
i] Emergency alerting and response procedures
j] Critique of response and follow-up
k] PPE and emergency equipment
Procedures for Handling Emergency Incidents
In addition to the elements in the emergency response plan, the following elements
shall be included for Emergency Response Plan:
a] Site topography, layout, and prevailing weather conditions

b] Procedures for reporting incidents to local, provincial, and national
governmental agencies
c] The emergency response plan shall be a separate section of the Site Safety
and Health Plan.

d] The emergency response plan shall be compatible and integrated with the
disaster, fire and/or emergency response plans of local, state, and federal
agencies.
The Emergency Response Plan shall be rehearsed regularly as part of the overall
training program for site operations.
The site Emergency Response Plan shall be reviewed periodically and, as necessary,
shall be amended to keep it current with new or changing site conditions or information.
An employee alarm system shall be installed to notify employees of an emergency

situation, to stop work activities if necessary, to lower background noise in order to
speed communication, and to begin emergency procedures.
Based on the information available at time of the emergency, the employer shall
evaluate the incident and the site response capabilities and proceed with the
appropriate steps to implement the site Emergency Response Plan.
7.6. SANITATION AT TEMPORARY WORKPLACES
7.6.1. Potable Water
a] An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided at the site.

b] Portable containers used to dispense drinking water shall be capable of being
tightly closed, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from
containers.
c] Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be clearly marked as to the
nature of its contents and not used for any other purpose.
d] Where single service cups (to be used but once) are supplied, both a sanitary
container for the unused cups and a receptacle for disposing of the used cups
shall be provided.
7.6.2. Non-potable Water
a] Outlets for non-potable water, such as water for firefighting purposes, shall be
identified to indicate clearly that the water is unsafe and is not to be used for
drinking, washing, or cooking purposes
b] There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system
furnishing potable water and a system furnishing non-potable water.
7.6.3. Toilet Facilities
Under temporary field conditions, provisions shall be made to assure not less than one (1)
portalet toilet is available.
7.6.4. Food handling
All food service facilities and operations for workers shall meet the applicable laws, ordinances
and regulations of the Municipal and Barangay where the construction sites are located.
7.6.5. Temporary Sleeping Quarters

When temporary sleeping quarters are provided, they shall be heated, ventilated, and lighted.
7.6.6. Washing Facilities
The company shall provide adequate washing facilities for workers engaged in operations
where hazardous substances may be harmful to workers. Such facilities shall be in near
proximity to the worksite; in areas where exposures are below permissible exposure limits and
which are under the control of the company; and shall be so equipped as to enable employees
to remove hazardous substances from themselves.

Section 8
ABANDONMENT,
DECOMMISSIONING,
REHABILITATION
POLICY

8. ABANDONMENT, DECOMMISSIONING AND REHABILITATION POLICY
The Final Abandonment/Decommissioning and Rehabilitation Plan will include:
1. Land and soil restoration, decontamination and remediation

2. Strategies and methods for final rehabilitation of the environment disturbed by the
project
3. Land use suitability of the various land disturbances.
The proposed activities and components of the Plan in the event of the Project
Decommissioning are presented as follows:
 Procedures for decommissioning of the project components

 Personnel Decommissioning Program
 Retrenchment Packages, separation fees as per DOLE requirements
 On-site inspections
a. Project site
b. Construction camp
c. Temporary field offices
d. Equipment and support facilities
e. Waste disposal and storage areas
f. Potable Wastewater treatment facility
 Secure necessary permits and clearances
a. DENR-EMB permits
b. Safety permits
c. LGU permits
d. Others
 Disassembly and crating/packaging

 Disassembly and disposal of mechanical and electrical systems
 Dismantling of structures and facilities
 Dewatering and backfilling
 Disposal of construction materials
 Loading supervision of the shipment of the following:
a. Unused fuels and consumables

b. Scrap materials, spare parts and equipment
 Clearing and leveling

 Remediation of contaminated soil and water resources due to spill and leakages of oils
and other materials used in the construction.
 Transport and disposal of equipment, waste and other materials used or generated in
the project;
 Alternative for future use of abandoned area.

Section 9
INSTITUTIONAL PLAN
FOR EMP
IMPLEMENTATION

9. INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION
The Environmental Functional Groupunder the Engineering Department of MWSS will

specifically oversee the implementation of the programs, policies and guidelines on the
environmental management of the Kaliwa and shall be responsible for the following:
 Overall planning and management of environmental mitigation, enhancement and

monitoring measures
 Oversee the finalization of the various proposed plans, such as the RAP, and
Watershed Management Plan, Social Development Program and others and their
implementation.
 Organization of the MMT and secretariat support to the various committees of the
MMT;
 Liaising with DENR, LGUsand local communities concerning the implementation of the
various management plans, particularly that of the swamp forest and watershed
management
 Liaising with NDRRMC during flood, storm and seismic events which could
potentiallyaffect the safe operationof the facility
 Regularly check the operation of the construction contractors for compliance to
environmental clauses/conditionalities in their contracts.
The Environmental Group shall be composed of at least (3) divisions as shown in Figure 80.
Regular monitoring shall be done by the Monitoring Division while the Physico-chemical and
Social Engineering Division shall be responsible for the engineering and soft components.
Each division shall be composed of at least 4 technical staff to cover the 4 sectors of the
environment namely land, water, air and people.
In the course of the implementation, the Head of the Environmental Group shall report to the
Head of the Engineering Department who shall be responsible to both the Deputy
Administrator and Administrator of MWSS. Figure 79 shows the general organizational set up
of MWSS.
The estimated resource requirement to undertake the activities of the EMS has already been
incorporated in the project budget.
ENVIRONMENTAL
GROUP
Physico‐chemical Social Engineering Monitoring

Division Division Division
Figure 96. Environmental setup.

Figure 97. General organizational setup of the MWSS.

Section 10
BIBLIOGRAPHY/
REFERENCES

10. BIBLIOGRAPHY/REFERENCES
Baconguis, S., D. Cabahug, and S. Alonzo-Pasicolan. (1990). Identification and inventory of

Philippine forested-wetland resource. Forest Ecology and Management (33/34).
Elsevier Science Publishers, NE. pp. 21-44.
Bird Life International. (2010). The BirdLife checklist of the birds of the world, with conservation
status and taxonomic sources.
Canter, Larry W. Environmental Impact Assessment. McGraw-Hill Inc., 2nd Edition, 1996.
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, (2006)
CITES-Listed Species Database, United Nation on Environmental Protection-
WCMC, 3 October, 2006.
Department of Environment & Natural Resources, Department Administrative Order No. 2003-
03 Revised Procedural Manual, Quezon City, 2003
Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) Administrative Order No. 2007-
01 otherwise known as “The National list of threatened Philippine plants and their
categories, and the list of other wildlife species”.
Encyclopedia of Forest Sciences. (2004). Publisher: Academic Press.; 1 edition (May

15, 2004)
Fernando, E. S. (1998), Inventory of Forest Plants in Subic Bay Metropolitan Authority,

Philippines.
Fernando, E.S., et al. (2008). Asia Life Science- The Asia International Journal of Life
Sciences “Threatened Plant of the Philippines: Preliminary Assessment”.
Interim Report of the Road Network Development Project in Conflict-Affected Areas in

Mindanao
IPCC, 2007: Summary for Policymakers. Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis.
Contribution of Working Group l to the Fourth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Solomon.S.,D. Qin, M.Manning
,Z.Chen, M. Marquis, K.B. Averyt, M.Tignor and H.L. Miller (eds.) ]. Cambridge,
United Kingdom and New York, USA.
IUCN. 2017. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. (ver. 2017.2)
Fernando, E.S. (1998). Forest formations and flora of the Philippines: Handout in FBS 21.
(Unpublished)
Kennedy et al. (2000). A Guide of the Birds of the Philippines. Publisher Oxford University
Press; Publication City/Country Oxford
Lawrence, David P., Environmental Impact Assessment: Practical Solutions to Recurrent

Problems, Wiley & Sons Inc. Publication, 2003.
Miras, M. P. (2014). Vegetation Analysis of the Secondary Forest in Caliraya-Lumot

Watershed. Practicum Report. University of the Philippines, Los Baños

PAGASA, Climatological Normals in Philippine Synoptic Stations.
Philippine Statistics Authority (2015 National Census)
Shannon, C. E. and W. Weaver (1949). The Mathematical Theory of Communication.

University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois. 144pp
Simpson, E. H. (1949). Measurement of diversity. Nature, 163: 688.
Wildlife Conservation Society of the Philippines. (1997). Philippine Red Data Book: Red List
of Threatened Animals, Makati City Bookmark, Inc.
Socio-Economic Profile/CLWUP of Municipalities of Datu Blah Sinsuat and Lebak, Sultan

Kudarat
University of the Philippines Los Baños. (2018). Kaliwa Watershed Characterization Report.
39 – 56pp, 112 – 117pp.
World Conservation Monitoring Centre. (2000). Global Biodiversity: Earth's living resources in
the 21st century. By: Groombridge, B. and Jenkins, M.D. World Conservation Press,
Cambridge.
2012 Municipal and City Level Poverty Estimates (2016)
Aquatic Ecology
Abowei, J.F.N., 2010. Research Journal of Environmental and Earth Sciences 2(4): 208-
215, 2010. Department of Biological Sciences, Faculty of Science, Niger Delta University,
Wilberforce Island, Amassoma, Bayelsa State, Nigeria 208. ISSN: 2041-0492 © Maxwell
Scientific Organization, 2010.
Akbulut, M., Osturk M. and Ozturk, M. 2002. The benthic macroinvertebrate fauna of
Sarikum Lake and Spring Waters (Sinop). Turkish J. Marine Science, 8:103-119.
Beisner, B. E. (2001), Plankton community structure in fluctuating environments and the

role of productivity.Oikos, 95: 496–510. doi: 10.1034/j.1600-0706.2001.950315.x
www.bioone.org/.../0380-1330(2008)34%5B365:IONIWA%5D2.0.CO%3B2
BRINKHURST, R. O. 1974. The Benthos of Lakes. The Blackburn Press
Dartnall, A.J. and M. Jones (eds.), 1986. A manual of survey methods: living resources in
coastal areas. ASEAN-Australia Cooperative Programme on Marine Science Handbook.
Townsville:Australian Institute of Marine Science. 167pp.
De Guia M.G., Ibuna Ma. NP., Fernandez R.E. 1999. Environmental Impact Assessment
(Wildlife component) of the Proposed Reactivation of Lalat Coal Mine Project.
(Unpublished report).
Diersing, N., 2009. "Phytoplankton Blooms: The Basics". PDF. NOAA.

http://floridakeys.noaa.gov/pdfs/wqpb.pdf. Retrieved 2009-08-24.
Environmental Management Bureau – Department of Environment and Natural Resources

(EMB-DENR).1990. DENR Administrative Order No.1990 35. Revised Effluent

Regulationsof 1990, Revising and Amending the Effluent Regulationof 1982.

QuezonCity, Philippines.
Environmental Management Bureau – Department of Environment and Natural Resources

(EMB-DENR).2016.DENR Administrative Order No.2016-08. Water Quality Guidelines
and General Effluent Standards. Quezon City, Philippines.
Geraldes, A. M. and Boavida, M. J. L. , 2004.Limnological Variations of a Reservoir during

Two Successive Years: One Wet, another Dry. Lakes & Reservoirs: Research and
Management-
Hilsenhoff, W.L. 1987. An improved biotic index of organic stream pollution. The Great Lakes
Entomologist, 2(1):31-39
http://animaldiversity.ummz.umich.edu/site/accounts/information/Gastropoda.html
http://www.diszhal.info/english/plants/en_Ceratophyllum_demersum.php
http://www.epa.gov. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency website, 2010.
www.itameriportaali.fi/en/tietoa/elama/elioryhmat/elaimet/pohjaelaimet/en_GB/pohjaelaimet
http://www.llda.gov.ph. Laguna Lake Development Authority official website.
http://www.water.epa.gov/scitech/monitoring/rsl/bioassessment/ch06main.cfm#Text%20Box
%20-%20Chlorophyll%20a%20Subsampling.php
Khoo, H.W. and M.G.K. Loo. 1991. A preliminary analysis of benthic soft bottom
community of estuaries and surrounding water of Singapore. 1991. Comparison of
soft bottom community profiles in two Philippine nearshore sites. Proc. of the
Regional Symposium on Living Coastal Resources in Coastal Areas, 30 January to 1 Feb
1989, Manila, Phils.
Lower Colorado River Authority, 2008. Colorado River Watch Network Water Quality
Monitoring Manual.
lucca J.V., Pamplin P.A., Gessner A.F., Trivinho-Strixino S., Spadano-Albuquerque A.L.,
Rocha, 2010. Benthic macroinvertebrates of a tropical lake: Lake Caçó, MA, Brazil. Braz
J Biol. 2010 Aug;70(3):593-600.
Mcmanus, L.T., M.C.G. Rañola and R.R. Pabiling. 1992. Community structure of reef
associated zooplankton in sand and seagrass substrates of the Bolinao Reefs in
Northern Philippines. Proc. of the Regional Symposium on Living Coastal Resources in
Coastal Areas, Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand.
Pabiling, R.R. 199_ Zooplankton assessment of Pagbilao Bay, Quezon.
Pabiling, R.R. and L.T. Mcmanus. 1992. A comparison of zooplankton catch collected at
Calauag Bay, Quezon using bongo and conventional plankton nets. Paper presented
at the 2nd National Symposium in Marine Science, Mindanao State University, Tawi-tawi,
5-7 November 1992.
www.PondDoc.com/Water Parameters, 2009

Rao, V.S. 1974. An ecological study of three freshwater ponds of Hyderabad-India ,III.
The Phytoplankton (Volvocales, Chlorococcales, and Desmids), Hydrobiologia,
47(2):337-1975.
UNEP/WHO, 1996. Water Quality Monitoring - A Practical Guide to the Design and
Implementation of Freshwater Quality Studies and Monitoring Programmes. Jamie
Bartram and Richard Balance (Eds.) UNEP/WHO ISBN 0 419 22320 7 (Hbk) 0 419 21730
4 (Pbk)
www.waterencyclopedia.com/A-Bi/Algal-Blooms-in-Fresh-Water.html
WHO, 2009. Potassium in Drinking-water: Background document for development of

WHO Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality.
Wheeling Jesuit University/NASA-supported Classroom of the Future, 2004.
Wilkes University Center for Environmental Quality Environmental Engineering and Earth
Sciences, ____. Nitrogen-Ammonia in Water.
Yap, H.T., B.H.R. Viloria and H.M.E. Nacorda. 1991. Comparison of soft bottom community
profiles in two Philippine nearshore sites. Proc. of the Regional Symposium on Living
Coastal Resources in Coastal Areas, 30 January to 1 Feb 1989, Manila, P
Brittain, J & Jan Eikeland, Tor. 1988. Invertebrate drift — A review. Hydrobiologia. 166. 77-93.
10.1007/BF00017485.
G.E. Hutchinson, Y.H. Edmondson. 1993. A treatise on Limnology, the zoobenthos, Wiley,
1993.
Armitage, P.; Cranston, P. S. & Pinder, L. C. V. 1995. The Chironomidae. The biology and
ecology of non-biting midges. London, Chapman & Hall. 572p.
Madhyastha, A. 2012. Melanoides tuberculatus. In The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.
Version 2012.2. Available at: www.iucnredlist.org.
Yool, Andrew; Tyrrell, Toby (2003). "Role of diatoms in regulating the ocean's silicon cycle".
Global Biogeochemical Cycles. 17 (4): n/a. Bibcode:2003GBioC..17.1103Y.
doi:10.1029/2002GB002018.
People
IP Development Plan by Trebel
PSA 2015 Census
www.tanay.gov.ph
www.infanta.gov.ph
www.generalnakar.gov.ph

ANNEXES
Annex 1 - SCOPING CHECKLISTS
Annex 2 - DOCUMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
Annex 3 - PROOF OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION
Annex 4 - BASELINE STUDY SUPPORT INFORMATION
Annex 5 - IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND EMP

SUPPORT INFORMATION
Annex 6 - WATERSHED MANAGEMENTR FRAMEWORK
Annex 7 - LAYOUT
Annex 8 - MAPS
Annex 9 - LABORATORY RESULTS
Annex 10 - RESETTLEMENT ACTION FRAMEWORK

Kaliwa-Dam EIS PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Kaliwa-Dam EIS PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

NEW CENTENNIAL WATER SOURCE-

KALIWA DAM PROJECT

KALIWA DAM PROJECT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................. 1

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |i

Data Collection .............................................................................................................. 88

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | ii

Carbon stock estimation .............................................................................................. 136

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | iii

2.1.25. Greenhouse Gas Emissions ............................................................................ 217

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | iv

2.1.49. Appropriate Dam Design ................................................................................. 289

MAIN EIS REPORT Page |v

4.3.4.7. Threat to Public Health and Safety.................................................................. 301

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | vi

4.4.7. Civilization Construction ..................................................................................... 312

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | vii

Figure 1 Vicinity and Accesibility Map ................................................................................... 23

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | viii

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | ix

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |x

Table 1 Boundary Coordinates of the NCWS-KDP ............................................................... 20

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xi

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xii

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xiii

Table 131. MMT Team Composition ................................................................................. 340

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xiv

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xv

Acronyms and Abbreviations

AASHTO : American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xvi

Acronyms and Abbreviations

MPDO : Municipal Planning and Development Office

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e | xvii

1.1.1. PROJECT FACT SHEET

Description : Design and construction of a 60-meters high dam and a 27.70

Objective : Redundancy of water source and augmentation of water supply

Location : Barangay Pagsangahan, General Nakar and Barangay

Approvals : * NEDA Board approval on 29 May 2014

Cost Estimate : Php 12.2 Billion

Funding Source : Official Development Assistance (ODA) – China Loan

Proposed : 2019 – 2024 (5 years)

Project : Metropolitan Waterworks and Sewerage System (MWSS)

Address : 489 Katipunan Road, Balara, Quezon City, Philippines

Authorized : PDDG Reynaldo V. Velasco (Ret.), Administrator

Contact Details : Telephone number: +632 922 3757, 922 2969

EIA Preparer : JV EIA Team

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |1

 A spillway at the right bank of Kaliwa River at elevation: 160+ meters

The maximum required flow is 2,400 MLD or 27.78 m3/sec.

1.1.2. PROCESS DOCUMENTATION

1.1.3. EIS TEAM

EIS STUDY SCHEDULE

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |2

 Technical Scoping and Public Consultations

1.1.4. EIS STUDY AREA

1.1.5. EIA METHODOLOGY

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |3

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |4

1.1.6. SUMMARY OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION

MAIN EIS REPORT P a g e |5

From the IP stakeholders (on compensatory mechanisms to affected families):

From downstream communities in the SIA (on potential risks):